Holland Shielding Catalog-2018 PDF

Innovative EMI
shielding solutions
Can we
help you?
WE HAPPY TO HELP
Why contact us when you are experiencing EMC problems?
HELP
• We have an extensive team of EMC specialists
• We will support you from technical drawing to production
• We work with precision, fast and at reasonable prices
• We always find a solution for our customers
THINK We are a global market leader in the production of EMI shielding materials and Faraday cages.
The personal and effective approach we bring to every job we work on, makes the difference.
SOLVE
Our strategy is to go all the way on each project to achieve the highest possible shielding
results and to satisfy our customers.
CEO Jan van Tienhoven
INVEST HSS SAMPLE & QUOTE SERVICE

We are available day and night. Quotations within a few hours, samples shipped the same day.
LISTEN +31(0)78-2049000
info@hollandschielding.com
ADVISE Happy to help!
CREATE
IMPROVE
DEVELOP
YOU SUCCEED
3
INDEX
6 101 Shielding tips and tricks 104 EMC / IP SEALS 165 COATINGS, GLUES & SEALANTS 226 POWER, SIGNAL & DATA FILTERS
104 Conductive rubber profiles 5750-P 165 Silver-filled conductive silicone grease 1110 226 UTP data line filter 7894
21 PCB SHIELDING 106 High temperature resistant EMI gasket 7100 166 Thermal grease 1100 227 Audio, DVI & USB data line filter 7895
21 Clip-on PCB shielding system 1500 108 Power supply gasket 7150 168 Conductive transparent paint 3821 228 USB 3.0 converter set 7896
23 Clip-on PCB shielding cans with cover 1505 109 Die-cut gasket 8300 169 Conductive nickel coating 3800 229 High performance filters 8010
25 Large clip (for 1500 series) LC 110 EMC-IP gasket 7300 170 Silver coating 3830 232 High performance power line filters 8020
26 Medium clip (for 1500 series) MC 112 L-shape gaskets 7500 171 Conductive metalization 3838 235 Power and signal line filters 8030
26 Small pin (for 1500 series) P 114 Ultra soft twin shield 7800 172 Electrically conductive glue (shieldokit) 3980 238 Power line filters for ground wire 8040
27 Tiny clip (for 1500 series) TC 116 O-profiles 7900 173 Shieldoseal 3991 239 Power line filters for shielded cabinet 8050
27 Tiny corner clip (for 1500 series) TCC 120 Conductive O-rings 7910 240 Feedthrough filters 8060
28 Ultra tiny clip (for 1500 series) UTC 241 Signal line filters 8090
28 Ultra tiny corner clip(for 1500 series) UTCC 121 CONDUCTIVE SHEET MATERIAL 174 TRANSPARENT SHIELDING
29 Fixed PCB shielding cans 1510 - 1515 121 Ultra soft conductive rubber 5200 174 Mesh foil 9000 - 9300 42 PERSONAL PROTECTION
32 Fixed PCB shields 1600 122 Washer, cylinder and springs 5500 177 Conductive mesh 8900 242 Personal protection
32 Drawn PCB shields 1700 124 Oriented wire shield 5711 - 5722 178 Copper grid PET film 9400 246 RFID card shielding
33 Compartment shield 1800 126 Conductive rubber sheets 5750-S 180 Shielded EMI glass 9600 247 RFID card shielding clip
34 Conductive foil PCB shielding gaskets 1550 128 Electrically conductive felt 5730 182 Faraday cage windows 247 Passport shield
36 Conductive rubber PCB shielding gaskets 1560 129 Conductive elastomer 5751-5752 183 Mesh foil windows 9700 248 Shielding pouch standard
38 Conductive silicone PCB shielding gasket 1570 130 Conductive foam tape 5775 186 ESD film 9800 250 Shielding pouch textile version
40 EMI-shielding housings/enclosures 1900 131 Electrically conductive foam 5770 188 Transparent shielding foil 9900 251 Shielding for cars
43 Shielded PCB housing 1910 190 Transparent shielding foil windows 9910
44 XYZ Shielded enclosures 1920 133 FOILS & TAPES 252 FARADAY CAGES / TENTS
46 Double EMI shielded housings 1950 133 Stretch conductive fabric 4900 192 VENTILATION PANELS 252 Shielded Faraday tents
134 Mu-copper tape 3200 192 Honeycomb vents 9500 255 Prefabricated Faraday cages
48 EMI SHIELDING GASKETS 136 Aluminium tape 3203 195 Frameless honeycomb vents 9505 258 Electromagnetic Pulse protection
48 Knitted wire mesh washers & disks 1250 136 Contact-surface tape 3204 196 EMC dust filter ventilation panels 9510 262 Mu-copper cages
49 U-shape EMI gasket 7600 137 Mounting tape 3205 198 EMC woven mesh ventilation panel 9520 264 Amucor Faraday cage
50 Metal knit gasket 1200 137 Semi-conductive non-woven 4771 200 Honeycomb fan shield 9530 266 Anechoic chambers
52 Amucor shield 6800 138 Mu-ferro tape 3208 202 EMP ventilation panels 9540 267 Faraday cage doors
54 Miniature shield 1400 140 Amucor tape series 4700 203 EMP vents for Faraday cages 9545
55 Clip-on gasket 6500 142 Amucor foil with a reinforcement net 4706 270 MAGNETIC SHIELDING MATERIALS
62 Clip-on gasket full metal 6600 144 Conductive textile 4711 204 EM ABSORBING MATERIAL 270 Mu-ferro HD 6800
63 P-shaped EMI shielding profile 7200 204 Microwave absorber foam 3500 271 Transformer shield 6800
64 Standard shield 7000 146 CABLE SHIELDING 206 VHF ferrite absorber tiles 3600
66 Ultra soft shield 7400 146 Flexible cable shield 4700R 208 UHF ferrite absorber tiles 3610 272 SHIELDED RACKS 19"
69 Frame gasket (EMC) 8100 147 Ready-made sleeve 4700S 210 Double layer ferrite absorber tiles 3620 272 Shielded racks
70 Endless gasket (EMC/IP) 8000 148 Wrapshield 4730-4760 211 Wide band hybrid pyramid EM absorbers 3630 273 Wall mount
72 V-shape gasket 8700 149 Flexible shielding tube 4800 212 PU foam based pyramid absorbers 3640
74 Customized EMC gasket 8800 150 Entry shield 4910 213 PU foam based flat absorbers 3650 274 SHIELDED BOXES
151 Cable grounding clamps 4920 214 PU foam based wedge absorbers 3670 274 Low frequency magnetic shielded box
76 FINGERSTRIPS 152 High performance cable entry shield 4930 215 PU foam based hybrid absorbers 3660 275 Shielded and sound proof briefcase
76 Clip-on mounting fingerstrips 2100 153 Cable shield tie-wraps 4950 216 Nonflammable high power handling absorbers 3680 276 Medium performance shielded series
79 Snap-on mounting fingerstrip 2200 154 Cable connector shields 4955 218 High power handling pyramid absorbers 3690 276 Compact shielded experiment box
82 Stick-on mounting fingerstrip 2300 155 Flat cable connector shield 4970 219 Rubber flat narrowband absorber 5795 277 Medium shielded experiment box
84 Stick-on mounting fingerstrip 2330 156 EMI/RFI cable entry glands 4960 220 EMI absorber sheets 5780 278 compact desktop measurement box
86 Stick-on mounting fingerstrip 2360 158 High performance EMC cable glands 4965 224 High performance EMI absorber sheets 5790 279 Medium desktop measurement box
88 Twisted fingerstrips 2400 160 HDMI cable connector shield 4975 280 Automatic test box
90 Angle fingerstrips 2500 161 Shielded connector hoods 8250 281 Big mobile measurement box
95 Circular fingers 2600 162 Connector gasket 8200 282 Investigation box (with gloves & window)
98 Contact fingers 2700 283 Filters & feed-through for shielded box
100 Door fingers 2800 284 High performance shielded box
101 PCB contact fingers 2900
285 SERVICES
285 Measurements on location
4 5
101 SHIELDING TIPS AND TRICKS » 101 SHIELDING TIPS AND TRICKS
Shielding radiated emission and susceptibility of electronics Cable shielding tube Absorber foam
components can be done in many ways. Sometimes it is Level || page 204
Level ||| G 22 page 149
possible to achieve the same goal in 10 different ways. EMI-IP gaskets
But what is the most economical manner and which has Level ||| E page 110
the longest lifespan?
On this page and the following pages we have 101 shielding PCB shielding cover
tips and tricks that can help you make the right choice. Metal door/lid Level || page 29
Level ||| B page 267
If you have any questions, do not hesitate and contact
one of our enthusiastic EMI problem solvers today.
Honeycomb ventpanel
Please note, red squares with numbers in the drawing with EMI gasket
refer to the corresponding tip or trick Level ||| E page 192
GASKET SELECTION & STIFFNESS OF ENCLOSURE PCB shielding can

Level | page 21
Cooling holes
19 page 29
Power line filter

Level ||| E page 232
Shielded window
Level ||| D page 182
Waveguide
Level ||| I
Entry plate
Level ||| C page 152
IP RATINGS
Shielding gaskets can be broken down into four
Recess areas Connector gasket
classifications of environmental resistance. The following
Level ||| G page 162
table explains the required installation environment for 19
Holland Shielding Systems BV EMI-IP gaskets
Flat cable shielding
GASKET SELLECTION & GALVANIC CORROSION
Classification IP Rating Location Description Level ||| G 22 page 155
Gasket material
Not intended for Ultra soft
Indoor < 44 Indoor submersion in water. EMI-IP gasket Enclosed material Volts Amucor
shield /
Tinned
Installation in an indoor Signal line filter shield copper
Level ||| A page 110
Monel
location required
Level ||| G page 241 Zinc die-casting alloy -1.10
Not intended for Zinc plating on steel, chromate passivated -1.05
Indoor / Outdoor submersion in water.
Weather resistant 44 - 65 Cadmium plating on steel -0.80
under shelter Installation in a sheltered
location required Aluminium, wrought, cast A1 -0.75
Not intended for Iron and steel: not corrosion resisting -0.70
submersion in water. Aluminium allow/Amucor -0.65 *
Weatherproof 66 - 67 Indoor / Outdoor Installation in a sheltered Duralumin -0.60
location recommended.
Tin plate (T.C.S.) -0.50 *
Submersible 68 Underwater Full immersion. Tin plating on steel -0.45
Chromium plating on nickel plated steel -0.45
Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, 12% Cr -0.45
Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, high Cr -0,35
Copper and its alloys, conductive fabric -0,25 *
Nickel-copper alloys, inc. Monel -0,25
Silver 0
Carbon(colloidal graphite in acetone) +0,10
Gold +0,15
Platinum +0,15
6 7
» 101 SHIELDING TIPS AND TRICKS » 101 SHIELDING TIPS AND TRICKS
PRINCIPLE OF SHIELDING WAVES

1 The principle of shielding is creating a conductive layer completely surrounding the object you want to shield. 7 A wave is a combination of electric field and magnetic fields.
This was invented by Michael Faraday and this system is known as a Faraday cage. A electromagnetic wave is composed of a magnetic part depending on the electric current (ampere), and an electrical
section, depending on the electrical voltage (volts). Near the source (near-field) the magnetic part is dominant.
At a greater distance, the electrical part and the magnetic part are present in a fixed ratio (far field). (Fig. 7)
2 Ideally, the shielding layer will be made up of conductive sheets or layers of metal that are connected by means of welding
or soldering, without any interruptions. The shielding is perfect when there is no difference in conductivity between the used
materials. When dealing with frequencies below 30 MHz, the metal thickness affects shielding effectiveness. We also offer a
range of shielding methods for plastic enclosures. A complete absence of interruptions is not a realistic goal, since the Faraday
buildings humans insects grains human protozoa molecules atoms atomic subatomic
cage will have to be opened from time to time so electronics, equipment or people can be moved in or out. Openings are also of sand cells nuclei particles
needed for displays, ventilation, cooling, power supply, signals etc.
radio microwave (sub)mm infrared visible ultraviolet x-ray gamma-ray
10m 10cm 1mm 0.3mm 780mm 380mm 10nm 0.1mm 0.000001nm
wavelength
3 Shielding works in both directions: items inside the shielded room are shielded from outside influences. (Fig. 3)
frequency (Hz)
109 1011 1012 1014 1015 1016 1019 1020 1027
2nd Floor
energy (eV)
10-8 10-5 10-3 10-2 1 10 100 105 106 109 1012
Figure 7 : Wavelength vs. Frequency
Shielded Room
8 The material thickness determines which frequencies are blocked from penetrating into or out of the cage.
For low frequencies like 10 kHz (generally the near-field/magnetic fields), a mild steel layer of 6mm is needed to
Shielded
window Telecom
achieve a reduction of 80 dB, but a frequency of 30 MHz can be shielded by copper foil that is only 0.03mm thick.
For higher frequencies in the GHz area the mechanical strength of the used shielding material will generally specify
Sensitive measuring
the thickness of the shield.
device
Figure 3 : Shielding works in both directions

9 For very low frequencies and DC where the magnetic field is dominant, besides thick layers also special materials
like Mu-metal and Mu-ferro alloys are needed. In addition, combinations of multiple layers are required to get sufficient
4 The quality of the cage is expressed as the ratio of the field strength in Volts/meter (V/m) inside the cage and outside the cage. shielding performance. Please consult our engineers.
5 It is common practice to present field strength Figures in a logarithmic scale (in dB). 10 When a wire penetrates a shield that is not completely connected to the shield, it will work as an antenna and this
reduce the shielding performance of the cage. This is especially the case at higher frequencies. (Fig. 10)
6 The reduction depends on the frequency in Hz. Each frequency has a wavelength in meters.
For example 100 MHz = 100.000 kHz = 3 meter. For a better explanation, see the table on the right. (Fig. 6)
40 dB 100 times reduction of the field strength

60 dB 1.000 times
80 dB 10.000 times
100 dB 100.000 times
120 dB 1 million times
Very difficult to measure, and only used
140 dB and up in scientific applications
Figure 6 : The reduction depends on the frequency
Figure 10 : Wires penetrates a shield
8 9
WHY THE FARADAY CAGE PRINCIPLE FOR EMI SHIELDING? SHIELDING AT THE SOURCE
11 Circumstances in which EMI shielding has to be implemented 16 Source
• When a product has to meet government standards like CE or FCC which regulate immunity and Shielding at the source is usually the most cost-effective solution. Generally speaking, the source of unwanted
compatibility of products. radiation can be produced by voltage and current through one or more components or interconnections on the PCB.
• The regulations do not cover the requirements of daily practice Application of a shielding can will reduce it directly at the source.
(e.g. medical instruments are tested at 3 meters distance while they are used within 15 cm).
• Extra safety is desired for military use, e.g. for EMP (electromagnetic pulses). 17 Clip mounting
• If someone wants to create increased levels of shielding for TEMPEST requirements, so that there is no risk of spying. Shielding cans are mounted onto the PCB with SMD clips, which come in several sizes. After the re-flow,
Level I
• Sensitive instruments or equipment are to be protected from interfering or harmful frequencies. the can (a cover with walls attached) is placed into the clips and can subsequently be removed for adjustments.
• Rules for sensitive measuring and weight equipment like balances and petrol-delivery materials have to be met.
18 Pin mounting
12 Other aspects related to shielding There are also systems with pins for though holes or covers with integrated pins that can be
• Regulations regarding ESD (electrostatic discharge). soldered directly onto the PCB. (Fig. 18)
• Regulations regarding ATEX (explosion safety).
• Lightning protection / EMP/ HEMP / NEMP. 19 Shield layout
• Short circuit protection / prevention of sparks. Cooling holes can be made in the cover or steps to prevent short circuits with the tracks on the PCB. (Fig. 19.1)
Covers can also consist of a fixed part on the PCB (fence) and a separate cover which is clipped on to this fence. (Fig. 19.2)
13 Identification systems like RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) prevent RFID from making contact with the stations.
Several frequency ranges, lower the frequency are for longer distances.
• 125 kHz (Low Frequency)

• 13.56 MHz (High Frequency)
• 860 to 950 MHz (Ultra High Frequency)
• 2.45 GHz (Microwave)
14 Medical / personal protection: shielding certain frequencies can prevent illness caused by radiation levels. Protective
clothing can reduce the field strength. Depending on the density. To this end, there is personal protection in the form of
clothing, hats, gloves, stockings, sleeping bags, tents and so on.
HOW TO CREATE OPTIMAL EMI SHIELDING

15 In general, a shield consisting of more layers or zones is cheaper to produce than a shield made out of 1 high performance layer. Figure 18 : Pin mounting used to Figure 19.1 : Example of a shield layout Figure 19.2 : Fixed part on the
mount PCB shielding cans PCB and a separate cover
It is easy to create 3 zones. with holes and openings for cables
Level I The component on the PCB is shielded by a can. Shielding at the source. (Fig. 15.1)
Level II The entire PCB is shielded by foil, wraps or a box or the PCB and all the cables are connected
inside the shielded box. (Fig. 15.2) 20 Covering the entire PCB
Level III Or the outer housing is shielded as well. (Fig. 15.3) Another option is covering the entire PCB in shielding material. This can be achieved either by means of a small
housing, custom-made to exactly the right shape, or by simply wrapping or sticking material around the PCB.
Foils, textiles, stretch material, and wrapshields, cut to the appropriate shape, are easy to apply.
Since it is always important to prevent short circuits, all materials can be provided with insulation layers.
Shielded source of interference Sensitive chip
CABLE SHIELDING
21 Cables inside the housing
Once the PCB is covered, the attached cables can also be shielded. The longer a cable, the higher its potential
Shielded the entire housing Level III
for emitting lower frequencies. Shielding a wire inside the enclosure will also prevent cross-talk and will make
the main enclosure act as a cavity, and thus amplify the radiation. To prevent this, the enclosure can be
Shielded the entire PCB Level II
Figure 15.1 : Shielding at the source (partly) laminated with EM absorption material.
Shielded source of interference Level I
22 For round and flat cables we produce shields in the shape of sleeves, wraps, tubes and textiles so that all type of
Level II
Sensitive chip
cables can be shielded. Some cable shields need to be grounded at both ends, but it is usually best to ground at only
Figure 15.3 : Shielding in three levels, see tip 16 - 24 one end to prevent common-mode currents.
CPU 192
3119
Figure 15.2 : Shielding the entire PCB
10 11
CABLE SHIELDING 27 A superior flat surface can be achieved by machining and finally grinding the top surface.
23 The housings themselves, i.e. the rack, the box, the enclosure, the metallized box, and the Faraday cage This is an expensive process and requires a stiff construction.
they constitute the main cover of the entire system and also the connection to the outside world. Housings are
equipped with displays, entries for power and signal lines, and cooling air-vents. For more information see the 28 To reduce cost, the connection can be improved by using a conductive gasket, which will fill in any gaps.
case on the beginning of this article. A gasket can also be used to seal against water or to meet other IP demands.
24 Elements that can reduce the effectiveness of a Faraday cage 29 The softer the gasket, the more tolerance can be compensated and the lighter the eventual construction will be.
Level III
Level III A 26 32 Seams (Fig. 24.1) 30 If more tolerance is allowed, a less accurate production method can be used and production becomes more cost-effective.
Level III B 45 Doors
Level III C 10 63 69 Entries 31 A lighter construction can also be effected by having smaller distances between the fixings: this results in more hinges,
Level III D 70 74 Transparent displays more locks, and more bolts. All of these extra elements result in higher cost and longer mounting and demounting times.
Level III E 79 Ventilation panels
Level III F 64 69 Cables for power supply 32 Right dimension It is possible to integrate an IP sealing with the EMI gasket. The IP gasket on the “water side “ protects
Level III G 65 Cables for signals the EMI gasket against corrosion.
Level III H 64 69 Pipes for fluids, air, heating (Fig. 24.2)
Level III I 64 69 Cables for optical connection PREVENTION OF CORROSION
33 In the design stage it is important to specify the environment
It makes a difference whether the construction has to be able to withstand only humidity, or exposure to water
(possibly even salt water), fog, or condensation, e.g. during transport.
Welded or screwed Insulation 34 If the metal of the housing is sensitive to corrosion, a finishing of e.g. nickel and chrome can help the contact surface
to the housing coupling maintain the required conductivity. Materials like aluminium and zinc-plated steel develop an oxidation layer, which reduces
the corrosion process but is less conductive.
35 Gasket sellection & galvanic corrosion

Even when the materials of the housing withstand corrosion well, it is important that they work together not only with
one another but also with the gasket (Fig. 35).
Figure 24.1 : The pressing force on the panels of the housing is minimized. Figure 24.2 : Pipes of conductive material need insulating couplings.
SEAMS Gasket material

Enclosed material Volts
25 It is important for the conductivity of the seam to be more or less identical to that of the basic material that the cage Amucor shield
Ultra soft
Tinned copper
shield / Monel
is constructed out of. Welding or soldering tends to works best, but for places that have to be opened easily several
Zinc die-casting alloy -1.10
mechanical connection methods are available: clamping, screwing, adhesive, sealing, sticking.
Zinc plating on steel, chromate passivated -1.05
26 Characteristics of an optimal seam Cadmium plating on steel -0.80
• It is flat and smooth Aluminium, wrought, cast A1 -0.75

• It has the right dimensions (Fig. 26.1) Iron and steel: not corrosion resisting -0.70
• The construction is stiff enough (Fig. 26.1) Aluminium allow/Amucor -0.65 *
• It is and will remain free of corrosion (Fig. 26.2) Duralumin -0.60
• If possible, it is in a single plane
Tin plate (T.C.S.) -0.50 *
Tin plating on steel -0.45
Chromium plating on nickel plated steel -0.45
Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, 12% Cr -0.45
Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, high Cr -0.35
Copper and its alloys, conductive fabric -0.25 *
Nickel-copper alloys, inc. Monel -0.25
Silver 0
Carbon
+0.10
(colloidal graphite in acetone)
Figure 26.1 : Examples of a stiff construction to prevent openings. Figure 26.2 : A EMI gasket combined with a environmental seal. Gold +0.15
Platinum +0.15
Figure 35: Galvanic corrosion table
12 13
36 Sea/water environment: In a situation where the galvanic values of the gasket and the housing material differ more than 0.3 volts
in a salty environment, or 0.5 volts in an environment with just water, galvanic corrosion will occur. Even at a distance of 10 km from
the sea, the atmosphere may be as salty as right on the coast. So the appropriate gasket material has to be chosen,
see gasket selection graph.
37 Around the bolt holes should be sufficient space for a water seal.
Water should never reach the EMI gasket or the construction via the bolt holes. Alternatively extra water sealing can
be applied around the bolts in the form of rings. (Fig. 37)
Figure 43 : Solutions for small constructions Figure 44 : Solutions for larger constructions like server racks
38 For small parts, where there is less space a gasket out of e.g. electrically conductive rubber can be used.
These are available in profiles and plates, which can be cut accurately to the required dimensions. SHIELDED DOORS
45 The closing force of a shielded door/Faraday cage door should be reduced as much as possible so that it can
39 For bigger parts it can be more efficient to use a combined gasket. An EMI gasket with a water seal made of neoprene, be opened by hands. For more information read 55 .
silicone or EPDM rubber. (Fig. 39)
46 Gasket thickness: Ultra-soft gaskets will help limit the closing force as well as bending of the door.
40 Neoprene has quite good flame retardant properties and can handle temperatures of -40 to +100 °C.
EPDM rubber can withstand temperatures up to 120 degrees, making it suitable for the engine compartment of cars. 47 Just as indication, at a server cabinet of 600 x 2500mm, a gasket of 6mm thick may be used and an electronics housing
Silicone rubber is used for temperatures up to 220 °C; it can be sterilized for medical applications and is soft. 200x600mm a gasket of 6 x 4mm is an optimal size. All our gaskets can also be provided with water sealing.
The rubbers can either be made in the shape of a foam or mousse or as a solid product. In order for a gasket to have sufficient stability, its width should exceed its height.
48 In the case of a screwed connection at a housing, entry panels, windows, or vent panels, the closing force is less important.
Depending on the plate thickness and bolt distance, 1-2mm is common and Amucor shield is a very good choice for the
materials used most often.
Compression stops EMC seal
49 When the housing has only one edge flange while a water and EMI seal are needed, this can be created by using clip-on gaskets.
Of these gaskets more than 200 different shapes have been produced edged with mesh or highly conductive textiles.
They are mounted by means of clamping. When we cut them into shape according to the customer’s wishes, they can
even make angles of 90 degrees.
50 For instruments and introducing high currents into a construction we make over 2400 different Be-Cu finger strips.
These are not allowed in every country and are susceptible to being damaged when they are used in a construction
O-ring gasket Waterseal that is not protected properly (knife-edge).
Figure 37 : EMC / IP gasket example Figure 39 : Combined gasket (Waterseal combined with EMC seal)
51 Gaskets can be made in the shape of a frame, complete with mounting holes and self-adhesive strip for mounting, if desired.
RULES OF THUMB FOR GASKET CHOICE, DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF ENCLOSURE
41 Very small construction: (smaller than 150 x 150) grooves, casted, molded or machined: conductive profiles, 52 In order to keep a gasket from becoming overly compressed, it is possible to add compression stops next to the bolt holes. If
o-ring or cut gasket out of highly conductive rubber are suitable. (Fig. 41) there is enough space, plastic or metal rings (compression stops) with the final thickness can be integrated in the gasket.
42 Small construction: (about 200 x 200mm) multi-shield gasket, consisting of metal wire from top to bottom though 53 For easy mounting there are gaskets in a P-shape or U-shape available. These gaskets can be easily mounted on a rim due
a soft silicone rubber with a thickness of 2-3mm are suitable. (Fig. 42) to their shape. (Fig. 53)
43 Medium size construction: zinc-plated steel/metal: standard shield, neoprene foam with water seal, 54 L-shaped gasket can be used in constructions where EMI with water sealing is required and when there is just one flange.
minimum width about 4mm and thickness 2-3mm. (Fig. 43) Maximum compression is 30%. (Fig. 54)
44 Full size rack with door: Ultra-soft twin shield with separate water seal or knitted mesh over silicone tube with water seal,
V-shape with additional water sealing, thickness 6-10mm are suitable. Other products like finger strips, textile-covered parts,
clip-on gaskets or custom build hybrid gaskets are suitable. (Fig. 44)
Figure 53 : Example of a p-shape gasket and a u-shape gasket Figure 54 : Example image of a L-shape gasket
Figure 41 : Groove construction with conductive o-ring gasket Figure 42 : Solutions for medium size constructions
14 15
55 To prevent high closure force V-shaped gaskets can be used which clamp the door not in the direction of the opening 65 Shielding for data lines is done by converting the signal to light and bring the signal into the shielded room via a fiber
but in the direction of the door, so only the friction force is the closing force. (Fig. 55) optic cable through a waveguide. The fiber optic cable is non-conductive and will not bring in unwanted signals. (Fig. 65)
56 For special constructions our custom-built profiles can help to create an optimal seal. 66 A power- or signal line filter should be grounded to the Faraday cage so that there is a connection with a
low impedance to the body of the shield. This is needed for discharging unwanted signals.
57 Watertight EMI gaskets in any shape can be cut out of sheets of material like conductive rubber, or multi-shield
with small conductive wires in the material. They have a compression of 10-15%. (Fig. 57) 67 It is best to position all filters close together but to separate the signal line filters away from the power line filters
to prevent currents through the cage wall from the power line filters interfering with the signal line filters.
58 Conductive foam is an open structure so it is not watertight, but it can be combined with a watertight neoprene gasket.
68 The shielded housing creates a new “ground” and should be connected to the common ground of the building,
59 Knitted mesh for military and low-frequency use is available made out of full metal (10-15% compression) only for safety reasons. This is to prevent voltage on the cage in respect to the earth.
neoprene foam covered with knitted metal wires which has 30-40% compression. Silicone tube covered with
69
knitting has up to 50% compression and low compression force. When you want to enter a clean ground line inside the cage, other than the earth line of the housing you also need a
ground line filter for this extra clean ground line.
60 The knitted-mesh gasket can be mounted into a groove or can be produced with a fin so that it can be screwed or clamped.
61 When there is no groove in your construction the knitted wire mesh gasket can be glued to self-adhesive rubber,
to keep it in place.
62 For high-performance gaskets to seal gaps in for example Faraday cages for sensitive measurement the gaskets can be
produced in a double implementation and bolted in the center.
Figure 65 : Example of a fiber optic converter combined with a waveguide Figure 71 : Example drawing of a clamp structure for mounting a transparent
shielding solution
DISPLAYS
Figure 55 : V-shape gasket to prevent high closure force Figure 57 : Conductive rubber gaskets can be cut in any shape according 70 Products for transparent shielding
to customer drawing
• Woven mesh 73
• Woven mesh between sheets of acrylic, polycarbonate or glass, connected at the edges (edge bonded) 73
• Woven mesh, fully laminated between plates of acrylic, polycarbonate or glass 73
CABLE SHIELDING • Woven mesh between foil with or without self-adhesive (mesh foil) 73
63 Cables entering a Faraday cage can carry undesirable signals into and out of the housing. When these cables are shielded, • Indium tin oxide (ITO) on foil or glass, 4 or 6mm (transparent foil)
the cable shield should be 360 degrees around the cable, and be connected to the housing using a gland or cable entry • Copper grid on foil, high light transmission versus shielding performance 74
plate. Entry shielding is also available in watertight and flame retardant versions. Power lines and signal lines should be • High performance combinations of above materials, framed in metal with gaskets for easy mounting 75
filtered when it is not certain what frequencies are on the line. (Fig. 63) • Transparent foil with anti-static layer (ESD foil)
64 Filters for power, signals and data. A power line coming from the grid function as an antenna of immense length and brings 71 Mounting a transparent window.
many unwanted frequencies with it. It has to be “cleaned” by a filter before entering the shielded room. The same goes for In order to ensure good shielding performance a transparent conductive shield can be provided with a silver contact busbar.
signal lines and pipes going into the housing. They will work as an antenna and interfere with the shielding. (Fig. 64) Some shields can be made with flying mesh so that the flying mesh can be connected to the shielded housing.
The shielded window should make full contact with the housing on all its sides by means of conductive adhesives,
ith EMI conductive seals, tape with conductive adhesive, or clamping with a gasket if desired. (Fig. 71)
Lights w
Metal wall of shielded room EMP Gasket

72 Conductive foils can be stuck to a standard screen or window with cleanly removable self-adhesive.
EMP Gasket Screw nut More rigid transparent shields can be made with a frame or mounted with a bezel.
Faraday cage
EMPm Filter Outlet
Warning
It is currently not possible to make transparent shields 100% optically correct because of the so called moiré effect,
GSM with EMI so minor disturbances have to be accepted.
Shielded cable to prevent Input

EMI going into the Faraday cage
Figure 63 : Cables entering a Faraday cage can carry undesirable signals Figure 64 : Example of a power line filter mounted on a Faraday cage wall
16 17
CHOICE OF TRANSPARENT MATERIAL VENTILATION PANELS

73 Mesh foil 80 Within a few days we can produce Honeycomb ventilation panels according to the customer’s drawing.
For shielding at low frequencies, mesh shielding types show the best performance. They have lower light transmission than for The honeycomb structure is like waveguides and lets air though while blocking electromagnetic waves from entering.
example ITO coated windows and foils but that is considered normal for a display rather than a problem. (Fig. 73)
The cell size of the honeycombs is 3.2mm and combinations of sever layers is possible, even under cross constructions for
When the foil is applied to a monitor and the lines of the mesh in the film do not correspond higher performance. A cross cell honeycomb consists of minimal two layers of Honeycomb material stepped and rotated
with the dots of the monitor a Newton’s ring effect or a moiré pattern will arise. Orienting the mesh at 90 degrees relative to each other. This results in a good shielding performance independent of the polarization of the
a certain angle between 17 and 45 degrees will minimize this effect. waves. (Fig. 80)
Please note: there is a physical rule: the finer the mesh, the darker the material, the better the shielding performance.
81 To prevent from dust, a dust filter can be integrated in the ventilation panel. The dust filter can also be mounted to
74 ITO Coating the outside of the enclosure. (Fig. 81)
Indium tin oxide coating does not produce a moiré effect and offers good shielding at higher frequencies.
The product is however sensitive to acid substances, such as for instance found in finger prints. Optionally a plastic film 82 The standard cost-effective honeycomb is made of aluminium but for special applications like EMP it can also be made
layer may be applied in order to protect the ITO layer. (Fig. 74) out of mild steel, which is more expensive. (Fig. 82)
75 Framed windows
We produce turnkey shielded windows with up-to and even over 100 dB attenuation that can be installed directly into an MRI
room. These windows are framed and have several layers of shielding, all of which are connected to one another. (Fig. 75)
9900 serie Transparent EMI / RFI shielding foil
Silicon dioxide (SiO2) layer
• Polycarbonate (Material code P)

• Acrylic (Material code A) Figure 80 : Example of a cross-cell Figure 81 : From left to right, Honeycomb with Figure 82 : Picture of a EMP proof Honeycomb
• Glass (Material code G) Honeycomb ventilation panel dust filter, cross cell, single cell straight, single cell ventilation panel
Figure 73 : Example of a single layer mesh foil window (mesh bonded on the Figure 74 : Possible structure of an ITO window slant 45 degrees, double slant to prevent eavesdropping
top of a window) and a double layer mesh foil window (mesh between two
layers of glass or plastic).
83 A honeycomb ventilation panel can be framed and pre-drilled on request for easy mounting or can be produced
frameless with optional a pressed flange for smaller constructions or when the honeycomb ventilation panel is mounted in
SHIELDING METHODS FOR PLASTIC HOUSING a clamped construction.
76 It is possible to apply a shielding foil inside the housing, either completely or partially glued to the housing.
With the use of stiffer foils a shielded box can be created inside the plastic housing in cases where there is no 84 For outdoor use the honeycomb can be treated with a nickel or other finish. This is to protect the honeycomb ventilation
need to have the housing fit a specific shape. Lips on the precut foil can be used for grounding and/or mounting. panel from environmental influences such as corrosion.
77 For housings with complex shapes, a shielding paint or spray (in cans) can be used. The paint is filled with conductive 85 To keep raindrops from falling into the enclosure we can make the honeycomb also at a slant (45 degrees is standard)
metal particles like nickel, copper, silver or combinations.
86 Two layers of slanted honeycomb placed opposite to one another also make it impossible for metal rods to be entered
78 Metallization under vacuum (sputtering) is another option; this can also be done partially. into the cage, and thus prevent from electrocution.
Since a jig is needed for this process, it is not recommended for small production amounts. (Fig. 78)
87 Mounting framed honeycombs can be done via through holes or threaded holes which are flow drilled into the frame
79 Parts can be subjected to galvanic treatment when dealing with larger quantities. in order to achieve a good screw length. Flow drilling is better than using rivets which may become loosened.
88 Honeycombs can also be used as flow straighteners since the structure of the honeycomb material ensures that air
is blown in a fixed direction.
89 The honeycombs can optionally be provided with a flange so that the honeycomb after mounting forms one whole
shape with the shielded enclosure. (Fig 89.1 & 89.2)
Figure 75 : Example of a framed ready to install Figure 78 : Example of plastic housings with shielding paint.
high performance shielding window
Metal housing Honeycomb with Conductive EMI
compressed flanges shielding gasket
Figure 89.1 : Picture of a frameless Honeycomb. Figure 89.2 : Drawing of a frameless Honeycomb construction
18 19
PCB SHIELDING
» 101 SHIELDING TIPS AND TRICKS CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING EMI/RFI shielding and screening cans/covers for printed
SYSTEM 1500 circuit boards
CABLES
90 Cables from and to a shielded enclosure should also be shielded when no sufficient entry like power line filters are used.
91 Optimal cable shielding can be achieved with several materials like conductive flexible shielding tubes, wraps made of
knitted metal, highly conductivity textiles or foils. All these materials can be supplied with- or without self-adhesive
92 The cable shield should be low impedance connected at the entrance of the screen, wall or body of the shielded
enclosure. That way there is not only a galvanic connection but this also creates a high frequency coupling.
A full 360-degrees connection around the cable works best. For this purpose we produce
cable entries. (Fig. 92)
Radiation source or Radiation source or

interference source 1 interference source 2
Figure 92 : Example of a full 360 degrees connection around the cable
93 Inside the enclosure cables can emit radiation which can then be amplified by the cavity of the enclosure, so it may be
important to also shield the cables inside the enclosure. Tie-wraps and compressible cable-clamping strips can be helpful
to make good connections with the conductive metal connector of the cable.
Two PCB shielding cans with
fixed together one RF shielding clip
FINGERSTRIPS
94 To pass on higher currents for entry plates and so on, a very good product are beryllium copper fingerstrips.
EMI screening covers (shielding cans) for PCB’s were fixed together one RF shielding clip
Please note that not all countries accept these due to the percentage of beryllium which is toxic, therefore we have developed developed to shield only certain parts of electronic equipment
many other types of conductive gaskets. Which are more friendly for the environment and also less sensitive for damaging. from electromagnetic radiation at the source, rather than
Also a good solution is to place knit mesh between the entry panel and the cage wall. all of the components in the entire housing. Recess from the PCB shield for traces
95 For screwed connections the 2400 series twisted fingerstrips are very popular. They can be compressed to the fingerstrips EMI shielding cans are available in standard sizes or can be 2. To prevent short-circuiting it is possible to make recessed
Recess from the PCB shield for traces
Recess from the PCB shield for traces
material thickness like 0.25mm. Most versions can be sticked with a self-adhesive strip to keep the strip in place. produced customized within a few days. areas in the PCB shielding can.
96 For shielded doors and Faraday cage doors you need a bigger range of compression. You find these in the Whether it is for a small number of prototypes or large production Ventilation holes
2800 series fingers can be clamped, soldered or screwed. runs we can manufacture the precision components you require. for cooling
Ventilation
Recess from the PCBholes
shield for traces
Ventilation holes
for cooling
97 The 2100 series clip-on mounting Fingerstrips can be clamped on regular metal plate thicknesses like 0.5, 0.8, 1 and 1.5mm. 1500 CLIP-ON SHIELDING SYSTEM for cooling
Some even have lances so that the strip will not slip loose quickly. This EMI/RFI shielding system for PCB’s combines small
pins or clips with a removable lid (PCB shielding can), 3. If the source of radiation or interference produces a lot of heat,
98 When there is a wide range of compression required, our 2200 series Snap-on Fingerstrips or our 2300 series which results in high-quality EMI/RFI shielding. it is advisable to make ventilation holes in the shielding can.
Ventilation holes
Stick-on fingerstrips may be suitable. These fingerstrips with self-adhesive can be integrated in the construction. for cooling
Snap-on Fingerstrips can be firmly mounted in slots in your construction so that also a compression to nearly 0.25 ADVANTAGES Spud on PCB for
extra fixation
Spud on PCB for
extra fixation
can be realized. (Fig. 98) • Less space taken up on the board
Spud on PCB for
• Flexible clip positioning making the Clip-on system 1500
Spud on PCB for
Spud on PCB for Spud on PCB for
extra fixation
extra fixation
extra fixation extra fixation
99 For special constructions the 2500 series show fingers mounted under an 90 degree angle. (Fig. 99) an excellent solution for series of 1 – 10.000 pieces
• For heavy-duty applications the lid can also be secured Soft compressable foam
100 For circular mounting the fingers in the 2600 series have on top of the finger spherical tips so that there is under any by soldering it to the clips and some of the pins 4. If you arecoverconcerned
between and housing that vibrations or movements may
for holding back the PCB shielding can
angle a good point contact. • Many different clips and pins are available for mounting loosenbetween
the
Soft
Soft PCB
compressable
compressable shielding
foam
foam
cover and housing
Spud oncanPCB for from Spud
theon PCB RFfor shielding clips you
the PCB shielding can to the PCB. can secure
for holdingthe PCB
between cover and housing
back the
for holding back the shielding
extra fixation
PCB shielding
PCB shielding
can
can can with a spud. To do this you
extra fixation
101 For sliding, rotating and moving applications, please contact our specialists. will need holes in the right places in the design of your PCB
To prevent wear down there is a conductive lubricant available. DESIGN TIPS FOR PCB SHIELDING CANS and your PCB shielding can.
Soft compressable foam
H G between cover and housing
for holding back the PCB shielding can
1. A
E Two PCB shielding cans with
2.
F B C
1. If you have two adjacent sources of interference you can 5. In order to prevent vibrations or movements from loosen-
Figure 98 : Snap-on fingerstrips for slot mounting and large compression Figure 99 : Example of finger under 90 degrees
place two PCB shielding cans right next to each other turning ing the PCB shielding can from the RF shielding clips you can
the shielding into one large can. also place a piece of soft, compressible foam between the
PCB and the housing of the device. For electric discharge, you
Recess from the PCB shield for traces can use an EMI gasket or an electrically conductive foam as
well. For more design tips see our website.
Ventilation holes
for cooling
20 21
» CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING SYSTEM 1500 CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING CANS A fence and a removable cover creating a very rigid
shielding can for printed circuit boards. The fence
WITH COVER 1505 need to be fixed to the PCB with SMD clips
STANDARD SHIELDING CANS SQUARE PCB SHIELDING CANS (HEIGHT 1 TO 15MM)

Height (mm)
Length (mm) Width (mm)
1 2 3 5 10 15
10 10 1500-10-10-1 1500-10-10-2 1500-10-10-3 1500-10-10-5 1500-10-10-10 1500-10-10-15
15 15 1500-15-15-1 1500-15-15-2 1500-15-15-3 1500-15-15-5 1500-15-15-10 1500-15-15-15
20 20 1500-20-20-1 1500-20-20-2 1500-20-20-3 1500-20-20-5 1500-20-20-10 1500-20-20-15
25 25 1500-25-25-1 1500-25-25-2 1500-25-25-3 1500-25-25-5 1500-25-25-10 1500-25-25-15
30 30 1500-30-30-1 1500-30-30-2 1500-30-30-3 1500-30-30-5 1500-30-30-10 1500-30-30-15
35 35 1500-35-35-1 1500-35-35-2 1500-35-35-3 1500-30-30-5 1500-30-30-10 1500-30-30-15
40 40 1500-40-40-1 1500-40-40-2 1500-40-40-3 1500-40-40-5 1500-40-40-10 1500-40-40-15
STANDARD SHIELDING CANS RECTANGULAR PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 15MM HEIGHT)

Height C (mm)
Length A (mm) Width B (mm)
1 2 3 5 10 15
10 15 1500-10-15-1 1500-10-15-2 1500-10-15-3 1500-10-15-5 1500-10-15-10 1500-10-15-15
10 20 1500-10-20-1 1500-10-20-2 1500-10-20-3 1500-10-20-5 1500-10-20-10 1500-10-20-15
10 25 1500-10-25-1 1500-10-25-2 1500-10-25-3 1500-10-25-5 1500-10-25-10 1500-10-25-15
10 30 1500-10-30-1 1500-10-30-2 1500-10-30-3 1500-10-30-5 1500-10-30-10 1500-10-30-15

EMI screening covers (shielding cans) for PCB’s were developed BENEFITS
to shield only certain parts of electronic equipment from • Double wall and therefore better shielding performance
10 35 1500-10-35-1 1500-10-35-2 1500-10-35-3 1500-10-35-5 1500-10-35-10 1500-10-35-15
electromagnetic radiation at the source, rather than all of • Easy lid removal for maintenance
10 40 1500-10-40-1 1500-10-40-2 1500-10-40-3 1500-10-40-5 1500-10-40-10 1500-10-40-15
the components in the entire housing. • More robust design and therefore suitable for heavy
10 45 1500-10-45-1 1500-10-45-2 1500-10-45-3 1500-10-45-5 1500-10-45-10 1500-10-45-15 applications
10 50 1500-10-50-1 1500-10-50-2 1500-10-50-3 1500-10-50-5 1500-10-50-10 1500-10-50-15 EMI shielding cans are available in standard sizes, or • Better corner closure, resulting in better shielding
15 20 1500-15-20-1 1500-15-20-2 1500-15-20-3 1500-15-20-5 1500-15-20-10 1500-15-20-15 can be produced customized within a few days. performance at today’s higher frequencies
15 25 1500-15-25-1 1500-15-25-2 1500-15-25-3 1500-15-25-5 1500-15-25-10 1500-15-25-15
15 30 1500-15-30-1 1500-15-30-2 1500-15-30-3 1500-15-30-5 1500-15-30-10 1500-15-30-15

Whether it is for a small number of prototypes or large SMD MOUNTING
production runs, we can manufacture the precision The fence is mounted on the printed circuit board with tiny clips.
15 35 1500-15-35-1 1500-15-35-2 1500-15-35-3 1500-15-35-5 1500-15-35-10 1500-15-35-15
components you require. Only the fence is attached to the PCB. The cover / lid can be slid
15 40 1500-15-40-1 1500-15-40-2 1500-15-40-3 1500-15-40-5 1500-15-40-10 1500-15-40-15
over the fence and attaches very firmly.
15 45 1500-15-45-1 1500-15-45-2 1500-15-45-3 1500-15-45-5 1500-15-45-10 1500-15-45-15 HIGH PERFORMANCE CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING
15 50 1500-15-50-1 1500-15-50-2 1500-15-50-3 1500-15-50-5 1500-15-50-10 1500-15-50-15 CAN For applications where a lot of movement and / or vibrations
Please note: for more sizes see our website. Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to your drawing High performance PCB shields consisting of partial two layers that can cause the cover / lid to release, a fence with pins that pass
together form a very solid and double-walled PCB shield. The through the lid can be supplied. The pins can then be folded after
PCB SHIELDING CANS ORDER EXAMPLE lid and the fence work together in one stroke, resulting in a very placing the cover / lid so that it does not release from the fence.
A B
Please keep in mind: dimensions you specify are outside tight closure of the lid around the fence resulting in very high
dimensions. Thickness of the material is standard 0.12mm, shielding performance, also for the lower frequencies. PCB SHIELDING CANS ORDER EXAMPLE
C optionally 0.18mm. For example, when you order a
1500 series Clip-on shielding can of 20 x 20 x 10mm And very important for applications requiring shielding for lower
the inside dimensions will be 19.76 x 19.76 x 9.88mm. frequencies. The double wall that together has more body than a
single walled PCB shield also works better at lower frequencies.
Material Outer dimension (A) Outer dimension (B) Outer dimension (C) Inner dimension (A) Inner dimension (B) Inner dimension (C)
C
Mu-copper 0.12mm 10mm 20mm 5mm 9.76mm 19.76mm 4.88mm
Mu-copper 0.18mm 10mm 20mm 5mm 9.64mm 19.64mm 4.82mm B
Tinned steel 0.20mm 10mm 20mm 5mm 9.60mm 19.60mm 4.80mm SQUARE FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 10MM HEIGHT)
A
ORDER EXAMPLE Length A (mm) Width B (mm)
Height C (mm)
1 2 3 5 10
Series Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm) Material
10 10 1505-10-10-1 1505-10-10-2 1505-10-10-3 1505-10-10-5 1505-10-10-10
1500 15 15 1505-15-15-1 1505-15-15-2 1505-15-15-3 1505-15-15-5 1505-15-15-10
Length of the shield- Width of the shielding Height of the shield- MU 0.12 : Mu-copper 0.12mm 20 20 1505-20-20-1 1505-20-20-2 1505-20-20-3 1505-20-20-5 1505-20-20-10
ing cover in mm cover in mm ing cover in mm MU 0.18 : Mu-copper 0.18mm
TMU 0.12 : Tinned Mu-copper 0.12 mm 25 25 1505-25-25-1 1505-25-25-2 1505-25-25-3 1505-25-25-5 1505-25-25-10
TMU 0.18 : Tinned Mu-copper 0.18 mm
TS 0.20 : Tinned steel 0.20mm 30 30 1505-30-30-1 1505-30-30-2 1505-30-30-3 1505-30-30-5 1505-30-30-10
*Notice
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however 35 35 1505-35-35-1 1505-35-35-2 1505-35-35-3 1505-30-30-5 1505-30-30-10
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation 40 40 1505-40-40-1 1505-40-40-2 1505-40-40-3 1505-40-40-5 1505-40-40-10
products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of NOTE: Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to your drawing. Send your drawing to request a quote for a custom shape to info@hollandshielding.com.
determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
22 23
» CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING CANS DOUBLE LAYER 1505 PCB CLIPS LARGE CLIP
(FOR 1500 SERIES) LC
PCB SHIELDING CANS ORDER EXAMPLE
RECTANGULAR FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 10MM HEIGHT) A
Height C (mm)
1 2 3 5 10
10 15 1505-10-15-1 1505-10-15-2 1505-10-15-3 1505-10-15-5 1505-10-15-10
10 20 1505-10-20-1 1505-10-20-2 1505-10-20-3 1505-10-20-5 1505-10-20-10
10 25 1505-10-25-1 1505-10-25-2 1505-10-25-3 1505-10-25-5 1505-10-25-10
10 30 1505-10-30-1 1505-10-30-2 1505-10-30-3 1505-10-30-5 1505-10-30-10
10 35 1505-10-35-1 1505-10-35-2 1505-10-35-3 1505-10-35-5 1505-10-35-10
10 40 1505-10-40-1 1505-10-40-2 1505-10-40-3 1505-10-40-5 1505-10-40-10
10 45 1505-10-45-1 1505-10-45-2 1505-10-45-3 1505-10-45-5 1505-10-45-10
10 50 1505-10-50-1 1505-10-50-2 1505-10-50-3 1505-10-50-5 1505-10-50-10
15 20 1505-15-20-1 1505-15-20-2 1505-15-20-3 1505-15-20-5 1505-15-20-10

INTRODUCTION 1500 CLIPS The large clip is a metal clip designed to attach PCB shielding
The 1500 series PCB shielding clips are developed to fix a cans/screening covers from our 1500 series.
15 25 1505-15-25-1 1505-15-25-2 1505-15-25-3 1505-15-25-5 1505-15-25-10
PCB shielding can onto the PCB. There are SMD and through
15 30 1505-15-30-1 1505-15-30-2 1505-15-30-3 1505-15-30-5 1505-15-30-10 hole mounting versions available. Easy to attach the PCB This clip is to be mounted onto the surface of a PCB (SMT)
15 35 1505-15-35-1 1505-15-35-2 1505-15-35-3 1505-15-35-5 1505-15-35-10 shielding into the clips and remove for maintenance. and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI-shielding
15 40 1505-15-40-1 1505-15-40-2 1505-15-40-3 1505-15-40-5 1505-15-40-10 cans to PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need for through
15 45 1505-15-45-1 1505-15-45-2 1505-15-45-3 1505-15-45-5 1505-15-45-10 FEATURES holes and post re-flow operations on the PCB. For best
15 50 1505-15-50-1 1505-15-50-2 1505-15-50-3 1505-15-50-5 1505-15-50-10
• Enhance your productivity by SMT process performance, the shielding clip should be mounted on
20 25 1505-20-25-1 1505-20-25-2 1505-20-25-3 1505-20-25-5 1505-20-25-10
• Seamless corners for ultra-high EMI shielding effect the PCB ground pattern. This can be done by hand or
• Reduce shield clip numbers to lower the costs by vacuum pick-up nozzle (automated).
20 30 1505-20-30-1 1505-20-30-2 1505-20-30-3 1505-20-30-5 1505-20-30-10
20 35 1505-20-35-1 1505-20-35-2 1505-20-35-3 1505-20-35-5 1505-20-35-10

ADVANTAGES This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work
20 40 1505-20-40-1 1505-20-40-2 1505-20-40-3 1505-20-40-5 1505-20-40-10 • Mass production after the assembly of the screening cover. The thickness of
20 45 1505-20-45-1 1505-20-45-2 1505-20-45-3 1505-20-45-5 1505-20-45-10 • Easy insertion and removal the screening cover can be up to 0.3mm. The clip can be
20 50 1505-20-50-1 1505-20-50-2 1505-20-50-3 1505-20-50-5 1505-20-50-10 • Convenient for re-work supplied on reels of 1.900 pieces.
25 30 1505-25-30-1 1505-25-30-2 1505-25-30-3 1505-25-30-5 1505-25-30-10 • Also available in 90° version for seamless corners and
25 35 1505-25-35-1 1505-25-35-2 1505-25-35-3 1505-25-35-5 1505-25-35-10
high shielding effectiveness TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• For mobile phones, MP3, PDA, navigation systems,
25 40 1505-25-40-1 1505-25-40-2 1505-25-40-3 1505-25-40-5 1505-25-40-10
internet repeaters, walkie talkies and much more... Material Stainless steel
25 45 1505-25-45-1 1505-25-45-2 1505-25-45-3 1505-25-45-5 1505-25-45-10
Finish Tin plated
25 50 1505-25-50-1 1505-25-50-2 1505-25-50-3 1505-25-50-5 1505-25-50-10 ORDER EXAMPLE Packaging format Tape & reel or Pieces
30 35 1505-30-35-1 1505-30-35-2 1505-30-35-3 1505-30-35-5 1505-30-35-10 Part number Reel quantity 1.900 on a Ø330mm reel
30 40 1505-30-40-1 1505-30-40-2 1505-30-40-3 1505-30-40-5 1505-30-40-10
Contact resistance 20 milli-ohms max
30 45 1505-30-45-1 1505-30-45-2 1505-30-45-3 1505-30-45-5 1505-30-45-10
LC : Large clip Shield thickness Up to 0.30mm
30 50 1505-30-50-1 1505-30-50-2 1505-30-50-3 1505-30-50-5 1505-30-50-10 MC : Medium clip
P : Small pin Insertion force (max) 3.0N
35 40 1505-35-40-1 1505-35-40-2 1505-35-40-3 1505-35-40-5 1505-35-40-10 TC : Tiny clip C
TCC : Tiny corner clip Withdrawal force (max) 1.0N
35 45 1505-35-45-1 1505-35-45-2 1505-35-45-3 1505-35-45-5 1505-35-45-10 UTC : Ultra tiny clip
UUTC: Ultra tiny These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
In other situations results may B
35 50 1505-35-50-1 1505-35-50-2 1505-35-50-3 1505-35-50-5 1505-35-50-10
corner clip differ. Please read our Guarantee.
NOTE: Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to your drawing. Send your drawing to request a quote for a custom shape to info@hollandshielding.com.
A
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Length A (mm) Width B (mm) Height C(mm) Material
1505 : High per- Length of the shielding Width of the shielding Height of the shielding MU 0.12 : Mu-copper 0.12mm
formance double in mm in mm in mm MU 0.18 : Mu-copper 0.18mm
layer PCB shield with TMU 0.12 : Tinned Mu-copper 0.12 mm
“loose” cover TMU 0.18 : Tinned Mu-copper 0.18 mm
1506 : High perfor- TS 0.20 : Tinned steel 0.20mm
mance double layer
PCB shield with fixed
cover
24 25
MEDIUM CLIP SMALL PIN TINY CLIP TINY CORNER CLIP
(FOR 1500 SERIES) MC (FOR 1500 SERIES) P (FOR 1500 SERIES) TC (FOR 1500 SERIES) TCC
This clip is to be mounted onto the surface of a PCB (SMT) The Small pin is used to mount PCB screening cans and PCB This clip is to be mounted onto the surface of a PCB (SMT) This clip is to be mounted onto the surface of a PCB (SMT)
and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI-shielding shielding covers from our 1500 series PCB shielding cans and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI-shielding and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI-shielding
cans to PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need for through onto your printed circuit board. cans to PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need for through cans to PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need for through
holes and post re-flow operations on the PCB. For best holes and post re-flow operations on the PCB. holes and post re-flow operations on the PCB.
performance, the shielding clip should be mounted on the This pin is designed to be placed through the surface of the For best performance, the shielding clip should be mounted For best performance, the shielding clip should be mounted
PCB ground pattern. This can be done by hand or by vacuum PCB and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI shields on the PCB ground pattern. This can be done by hand or on the PCB ground pattern. This can be done by hand or
pick-up nozzle (automated). to PCB’s. The clip needs through holes and post re-flow by vacuum pick-up nozzle (automated). by vacuum pick-up nozzle (automated).
operations on the PCB.
This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work
after the assembly of the screening cover. The thickness of This clip with a tinned pin can be soldered into the PCB at after the assembly of the screening cover. The thickness of the after the assembly of the screening cover. The thickness of the
the screening cover can be in the range of 0.12 to 0.23mm. any available place around the screening cover. screening cover can be in the range of 0.18 to 0.25mm. The clip screening cover can be in the range of 0.18 to 0.25mm. The clip
The clip can be supplied on reels of 5.000 pieces. can be supplied on reels of 15.000 pieces. can be supplied on reels of 6.000 pieces.
ADVANTAGES
The Medium clip takes up 40% less space than the Large clip. Thanks to the large clamping range, the pin does not have to Please note: The tiny clip takes up 25% less space than the The outer wing of the Tiny corner clip is higher than the inner
be positioned with great precision. The recommended dis- medium clip. wing to facilitate insertion of the shielding can.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS tance between the pins depends on the frequency that is to
be shielded and the size of the PCB shielding can. For advice TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Material Stainless steel please consult our engineers.
Finish: Tin plated Material Stainless steel Material Stainless steel
Packaging format Tape & reel or pieces Plating Tin plated Plating Tin plated
Material thickness 0.15mm Material thickness 0.15mm
Reel quantity
Contact resistance
5.000 pieces on a Ø330mm reel
40 milli-ohms max
pins & clips can be Thickness of shielding can 0.18 - 0.25mm Thickness of shielding can 0.18 - 0.25mm
Shield thickness 0.12 – 0.23mm delivered on reel Operating temperature -40 °C ~ 200 °C Operating temperature -40 °C ~ 200 °C
Insertion force (max) 5.0N (0.17mm shield) Resistance Max 0.05 ohms Resistance Max 0.05 ohms
Withdrawal force (max) 0.35N Solder ability More than 50% Solder ability More than 50%
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Insertion force Max. 1.0kgf at T=0.2mm Insertion force Max. 1.0kgf at T=0.2mm
In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. Removal force Min. 0.2kgf at T=0.2mm Removal force Min. 0.2kgf at T=0.2mm
Number of repetitions insertion Max 25 times Number of insertion repetitions Max 25 times
Environment Eu-RoHS compliant, Pb & halogen free Environment Eu-RoHS compliant, Pb & halogen free
Thickness of solder cream Thickness of soldering paste
0.06mm ~ 0.12mm 0.06mm ~ 0.12mm
(recommended) (recommended)
Quantity/reel 15.000 Quantity/reel 6.000
Finish Tin Finish Tin
Packaging format Reel and pieces Packaging format Reel and pieces
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
26 27
ULTRA TINY CLIP ULTRA TINY CORNER CLIP FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS The same as the 1500 series Clip -on PCB shielding cans,
but with teeth in order to glue the can onto the PCB.
(FOR 1500 SERIES) UTC (FOR 1500 SERIES) UTCC 1510 - 1515 No clips are needed for mounting.
This clip is to be mounted onto the surface of a PCB (SMT) and This clip is designed to be mounted onto the surface of a EMI screening covers (SMD shielding cans) for PCB’s were If you require a relatively large PCB shielding can, we recommend
offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/EMI-shielding cans to PCB (SMT) and offers a fast solution for assembling RFI/ developed to shield only certain parts of electronic equipment to go for the 1500 series clip-on system since it is very difficult
PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need for through holes and post re- EMI-shielding cans to PCB’s. This clip eliminates the need from electromagnetic radiation at the source, rather than all to glue relatively large PCB shielding cans on the PCB without
flow operations on the PCB. For best performance, the shielding for through holes and post re-flow operations on the PCB. components in the entire housing. deformation of the can and with a good seal (no openings
clip should be mounted on the PCB ground pattern. This can be For best performance, the shielding clip should be mounted along the edges).
done by hand or by vacuum pick-up nozzle (automated). on the PCB ground pattern. This can be done by hand or by EMI shielding cans are available in a wide range of sizes and
vacuum pick-up nozzle (automated). types. Whether it is for a small number of prototypes or large 1515 SERIES (WITH REMOVABLE LID)
This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work after quantities, we can manufacture the precision components that The 1515 has the same properties as the 1510 series. The
the assembly of the screening cover. Thickness of the screening This clip offers a great opportunity for tuning and re-work you require. lid has a removable top cover. This makes it essayer to aces
cover can be up to 0.12mm. The clip can be supplied on reels of after the assembly of the screening cover. Thickness of the the parts on the PCB for service. The product is available in
20.000 pieces. screening cover can be up to 0.12mm. The clip can be sup- 1510 SERIES FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS VS copper and tinned copper, with or without cooling holes.
plied on reels of 6.000 pieces. 1500 SERIES CLIP-ON PCB SHIELDING CANS
The Ultra tiny clip takes up 35% less space than the medium clip Our 1500 series Clip-on PCB shielding cans combines small COPPER OR TINNED COPPER VERSION
pins or clips with a removable lid (PCB shielding can), Our 1510 and 1515 series fixed PCB shielding cans are
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS resulting in good quality EMI/RFI shielding. available in both copper and tin-plated copper. The tinned
copper version facilitates the soldering process.
Material Stainless steel Material Stainless steel
However, some customers would like a slightly more economic
Plating Tin plated Plating Tin plated solution than the clip-on PCB shielding system and then move
Material thickness 0.15mm Material thickness 0.15mm to PCB shielding covers without clip-on system. This system is
Thickness of shielding can Up to 0.12mm Thickness of shielding can 0.12mm called Fixed PCB shielding cans since the cans are fixed to the PCB shielded can
PCB with conductive glue or solder.
Operating temperature -40 °C ~ 200 °C Operating temperature -40 °C ~ 200 °C production
Resistance Max 0.05 ohms Resistance Max 0.05 ohms
Furthermore customers choose this way of attachment
Solder ability More than 50% Solder ability More than 50% because the can will be more firmly secured to the PCB than
Insertion force Max. 1.0kgf at T=0.2mm Insertion force Max. 1.0kgf at T=0.15mm by using the 1510 series clip -on system. This is, for example,
Removal force Min. 0.2kgf at T=0.2mm Removal force Min. 0.2kgf at T=0.15mm necessary when it comes to devices with very heavy
Number of insertion repetitions Max 25 times Number of insertion repetitions Max 25 times
vibrations and movements.
Environment Eu-RoHS compliant, Pb & halogen free Environment Eu-RoHS compliant, Pb & halogen free
MOUNTING
Thickness of soldering paste
(recommended) 0.06mm ~ 0.12mm Thickness of soldering paste
(recommended) 0.06mm ~ 0.1mm Fixed PCB shielding cans, can be provided with teeth so that
the can can be glued to the PCB (mounting method T) or with
Quantity/reel 20.000 Quantity/reel 6.000
pins for mounting through the PCB (mounting method P).
Finish Tin Finish Tin
Packaging format Reel and pieces Packaging format Reel and pieces
In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. Mounting teeth
*Notice
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user. Mounting pins
28 29
» FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS 1510-1515 » FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS 1510-1515
STANDARD FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS PART RECTANGULAR FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 10MM HEIGHT)
NUMBERS
A technical drawing of the 1510 series Fixed PCB shielding width (mm) width (mm)
Height C (mm)
6.38 6.38
cans. The distance between the teeth varies, and is depen- 4 4
1 2 3 5 10
dent on the size of the side. 10 15 1510-10-15-1 1510-10-15-2 1510-10-15-3 1510-10-15-5 1510-10-15-10
10 20 1510-10-20-1 1510-10-20-2 1510-10-20-3 1510-10-20-5 1510-10-20-10

For example, a side of 40mm has 5 teeth and a side of
length (mm)
length (mm)
25mm has 3 teeth. The height of a teeth is 1mm. 10 25 1510-10-25-1 1510-10-25-2 1510-10-25-3 1510-10-25-5 1510-10-25-10
10 30 1510-10-30-1 1510-10-30-2 1510-10-30-3 1510-10-30-5 1510-10-30-10
height (mm)
height (mm)
AVAILABLE MATERIAL THICKNESSES 10 35 1510-10-35-1 1510-10-35-2 1510-10-35-3 1510-10-35-5 1510-10-35-10
10 40 1510-10-40-1 1510-10-40-2 1510-10-40-3 1510-10-40-5 1510-10-40-10

Material
10 45 1510-10-45-1 1510-10-45-2 1510-10-45-3 1510-10-45-5 1510-10-45-10
Mu-copper 0.12mm 10 50 1510-10-50-1 1510-10-50-2 1510-10-50-3 1510-10-50-5 1510-10-50-10
1 1
Mu-copper 0.18mm 15 20 1510-15-20-1 1510-15-20-2 1510-15-20-3 1510-15-20-5 1510-15-20-10
Tinned steel 0.20mm 15 25 1510-15-25-1 1510-15-25-2 1510-15-25-3 1510-15-25-5 1510-15-25-10
15 30 1510-15-30-1 1510-15-30-2 1510-15-30-3 1510-15-30-5 1510-15-30-10
15 35 1510-15-35-1 1510-15-35-2 1510-15-35-3 1510-15-35-5 1510-15-35-10
EXAMPLES 15 40 1510-15-40-1 1510-15-40-2 1510-15-40-3 1510-15-40-5 1510-15-40-10
15 45 1510-15-45-1 1510-15-45-2 1510-15-45-3 1510-15-45-5 1510-15-45-10

1510 copper with cooling holes 1515 tinned copper 1515 with removable lid 15 50 1510-15-50-1 1510-15-50-2 1510-15-50-3 1510-15-50-5 1510-15-50-10
with removable lid & cooling holes 20 25 1510-20-25-1 1510-20-25-2 1510-20-25-3 1510-20-25-5 1510-20-25-10
20 30 1510-20-30-1 1510-20-30-2 1510-20-30-3 1510-20-30-5 1510-20-30-10
20 35 1510-20-35-1 1510-20-35-2 1510-20-35-3 1510-20-35-5 1510-20-35-10
20 40 1510-20-40-1 1510-20-40-2 1510-20-40-3 1510-20-40-5 1510-20-40-10
20 45 1510-20-45-1 1510-20-45-2 1510-20-45-3 1510-20-45-5 1510-20-45-10
20 50 1510-20-50-1 1510-20-50-2 1510-20-50-3 1510-20-50-5 1510-20-50-10
25 30 1510-25-30-1 1510-25-30-2 1510-25-30-3 1510-25-30-5 1510-25-30-10
SQUARE FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 10MM HEIGHT)

25 35 1510-25-35-1 1510-25-35-2 1510-25-35-3 1510-25-35-5 1510-25-35-10
25 40 1510-25-40-1 1510-25-40-2 1510-25-40-3 1510-25-40-5 1510-25-40-10
Height C (mm) 25 45 1510-25-45-1 1510-25-45-2 1510-25-45-3 1510-25-45-5 1510-25-45-10

1 2 3 5 10 25 50 1510-25-50-1 1510-25-50-2 1510-25-50-3 1510-25-50-5 1510-25-50-10
10 10 1510-10-10-1 1510-10-10-2 1510-10-10-3 1510-10-10-5 1510-10-10-10 30 35 1510-30-35-1 1510-30-35-2 1510-30-35-3 1510-30-35-5 1510-30-35-10
15 15 1510-15-15-1 1510-15-15-2 1510-15-15-3 1510-15-15-5 1510-15-15-10 30 40 1510-30-40-1 1510-30-40-2 1510-30-40-3 1510-30-40-5 1510-30-40-10
20 20 1510-20-20-1 1510-20-20-2 1510-20-20-3 1510-20-20-5 1510-20-20-10 30 45 1510-30-45-1 1510-30-45-2 1510-30-45-3 1510-30-45-5 1510-30-45-10
25 25 1510-25-25-1 1510-25-25-2 1510-25-25-3 1510-25-25-5 1510-25-25-10 30 50 1510-30-50-1 1510-30-50-2 1510-30-50-3 1510-30-50-5 1510-30-50-10
30 30 1510-30-30-1 1510-30-30-2 1510-30-30-3 1510-30-30-5 1510-30-30-10 35 40 1510-35-40-1 1510-35-40-2 1510-35-40-3 1510-35-40-5 1510-35-40-10
35 35 1510-35-35-1 1510-35-35-2 1510-35-35-3 1510-30-30-5 1510-30-30-10 35 45 1510-35-45-1 1510-35-45-2 1510-35-45-3 1510-35-45-5 1510-35-45-10
40 40 1510-40-40-1 1510-40-40-2 1510-40-40-3 1510-40-40-5 1510-40-40-10 35 50 1510-35-50-1 1510-35-50-2 1510-35-50-3 1510-35-50-5 1510-35-50-10
NOTE: Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to your drawing. Send your drawing to request a quote for a custom shape to info@hollandshielding.com. NOTE: Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to your drawing. Send your drawing to request a quote for a custom shape to info@hollandshielding.com.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Length A (mm) Width B (mm) Height C (mm) Mounting Cooling
1510 : Fixed PCB Specify the length Specify the width Specify the height T : Teeth for mounting NO : No cooling holes
shielding can with in mm in mm in mm on the PCB (standard)
fixed lid P : Pins for mounting CO : With cooling
1515 : Fixed PCB through the PCB holes
shielding can with
removable lid
Material
A B
MU 0.12 : Mu-copper 0.12mm

D total MU 0.18 : Mu-copper 0.18mm
height D
(outside) TS 0.20 : Tinned steel 0.20mm
30 31
FIXED PCB SHIELDS 1600 Used to create EMI/RFI-shielded compartments on a PCB COMPARTMENT SHIELD 1800 Compartment shield 1800 series for PCB’s was developed
to shield only a part of the printed circuit board
The 1600 Fixed PCB shield series is used to make EMI/ OPTIONS Electromagnetic (EM) radiation can prevent a device Compartment shielding 1800 series is available in many
RFI-shielded compartments on a PCB to prevent electromag- • Several thicknesses depending on attenuation level from functioning correctly. This is called electromagnetic sizes and configurations. Whether it is for a small number of
netic interference between chips/processors/parts of the PCB. • With or without electrical insulation interference (EMI). prototypes or large production, we will be happy to produce
• With or without conductive self-adhesive the precision components that you require.
A small shielding framework or shielding fence, can be manu- • Available in a fire-retardant version Compartment shield 1800 series for PCB’s was developed
factured by our CNC production system, including teeth or pins • Can be made with a lid for extra high shielding to shield only a part of the printed circuit board (PCB) from Compartment shield is a highly conductive foil laminated with
in any desired size for attachment to the printed circuit board. performance electromagnetic radiation at the source, rather than shielding a high-deflection, low closure-force foam layer. The housing
• Can be made with openings for passage of cables or all of the components or the entire housing/enclosure itself is used to close the separations on the PCB.
Tooling costs are relatively low, making this system suitable ventilation of the device against electromagnetic radiation. The high-deflection, low closure-force foam is also available
for series of 100 to 100.000 pieces. The 1600 Fixed PCB combined with conductive fabrics or non-wovens. Please note
shielding series is made according to your technical drawing ADVANTAGES PART NUMBERS that the compartment shield must make contact to ground.
• Can be manufactured by our CNC production system
• Suitable for series of 100 -100.000 pieces PU foam (max. 80 % compression) PU foam (max. 80 % compression) Neoprene foam (max. 50 % com- Neoprene foam (max. 50 % com-
Foam thickness + Amucor foil + Conductive textile pression) + Amucor foil pression) + Conductive textile
• Made according to customer’s drawing
3mm 1800-1-3 1800-2-3 1800-3-3 1800-4-3
• A sample can be produced very quickly, in only 2 days
4mm 1800-1-4 1800-2-4 1800-3-4 1800-4-4
5mm 1800-1-5 1800-2-5 1800-3-5 1800-4-5
6mm 1800-1-6 1800-2-6 1800-3-6 1800-4-6
8mm 1800-1-8 1800-2-8 1800-3-8 1800-4-8
10mm 1800-1-10 1800-2-10 1800-3-10 1800-4-10
15mm 1800-1-15 1800-2-15 1800-3-15 1800-4-15
DRAWN PCB SHIELDS 1700

Other thicknesses and materials on request. The final product is made according to customers drawing.
EMI/RFI Drawn screening and shielding cans/covers for PCB’s
ORDER EXAMPLE
Drawn PCB shields are only produced in large quantities.
Production starts from 100.000 pieces. Please note that Series Foam code Thickness (mm) Length A (mm) Width B (mm) Height C (mm)
there are tooling cost involved. 1800
1 : PU Foam + Specify the thickness Specify the length Specify the width Specify the height
This product is designed for seamless corners for ultra-high Amucor foil
2 : PU Foam +
in mm in mm in mm in mm
frequency shielding. Available in heights of 0.5 to 2mm and Conductive textile
sizes from 6 to 80mm. Elastomer’s can be combined with 3 : Neoprene Foam +
Amucor foil
the drawn board shielding as well as ventilation openings. 4 : Neoprene Foam + Choose foam type
Conductive textile from table above
These PCB shielding cans are available in:

• Copper For partition into
compartments C
• Tinned copper send your drawing
• Silvered copper (on request) Glue or solder Max 2mm high
• Nickel (on request)
Standard copper
0.35mm B
It is possible to deliver the product on tape or on reel.
A
32 33
CONDUCTIVE FOIL PCB Good elastic recovery and electric property, for » CONDUCTIVE FOIL PCB SHIELDING GASKETS 1550
SHIELDING GASKETS 1550 electrical connecting between electrical objects
PART NUMBERS
Part number W H L Part number W H L Part number W H L
1550-1.2-0.7-0.8-x 1.2 0.7 0.8 1550-2.0-1.8-1.25-x 2.0 1.8 1.25 1550-4.0-4.0-6.0-x 4.0 4.0 6.0
1550-1.2-0.8-0.8-x 1.2 0.8 0.8 1550-2.0-1.8-1.55-x 2.0 1.8 1.55 1550-4.0-4.5-3.0-x 4.0 4.5 3.0
1550-1.2-0.9-0.8-x 1.2 0.9 0.8 1550-2.0-2.0-1.25-x 2.0 2.0 1.25 1550-4.0-5.0-3.5-x 4.0 5.0 3.5
1550-1.2-1.0-0.8-x 1.2 1.0 0.8 1550-2.0-2.0-1.5-x 2.0 2.0 1.5 1550-4.0-5.0-5.0-x 4.0 5.0 5.0
1550-1.2-1.2-0.8-x 1.2 1.2 0.8 1550-2.0-2.2-1.5-x 2.0 2.2 1.5 1550-4.0-6.0-5.0-x 4.0 6.0 5.0
1550-1.4-0.8-0.8-x 1.4 0.8 0.8 1550-2.0-2.5-1.5-x 2.0 2.5 1.5 1550-4.5-4.5-6.0-x 4.5 4.5 6.0
1550-1.4-0.9-0.8-x 1.4 0.9 0.8 1550-2.5-1.2-2.0-x 2.5 1.2 2.0 1550-4.5-6.0-4.0-x 4.5 6.0 4.0
1550-1.4-1.1-0.8-x 1.4 1.1 0.8 1550-2.5-1.5-2.0-x 2.5 1.5 2.0 1550-5.0-2.5-4.0-x 5.0 2.5 4.0 Part number W H L
1550-1.4-1.2-0.8-x 1.4 1.2 0.8 1550-2.5-2.0-1.0-x 2.5 2.0 1.0 1550-5.0-3.0-4.0-x 5.0 3.0 4.0 1550-6.0-11.5-8.0-x 6.0 11.5 8.0
1550-1.6-0.6-0.8-x 1.6 0.6 0.8 1550-2.5-2.0-2.0-x 2.5 2.0 2.0 1550-5.0-3.5-6.0-x 5.0 3.5 6.0 1550-6.0-12.5-8.0-x 6.0 12.5 8.0
1550-1.6-0.7-0.8-x 1.6 0.7 0.8 1550-2.5-2.3-1.5-x 2.5 2.3 1.5 1550-5.0-4.0-3.0-x 5.0 4.0 3.0 1550-6.0-13-8.0-x 6.0 13.0 8.0
1550-1.6-0.8-0.8-x 1.6 0.8 0.8 1550-2.5-2.5-2.0-x 2.5 2.5 2.0 1550-5.0-4.0-4.0-x 5.0 4.0 4.0 1550-6.0-13.5-8.0-x 6.0 13.5 8.0
1550-1.6-0.9-0.8-x 1.6 0.9 0.8 1550-2.5-3.0-1.5-x 2.5 3.0 1.5 1550-5.0-4.0-8.0-x 5.0 4.0 8.0 1550-6.0-14.5-8.0-x 6.0 14.5 8.0
1550-1.6-1.0-0.8-x 1.6 1.0 0.8 1550-2.5-3.0-2.0-x 2.5 3.0 .02 1550-5.0-4.5-3.0-x 5.0 4.5 3.0 1550-8.0-4.0-4.0-x 8.0 4.0 4.0
1550-1.6-1.1-0.8-x 1.6 1.1 0.8 1550-2.6-2.4-3.6-x 2.6 2.4 3.6 1550-5.0-4.5-6.0-x 5.0 4.5 6.0 1550-8.0-5.0-4.0-x 8.0 5.0 4.0
1550 series has good elastic recovery and electric property, APPLICATION 1550-1.6-1.2-0.8-x 1.6 1.2 0.8 1550-3.0-1.5-2.0-x 3.0 1.5 2.0 1550-5.0-5.0-3.0-x 5.0 5.0 3.0 1550-8.0-5.0-8.0-x 8.0 5.0 8.0
so it offers not only cushion property, but also electrical • Smart phone 1550-1.6-1.3-0.8-x 1.6 1.3 0.8 1550-3.0-1.5-4.0-x 3.0 1.5 4.0 1550-5.0-5.5-3.0-x 5.0 5.5 3.0 1550-8.0-6.0-4.0-x 8.0 6.0 4.0
connecting between electrical objects including PCB. It is • Automotive 1550-1.6-1.5-0.8-x 1.6 1.5 0.8 1550-3.0-2.0-4.0-x 3.0 2.0 4.0 1550-5.0-5.5-4.0-x 5.0 5.5 4.0 1550-8.0-6.5-4.0-x 8.0 6.5 4.0
useful for EMI/ESD/RF countermeasure, electrical grounding • TV 1550-1.6-1.8-0.8-x 1.6 1.8 0.8 1550-3.0-2.0-2.0-x 3.0 2.0 2.0 1550-5.0-6.0-3.0-x 5.0 6.0 3.0 1550-8.0-7.0-4.0-x 8.0 7.0 4.0
and connecting as EMI Gasket and/or electric connector. It is • Tablet
1550-2.0-0.6-1.0-x 2.0 0.6 1.0 1550-3.0-2.5-2.0-x 3.0 2.5 2.0 1550-5.0-6.0-4.0-x 5.0 6.0 4.0 1550-8.0-7.0-6.0-x 8.0 7.0 6.0
consisted of conductive film, elastic adhesive and elasto- • PC
1550-3.0-2.5-4.0-x 3.0 2.5 4.0 1550-5.0-6.5-3.0-x 5.0 6.5 3.0 1550-8.0-7.0-9.0-x 8.0 7.0 9.0
mer tube, so it is not broken and deformed like metal fingers. • LCD panel 1550-2.0-0.7-1.0-x 2.0 0.7 1.0
There are many sizes and options to meet various customers • Navigation for electric connecting 1550-2.0-0.8-1.0-x 2.0 0.8 1.0 1550-3.0-3.0-2.0-x 3.0 3.0 2.0 1550-5.0-6.5-8.0-x 5.0 6.5 8.0 1550-8.0-7.5-4.0-x 8.0 7.5 4.0
demands and needs. • Grounding 1550-2.0-0.8-3.0-x 2.0 0.8 3.0 1550-3.0-4.5-3.0-x 3.0 4.5 3.0 1550-5.0-7.5-3.0-x 5.0 7.5 3.0 1550-8.0-7.5-10.0-x 8.0 7.5 10
1550-2.0-0.9-1.0-x 2.0 0.9 1.0 1550-4.0-1.2-5.0-x 4.0 1.2 5.0 1550-6.0-4.5-8.0-x 6.0 4.5 8.0 1550-8.0-8.0-4.0-x 8.0 8.0 4.0
GENERAL STRUCTURE CHARACTERISTICS 1550-2.0-0.8-1.25-x 2.0 0.8 1.25 1550-4.0-1.5-3.0-x 4.0 1.5 3.0 1550-6.0-5.0-8.0-x 6.0 5.0 8.0 1550-8.0-8.5-4.0-x 8.0 8.5 4.0
• Surface mount technology (SMT) compatible 1550-2.0-1.0-1.0-x 2.0 1.0 1.0 1550-4.0-1.5-5.0-x 4.0 1.5 5.0 1550-6.0-5.5-4.0-x 6.0 5.5 4.0 1550-8.0-8.5-8.0-x 8.0 8.5 8.0
Flat surface for large contact area & easy pick up • Lowest electric resistance (typical 0.06Ω)
1550-2.0-1.1-1.0-x 2.0 1.1 1.0 1550-4.0-2.0-3.0-x 4.0 2.0 3.0 1550-6.0-5.5-8.0-x 6.0 5.5 8.0 1550-8.0-9.5-8.0-x 8.0 9.5 8.0
• Excellent elasticity & low compression force
Sn or Au/Ni plated on copper layer 1550-4.0-2.5-3.0-x 4.0 2.5 3.0 1550-6.0-6.5-8.0-x 6.0 6.5 8.0 1550-8.0-10.0-4.0-x 8.0 10.0 4.0
• Not easily deformed & broken by external force 1550-2.0-1.2-1.0-x 2.0 1.2 1.0
Silicone rubber • Large contact area 1550-2.0-1.0-1.25-x 2.0 1.0 1.25 1550-4.0-2.5-5.0-x 4.0 2.5 5.0 1550-6.0-7.5-4.0-x 6.0 7.5 4.0 1550-10.0-6.0-7.5-x 10.0 6.0 7.5
• Solder protection line exist 1550-2.0-1.2-1.25-x 2.0 1.2 1.25 1550-4.0-3.0-3.0-x 4.0 3.0 3.0 1550-6.0-7.5-8.0-x 6.0 7.5 8.0 1550-10.0-7.5-7.5-x 10.0 7.5 7.5
Reliable reflow - soldering • Sizes from small to big with various options 1550-2.0-1.2-3.0-x 2.0 1.2 3.0 1550-4.0-3.0-5.0-x 4.0 3.0 5.0 1550-6.0-8.5-8.0-x 6.0 8.5 8.0 1550-10.0-9.0-7.5-x 10.0 9.0 7.5
• Proper for mass production & re-work available 1550-2.0-1.2-1.5-x 2.0 1.2 1.5 1550-4.0-3.0-8.0-x 4.0 3.0 8.0 1550-6.0-9.0-4.0-x 6.0 9.0 4.0 1550-10.0-11.0-7.5-x 10.0 11.0 7.5
METAL CLIP VS 1550 • Halogen free, EU-RoHS compliant, non-flammable 1550-2.0-1.3-1.0-x 2.0 1.3 1.0 1550-4.0-3.5-3.0-x 4.0 3.5 3.0 1550-6.0-9.0-6.0-x 6.0 9.0 6.0 1550-10.0-11.0-8.0-x 10.0 11.0 8.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Point contact Multi Contact 1550-2.0-1.5-1.0-x 2.0 1.5 1.0 1550-4.0-3.4-5.0-x 4.0 3.5 5.0 1550-6.0-9.0-8.0-x 6.0 9.0 8.0 1550-10.0-13.0-7.5-x 10.0 13.0 7.5
(Small contact area) (Large contact area)
Current path 1550-2.0-1.5-1.25-x 2.0 1.5 1.25 1550-4.0-4.0-2.5-x 4.0 4.0 2.5 1550-6.0-9.5-8.0-x 6.0 9.5 8.0 1550-10.0-15.0-7.5-x 10.0 15.0 7.5
Current path (Distance Short)
(Distance Long)
Standard-Type (tin) Gold-Type (Au/Ni) 1550-2.0-1.5-2.5-x 2.0 1.5 2.5 1550-4.0-4.0-3.0-x 4.0 4.0 3.0 1550-6.0-10.0-8.0-x 6.0 10.0 8.0
Not easy to be Copper Layer (inside) Standard performance High performance 1550-2.0-1.6-1.0-x 2.0 1.6 1.0 1550-4.0-4.0-5.0-x 4.0 4.0 5.0 1550-6.0-10.5-8.0-x 6.0 10.5 8.0
deformed & broken
Plating (surface) Sn (Tin) Au/Ni Holland shielding systems BV have got more than 100 kinds of 1550 series Film over Rubber PCB shielding gaskets for many applications and usages.
Metal clip PCB 1550 Please contact our engineer for your selection. X: Standard (tin), G = Gold (Au/Ni)
Plating on the copper edge None Yes Au/Ni
Reliability Best Proper
OPTIONAL ON REQUEST ORDER EXAMPLE

Example of P/N 1550-W-H-L-S 1550-W-H-L-G
Economic price, home Automotive, industrial &

The 1550 gasket is standard delivered with one hole. Main applications
applications military Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Length (mm) Cover
Optional is a version with two holes in the gasket.
Keep in mind that because of the two holes the gasket can
Re-flow soldering Temp. Max 250°C Max 270°C
1550
Max. rework 1 time 3 times
be stiff / harder and less easy to compress. Specify the width Specify the height Specify the length S : Standard (tin)
in mm in mm in mm G : Gold (Au/Ni)
Price $ $$
These values are measured under laboratory conditions.

In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
*Notice
34 35
CONDUCTIVE RUBBER PCB Surface Mountable Technology (SMT) compatible » CONDUCTIVE RUBBER PCB SHIELDING GASKETS 1560
SHIELDING GASKETS 1560 electric elastomer connector on PCB level
PROPERTIES STRUCTURE & FEATURES

Product type 1560 series
Color of Conductive Black, dark grey
Coating Layer
Width 2.0mm ~
Height 0.8mm ~
Compression ratio Typical 10% ~ 40% compression of original height
Operation temperature -35 oC ~ 160 oC
Vertical Typical 0.05Ω
Resistance
Surface Typical 0.05Ω/□
Not easy to de- Typical 150gf for

Length direction
tach & removal 1560-2.0-1.1-1.0
Soldering strength due to flexibility Typical 200gf for
Width direction & shove 1560-2.0-1.1-1.0
Elastomer hardness Shore A 50
Recovery rate Typical 93%
(30% × 10.000 times)
Abrasion test No metal dust after rubbing with PP tape RECOMMENDED RE-FLOW SOLDERING
1560 series is Surface Mountable Technology (SMT) MAIN CHARACTERISTICS (2kg Roller / 10 cycles)
CONDITION FOR SN PLATING
compatible electric elastomer connector. The shielding • Low electric resistance Change ratio of resistance & elasticity is lower than 10%
Thermal Shock (-40 oC × 0.5hr ↔ 85 oC × 0.5hr × 100 cycles) Condition of Ref-low soldering (Recommended)
gasket has good elastic recovery and electric property, so it • Meet to most salt spray and environmental test
High Temperature/ Change ratio of resistance & elasticity is lower than 10% Zone Temperature (oC) Time (sec)
offers not only cushion, but also electrical connecting and • Good resilient & recovery property. humidity (85 oC / 85% RH / 100hrs)
grounding between electrical objects and PCB. The 1560 Easy to apply SMT and Repair. No changing of color and electric resistance
A RT ~ 130 60
series consist of a conductive coating layer on an elastomer • Strong soldering strength and not easy to detach on PCB Salt spray (KS D 9502, 5% NaCl, 35 oC / 48hrs) B Max. 220 90 ~ 150
tube and a solder able metal foil under the tube. So it has Flammability Classified by UL to UL 94 V-1 C 220 ~ 250 (max. 250) 90 ~ 150
good electrical conductivity and better soldering strength. APPLICATIONS Environment Halogen free, EU-RoHS compliant, lead free D 220 ~ RT Min. 60
• Smart phone
STANDARD PART NUMBERS • Mobile device We recommend a non-separated
• Tablet Recommend solder solder pattern and the 100µm Sn-Ag-Cu(Pb Free) Peak time : Less than 10 sec
pattern thickness of solder cream 300
• PC
• LCD Panel, 250
• Navigation for Electric Connecting and Grounding. These values are measured under laboratory conditions. 200
Notice: 1560 series PCB shielding gaskets should be compressed (about 0.2~0.3mm) 150
on the solder cream at the place-process of SMT.
100
ORDER EXAMPLE 50 a b c d
OPTIONAL ON REQUEST Series Width (mm) Height (mm) 0
Dimension (mm) The 1560 gasket is standard delivered with one hole.
Part number Time (sec)
W H L Optional is a version with two holes in the gasket. 1560
1560-2.0-0.8-1.0 2.0 0.8 1.0 The product may have two holes at core for better recovery Width of the gasket Specify the height ALTERNATIVES
(Standard 2mm) in mm
but it can be stiff / harder and less easy to compress.
1560-2.0-1.1-1.0 2.0 1.1 1.0
Length (mm)
1560-2.0-1.3-1.0 2.0 1.3 1.0
1560-2.0-1.4-1.0 2.0 1.4 1.0
1560-2.0-1.6-1.5 2.0 1.6 1.5 Specify the length
in mm
1560-2.0-1.8-1.5 2.0 1.8 1.5
1560-2.0-2.0-1.5 2.0 2.0 1.5
Alternatives for PCB shielding gaskets are PCB contact fingers
1560-2.0-2.5-1.8 2.0 2.5 1.8 2900 series which can be found on page 101 PCB fingers are
* Other sizes are available on request. Any length is acceptable. made of metal and therefore have better conductivity and
are therefore suitable for applications where high currents
flow. These PCB contact fingers come in many shapes and
sizes.
*Notice
36 37
CONDUCTIVE SILICONE PCB The 1570 series PCB shielding gaskets are a Surface Mount-
able Technology (SMT) compatible electric elastomer connec-
» CONDUCTIVE SILICONE PCB SHIELDING GASKET 1570
SHIELDING GASKET 1570 tor which has good elastic recovery and electric property
PROPERTIES STRUCTURE AND FEATURES

Product type 1570 series
Electric Conductive Silicone Rubber
Color of Conductive Black, dark grey
Coating Layer
Width 0.6mm ~
Height 0.4mm ~
Compression ratio Typical 10% ~ 30% compression of original height
Flat surface for easy pick & place
Operation temperature -35 oC~ 160 oC Flat surface for large electric contact area
Tin plated Copper foil Blackened surface for anti-pollution
Vertical Typical 0.05Ω
Resistance Convenient to make a shielding wall due to its shape
Surface Typical 0.05Ω/□
Typical 400gf for Gold plated metal provid good soldering strength
Length direction Not easy to de- Metal is adhered to a electrical Conductive
tach & removal 1570-0.6-0.8-5.5
Soldering strength Silicone Rubber, directly
due to flexibility Typical 200gf for
Width direction & shove 1570-0.6-0.8-5.5
Elastomer hardness Shore A 50 RECOMMENDED RE-FLOW SOLDERING
Recovery rate Typical 90%
CONDITION FOR SN PLATING
(30%×10.000 times)
No metal dust after rubbing with PP tape Condition of re-flow Soldering (Recommended)
Abrasion test
The 1570 series PCB shielding gaskets are a Surface MAIN CHARACTERISTICS (2kg Roller / 10 cycles)
Zone Temperature (OC) Time (sec)
Mountable Technology (SMT) compatible electric elastomer • Suitable for EMI shielding and grounding Thermal shock Change ratio of resistance & elasticity is lower than 10%
A RT ~ 130 60
(-40 oC × 0.5hr ↔ 85 oC × 0.5hr × 100 cycles)
connector. Our 1570 series has good elastic recovery and • Lower electric resistance
High temperature/ Change ratio of resistance & elasticity is lower than 10% B Max. 220 90 ~ 150
electric property, so it offers not only cushion, but also • Meet to most salt spray and environmental test. humidity (85 oC / 85% RH / 100hrs)
C 220 ~ 250[max. 250] 90 ~ 150
electrical connecting and grounding between electrical • Good resilient & recovery property, easy to apply SMT
No changing of color and electric resistance (KS D 9502,
objects and PCB. The 1570 is a rectangle with narrow width • Strong soldering strength and not easy to detach on PCB Salt spray 5% NaCl, 35 oC /48hrs) D 220 ~ RT Min. 60
and is mounted on PCB board. So this can replace Shield Can Flammability Classified by UL to UL 94 V-1
or EMI Dispensing Gasket or other electric contacts. APPLICATIONS Sn-Ag-Cu(Pb Free) Peak time : Less than 10 sec
Environment Halogen Free, EU-RoHS Compliant, Lead Free 300
Recommendation of compression is 10~30% of its height. • Smart phone
• Mobile device 250
STANDARD PART NUMBERS
We recommend a non-separated
• Tablet Recommend solder solder pattern and the 100µm 200
pattern thickness of solder cream
• PC 150
• Digital camera 100
• Navigation for electricity connecting and grounding In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. 50 a b c d
0
Time (sec)
delivery on reel
on request
Dimension (mm)
Part number
W H L
1570-0.6-0.4-2.0 0.6 0.4 2.0
1570-0.6-0.8-2.0 0.6 0.8 2.0
1570-0.6-1.0-2.0 0.6 1.0 2.0
1570-1.2-0.4-2.0 1.2 0.4 2.0
1570-0.6-0.4-3.0 0.6 0.4 3.2 ORDER EXAMPLE
1570-0.6-0.8-3.0 0.6 0.8 3.2
Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Length (mm)
1570-0.6-1.0-3.2 0.6 1.0 3.2
1570
1570-0.6-0.4-5.5 0.6 0.4 5.5
Specify the width Specify the height Specify the length
1570-0.6-0.6-5.5 0.6 0.6 5.5 in mm. in mm. in mm.
1570-0.6-0.8-5.5 0.6 0.8 5.5

1570-0.6-1.0-5.5 0.6 1.0 5.5 *Notice
1570-2.0-0.5-5.5 2.0 0.5 5.5 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
1570-2.0-0.8-5.5 2.0 0.8 5.5 products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
* Other sizes are available on request. Any length is acceptable. determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
38 39
EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS/ Mu-copper housings and enclosures
for EMI shielding of PCB’s
» 1900 SERIES EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS/ENCLOSURES
ENCLOSURES 1900
SQUARE EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS (HEIGHT 5 TO 50MM)
Height C (mm)
Width A (mm) Length B (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
25 25 1900-25-25-5 1900-25-25-10 1900-25-25-15 1900-25-25-20 1900-25-25-25 1900-25-25-30 1900-25-25-40 1900-25-25-50
30 30 1900-30-30-5 1900-30-30-10 1900-30-30-15 1900-30-30-20 1900-30-30-25 1900-30-30-30 1900-30-30-40 1900-30-30-50
35 35 1900-35-35-5 1900-35-35-10 1900-35-35-15 1900-30-30-20 1900-30-30-25 1900-30-30-30 1900-30-30-40 1900-35-35-50
40 40 1900-40-40-5 1900-40-40-10 1900-40-40-15 1900-40-40-20 1900-40-40-25 1900-40-40-30 1900-40-40-40 1900-40-40-50
45 45 1900-45-45-5 1900-45-45-10 1900-45-45-15 1900-45-45-20 1900-45-45-25 1900-45-45-30 1900-45-45-40 1900-45-45-50
50 50 1900-50-50-5 1900-50-50-10 1900-50-50-15 1900-50-50-20 1900-50-50-25 1900-45-45-30 1900-45-45-40 1900-50-50-50
55 55 1900-55-55-5 1900-55-55-10 1900-55-55-15 1900-55-55-20 1900-55-55-25 1900-55-55-30 1900-55-55-40 1900-55-55-50
60 60 1900-60-60-5 1900-60-60-10 1900-60-60-15 1900-60-60-20 1900-60-60-25 1900-60-60-30 1900-60-60-40 1900-60-60-50
65 65 1900-65-65-5 1900-65-65-10 1900-65-65-15 1900-65-65-20 1900-65-65-25 1900-65-65-30 1900-65-65-40 1900-65-65-50
70 70 1900-70-70-5 1900-70-70-10 1900-70-70-15 1900-70-70-20 1900-70-70-25 1900-70-70-30 1900-65-65-40 1900-70-70-50
75 75 1900-75-75-5 1900-75-75-10 1900-75-75-15 1900-75-75-20 1900-75-75-25 1900-75-75-30 1900-65-65-40 1900-75-75-50
Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to the customer's drawing. To request a quote for a custom shape, please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com.
1900 series Mu-copper housings/enclosures consist of two parts ADVANTAGES A B

cover and housing. The Mu-copper housings/enclosures provide • Lightweight solution
excellent RFI/EMI shielding and protection. The EMI-shielded • Available in any dimension
housing is designed to be installed in e.g. an existing plastic • Shielding close to the source C
housing in order to protect the components against electromag- • Mounting afterwards is possible
netic interference. The EMI-shielded housing can also be used • No gaskets required
r
to protect an entire printed circuit board in an enclosure against • Extra shielding layer in combination with other barriers Cove
interference from other components in the enclosure. Plastic stud Housing
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Having a two-part body allows connectors, displays and switches • Hand-held test and measurement devices C
fitted on the PCB to protrude through the cover and the housing • Radio control equipment CPU 1923
119
sections. This would not be possible with single-part case bodies. • Wall-mounted monitoring systems B
A
Cutouts in the cover or housing sections or recesses create space • Security devices
for connectors, displays, and switches on the PCB. • Building control equipment
PCB’s can be mounted on plastic studs in order to insulate them OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) RECTANGULAR EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS (HEIGHT 5 TO 50MM)
from the EMI-shielded housing. The studs can be supplied • With insulation layer in the housing part- no studs needed
threaded or with extremely strong adhesive, in any shape or size. for the PCB Width A (mm) Length B (mm)
Height C (mm)
• Vents in the cover part for heat dissipation or cooling 10 15 20 25 30 40 50

For heavy-duty applications the cover can be soldered to the • For additional reduction of radiation, it is possible to add 10 15 1900-10-15-10 1900-10-15-15 1900-10-15-20 1900-10-15-25 1900-10-15-30 1900-10-15-40 1900-10-15-50
housing or attached with studs and screws. EM absorbers to the EMI housing 10 20 1900-10-20-10 1900-10-20-15 1900-10-20-20 1900-10-20-25 1900-10-20-30 1900-10-20-40 1900-10-20-50
SPECIFICATION
10 25 1900-10-25-10 1900-10-25-15 1900-10-25-20 1900-10-25-25 1900-10-25-30 1900-10-25-40 1900-10-25-50
Available in standard dimensions and in any desired shape and
10 30 1900-10-30-10 1900-10-30-15 1900-10-30-20 1900-10-30-25 1900-10-30-30 1900-10-30-40 1900-10-30-50
size, according to your drawing. You can also specify where
the insulating studs should be placed. Color Copper or silver (for tinned version) 10 35 1900-10-35-10 1900-10-35-15 1900-10-35-20 1900-10-35-25 1900-10-35-30 1900-10-35-40 1900-10-35-50
Material Mu-copper 10 40 1900-10-40-10 1900-10-40-15 1900-10-40-20 1900-10-40-25 1900-10-40-30 1900-10-40-40 1900-10-40-50
Available in Mu-copper or in a tinned Mu-copper version Thickness 0.12 or 0.18mm 10 45 1900-10-45-10 1900-10-45-15 1900-10-40-20 1900-10-40-25 1900-10-40-30 1900-10-40-40 1900-10-40-50
for easy soldering. 10 50 1900-10-50-10 1900-10-50-15 1900-10-40-20 1900-10-40-25 1900-10-40-30 1900-10-40-40 1900-10-40-50
15 20 1900-15-20-10 1900-15-20-15 1900-10-40-20 1900-10-40-25 1900-10-40-30 1900-10-40-40 1900-10-40-50

PLASTIC STUDS 15 25 1900-15-25-10 1900-15-25-15 1900-15-25-20 1900-15-25-25 1900-15-25-30 1900-15-25-40 1900-15-25-50
To keep the printed circuit board in the EMI-shielding enclosure
from making contact with the housing, it can be placed on plas- 15 30 1900-15-30-10 1900-15-30-15 1900-15-30-20 1900-15-30-25 1900-15-30-30 1900-15-30-40 1900-15-30-50
tic studs. We supply plastic studs in lengths of 3, 5, and 8mm. 15 35 1900-15-35-10 1900-15-35-15 1900-15-35-20 1900-15-35-25 1900-15-35-30 1900-15-35-40 1900-15-35-50
The diameter of the plastic studs can be 5 or 10mm. 15 40 1900-15-40-10 1900-15-40-15 1900-15-40-20 1900-15-40-25 1900-15-40-30 1900-15-40-40 1900-15-40-50
It is also possible to have studs made to your specifications. 15 45 1900-15-45-10 1900-15-45-15 1900-15-45-20 1900-15-45-25 1900-15-45-30 1900-15-45-40 1900-15-45-50
15 50 1900-15-50-10 1900-15-50-15 1900-15-50-20 1900-15-50-25 1900-15-50-30 1900-15-50-40 1900-15-50-50

Plastic studs are provided with a very strong adhesive sticker
at both ends. One end is placed at the desired location in the
housing and the other end on the PCB. The plastic studs can
be delivered in black, white or blue.
40 41
» 1900 SERIES EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS/ENCLOSURES SHIELDED PCB HOUSING 1910 High performance shielded housing for PCB’s. Big range of
size available. Good shielding properties, optionally in
addition with PCB- shields for shielding near to the source.
RECTANGULAR EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS (HEIGHT 5 TO 50MM)

Height C (mm)
Width A (mm) Length B (mm)
10 15 20 25 30 40 50
20 25 1900-20-25-10 1900-20-25-15 1900-20-25-20 1900-20-25-25 1900-20-25-30 1900-20-25-40 1900-20-25-50
20 30 1900-20-30-10 1900-20-30-15 1900-20-30-20 1900-20-30-25 1900-20-30-30 1900-20-30-40 1900-20-30-50
20 35 1900-20-35-10 1900-20-35-15 1900-20-35-20 1900-20-35-25 1900-20-35-30 1900-20-35-40 1900-20-35-50
20 40 1900-20-40-10 1900-20-40-15 1900-20-40-20 1900-20-40-25 1900-20-40-30 1900-20-40-40 1900-20-40-50
20 45 1900-20-45-10 1900-20-45-15 1900-20-45-20 1900-20-45-25 1900-20-45-30 1900-20-45-40 1900-20-45-50
20 50 1900-20-50-10 1900-20-50-15 1900-20-50-20 1900-20-50-25 1900-20-50-30 1900-20-50-40 1900-20-50-50
25 30 1900-25-30-10 1900-25-30-15 1900-25-30-20 1900-25-30-25 1900-25-30-30 1900-25-30-40 1900-25-30-50
25 35 1900-25-35-10 1900-25-35-15 1900-25-35-20 1900-25-35-25 1900-25-35-30 1900-25-35-40 1900-25-35-50
25 40 1900-25-40-10 1900-25-40-15 1900-25-40-20 1900-25-40-25 1900-25-40-30 1900-25-40-40 1900-25-40-50
25 45 1900-25-45-10 1900-25-45-15 1900-25-45-20 1900-25-45-25 1900-25-45-30 1900-25-45-40 1900-25-45-50
25 50 1900-25-50-10 1900-25-50-15 1900-25-50-20 1900-25-50-25 1900-25-50-30 1900-25-50-40 1900-25-50-50
30 35 1900-30-35-10 1900-30-35-15 1900-30-35-20 1900-30-35-25 1900-30-35-30 1900-30-35-40 1900-30-35-50
30 40 1900-30-40-10 1900-30-40-15 1900-30-40-20 1900-30-40-25 1900-30-40-30 1900-30-40-40 1900-30-40-50
30 45 1900-30-45-10 1900-30-45-15 1900-30-45-20 1900-30-45-25 1900-30-45-30 1900-30-45-40 1900-30-45-50
30 50 1900-30-50-10 1900-30-50-15 1900-30-50-20 1900-30-50-25 1900-30-50-30 1900-30-50-40 1900-30-50-50

High performance shielded housing for PCB’s. Big range of OPTIONS
size available. Good shielding properties, optionally in • Cut-outs on top/bottom for ventilation openings,
35 40 1900-35-40-10 1900-35-40-15 1900-35-40-20 1900-35-40-25 1900-35-40-30 1900-35-40-40 1900-35-40-50
addition with PCB- shields for shielding near to the source. connectors, power supply, cables entries, switches,
35 45 1900-35-45-10 1900-35-45-15 1900-35-45-20 1900-35-45-25 1900-35-45-30 1900-35-45-40 1900-35-45-50
buttons and so on
35 50 1900-35-50-10 1900-35-50-15 1900-35-50-20 1900-35-50-25 1900-35-50-30 1900-35-50-40 1900-35-50-50 The metal box is made up out of two parts with a amucor • At interior, easy system to mount all size of PCB
40 45 1900-40-45-10 1900-40-45-15 1900-40-45-20 1900-40-45-25 1900-40-45-30 1900-40-45-40 1900-40-45-50 inner layer. Easy excess for mounting a PCB. The PCB housing • Holder for small electronics like mobile phone
40 50 1900-40-50-10 1900-40-50-15 1900-40-50-20 1900-40-50-25 1900-40-50-30 1900-40-50-40 1900-40-50-50 can be supplied with anti-vibration and shock mounting to • Can be supplied with EMI power- and or signal line filters
45 50 1900-45-50-10 1900-45-50-15 1900-45-50-20 1900-45-50-25 1900-45-50-30 1900-45-50-40 1900-45-50-50 protect the PCB. (see Data- and power line-filters)
BENEFITS
50 75 1900-50-75-10 1900-50-75-15 1900-50-75-20 1900-50-75-25 1900-50-75-30 1900-50-75-40 1900-50-75-50
The shielded enclosure is available in different sizes and
75 100 1900-75-100-10 1900-75-100-15 1900-75-100-20 1900-75-100-25 1900-75-100-30 1900-75-100-40 1900-75-100-50
with amucor or copper plated inside. • Quick open/close system
100 125 1900-100-125-10 1900-100-125-15 1900-100-125-20 1900-100-125-25 1900-100-125-30 1900-100-125-40 1900-100-125-50 • Easy accesses components inside holder for small
100 150 1900-100-150-10 1900-100-150-15 1900-100-150-20 1900-100-150-25 1900-100-150-30 1900-100-150-40 1900-100-150-50 Part number Length X (mm) Width Y (mm) Heigth Z (mm) electronics like mobile phone
100 160 1900-100-160-10 1900-100-160-15 1900-100-160-20 1900-100-160-25 1900-100-160-30 1900-100-160-40 1900-100-160-50 1910-60x60x35 60 60 35 • Customizable outside with cut outs for data- and power lines
Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to the customer's drawing. To request a quote for a custom shape, please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com. 1910-96x96x57 96 96 57
• Shielding properties up to 40dB
1910-109x107x20 109 107 20
APPLICATIONS
1910-120x120x35 120 120 35
• Protection PCB for radiance, vibration and shock.
1910-130x130x10 130 130 10
1910-150x150x54 150 150 54
1910-155x155x10 155 155 10

Z
1910-162x112x20 162 112 20
1910-215x155x13 215 155 13
1910-220x160x28 220 160 28
1910-225x115x10 225 115 10 Y

1910-310x220x25 310 220 25
ORDER EXAMPLE 1910-310x220x42 310 220 42
Material X
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Height (mm) Version ORDER EXAMPLE
thickness
1900 Series Length X (mm) Width Y (mm) Height Z (mm)
Specify the width Specify the length Specify the height C : Mu-copper 0.12 : 0.12mm 1910
in mm. in mm. in mm. T : Tinned mu-copper thickness
0.18 : 0.18mm Specify the length Specify the width Specify the height
thickness in mm in mm in mm
*Notice
42 43
XYZ SHIELDED ENCLOSURES Custom size EMI shielding enclosures,
for standard price and no tooling cost.
» XYZ SHIELDED ENCLOSURE 1920
1920
STANDARD SIZES CLOSURE/OPTIONS
X
Y
A) Snap connection. B) Watertight housing

Part number X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm) Radius For easy open/closing
1920-79x84x44 79 84 44 15
1920-79x84x67 79 84 67 15
1920-100x85x44 100 85 44 15
1920-100x100x90 100 100 90 15/30
1920-127x125x60 127 125 60 15
1920-127x125x90 127 125 90 15/30
The XYZ EMI shielding housings 1920 series not just have BENEFITS 1920-130x85x44 130 85 44 15 C) Bolted connection, when you don't D) Internal EMI shield without
a fresh new modern look but also shield very well. • Quick open/close system 1920-130x85x97 130 85 67 15
need to open the housing often environmental 10 kHz-1GHz
They can be supplied in any size within just a few days. • Easy accesses components inside
1920-150x100x75 150 100 75 15
• Any not standard size in a few days
The shielded housing is made up of only two parts, however, • Plain / stylish design 1920-150x125x125 150 125 125 15/30
when it is open, it is open on three sides of the housing. • Customization outside with cut outs for data- and 1920-166x166x60 166 166 60 15
This makes assembly very easy. power lines 1920-166x166x100 166 166 100 15/30
• Good shielding properties 1920-180x85x44 180 85 44 15
It can be produced in 3mm thick aluminium or 2mm thick
stainless steel (other thickness and materials on request). APPLICATIONS 1920-180x85x67 180 85 67 15
• Shielding of electronic components 1920-200x150x75 200 150 75 15 E) Housing with Knitted mesh gasket F) Sandwich. Conductive rubber
gasket in between housing.
For good electrical contact and easy opening of the housing • Rigid, so very well for heavy duty military applications 1920-200x200x150 200 200 150 15/30
there is made use of sophisticated snap-on fingers, bolts • Hand-held test and measurement devices 1920-226x126x60 226 126 60 15
and/or locks which result in controlled accesses to the inside. • Radio control equipment
1920-226x126x90 226 126 90 15/30
The round corners gives the housing a friendly look and feel, • Wall-mounted monitoring systems
1920-250x150x90 250 150 90 15/30
but the housing is also rigid and molest -proof. • Security devices
• Building control equipment 1920-250x200x120 250 200 120 15/30
DATA- AND POWER LINE-FILTERS 1920-268x168x60 268 168 60 15
This housing can be personalized with power line, USB, VGA, SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) 1920-268x168x100 268 168 100 15/30
Flat cable etc. G) Shielded window H) Spuds for PCB
1920-300x200x100 300 200 100 15/30
1920-300x250x200 300 250 200 15/30
1920-350x250x150 350 250 150 15/30 CLOSURE/OPTIONS
1920-350x300x250 350 300 250 15/30 Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request
OPTIONS 1920-400x300x200 400 300 200 15/30 and according to your drawing. There are several options
• The box can be fully personalized with your logo available for the closure options. For example if you want
1920-400x350x300 400 350 300 15/30
• Cutouts on all 6 sides for displays, ventilation panels, A snap connection with G Shielded window please
connectors, power-supply, cable entries, switches, mention A, G. Send your drawing to request a quote
buttons and so on for a custom shape to info@hollandshielding.com.
• At the interior mounting holes, thread- spuds
• Can be supplied with EMI power- and or signal line filters ORDER EXAMPLE
(see Data- and power line-filters) Series Length X (mm) Width Y (mm) Height Z (mm) Closure/options
1920
Specify size X in mm Specify Y in mm Specify Z in mm A: Snap connection
B: Watertight housing
C: Bolted connection
D: Internal EMI shield
E: Housing with knit-
ted mesh gasket
F: Sandwich with
conductive rubber
G: Shielded window
H: Spuds for PCB
44 45
DOUBLE EMI SHIELDED High performance double-layer shielded enclosures, » DOUBLE EMI SHIELDED HOUSINGS 1950
HOUSINGS 1950 producible it in any shape or size
RECTANGULAR EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS (HEIGHT 5 TO 50MM)

Height C (mm)
These electronic enclosures are designed for applications OPTIONS 50 75 100 150 200 250 300
requiring EMI/RFI shielding. The double walls provide excellent • Recessed areas can be provided for connectors, 50 100 1950-50-100-50 1950-50-100-75 1950-50-100-100 1950-50-100-150 1950-50-100-200 1950-50-100-250 1950-50-100-300
shielding performance in the range of 1 MHz- 20 GHz. displays and switches 75 125 1950-75-125-50 1950-75-125-75 1950-75-125-100 1950-75-125-150 1950-75-125-200 1950-75-125-250 1950-75-125-300
The body is made of two sheets of 0.3mm Amucor with • The enclosures can be produced with your logo 100 150 1950-100-150-50 1950-100-150-75 1950-100-150-100 1950-100-150-150 1950-100-150-200 1950-100-150-250 1950-100-150-300
a solid polyethylene core. • Version with hinged lid 125 175 1950-125-175-50 1950-125-175-75 1950-125-175-100 1950-125-175-150 1950-125-175-200 1950-125-175-250 1950-125-175-300
• With vents or Honeycomb ventilation panel depending 150 200 1950-150-200-50 1950-150-200-75 1950-150-200-100 1950-150-200-150 1950-150-200-200 1950-150-200-250 1950-150-200-300
Excellent attenuation is not the only feature of these EMC on the desired attenuation and the need for cooling
200 250 1950-200-250-50 1950-200-250-75 1950-200-250-100 1950-200-250-150 1950-200-250-200 1950-200-250-250 1950-200-250-300
shielded enclosures. They also look quite attractive thanks
to the brushed metal and anti-fingerprint coating. FLAMMABILITY CHARACTERISTICS 250 300 1950-250-300-50 1950-250-300-75 1950-250-300-100 1950-250-300-150 1950-250-300-200 1950-250-300-250 1950-250-300-300
• Self extinguishing 300 350 1950-300-350-50 1950-300-350-75 1950-300-350-100 1950-300-350-150 1950-300-350-200 1950-300-350-250 1950-300-350-300
For enclosure with sides longer than 600mm we make these • UL 94V-0 Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to the customer’s drawing. To request a quote for a custom shape, please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com.
housings or cabinets in a version that is 6mm thick, so the • Class 1 or Class A fire rating (ASTM E-84)
walls have sufficient stiffness. SQUARE EMI-SHIELDING HOUSINGS (HEIGHT 5 TO 50MM)
BENEFITS Length A (mm) Width B (mm)
Height C (mm)
• High EMI shielding performance Wall thickness of the material 3mm (thicker on request) 50 75 100 150 200 250 300
• Construction provides strength and rigidity for heavy Temperature resistance -50 °C to +80 °C 50 50 1950-50-50-50 1950-50-50-75 1950-50-50-100 1950-50-50-150 1950-50-50-200 1950-50-50-250 1950-50-50-300
duty applications 75 75 1950-75-75-50 1950-75-75-75 1950-75-75-100 1950-75-75-150 1950-75-75-200 1950-75-75-250 1950-75-75-300
• These EMI shielding enclosures look very nice and QUOTATION 100 100 1950-100-100-50 1950-100-100-75 1950-100-100-100 1950-100-100-150 1950-100-100-200 1950-100-100-250 1950-100-100-300
are fingerprint proof For a quotation please send us a drawing specifying the 150 150 1950-150-150-50 1950-150-150-75 1950-150-150-100 1950-150-150-150 1950-150-150-200 1950-150-150-250 1950-150-150-300
• Can be delivered in any size and according to your drawing measurements and attenuation needed. For a realistic esti-
200 200 1950-200-200-50 1950-200-200-75 1950-200-200-100 1950-200-200-150 1950-200-200-200 1950-200-200-250 1950-200-200-300
• We have over 18.000 models in stock so the appropriate mate please also mention the options the shielded housing
version for your application will always be available should be provided with. 250 250 1950-250-250-50 1950-250-250-75 1950-250-250-100 1950-250-250-150 1950-250-250-200 1950-250-250-250 1950-250-250-300
• Low weight construction due to the high performance 300 300 1950-300-300-50 1950-300-300-75 1950-300-300-100 1950-300-300-150 1950-300-300-200 1950-300-300-250 1950-300-300-300
Amucor shield sandwich construction 350 350 1950-350-350-50 1950-350-350-75 1950-350-350-100 1950-350-350-150 1950-350-350-200 1950-350-350-250 1950-350-350-300
• Also suitable for prototyping and small series Custom sizes and shapes can be produced on request and according to the customer’s drawing. To request a quote for a custom shape, please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com.
(up to 1.000 pcs)
• Easily machined and modified to your particular
requirements ORDER EXAMPLE
• Superior surface
• Provides excellent durability in outdoor applications Series Length A (mm) Width B (mm) Height C (mm) Shielded window
• Approximately one half the weight of full metal EMI 1950
shielded housings on the market Specify the Length Specify the idth in Specify the height With shielded window
in mm. mm. in mm. Without shielded
window
*Notice
46 47
EMI SHIELDING GASKETS
KNITTED WIRE MESH Universal EMC gasket to shield lower frequencies

U-SHAPE EMI GASKET 7600 U-shaped gaskets for doors and other types of
panels where a U-shape can be attached.
WASHERS & DISKS 1250
The 1250 series are developed to seal the opening between We have developed a U-shaped (U-channel) EMC gasket for SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
the housing and the bold holes. They are often used in D D doors and other types of panels where a U-shape can be
combination with an EMC gasket or are pre-assembled by us attached. The U-channel (U-shape) permits opposing contact
in gaskets such as the 1200 series knitted wire mesh gaskets. d surfaces to enter the U-Channel opening while making three
STANDARD SIZE DISK points of contact. For example for edge-mount applications.
APPLICATIONS
• Antenna seals Outside D Ø (mm) The U-shaped
D gasket creates a positive seal between the
• Connector seals 12.5 D to block out
bottom of a door or panel and its threshold
• Cable glands D D 22.0
A B C
weather, light, sound, insects, and dust. At the same time it
30.5
actsAas anAmucor
EMI gasket.
B It is easy C to assemble by sticking it onto
STANDARD SIZE WASHERS d 32.0
the edge Foam
of the door or panel with the self-adhesive strip.
Self-adhesive Amucor
Outside D Ø (mm) Inside d Ø (mm) Outside D Ø (mm) Inside d Ø (mm) 50.0
*Custom sizes on request Foam

Standard height 2mm Standard height 2mm
6.5 4.0 24.1 19.7 Self-adhesive STANDARD PART NUMBERS
7.5 4.0 25.0 20.5
ORDER EXAMPLE D
Series Outside Ø (mm) Inside Ø (mm)
OPTIONAL (ON REQUEST)
9.5 4.8 25.4 15.9
The U-shape can be made in different widths and heights A B C
10.0 5.5 30.0 10.0 1250 per side. It is also possible to place a half rounding layer on
10.2 5.8 30.0 25.5 Specify the outside Specify the inside top. A B C D Amucor Part Number
diameter in mm diameter in mm.
12.7 6.0 32.0 15.9 When you want a 2 4 2 1 Foam 7600-2-4-2
disk, specify 0 4 6 4 1 Self-adhesive7600-4-6-4
12.7 8.0 33.0 28.5
6 8 6 2 7600-6-8-6
12.7 9.0 33.5 19.5
D 8 10 8 2 7600-8-10-8
15.9 6.4 34.9 28.6 9 14 9 3 7600-9-14-9
A B C
15.9 9.5 37.0 32.5 every size can 11 16 11 3 7600-11-16-11
13 18 13 3 7600-13-18-13
15.9 12.0 39.0 34.0
be made 15 20 15 4 7600-15-20-15
19.0 8.0 40.0 32.0
ORDER EXAMPLE 16 22 16 4 7600-16-22-16
19.1 12.7 43.0 38.5
18 24 18 4 7600-18-24-18
19.1 15.0 43.4 37.0 Series Dimension A (mm) DDimension B (mm)
22.0 15.9 47.6 30.3 7600
22.0 17.5 *Custom sizes on request A B in mm
C
Specify dimension A Specify dimension B
in mm
Dimension C (mm) Dimension D (mm) Cover D

A B C
Specify dimension C Specify the thickness T : Conductive textile
in mm of the foam in mm. A : Amucor foil
Other sizes on request
are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6mm.
48 49
w w w w w w
d d d d d d
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
w w w w w w
METAL KNIT GASKET 1200 Universal EMC gasket to shield lower frequencies » METAL
D KNIT
D GASKET
D 1200
d d d d d d
d d OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE

OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
w w w w w w w
d d d h h h h
D D D
d round (DR) d xdw (mm)
Double
D1.6 x 12.7ww D 3.2 xw

D
6.4wx 15.9
1.6 x 9.5 12.7 Rectangular (S) w x h (mm)
3.2 x 15.9w w WITH WATERSEAL WITH WITH
WATERSEAL
WATERSEAL
6.4 x 3.2 w
WITH WATERSEAL
6.4 x 19.1
WITH WATERSEAL
2.4 x 3.2 WITH WATERSEAL
w 19.1 x 12.7
dd 1.6 x 15.9 dd 4.8 x 15.9 d d 6.4 x 25.4 D 2.4 x 4.8 D D Dhx 6.4
6.4 h 20 x 6
2.4 x 12.7
3.2 x 9.5
d
4.8 x 19.1
4.8 x 25.4
d
9.5 x 25.4
12.7 x 25.4
d
2.4 x 6.4
3.2 x 1.6
d d
6.4 x 9.5
12.7 x 6.4
d
20 x 8
20 x 10
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE 3.2 x 3.2 12.7 x 9.5 20 x 12
w w w
3.2 x 4.0 12.7 x 12.7 20 x 20
w w
w w w 3.2 x 4.8 15 x 6 25 x 6
h d h d d 3.2 x 6.4 15 x 8 25 x 8
d d d 3.2 x 9.5 15 x 10 25 x 10
4.8 x 4.8 15 x 12 25 x 12
4.8 x 6.4 15 x 15 25 x 18
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE ADHESIVEOPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
4.8 x 9.5 15.9 x 9.5 25 x 20
Round with tail (T) dwx w WITH
WITH WATERSEAL
(mm) WATERSEAL 6.4 x 1.6
w w
WITH WATERSEAL
1.6 x 9.5 3.2 x 15.9 6.4 x 12.7 9.4 x 25.4

D
h 1.6 x 12.7 w
D
h
3.2 x 19.1
h
6.4 x 15.9 w 9.5 x 15.9 w
METAL KNIT GASKET VS. AMUCOR SHIELD
contact points of mesh
The Metal knit EMI/RFI shielding gaskets of the 1200 series BENEFITS d1.6 x 15.9 d x 12.7
4.0 6.4 x 19.1 9.5 x 19.1
consist of a layer of knitted electrically conductive metal wires • High attenuation for lower frequencies d
1.6 x 19.1
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
4.0 x 19.1
d
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
6.4 x 25.4 9.5 x 25.4
d
on attached to a low-closure force rubber or elastomer core. (low-frequency magnetic shielding) 2.4 x 12.7 4.8 x 12.7 7.9 x 15.9 11.1 x 19.1
For heavy-duty applications like EMP or high temperatures, • Suitable for use under extreme conditions 2.4 x 15.9 4.8 x 15.9 7.9 x 19.1 11.1 x 25.4
4.8 WITH WATERSEAL
a fully metal version is available. Sometimes a Metal knit EMI/ (military applications) 2.4WITH
x 19.1 x 19.1 w 7.9 x 25.4 12.7 x 19.1
WATERSEAL WITH WATERSEAL
Contact contact
points points of
of Amucor mesh
shield Contactsurface
contact points of
of metal
AmucorknitShield
gasket
3.2 x 12.7OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
D 4.8 x 25.4 9.4OPTIONAL
x 19.1 ADHESIVE
12.7 x 25.4 OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
RFI gasket is combined with an environmental seal to provide • Wear resistant D h
IP rating, depending on the materials used. • Not susceptible to corrosion d d
• Various conductive materials against tension corrosion WITH WATER
w SEAL/IP SEAL w KNITTED WIRE MESH WASHERS & DISKS 1250
Knitted wire mesh gaskets provide a cost-effective solution to • Roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters (depending on width All knitted mesh EMI/RFI gaskets can be produced with a We can add 1250 series electrically conductive washers or
high shielding performance applications in the magnetic and and height of the gasket) water seal/IP seal. disks to the Metal knit gasket. For this we do ask you to send a
electrical fields, including EMP. The gaskets can be made • Tools required: pair of scissors
h h contact surface of Amucor Shield
technical drawing with the right dimensions and position of the
either completely from knitted metal mesh or from knitted The standard material for the fluid seal/water seal is washers/disks.
metal mesh over an elastomer core which allows recovery OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) Neoprene which can be adhesive-backed (indicated in red
after compression. • Custom made in the dimensions specified in the drawings) for easy installation. Alternatively, silicone
• Available with flame-retardant core sponge is also available. every size can
For high frequency shielding, foil-based gaskets like • Available with conductive self-adhesive
Amucor Shield 6800 series will perform better, because of their • Available with chemical-resistant rubbers like EPDM WITH WATERSEAL
WITH WATERSEAL
w
WITH WATERSEAL be made
much larger contact surface. • Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 °C
D D h
• Cut into accurate lengths
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* • As a ready made frame d d
STOCK DIMENSIONS
ORDER EXAMPLE
D D D DD D D D D Series Core Material
d d d d d 1200
d
N : Not important N : Not important
w w (R) D (mm) orww
Round D x d (mm) w ww w w F : Full metal M : Monel
1.6 4.8 x 3.2 9.5 x 6.4
O : Hollow full metal T : TCS
d C : Neoprene foam A : Aluminium
d 2.4
d dd 6.4 dd 11.1
d d S : Silicone S : Stainless steel
3.2 6.4 x 3.2 11.1 x 8.0 SF : Silicone foam E : Steel
H : Hollow silicone
3.2 x 1.6 ADHESIVEOPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL 7.9 ADHESIVE 12.7 OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE tube
4.0 8.0 x 4.8 12.7 x 9.5 E : EPDM foam
4.8 9.5 14.9 x 11.1
w w ww w ww w w Waterseal
Outside shape Dimensions (Optional)
d d dd d dd d d
R : Round Find the sizes in the S : Standard waterseal
OPTIONAL ADHESIVEOPTIONAL ADHESIVE
OPTIONAL ADHESIVEOPTIONAL ADHESIVE
OPTIONAL ADHESIVEOPTIONAL ADHESIVE DR : Double round dimension table N : No waterseal
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
T : Round with tail above for example
S : Rectangular 1.6 x 9.5
w w ww w w
h h hh h h
OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE

50 OPTIONAL ADHESIVE OPTIONAL ADHESIVE
51
AMUCOR SHIELD 6800 Amucor EMI shield is intended for
panels and screwed applications
» AMUCOR SHIELD 6800
TAPE SPECIFICATION
• 01 Standard self-adhesive placed in the middle
• 02 Without self-adhesive
• 03 With conductive self-adhesive
(only recommended on small sizes)
• 06 Standard self-adhesive, asymmetrical
• 07 Standard self-adhesive placed on the side
FOAM SPECIFICATION
• N Standard Neoprene Foam
• E EPDM foam core
• P Low closure force PVC Foam, slow recovery
• F Flame retardant Foam (UL94V-0)
STANDARD GASKET DIMENSIONS

Width X
Height Y
Amucor Shield 6800 is an affordable HF gasket which can be BENEFITS
supplied in a wide range of dimensions. The gasket is very • Self-adhesive EMC gasket Foam core
effective in combination with zinc-plated steel and aluminium • Easy to fit, can be cut with scissors
constructions. • Good water resistance Self-adhesive
• Gasket can be die-cut (screw holes)
All EMI gaskets can be provided with a conductive or • Roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters Width X (mm)
non-conductive self-adhesive strip. (depending on the EMI gasket’s width and height)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 32 50
• High shielding performance
The Amucor Shield 6800 series consists of a neoprene • Low closure force 1 6821 6831 6841 6851 6861 6871 6881 68101 68121 68151 68181 68201 68251 68321 68501
or PVC foam core covered with reinforced foil based on • EXTREMELY STRONG 2 6822 6832 6842 6852 6862 6872 6882 68102 68122 68152 68182 68202 68252 68322 68502
an Amucor alloy. This construction guarantees excellent • Deflection 50% 3 6833 6843 6853 6863 6873 6883 68103 68123 68153 68183 68203 68253 68323 68503
shielding performance and is remarkably strong.
Height Y(mm)
4 6844 6854 6864 6874 6884 68104 68124 68154 68184 68204 68254 68324 68504
OPTIONS
5 6855 6865 6875 6885 68105 68125 68155 68185 68205 68255 68325 68505
Special applications, different foam cores, conductive foils • Cut into accurate lengths
and fabrics are also available. • Can be made die-cut or as a frame 6 6866 6876 6886 68106 68126 68156 68186 68206 68256 68326 68506
• Combination with water seal 8 6878 6888 68108 68128 68158 68188 68208 68258 68328 68508
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* • UL94V-0 flame-retardant foam core 10 681010 681210 681510 681810 682010 682510 683210 685010
Shielding effectiveness depends on surface, • Chemical resistant rubbers like EPDM 12 681212 681512 681812 682012 682512 683212 685012
shape of gaskets and materials used. • Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 °C
• Various conductive foils and fabrics
• With cutouts, so the gasket can be bent easily
ORDER EXAMPLE
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Part number Tape code Foam code
12 0.5
neoprene
10
0.4 Type the part number 01 : standard self-ad- N : standard neo-
Pressure (N/cm2)
from the “Standard hesive placed in the prene foam

el. resistance (Ohms)
8
0.3 gasket dimensions” middle E : EPDM foam core
6
table above or type a 02 : without self-ad- P : PVC foam, slow
PVC custom part number. hesive recovery
0.2 03 : with conductive F : flame retardant
4
self-adhesive (only UL94V-0 foam
2 0.1 recommended on
small sizes)
0 0 06 : standard self-ad-
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 hesive, asymmetrical
Compression (%) 07 : standard self-ad-
hesive placed on the
side
*Notice
52 53
MINIATURE SHIELD 1400 Very small EMI / RFI shielding gasket used for PCB’s,
smart phones and other applications where there
CLIP-ON GASKET 6500 Clip-on EMI/RFI shielding gaskets with water seal. These
gaskets are also know as trim gaskets or trim shield gaskets.
is little space available
This EMI/RFI gasket can be made so narrow that the height APPLICATIONS This easily mounted clip-on gasket is composed of two layers: TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
exceeds the width. Nevertheless, it provides sufficient • Shielding on printed circuit board (PCB) a sponge rubber water seal, and an EMI-shielding side of highly An EPDM core with an operating temperature up to 100 °C
electromagnetic damping. • EM, RF, LF, HF, EMI, RFI shielding conductive, wear-resistant metallized fabric. The gasket is very and good resistance to UV, water, and acids make the clip-on
• Other products where there is very little space available flexible due to the hollow rubber, ensuring a low closure force. shielding gaskets the right choice for outdoor applications.
The gasket is made of a highly electrically conductive foam and low compression force is required
with or without an electrically conductive self-adhesive The gasket is assembled without tools, simply by manually APPLICATIONS
strip on one side. The electrically conductive foam can OPTIONS pressing the section onto the metal flange of your enclosure. Special shapes and materials excel in dynamic or high cycling
be compressed up to more than 50 % of its original height. • EMI/RFI miniature gasket with water seal Different sizes are available on request. The gasket can be bent applications such as Faraday cage doors or access panels with
• Resistant to high temperatures in either direction (it can not be bent into a right angle, but it low compression rates and very limited compression set.
The smallest width is 1mm and the maximum height is 6mm. • With cooling holes can form a rounded corner with a very small radius).
Roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters, depending on width and • With or without self-adhesive Temperature ranges from-40 to +110 °C. AVAILABLE VERSIONS
height of the EMI gasket. • Made from electrically conductive foam or electrically A flame retardant version (UL94 V0) is also available. The clip-on range comes in three flavors:
conductive rubber • Type W series (Clip-on shielding gasket with water seal)
• Electrically conductive rubber version for chemical SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* • Type F series (Fully wrapped EMI/RFI-shielding gasket)
resistance Shielding effectiveness depends on surface, shape of gasket • Type H series (For heavy-duty applications,
STANDARD DIMENSIONS and materials used. for example military)
Width X (mm) Type W Type F Type H
half Conductive textile Conductive textile knitted wire mesh
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
1.5 141015 141515 142015 142515 143015 143515 144015
Height Y (mm)
2.2 141022 141522 142022 142522 143022 143522 144022

3.4 141034 141534 142034 142534 143034 143534 144034
5.0 141050 141550 142050 142550 143050 143550 144050
6.0 141060 141560 142060 142560 143060 143560 144060
ORDER EXAMPLE
Part number Width Heigth Material Waterseal Adhesive
See dimensions in See dimensions in F : Conductive foam S : Standard waterseal Specify (PSA) if you
R : Conductive rubber N : No waterseal
table above table above need conductive
self-adhesive STANDARD SHAPES
*Notice
determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user. Part number 6580 : Big side clip-on gasket Part number 6585 : Small clip-on gasket Part number 6590 : Big clip-on gasket Part number 6595 : Side clip-on gasket
54 55
» CLIP-ON GASKET 6500 » CLIP-ON GASKET 6500
CONDUCTIVE FLEXIBLE EDGE PROTECTOR SEALING SECTION

The gasket is designed to slide easily over metal flanges This combination of materials decreases the number of
to help reduce installation costs and is a good choice for gaskets needed per cabinet. This makes the sealing section
retrofit applications. a economic solution for application where an environmental
seal as well as EMI shielding is needed.
APPLICATIONS 10
10
5
10
40
15
35
15
30 10 5
15 10 125 7510
40
20 15
15
3525
FEATURES
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15 1530
• Connecting plates 80
• ESD (static discharge) • High performance solution

• EMI shielding 10
10
10
5
10
10
40
30
15
35
15
15
30 10
15 10
20 10
1255
2510
7510
40
20 15
30
15
15
3525
1530
1515
30 45
20 30
15 15 • 50 7520Very
125
2520
30
20
20
15
cost 25efficient
15
30
15
45
30
solution
15
50
20
20
30
20
15
35
60
250
65
80
15
80
60
100
15
15
30
50 35
70 250
150 60
50 65
55 80
80
55 60
15
180 15 60 80 100 40 10 3
40 15
80 8020 20 150 120 40 150 150 120120 4
BENEFITS Part number 6501 35 65 Part

15 number 50
6502 50 65 100
* The red line is an indication of the conductive layer.
6560 300 65 300 Part number 6521
40
20
60
80
150
20
60
Part250 20
number 6522
75 40
25 20
65 60
10080
160150
20020
7060
18
• Easy gasket installation 60
250
80
15
80
60
100
15
30
35
70 250
150 60 55 80
80
55 60
15
180 15 60 80 100 40 10 30
40 15
50
8070
50150
50
100
5055
180
75
5055
150
80
40 20
40
10
100
50
80
100
50
75
50
150 20 100
35 20
100
60
30
35
250 125
250
202
Available types F, H Available
120 types 40 F, H 150 125 125 Available types F, H Available types W, F, H
• Resistance to heat, humidity, salt fog, corrosion and rain 150 150 120120 40 150
275 120 275
Clamping range 1mm 40 60 Clamping

150 range
60 75 401-2mm65 60 160150 7060 125
75 5065 50
160 3070 250
125 200
50 5050 4530 250 80 200 10050 20 45 Clamping
60100
range
8082 45
100 1-4mm80
20 100 Clamping
82 range
125 45 45 80 1-4mm
2550 150 125 1
20 80 20 20 25 20 10080 20020 180
20 1525 40100 50
200 35180 250
15 75
40 2050 1535 60 70 250 70 75 65 20 60 15 7055 7070 6575 20
60 20 55 15 70 150 75 75 20 80 20 20 15 30 150
* The red line is an indication of the conductive layer. Core material PVC
100
35 Core material
250
20
100
60 PVC
30
35
250 125
250
200
20 1560
30
80
100
250
50
15125
80200
70
15
30
200
80
70100
2050
8015
80
18070
150
25 30
150200
30 70
19020
20 80
55
180
180
Core 150
material
40
2525
180
150
3010
250
190 PVC
150
20
20
55
180
20 40
25
Core80material
180
35 10
250
30 150 25
150 20PVC 125 20
150
20 80
65 35
10 5 40 35 30 10 5 40 3525 3045
10 5 40
30 3525 3045
10 5 40
30 3525 30 45 30
10 10 15 15 15 10 125 7510 20 15
15 1515 10 125
1515 50 10
7520
20 15
15
15 1515 1515 50
10 125 10
7520
20 15
15
15 1515 1515 50
125
7520
20 15
15
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15 1530 2030
10 10
2520 30
20
15 1530 2030
10 10
2520 30
20
15 1530 20 30 2520 20
15
80 8020 8020 8020
10 5 40 35 30 10 5 40 3525 3045
10 5 40 3525 10
30 45 5 40 3525 3045 125 20 25 45 50 30 35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 80 15 100
50 35 50 65
100 6560 80 300
40 15 100
50 35 100
50 65 65 80 300
40 15 100
50 100
50 6560 300
10 10 15 15 15 10 125 7510 20 15 1515 1515
10 125
50 10
7520
30
20 15
15
15 1515 15 10 125
50 10
20
30
20 15
15 15 15 50 75
20
30 15
15 15 15 20 15 250 15 100 30 70 250 180 15 60 80 100 40 10 30 8070 250 75180 15 150
80 100 2010 30 8070 250 75180 15 60 15080 100 2010 30 8070 75180 150
80
40 2
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15
15
1530 10
20 30 2510
20 30
20
15 1530 10 15
20 30 1075
2520 30 15
20
15 1530 15 20 30 15 2520 15
20 30 30 20 20 60 80 60 15 150 60 55 80 55 60 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 40 15 50150 5055 5055 40
80 8020 8020 8020 20 150 120 40 150 150 120120 40 150 275 150 125
120120 40 150 275 150 125
120120 40 275
150 125120
40 60 150 60 75 40 65 60 160150 7060 75 40

125 5065 60 50160150 307060 125
250 75 40 5065 60
200 5050160150 45 307060 60 250 125
75 80 200
5065 1005050160 20 45 3070
300 20 6523 80
Part number 20 20 10080 652420020
25 20 number 180
20 1525 20 40100Part 5020020 652535180
80 number 20 1525 20
250 4010080
75 205020020 15 35180 70 250
20 6526 1525 40100 65 2050200 60 15
70 75
Part number 6503 Part
50 number 6504 Part
6560 number 6505 Part
40 number 6506 100 Part 30 Part number
50 35 65 15 50 35 50 65 300 15 50 35 250 50 65 156560 80 300 15 50 50 6560 300
40 100 100 65
35 65
250 15
80
100
15
30 70 250
80
180 15 60 80 100 40 10 30
100
8070 250
100
75180 15
80
150
80 100
40 2010 30 100 8070
100
75180 80 100
150 2010 30 100 8070 100 75180 150
80 2010 80 75 150 100 20 250 250 125
250 100 30 250
100 15125
250 70 100 30 30 70100
250 80 15 250 18070
125 25 30 30 30 70100
250 20 80 1512
60 80 60 15 150 60 55 80 55 60 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 40 15 50150 5055 5055 40 50 50 50 35 20 60 35 200
20 1560 80 35 50 80200
20 1560 80 35
200 2050 8020020 150 1560 150200 80 1902050 55 8
Available types 150 F, H 120 40 Available150
types 150 F, H
120120 40 150 types125
Available
150 275 120120 40F, H 150 275 120120
125
150 Available types 40 F, H 150
275 125
120 275Available125
types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H
Clamping range 40 60 1-3mm Clamping

75 40 range
65 60 1601506-8mm7060 75 40 Clamping
5065 60 range
50160150 3070601-4mm 75 40
125 5065 60 80Clamping
160150 range
5050 45307060 20 250751-3mm
125 5065 1001005050160 20020 453070 18060100125
250 50 Clamping
455050 range 804530 35 601001-4mm 8082200 125100
250 50 Clamping
8045 15 range
25 60100 70 1-2mm
8082 150 125100
45 15 45 20 Clamping range 82 150 125 451-4mm
100 50 80 Clamping 150
range
125 15 45 1-4mm 25 50 150
20 80
150
20
60
20 25 20 10080 20020 180
20
125
1525 20 4010080 5020020 35180
20
250
250
200
1525 20 40100
75 205020020 153518060 70 250
80 200
1525 70 75
40 65 2050 60 1535 15 8082
7055250
200
707040 100
75 65752050
20
2015
60 207055250 75 4515065752045 20
157070 75 6020
50 80
80 20 55 20 157070 30 1506575 10 75 60 20
25 15 45
80 20 55 20 15 70 30 150 75 10 75 20
25
80 20
50
20 15 30 150 10 75 80 20 30
100 250 100 30 250 125
250 100 30 250
100 15125
250 70 100 30 30 70100
250 250 18070
8015125 25 30 30 250 20 8015125
30 70100 70
180
180 2525
30 301070100 8015
150
20 70
180
180 252530 35301070 80
150
30 20 25 180
180 150 2525 65 353010 70 30 20 15050 25 180 150 25 65 35 10 70 30 15050 25 150 65 35 70 30 50 25 150 65
Core material PVC
35 20 Core material
60 35 PVC 200
20 1560 Core80 material
35 50 PVC
80200
20 1560 80
200 35Core material
2050 20
80200 150 15PVC
60 150200
80 1902050 55 80 200 40
150 15 80
180
150200Core material
250
190 20 50 20
55 80 20 PVC
15040 200
180
80150 20
250
190 Core material
20
15055 150 PVC
150
125 20 40 20 80 180 190 55
25010 150 20 Core material
125 20 40 20 80 180 PVC
25010 150 20 125 20 Core
20 material
80 10 150PVC 125 20
10 5 40 35 30 10 5
125 40
20 15 3525 30 10
45 15 10 550
125 40
30
20 15 35 25 30 10
4515 10 125550 10 40
30 15
20 3525 30 45 12550 30
20 25 45 50 30
10 10 15 15 15 10 7510 15 1515 15 7510
20 15 15 15 15 75 20 15
15 1515 15 15 7520 15 15 15 20 15
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15 1530 20 10
30 2510
20 30
20
15 15 30 20 10
30 251020 30
20
15 1530 20 30 2520 20
15 30 30 20 20
80 8020 80 20 8020 20
5 40 35 30
10 5
125 4020 35 25 30 1045 5 4030 3525 30 45
10 5 40
30 3525 30 45 30 35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 80 15 100
50 35 50 65
100 65 300 100 100 65 80 300 6560 300 65 300
0 10 15 15 15
10 10
75 1515 15 15 15 1015 125 50751020
20 1515
15 1515 1515
10 125
50
7510
20
20 15
15
15 1515 15 15 50
125
7520
20 15 25
15
45
15
50
20
30
15 250 15 100 30 70 250 18015 60 80 100 40 1030 8070 250 18015 60 80
75 150
80100
401520
1030
50 35
8070 250
50 65
18015 60 150
75 80 100
401520 30
10
100
50
8070
50
100
180
75 150
80
40 20
10
100
80
100
75 150
10 30 15 10
20 10
25 3015 15 30 20 1030 251020 3020
15 1530 20 30
10 2510
20 30
20
15 1530 20 30 2520 20
15 30 30 20 20 60 80 60 15 15060 55 80 55 60 4015 5015060 55 80
50 5055 60 4015 50
150 60 50
55 80 50
55 60 4015 50150 5055 5055 40 50 50 50
80 80 20 8020 8020 20 150 120 40 150 150 120120 40 150 150
275 125
120120 40 150 275
150 125
120120 40 150
275 125
120 275 125
40 60 150 60 75 40 65 60 160150 7060 7540

125 506560 160
50 150200 3070
60 35180 125
250
75 40 5065 60
200 50
50
160150 45307060 60 25075 250 80 200
125 65 10050
50
160 20453070 60 100
125 55 80 82
250 5070 70 1004550 75 20804530602
656508 30015 6560 80number300 6560 300 65 300 20 80 20 20 25 20 10080 20020 180
20 152520 40100
806528 50 20 20 15
250
25 20 4010080 number
75 2050
200206529 1535 180
20 70 1525 5070 75 40100 65 20
50 6015351806530
200 number 7025015
200
75
40
50 652050
30 Part number
70250 6507 80 250Part 180 250 Part number
100 652730 100Part number 3030 Part 70 250 Part
10065number
75180 15 Part150
65 80 15 5035 5065 80
60 15
40 100 35
50 50 60 80150 40 2030 100
50 35 50 65
100 406509
201030 100
15 50 80 100
50 150 Part number
40 20 6510
100 100 150 20100 30 250 15125 100
50 15 100 180
15 100
80 30
10 70 75 15 80 100 10 8070 250 80 100 70 75
180 80 10 80 75 250 125
250 100 250 70 100 250 8015125
250 18070 25 3030 30 70
100 208015125 180180
70 25 25
30 3010
70100 20150
8015
80 60 15 60
150 5580 60
55 15
40 50 60
150 55
50 80 50 60
55 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 4015 50150 5055 5055 40 50 50 50 35 20 60 35 200
20 1560 80 35 50 80200
20 15
60 80 35
200 50
20 80
200
20 150 1560 150200
80 19020
50 55 80200 1504015 150180
200
80 250
190
2050 5520
0 40 types 150
120 Available 150 F, H 120 40 150types150
275 125120 40 150 types
275
150 Available 125
120120 40 F, H 275
150 125 125
120 Available 120 F, H 120 types
Available F, H 275 Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H
60 150 Clamping
60 range
75
40 60 1-4mm
65 160
150 70
60 Clamping
12540
75 range
65
50 60 50150 1-3mm
160 70
3060 125
250
75 40 Clamping
65 60
50200 range
50
160150
50 307060 4-6mm
45 250
60 125
75 80
200
5065 Clamping
50
100
50 160 range
20
45 3070 125 9-12mm
250
100 82
80 200
50 45
10050
50 8030
20 45 100
250 2001570 Clamping
8082 4550
125
100 range
458045
20 25 60 1001-4mm 45 15 45Clamping
50 80 82 150125100 80
20 range100 50
25 82 1-2mm
150 125 45 15 45 80 25Clamping50range 150 125 1-4mm
15 45 25 50 Clamping
150range 15 1-4mm
0 80 20 20 25
20 100
80 200
20 180
20 1520
25 100
40 80 5020
200 180
3520 15
250
25 20 10080
4075 5020020
20 35180
15 20 70250
1525 70
75
40100 2050
65 200 153518060 70 250
60 55
15 70
70 75
40 75
65 20
50 2035 60 70
60 15 20
55250 70 75 657520
150 752015
60 80 20
7055 20 1570 70 30 150
6575 10 75 60
20 80 20 55 20 15 70 30 150 75 10 75 20 80 20 20 15 30 150 10 75 80 20 30 10
250 100 30 250 125
250 100 30 100
250 125
15250 70 100 30
30 100
250
70 15125
80 250 70
180 25
30 30 70100
30 250 8015125
20 18070
180 25
25 30 10
30 70
100 150
20 8015 180
18070 2525
30 301070
35 30150
20 80 25 180180 150 25 25 65 353010 70 30 20 150 50 25 180 150 25 65 35 10 70 30 15050 25 150 65 35 70 30 50 25 150 65 70 50
35 Core material
20 60 35PVC 200
20 Core60
material 80 35
15 50 PVC 200
8020 1560 Core80 material
200 35 50
20 20PVC 1501560
80200 150
200
80 Core
2050 material
190 55 80200 15 PVC150200
150 40 180
80 250
1902050 55 2080 20
40
150 200 Core
80180
150 material
250
19020 150
20
55 12520
150 PVC 20 80150180
40 250 10Core
190 15055material
20 PVC
125 20 40 20 80 180 25010 150 20 Core material
125 20 20 80 PVC
10 150 125 Core
20 material 10 PVC
10 5 40 35 30 10 1255 40
20 15 3525 30 45 12550 30
20 25 45 50 30
10 10 15 15 15 10 7510 15 1515 15 15 7520 15 15 15 20 15
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15 1530 20 30 2520 20
15 30 30 20 20
80 8020 20
125 20 25 45 50 30 35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 80 15 100
50 50
100 6560 300 100 100 65 300
75 15 15 15 20 15 250 15 100 30 70 250 18015 60 80 100 40 1030 8070 180
75 150
80
40 20
10 80 75 150 20
25 15 30 30 20 20 60 80 60 15 15060 55 80 55 60 4015 50150 5055 5055 40 50 50 50
80 20 150 120 40 150 150 120120 40 150
275 125
120 275 125
40 60 150 60 75 40 65 60 160150 7060 125

75 5065 50
160 3070 250
125 200
50 50
50 4530 250 80 200 10050 2045 60 1007055 80 82 45
100 80
20 100 82 125 45 45 80
50 60 40 Part
100 number 6511
100 65 300 Part number 6512 Part number 6513 20 6514
Part number 80 20 20 25 20 10080 20020 180
20 number
Part 15256531 40100 50
200 35180 250
15 75
Part number40 6532 20 50 1535 60 70 250 70 75Part number
65 20 65336015 70 70 6575 Part number
20
60 6534 20 55 15 70 150 75 75
180 80 10 80 75 150 20 100 250 100 30 250 125
250 30 100
250 15125 70 30 100
70 8015 18070 25 30 30 70 2080 180180 25 25 3010 150
20 180 25 35 10 30 150
55 55 40 50 50 50 35 20 60 35 200
20 1560 80 50 80200 15 200
80 50
20 80 150 150200 19020 55 40
150 150180 250
190 20
55 20 40 80 180 250 150 2
150 120 275 125
Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H
65 160 Clamping
70 range
125 50 1-4mm
50 30 Clamping
250 range
200 50 18-20mm
45 60 70 80Clamping 100
range 20 1-2mm
100 82 Clamping
45 range
80 1-3mm 125 45 25 50 150Clamping
15 range 2-4mm Clamping range 2-4mm Clamping range 2-4mm Clamping range 2-4mm
100 200 180 15 40 50 35 250 75 20 15 70 65 60 55 70 75 20 20 15 150 75 80 20 30 10
30 250 125 100 15 70 30 70 80 180 25 30 20 180 25 10 150 35 30 25 150 65 70 50
Core 200
material 15 80 PVC 50 80 Core material 200 20 PVC 150 Core
150 material
190 55 PVC 40 180 Core
250material20 20 PVC 80 150 125 20 Core material
10 PVC Core material PVC Core material PVC Core material PVC
56 57
DYNAMIC SECTION
Simple clip-on installation for door jambs and similar needs,
edge mounts, low and high deflection. 10 5 40 35 30 10 5 40 3525
10 10 15 15 15 10 125 7510 20 15
15 1
10 10 30 15 20 10 2510 30
15 1530
80
For applications where a small dynamic range is required
and a clip-on mounting is preferred. Mounts simply by 35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 80 15
250 15 100 30 70 250 180 15 60 80 100 40 10 3
pressing into position. 60
150
80 60
120
15
40
150 60
150
55 80
150
55 60
120120
40 15
40
The gasket comes with retaining lances lo look into desired 40

100
20
60
80
150
20
60
250
20
75 40
25 20
100
65 60
30
10080
160150
250
20020
7060
125
18
250
position. 35 20 60 35 200
2
Part number 6535 Part number 6536 Part number 6537 Part number 6538 Part number 6551 Part number 6552
* The red line is an indication of the conductive layer.
Available types W, F, H Available type W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H Available types F, H
Clamping range 1-4mm Clamping Range 1 - 2mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-4mm Clamping range 0.8-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm
Core material PVC Material PVC Core material PVC Core material PVC Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore
10 5 40 35 3010 5
125 40
20 15 35 25 30 10
4515 10 125550 10 40
30 15 3525 304510 5 40 3525 30 45 30
10 10 15 15 1510 10
75 15 15 15 15 75 20
20
15 1515 151510 125
50 10
7520
20
30 15
15
15 1515 1515 125
50
7520
20
15
15
2
10 10 30 15 2010 10
25 30
15 15 30 20 10
30 251020 30
20
15 1530 203010 10
2520 30
15
20 1530 20 30 2520 20
15
80 80 20 8020 8020
35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 6080 4015 100

50 35 50 65
100 65 80 300
40 1520 30 10050 80
35 50 65
100 6560 80 30040 15 100
50 50
100 6560 300
40 20
250 15 100 30 70 250 18015 80100 1030 80
70 250 180 15 60 150
75 80 100 10 70 250 75180 15 150
80 100 2010 30 8070 75180 150
80 1
60 80 60 15 15060 55 80 5560 4015 50
150 60 55 80
50 50
55 60 40 15 50150 60 5055 80 5055 60 40 15 50150 5055 5055 40
150 120 40 150 150 120120 40 150 275
150 125
120120 40 150 275 150 125
120120 40 150
275 125120
40 60 150 60 7540 6560 160

150 200 70
60 180 125
75 4015 20 50 50 150
65 60 80 160 30
7060 35 250
75 40
125 200
50 65 60 50 307060 18060250
5016015020020 45 12575 80 5065 10050160 20 3070
20 80 20 20 2520 100
80 20 20 25 40
100 50
20020 18020 250
1525 20 7510080
40 20
50 15
35 20 1525 200707540100 50 652050200 45 6015 3
70250
100 250 100 30 250 125
250 100 30 100
250 15 250
125 70 100 3030 70250
100 15125
80 250 180 70 2530 30 3070100
250 2080 15125
35 20 60 35 200
20 15
60 80 35 50 80
20020 1560 200 35
80 20
50 80200
20 150 1560 15080
200 2050
190 55 80
Part number 6539 CONDUCTIVE EDGE PROTECTOR Part number 6540 Part number 6553 Part number 6554 Part number 6555 Part number 6556
Available types W, F, H This is a very rigid profile, used to protect sharp edges Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H
Clamping range 2-4mm from damaging and still preserve the electrical conduc- Clamping range 0.5-2mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-2mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm
Core material PVC tance. This type is also suitable for connecting two steel Core material EPDM, 70 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore
plates or for static discharge.
10 5 40 35 3010 5
125 40
20 15 35 25 30 10 550
4515 10 125 40
30 15
20 35 25 10
30 45 5 40
30 3525 3045 125 20
30 25 45 50 30
10 10 15 15 1510 10
75 15 15 15 15 751020 15
15 1515 10 12550 75 20
15 15 10 20 15
15 1515 1515 50
7520 15
15 15 15 20 15
10 10 30 15 2010 10
25 30
15 15 30 20 10
30 251020 30
20
15 15 30 10
20 30 2510
20 30
20
15 1530 2030 2520 15
20 30 30 20 20
80 80 20 80 20 8020 20
35 65 80 15 50 35 5065 100 100 65 80 300 50 35 250 50 65 156560 80 300

40 15 50 6560 30040 100 65 300
250 15 100 30 70 250 18015 6080
80100
4015
1030
50 35
80
70 250
50 65
18015 60 150
75 80 100
4015 20
1030
100
8070
100
75
180 150
80 100 2010 30 10050 8070 100
75180 150
80 2010 80
100
75 150 2
60 80 60 15 15060 5580 5560 4015 50
15060 50
55 80 50
55 60 4015 50150 60 55 80
50 5055 60 40 15 50150 5055 5055 40 50 50 50
150 120 40 150 150 120120 40 150 275
150 125
120120 40 150 275
150 125
120 120 40 275150 125
120 275 125
40 60 150 60 7540 6560 160

150 70
60 180 125
7540 50
6560 50150
160 30
7060 250
75 40
125 65 60 80 50
200
50 160150 20 45
307060 25075
125 5065
80200 100 50160 20020453070 18060 250
50 100
125 82
50 1004550 7550 2080
45 30 2
20 80 20 20 2520 100
80 200
20 20 15
2520 40
10080 50
20020 35
180
20 250
1525 20 75100
40 20
50
200 151802060 70250
35 1525 40100
7075 6520
50 601535 5515 80 20070 75
70 250 40 50 6520
70 601
100 250 100 30 250 125
250 100 30 100
250 15
125
250 70 100 3030 70
100
250 80 250
15125 180
70 2530 30 3070 250
100 208015125 180
18070 25
25 30 10100
3070 20150
80 15
35 20 60 35 200
20 15
60 80 35 50 80
200
20 1560 200 35
80 20
50 20020
80 1501560 150
200
80 19050
20 55 80200 1504015 180
80
150200 190250
2050 5520
Part number 6541 Part number 6542 Part number 6543 Part number 6544 Part number 6557 Part number 6558 Part number 6559 Part number 6560
Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types F, H
Clamping range 2-5mm Clamping range 1.2-1.8mm Clamping range 1.2-1.8mm Clamping range 1mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm
Core material EPDM, 70 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 70 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 70 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A
10 5 40 35 3010 5 40 35 25 30 45 30 30
10 10 15 15 1510 125
7510
20 15
15 15 15 15 15 1255075 20 20
15
15
25
15
45
15
50
20 15
10 10 30 15 2010 10
25 30
15 15 30 20 30 25 20 20
15 30 30 20 20
80 80 20 20
35 65 80 15 50 35 50 65 6080 100 4015 30 50

100 50
100 65
60 150 300
40 20 100 100 65 300
250 15 100 30 70 250 18015 80 10 70
80 180
75 80 10 80 75 150 20
60 80 60 15 15060 55 80 5560 4015 150
50 55
50 50
55 40 50 50 50
150 120 40 150 150 120
120 40 150
275 125
120 275 125
40 60 150 60 7540 6560 150

160 60
70 75
125 65
50 160
50 70
30 125
250 50
200 50
50 4530 35 60 25070250 802007075 50
100 2045 60 10070 55 80 8270 70 10045 6575 2080 100 82 12545 75 45 80 2
20 80 20 20 2520 80
100 20
200 20
180 25
15 100
40 200
50 180
35 15
250 40
75 50
20 15 6520 6015 6020 2055 15 70 150 75
100 250 100 30 250 250
125 30 250
100 125
15 70 30 100
70 8015 18070 2530 3070 2080 180180 25 25 3010 20150 180 25 35 10 30 150
35 20 60 35 20
200 60
15 80 50 200
80 15 80
200 50
20 80 150 200
150 19020 55 15040 150180 190250 5520 2040 80 180 250 15020
Part number 6561 Part number 6562
Available types W, F, H Available types W, F, H
Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping range 1-3mm
Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A
58 59
3525 10
30 45 5
10 40
5 35
4025 15 30
354510 510
30 50 40
5 35
4025 15 30
3525 30 10 5
30 40 3545
25 10 30 45 5 5040 15 15
30 2035 15 30 30 25 30
15
15 1515 10 125
1515 50 10
10
7520
30
20 15
10
15
15 15 10 125
1515 15
7520
20
30
10 125 7515
10 15
10
15
20 15
1515
45 15
1515
15
12550
45 15 10
20
7515
20
50
125 10
7515
20
15
30
2025 15
15
1515 1515 10 50 15 20
1510
125
7520
30
15
25 15
15
125
45
75
15
5020
2015 15 15 45
15
50
20 15
1530 10
20 30 10
10
2520 30
10
20
15 15
3030 20
153010 2510
20 10
20 30
10
15
2520 15
3030
15 20
1530
30 20 10
20
2530 10
2520
15 30
20
1530 1530 10 20 20
3010 2030
2520 1515
20 20
30 25
30 2015 20 30 30 20 20
8020 8020 80 8020 8020 20 8020 80 20 20
40 15 30 50 35 250
100 50 65
100 35 65 8065 300 15
80 50
15 35
100 50 65
100 35 156550
60 80 300
40 15 10050 100
50
15 8070 100 35 6560
50 65 15300
100 6540
60 80 300
100
4015 50 65 65
35 100 50 80 300 65 15 300 50 100 50 100 60 65 40 300 100 100 65 300
100 10 8070 250 60 150
75180 15 15 40 2010 30
80 100 100 8070
30 250 70 250 150
75180
6580 100
180 15
60 80
2080
10 30
100
40
10 30
50 80
70 250 150
75180 75180
80 2010
15080 100 2010
8030 250 75 100
8070 15 150180 10060 20
75 150
80 30
40 20
10 70 80 180 75 80 150 10 20 80 75 150 20
40 15 50150 60 5055 80
60 5055 60
80 40 15
60 50150
15 60 5055
1508060 5055
55 60
80 40 15
55 60 50150
40 15 5055
15060 5055 80
50 5040
55 60 5015 60 50
40 50150 80 50 55 60
50 5055 15 40 150 50 55 50 55 50 40 50 50 50
120 40 150 275 150 150 125
120120 40
120 40 150 150
275 150 125
150
120120 40
120 120 40 275
150 150 125
275120
150 125120120 40 150 275 125
150
275 120 125
120 40 150 275 120 125 275 125
7060 125 60
75 40 205065 40 150
80 5016060
60
3070150 25075
60 40 25 20200
125 65 60
5075 4025 5050160
65150
601002045307060
160150 125
7075
60 250 5065
75 40
125
80 200 50
10050
50160
65 60 30
20 4550 70150 60100
160 250
30125
7060 200
40808250
250 75 60100
125 45505065 150
200 8050
20 30
4550
160 60 60 250
4510070 75 60 8082
200 100
125 6512580
455050 160 20
8045
45 100 50 70 100
25 20604530 50
125 60 82
250
80100 45
5070 125100
150 82 1550
200 80
45 204550 20 804510020
3025 20 250
50 82 200
150 1258045 50 45
15 80 45 25
125100 45 2080 60 5025 80 150
100 50 125 8215
100 45
150 10 2015 25
125 45 45 80 5025
100 150
8250 30 45 15150 125 8015 45 25 50 125 150 45 15 25 50 150 15
0020 180
20 1525 4010020 5020020
80 20
35180
20 250
1520 4010080
75 20 2050200 80 1535 180
20020 7060250
1525
18020 70 75 15100
40 25 20 65 20 50200
40 10080 60 155035180
20020 7055250
35 1520 20
180 75
7070 1525 80657520
40
250 7550
40100 20602020 200 2030
35
1550 201555250
70 250
35180 25 157070
7515 100
250
200
150 657520
70 40 200
75 755060
2015
65 2050 180
80 60207055
1535 20
15 157070552504080 15065
30 70 751050100
75
70 75 607520 35
65 80 60 60 100
201555 250
20 15
207055 30 82
70 75 157075
150 20 45
7010 75
1506575 15 80
20 20 70 20
75 60 80 15 70 30
20 55 20 150 70 30
15 65 75
150 75
6010 80
75 20 552080 20 70 20 15 75 1030 150 2010 75 20 80 15 20 150 30 75 10 80 20 30 10
125
250 100 30 100 100
250 250
15125 70 250100 30 30 100 70100 250
30 8015125
250250 18070125 250 25 30 30 100 30 70100 250
30 15
20 80100125
250 70125
180
15
180 250 100 30
2525
70 30100
301070 30 150
20 70 15
250 250 180
80100 70125
80180
15 2525
180 70 303525
30 301070
30 250 20 80
150
30 30 100 125
70 25 20180180
8015 150 25 25
7065 3530
180
180 10
25 307010030 20
25 150 50 1525 20
1070
30 8018070
150 150 180 25 30
180 65 352510 70 30
2570 150
35 30 80 25
1050 30 20150180 150
25 25 65
180 150 35 2570
30 65 30 35 102050
70 25 30 15050180150
25 65
25150 7065 35 150
10 50
70 30 50 25 150 35 65 30 70 25 50 150 65 70 50
200
20 1560 80 35 50 35 20
80200 1560
20 8060 35
200 2050 35 80200
20 1560
150 200 20 150200 80
1560 1902050 35 55 50
80 80200 8015
40
150 20
200 150 200
1801560 35190
80 2050
250
200
80 80 20 20
202050
55 1504080200 60 80150
18015
200 190
150 20
250 80 150190
200 55
202050 200 40
150
125 5520 80 20
15 80150 180 80
40
150 250
190180
150 1050 15055
200 2020 80125 55
250
190 20 40 20 80
20 20
150180
40 200 80150250 20 150190
10
180 20
250 125
1505520 150 20
125 80 40 20
20 150 18010 150 250
80 190 5510 125150 20 4020 125 20 18020 80 250 10 2010 150 20 125 80 20 150 10 125 20 10
Available types F, H Available types F, H Available types W, F, H Available type W, F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type W, F, H Available type W, F, H
Clamping range 1-4mm Clamping range 1-4mm Clamping range 1-3mm Clamping Range 0.5 - 2mm Clamping Range 2 -4mm Clamping Range 2 - 4mm Clamping Range 1 - 3mm Clamping Range 1 - 2.5mm
Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Core material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 70 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A
0 40 3525
35 10
30 45
30 10 51255
50 40
30 40 35 35 30 30 45 30
20 30 30 30
15 15 1515
15 15 10125
15 15
10 75107510
20
20 20 15 15 25 25
15 15 15151515 45 15 1515125
15
50 50
125
75207520
2015 15
15
25 25
15 15
45 45
15 15
50 50
20 20 15 15
30
15 30
20 1530
15 10 10
20 30
20 25102510
20 30
20 30
15 15 1530
1530 20 30
20 30 2520
2520 20
15 20
15 30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20
802080 80208020 20 20
80 300
050 4015 15 100 35 35 100
50 50 65 65 6560 80
50 50 80 3004015
40 15 100100
50 50 50100
100 50 65606560 300
40300
20102010 100100 100100 65 65 300300
80 100100 201030 30 8070 70
250250 75 15 15 60
180180 150 80 100 201030
80 100 10 30 80708070 180
75 75180 150
80150
80
40 80 80 75 75 150150 20 20
60 60 4015 15 50150150 80 80 5055 60
60 60 5055 55 55 60 4015
40 15 50150
50150 50555055 50555055 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50
25
120120120 40 40 150 150 275
150150 125 120
120 120 40 40 150
275 275
150 125125
120120 275275 125125
50150 3070 60 250

125 75 40 200
75 40 65 60 5050
5065 60 160150 453070607060 60 250
160150 125 75 80 200
75125 50655065 10050160
50 50160 204530703070 60 100 125
250 125 8082
250 50 100
50200 45505050 20 804530 30 60 100
250250 80 82 80 200 125
200 45
50 45 20
8045 25
80100
50 80 82
100 150 125
8082 15 45 20
45100
30100 45 80 25
10 8075
50
100100 150 125125
82 82 15 45 45
45 45 80 80 25 25 50 50 125125 15 1545 45
150150 25 25 50 50 150150 15 15
20020 20 6035
50 180
20 20 250
1525 20
25 20 75 10080 2050
4010080 20020 1535180
20020 20 70 250
20180 15251525 70 75 40100 65 20
40100 200
50 35180 7055
50200 601535180 15250
250
200
15 7070 4075
75
50
40 6575 502050 60
20
45
201535
1535 60 20
705570 250 1570 70
250 75
10010050
70 75 1506575
20
20 45
65 20 75 60 60 15 60
2015 6020
7055705520 1570 70
7070 150
65756575
20
20 80 20 55
2060
60 20 5520 15 15 30 150150
70 70 10 75 75
75 75 20 20 80 8020 20 20 2015 15 30 30150150 10 1075 75 80 80 20 20 30 30 10 10
0 15125
250250 70 100100 30 30 30 70100
250250 8015125 250 18070
125
250 25 3030 30 30 70 250
100 250 208015125
100 15125 180 180
70 70 2525
30 30 3010100
70 70100 20 150
8015
8015 180
18070
18070 25 25
25 30 353010
30 30 70 30 20
70 15020 80 25 180
80 180 150 25 25
180
180 65 3530103010
2525 70 30 20 150 50 25
150
20 150
180180 65 35 35
25 25 70 30 30
10 10 50 25 25
150150 150150 65 6535 35 70 7030 30 50 5025 25 150150 65 65 70 70 50 50
50 80200
20 20 1560 60 200
80 35 35 2050 80200 20 150 15601560 150200
20200 80 80 19020 50 50 55 8020080200 150 4015 15 150 180 80 190
80200
200 250
20502050 55 20 80 80 20
15040
150 80150180
200
150200 190 19020 15055
250
20 2055 125 20 40
150 4020 80
150 150180180
150 250
190 10 15055
250
190 20 125 20 40
2055 20 4020 80 80
180180 10 150150
250250 20 20 125125
20 20 20 2080 80 10 10150150 125125 20 20 10 10
Available type F, H Available type W, F, H Available type W, F, H Available type W, F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type W, F, H Available type W, F, H
Clamping Range 1 - 3mm Clamping Range 3 -5mm Clamping Range 1 -3mm Clamping Range 6-8mm Clamping Range 1 - 2mm Clamping Range 1.5 - 3mm Clamping Range 1 - 3mm Clamping Range 1 - 3.5mm
Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A
35 25 30 45 30
201515
15 15 15 15 15 125 5075 20 2030
1515
25
15
45
15
50
20 15
015 15 30 20 30 25 20 1520 30 30 20 20
80 20 20
300 15 50
100 50
100 180 65
60 300
40 20 100 100 65 300
100 40
80 20 1030 70
80 75 150
80 10 80 75 150 20
0 15
40 150
50 55
50 50
55 40 50 50 50
120
120 40 150
275 125
120 275 125
0 4530 6070 60 250 75

125 80 200 5065 50 160
100 50 2002045 7030 60 100125
250 80 8250 200 100 45 50
5075 502080 6030 100
60250 82200 12545100 50 45 8020
45 25 60 100 50 15 45 20 80 25
80 150 12510045 10050 82150 4515 80 150125 15 45 75 25 50 150 15
20
200 1535 180
20 70250 25
15 100 65
70 75 40 20 50 6015 180
35 7055 15
250 70 7040 75 65 20
4520 15
35 2055250 8015 70
70 7075 150756520 75 2060
15 80 2070 5520 158270 70 10 75 60 20 80
30 15065 75 55 20
20 157030
125 7510 45 7520
150
25
80 20
50
20 15 30 150 10 80 20 30 10
0 8015 250
125 18070 25 30 30 100 2080 125
3070 250 15 18018070 25 25 30 3010 100
70 20150 80
15 180
70
180 25
2530 35 1030
70 30 15080
20 25 180 180 150 25 25 65 35 30 10 50 25
70 30 20 150 180150 2565 351070 3015050 25 150 65 35 70 30 50 25 150 65 70 50
80 200
20 150 60 15 150200 80 19020 50 55 200
80 15040 15 15018080
200 190 25050
20 5520 80 2040
150 80 180
200
150 25020
190 1502055 125 20150 4020 80150 180 10 150 55 20 125
190250 40 20
20 80180 25010 15020 12520 20 80 10 150 125 20 10
Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type W, F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H Available type F, H
Clamping Range 2.5-3.5mm Clamping Range 1.5 -3mm Clamping Range 2 -3mm Clamping Range 1 -3mm Clamping Range 1 - 3mm Clamping Range 1 - 3mm Clamping Range 0.5 - 1.5mm Clamping Range 0.5 - 2mm
Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A
5 15 125
50 30
20 25 45 50 30
15 7520 15
15 15 15 20 15
30 2520 20
15 30 30 20 20
8020 20
50
100 6560 30040 100 100 65 300
8070 75180 15080 2010 80 75 150 20
0 5055 5055 40 50 50 50
150
275 125
120 275 125
50 65 50160 30 70 125
250 50
200 5050 45 30 250 80 200 10050 20 45 60100 70 8082 45
100 80
20 100 82 125 45 45 80 25 50 150 125 15 45 25 50 150 15
1525 40 100 50200 35180 15
250 7540 2050 15 35 60 70 250 70 75 65 20 60 15 55 7070 75
65 20
60 20 55 15 70 150 75 75 20 80 20 20 15 30 150 10 75 80 20 30 10
30 250
100 15 125 70 30 70100 80 15 180 70 25 30 30 70 20 80 180
180 2525 10
30 150
20 180 25 35 10 30 150 25 150 65 35 70 30 50 25 150 65 70 50
1560 80 50 80200 15 80
200 2050 80 150 150 200 190 20 55 40
150 180
150 250
190 20
55 20 40 80 180 250 150 20 125 20 20 80 10 150 125 20 10
Part number 6575 Part number 6576 *Notice

Available type F, H Available type F, H tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
Clamping Range 2 - 4mm Clamping Range 2 -4mm products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A Material EPDM, 60 ± 5 shore A determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
60 61
CLIP-ON GASKET FULL METAL Clip-on EMI heavy duty gaskets, specifically P-SHAPED EMI SHIELDING Conductive fabrics with Ni/Cu-layer over
6600 designed for heavy-duty applications
PROFILE 7200 P-shaped sponge core (elastomer core)
CLIP-ON EMI GASKETS HEAVY-DUTY APPLICATIONS 7200 series P-shape EMI shielding gaskets consists of APPLICATIONS
The clip-on gasket heavy-duty is a flexible rubber tube with • EMI / EMC shielding a P-shaped closed cell foam core which is covered with • Displays
all-metal cladding. The large range of the clip makes it extremely • Static discharge (ESD) / grounding a conductive fabric with a copper-nickel metal coating • Metal housings
easy to mount and it guarantees solid mechanical attachment of • Electrical connections (material code T) or highly conductive Amucor foil • Switching cabinets
the EMI-shielding gasket without the use of adhesives. • Doors / lids (material code A). • Depending on the application an IP54 protection class
• Medical / military could be reached, that means by the use of the shielding
The metal cladding is corrosion resistant and offers both excellent • General electronics P-shape EMI shielding gasket comes with a self-adhesive gasket a protection against dust (index 5) and protection
EMI shielding and electrical conductivity. The hollow rubber strip for easy mounting. against splashed water (index 4) could be offered
provides low closure force and good spring properties, making ADVANTAGES
it ideal to use for EMI shielding, grounding and static discharge • Non toxic The version with highly conductive Amucor foil (material code CHARACTERISTICS
(ESD) or as an alternative for finger strips. • Continuous length (up to 10 meters) A) is designed especially to be combined with aluminium and Conductive fabrics with Ni/Cu-layer. A PU sponge core
• High spring / compression range zinc-plated steel. (elastomer) covered with electro conductive fabric
The clip-on gasket can bend up to 90 degrees and can be clipped • Extremely high shielding performance • Shielding effectiveness: > 85dB attenuation from
on to plate material of between 0.5 and 3mm thick. It can be • Superb electrical conductivity Our 7200 series P-shape EMI shielding gaskets continuous 20 MHz to 10 GHz
delivered in continuous lengths or short, pre-cut sections. • Easy to mount strip gaskets have excellent shielding effectiveness (SE), • Electrical Resistance: < 0.1 Ohms/Sq
high durability, low compression set and low resistance. • Compression Deflection: < 1 lb/in
TECHNICAL DATA • Compression Set: 15-19%
• Shielding effectiveness >100 dB (10 kHz - 22 GHz) • 15% at 21 °C (70 °F)
• Electrical resistance 0.004 Ohms / square cm • 19% at 70 °C (158 °F)
• Temp. range -40 to +100 oC • Service Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F)
• Standard delivered in sections of 2 meters
TECHNICAL DRAWING ORDER EXAMPLE
STANDARD SIZES Part number Tape code Foam code
Below is a table of standard sizes that are nearly always in
stock. Other sizes can all be produced on request. Select your part 01 : Standard self-ad- N : Standard neoprene
number from the part hesive placed in the foam
Part number Height (mm) Width (mm) number table. When middle E : EPDM foam core
you need a 4 x 8mm 02 : Without self-ad- P : Low closure force
7238 3 8 profile, the required hesive PVC foam, slow
part number is 7248 03 : With conductive recovery
7248 4 8 self-adhesive (only F : Flame retardant
recommended on small UL94V-0 foam
Part number 6680 : Big side clip-on gasket Part number 6685 : Small clip-on gasket Part number 6690 : Big clip-on gasket Part number 6695 : Side clip-on gasket 72410 4 10 sizes)
06 : Standard self-adhe-
72412 4 12 Shape sive, asymmetrical
ORDER EXAMPLE 72610 6 10
Profile Cladding Length (m) 72612 6 12 R : Round shaped
S : Square shaped
72614 6 14
6680 : Big side clip-on 4730 : Monel Specify the length in 72812 8 12
6685 : Small clip-on 4740 : Tinned copper meters
shield steel (standard) 72814 8 14
6690 : Big clip-on 4750 : Stainless steel
shield 4760 : Aluminium 72816 8 16
6695 : Side clip-on
shield 72xx Custom Custom
62 63
STANDARD SHIELD 7000 » STANDARD SHIELD 7000
AVAILABLE SIZES
Width X (mm)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 18 20 25 32 50
1 7021 7031 7041 7051 7061 7071 7081 7091 70101 70121 70151 70181 70201 70251 70321 70501
2 7022 7032 7042 7052 7062 7072 7082 7092 70102 70122 70152 70182 70202 70252 70322 70502
3 7033 7043 7053 7063 7073 7083 7093 70103 70123 70153 70183 70203 70253 70323 70503
4 7044 7054 7064 7074 7084 7094 70104 70124 70154 70184 70204 70254 70324 70504
Height Y(mm)
5 7055 7065 7075 7085 7095 70105 70125 70155 70185 70205 70255 70325 70505
6 7066 7076 7086 7096 70106 70126 70156 70186 70206 70256 70326 70506
8 7078 7088 7098 70108 70128 70158 70188 70208 70258 70328 70508
9 7099 70109 70129 70159 70189 70209 70259 70329 70509
10 701010 701210 701510 701810 702010 702510 703210 705010
12 701212 701512 701812 702012 702512 703212 705012
Other dimensions on request.
SPECIAL PROFILE SHAPES

EPDM rubber 700072 700068 700058 700062 700064 700076 700051
Standard Shield 7000 series is an economical HF (High Frequency) BENEFITS
EMI shielding gasket which can be supplied in a wide range of • Self-adhesive EMC gasket
dimensions. It is very effective in combination with stainless • Easy to fit, can be cut with scissors
steel, copper and chrome-plated constructions. • Gasket can be die-cut
(screw-holes, bites for easy bending etc...)
Our 7000 series Standard shield EMI gaskets can be provided • Roll length of 1 until 1000 meters Y x Xmm 2 x 4mm 3 x 6mm 4 x 8mm 6 x 8mm 8 x 12mm 10 x 12mm 17 x 20mm
with a conductive or a non-conductive self-adhesive strip on (Depending on width and height of the EMI gasket)
Y x X inch .079" x .157" .118" x .236" .157" x .315" .315" x .236" .315" x .472" .394" x .472" .669" x .826"
the back for easy assembly. • High EMI/RFI shielding performance
• Low closure force
Standard shield consists of a foam core covered with highly • EXTREMELY STRONG SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
electrically conductive textile. The following foam cores • Deflection 50% 12 0.5
can be chosen: neoprene
OPTIONS 10
0.4
Neoprene foam core (foam code N)
Pressure (N/cm2)
• • CNC cut into specific lengths

8
0.3
• EPDM foam core (foam code E) • Can be made into any shape or as a frame 6
• Low closure force PVC foam (foam code P) (according CAD drawing) 4
PVC
0.2
• Flame retardant UL94V-0 foam (foam code F) • Combination with water seal
0.1
• UL94V-0 flame retardant foam core (foam code F) 2
For smaller widths than 3mm we suggest to use the conductive • Chemical resistant rubbers like EPDM 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0
adhesive (code 03). This guarantees excellent EMI / RFI shielding • Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 °C Compression (%)
performance. • Different conductive foils and fabrics
• With cut-outs so that the gasket can be easily bend ORDER EXAMPLE
Please note: For special applications, different foam cores,
conductive foils and fabrics are available on request. TAPE SPECIFICATION Part number Tape code Foam code
• 01 Standard self-adhesive placed in the middle
• 02 Without self-adhesive Select your part 01 : Standard self-ad- N : Standard neo-
• 03 With conductive self-adhesive number from the part hesive placed in the prene foam
number table above. middle E : EPDM foam core
(only recommended on small sizes) When you need a 4 02 : Without self-ad- P : Low closure force
• 06 Standard self-adhesive, asymmetrical x 4mm profile, the
required part number
hesive
03 : With conductive
PVC foam, slow
recovery
• 07 Standard self-adhesive placed on the side is 7044 self-adhesive (only F : Flame retardant
recommended on UL94V-0 foam
small sizes)
FOAM SPECIFICATION 06 : Standard self-ad-
hesive, asymmetrical
• N Standard Neoprene Foam 07 : Standard self-ad-
• E EPDM foam core hesive placed on the
side
• P Low closure force PVC Foam, slow recovery
• F Flame retardant Foam (UL94V-0)
*Notice
64 65
ULTRA SOFT SHIELD 7400 Ultra-soft EMI shielding gasket for doors, panels and lids.
Very low closure force to prevent deflection.
» ULTRA SOFT SHIELD 7400
STANDARD DIMENSIONS MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

60 0.5
PVC
50
0.4
Width X
Pressure (N/cm2)

40
0.3
30
Height Y 20
0.2
PU 0.1
10
Self-adhesive Foam core 0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Compression (%)
Width X (mm)
3 4 5 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 25
3 7433 7443 7453 7463 7493 74103 74123 74153 74183 74203 74253
4 7444 7454 7464 7494 74104 74124 74154 74184 74204 74253
6 7466 7496 74106 74126 74156 74186 74206 74256
Ultra soft shield 7400 series is an HF-shielding gasket with BENEFITS 8 7498 74108 74128 74158 74188 74208 74258
high shielding performance and extremely low closure force. • Gasket can be compressed up to 80%
Height Y (mm)
9 7499 74109 74129 74159 74189 74209 74259
This prevents deflection of doors/parts, which improves • Very low closure force
shielding effectiveness. The product works very well in • Very high electrical conductivity 10 741010 741210 741510 741810 742010 742510
combination with stainless steel and other metals. • High shielding performance 12 741212 741512 741812 742012 742512
• Roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters, depending on width 15 741515 741815 742015 742515
The core consists of high-grade polyurethane foam with a and height of the EMI gasket
18 741818 742018 742518
maximum compression of 80%, which distinguishes • Easy to fit with self-adhesive
20 742020 742520
Ultra soft shield 7400 from other commonly used shielding • High abrasion resistance
materials. • Can be cut with a pair of scissors 25 742525
• Because the Ultra soft shield 7400 series is so soft, * Other dimensions on request
Ultra soft shield 7400 is covered with a highly conductive, it is easy to bend it around corners
wear & tear resistant, metallized fabric. SPECIAL PROFILE SHAPES
TAPE SPECIFICATION These special profile shapes are made of EPDM rubber and by the bulbous and / or concave shape, they can be compressed with
Different foam cores and conductive foils/fabrics are • 01 Standard self-adhesive placed in the middle little force.
available for special applications. • 02 Without self-adhesive
• 03 With conductive self-adhesive EPDM rubber 740072 740068 740058 740062 740064 740076 740051
OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) • 06 Standard self-adhesive, asymmetrical
• Aspire cut into accurate lengths
• Ultra soft shield 7400 series combined with a water seal FOAM SPECIFICATION
(see our Ultra soft twin shield 7800 series) • P Standard polyurethane foam
• With UL94V-0 flame-retardant foam core • F Flame retardant UL94V-0 foam
• With chemical-resistant rubbers like EPDM
• With silicone-sponge core for high temperatures SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Y x Xmm 2 x 4mm 3 x 6mm 4 x 8mm 6 x 8mm 8 x 12mm 10 x 12mm 17 x 21mm
up to 220 °C Y x X inch .079" x .157" .118" x .236" .157" x .315" .315" x .236" .315" x .472" .394" x .472" .669" x .826"
• Different conductive foils and fabrics
• Bites or shapes cut out for easy application or bends,
possible according to customer drawing
*Notice
66 67
» ULTRA SOFT SHIELD 7400 FRAME GASKET (EMC) 8100 For EMI shielding of panels and screwed applications
like displays, windows, and honeycomb vents
HIGH DEFLECTION VERSION

We have developed a combination gasket for an extremely
high spring range. These gaskets are developed for applications
where a high deflection and a high spring range is required. To
give you an example. A 26mm high deflection gasket can be
compressed up to 7mm without overly exerting excessive force.
That is 70% compression at low force.
X X X X
Part number X 7400763 7400766 7400769 74007612
Y Y Y Y
Y
X X X X X
Y Y Y Y Y
Y x Xmm 15 x 12mm 18 x 12mm 21 x 12mm 24 x 12mm The 8100 Frame gaskets series are ready-made gaskets according BENEFITS
X X X X X to customer specifications. They have reinforced corner pieces to • Easy mounting
Y x X inch .590" x .472” .708” x .472” .826” x .472” .944” x .472”
guarantee optimum shielding performance and easy mounting • High shielding performance
characteristics. • No tools required
Y Y Y Y
ORDER EXAMPLE Y • Dimensions up to 2 x 2 m
The base material is Amucor-shield 6800 series, • Can be supplied with self-adhesive
Part number Tape code Foam code Standard shield 7000 series or Ultra soft shield 7400 series.
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
Specify the part num- 01 : standard self-ad- P : Standard polyure- The gasket can be produced with or without self-adhesive.
ber from the Standard hesive placed in the thane foam When the gasket has little contact surface we recommend
dimensions table for middle F : Flame retardant
example 7494 02 : without self-ad- UL94V-0 foam providing the gasket with an electrically conductive
hesive
03 : with conductive self-adhesive.
self-adhesive (only
recommended on
small sizes) COMPRESSION STOPS (OPTIONAL)
06 : standard self-adhe-
sive, asymmetrical
Disc or washer-type compression stops can be included to
prevent over compression.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Part number Core material Adhesive
Washer type Disk type 8100 : Frame gasket N : Neoprene 01 : Standard self-
Amucor version P : Low closure force adhesive
Used at bolt holes Used next to bolt holes 8101 : Frame gasket PVC foam 02 : Without self-
Conductive textile E : EPDM adhesive
version F : Flame retardant 03 : With conductive
UL94V-0 foam self-adhesive
S : Silicone foam
L : Polyurethane foam
(ultra soft)
*Notice
68 69
ENDLESS GASKET (EMC/IP) 8000 Combined EMI-shielding and water-seal gasket
for grooves and door/lid constructions
» ENDLESS GASKET (EMC/IP) 8000
VARIOUS USES
Examples of different uses for the Endless gasket
(The solid Grey part is the water seal)
1. Endless gasket used in a flat lid on a curved 2. Endless gasket used in a curved lid on a curved housing 3. Endless gasket used in a groove
housing construction construction
A RA A R R
TECHNICAL DRAWING STANDARDS

Z X Z X Z X
EMI gasket EMI gasket EMI gasket
A R
S S Y S Water Seal Y Water Seal Y Water Seal
B
A Self-adhesive R Self-adhesive Self-adhesive
Z X
Conductive copper Conductive copper Conductive copper
EMIZ gasket
X
S S S Water Seal EMI gasket
IP SEAL POSITION S Y
B
The 8000 series Endless gaskets are ready-made gaskets Self-adhesive
according to customer specifications. They are suitable for The gasket can be supplied with the water sealing/IP seal S Y Water Seal
B
Conductive copper
Self-adhesive
many applications in which both an EMI-shielding gasket on the outside of the gasket (IP seal position O), or with the
Conductive copper
and a water seal are required. water seal at the inner side of the gasket (IP seal position I). S
S
The 8000 series Endless gasket consists of a rectangular If you send us a drawing, please include the dimensions SECTION S-S
EMI gasket like Amucor shield 6800 series, Standard shield shown above. Z : Width of the waterseal (mm)
7000 series or Ultra soft shield 7400 series, combined with a A : Width (mm) X : Width of the EMI gasket (mm)
closed-cell water seal. B : Height (mm) Y : Height of the EMI gasket (mm)
R : Corner radius (mm)
All gaskets can be provided with a self-adhesive strip for
easy mounting. Gasket materials for the 8000 series Endless ORDER EXAMPLE
gaskets are watertight at 30% compression, depending on Material (EMI Material
the construction. Part number Width (mm) A Height (mm) B gasket core) (waterseal) Adhesive
COMPRESSION STOPS (OPTIONAL) 8000 : Endless gasket Specify the width of Specify the height of N : Neoprene N : Neoprene 01 : Standard self-
Disc or washer-type compression stops can be included to Amucor version
8001 : Endless gasket
the gasket in mm the gasket in mm P : Low closure force S : Silicone adhesive
PVC foam 02 : Without self-
prevent over-compression. OPTIONS Conductive textile E : EPDM adhesive
• UL94V-0 flame-retardant foam core version F : Flame retardant 03 : With conductive
8002 : Endless gasket UL94V-0 foam self-adhesive
• Chemical-resistant rubbers like EPDM Knitted wire mesh S : Silicone foam
version L : Polyurethane foam
• Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 oC (ultra soft)
• Available in conductive textile, Amucor or Knitted wire
mesh versions Width of Width of EMI gas- Height of EMI
IP seal position waterseal (mm) Z ket (mm) (mm) X gasket (mm) Y
BENEFITS
• Easy mounting I : Inside gasket Specify the width of Specify the width of Specify the height of
O : Outside gasket the waterseal in mm the EMI gasket in mm the gasket in mm
• High shielding performance
• No tools required
• Dimensions up to 2 x 2 m
Washer type Disk type

Used at bolt holes Used next to bolt holes
*Notice
70 71
V-SHAPE GASKET 8700 V-shape EMI/RFI shielding gaskets for
applications between lids, hinges and
» V-SHAPE GASKET 8700
locks, and between door and door frame
To place the v-shape in a curve, we recommend that

the surface is clean, smooth and dust free.
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
EXAMPLES OF APPLICATIONS
= Conductive material (T: Conductive textile / A: Amucor foil)
The V-shape gasket is intended for applications between lids,
hinges and locks as well as between a door and the door frame.
Y Y Of
Fig.course
1 many other applications can be
Fig.imagined.
2
resilent foam rubber insert
V-shape EMI/RFI shielding gaskets for applications between BENEFITS self-adhesive self-adhesive
X X
lids, hinges and locks, and between door and door frame. • Easy to fit with self-adhesive
• Allows for large tolerances hinge
The V-shape gaskets 8700 series are characterized by a very • High EMI/RFI shielding performance
large compression range and low closure force. They come • Very high deflection Fig. 3
with a self-adhesive strip for easy mounting. The most • Very low closure force Fig. 1 Fig. 2
common version is with conductive nickel over copper textile • Lengths of 5mm up to 2500mm cabinet door
(Material code T). • Only scissors required for installation
No permanent closure force
The version with highly conductive Amucor foil (Material OPTIONS (ON REQUEST)
code A) is designed especially to be combined with alumin- • Cut into accurate lengths hinge
ium and zinc-plated steel. To prevent loss of material and • Different conductive foils and fabrics Fig. 3
Partnumber 8733 8744 8755 8766 8777 8788 87107 871212 871818 872020
for easy shipping we cut the material to exact lengths. The Width X (mm) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 18 20
longest length available is 2.5 meters. cabinet
Range Y (mm) door
0.3-1.5 0.3-2.0 0.3-2.5 0.6-3.0 0.6-4.0 0.6-4.0 0.6-5.0 0.6-6.0 1.0-9.0 1.0-10.0
V-shape gaskets are also available with a resilient foam rubber

insert for more compression just at the moment of closing. ORDER EXAMPLE
No permanent closure force
Part number Covering Thickness (mm) Adhesive

The V-shape gasket 8700 series is flame retardant and can be
supplied in a UL94V-0 compliant version. Excellent shielding
can be achieved without any permanent closure force. Type a part numbers T : Conductive textile 1 : 1mm thickness 01 : With self-
from the dimensions A : Amucor foil (standard) adhesive
This construction prevents bending of doors, so the enclosure table above (standard) 2 : 2mm thickness 02 : Without self-
can be less rigid. It is also suitable for hinges and locks. B : Embossed Amucor 3 : 3mm thickness adhesive (standard)
foil 03 : Conductive
self-adhesive
Metal door Wooden door
*Notice
72 73
CUSTOMIZED EMC GASKET 8800 High deflection, low closure force gaskets without
tooling costs. Any shape or size you want!
» CUSTOMIZED EMC GASKET 8800

A A A A
C C C C
A A A B A B B B
B B C B C B C C
A AA A A AA A
C C C C
B B B B
B B B B
Type A TypeA B
Type Type
TypeBC
Type A Type
TypeCDType
Type BA Type D Type
TypeC B TypeDC
Type Type D
Type A Type B Type C Type D

Partnumber A B Partnumber A B C Partnumber A B C Partnumber A B C
8800-A-4-2 4 2 8800-B-4-4-2 4 4 2 8800-C-4-2-4 4 2 4 8800-D-4-2-2 4 2 2
8800-A-6-3 6 3 8800-B-6-6-5 6 6 3 8800-C-6-4-6 6 4 6 8800-D-6-3-4 6 3 4
A CNC extrusion system has been developed to BENEFITS 8800-A-8-4 8 4 8800-B-8-8-5 8 8 5 8800-C-8-6-8 8 6 8 8800-D-8-4-6 8 4 6
manufacture EMI shielding gaskets in a wide range of • No tooling costs
8800-A-10-7 10 5 8800-B-10-10-7 10 10 7 8800-C-10-8-10 10 8 10 8800-D-10-5-8 10 5 8
shapes and dimensions. Thanks to this system there are • A wide range of shapes
no additional tooling costs, which makes it interesting for • Self-adhesive gasket 8800-A-12-6 12 6 8800-B-12-12-9 12 12 9 8800-C-12-10-12 12 10 12 8800-D-12-6-10 12 6 10
smaller quantities or special constructions. The metal-cladded, • Easy to fit 8800-A-14-7 14 7 8800-B-14-14-11 14 14 11 8800-C-14-12-14 14 12 14 8800-D-14-7-12 14 7 12
flame-retardant gasket can be manufactured in several • Small dimensions 8800-A-16-8 16 8 8800-B-16-16-13 16 16 13 8800-C-16-14-16 16 14 16 8800-D-16-8-14 16 8 14
rigidities and is very compatible with aluminium, zinc-plated • Very high deflection 8800-A-18-9 18 9 8800-B-18-18-15 18 18 15 8800-C-18-16-18 18 16 18 8800-D-18-9-16 18 9 16
steel, AluZinc, stainless steel, copper, etc. • Low closure force
8800-A-20-10 20 10 8800-B-20-20-17 20 20 17 8800-C-20-18-20 20 18 20 8800-D-20-10-18 20 10 18
Enclosures can be constructed more cost-effectively and OPTIONS 8800-A-22-11 22 11 8800-D-22-22-19 22 22 19 8800-C-22-20-22 22 20 22 8800-D-22-11-20 22 11 20
compactly due to the (electrically conductive) self-adhesive • Cut into accurate lengths 8800-A-24-12 24 12 8800-D-24-24-21 24 24 21 8800-C-24-22-24 24 22 24 8800-D-24-12-22 24 12 22
strips that eliminate the need for mounting equipment. • Combination with water seal 8800-A-26-13 26 13 8800-D-26-26-23 26 26 23 8800-C-26-24-26 26 24 26 8800-D-26-13-24 26 13 24
The material is non-toxic and is an excellent replacement • UL94V-0 compliant, flame retardant 8800-A-28-14 28 14 8800-D-28-28-25 28 28 25 8800-C-28-26-28 28 26 28 8800-D-28-14-26 28 14 26
for the environmentally polluting beryllium gaskets. • Chemical resistant versions
8800-A-30-15 30 15 8800-D-30-30-27 30 30 27 8800-C-30-28-30 30 28 30 8800-D-30-15-28 30 15 28
• Resistant to high temperatures
Available in dimensions from 1.7 - 30mm, with or without • Various conductive foils and fabrics Other dimensions on request Other dimensions on request
separate water seal, the gaskets can be supplied in various
lengths, according to customer specifications. SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
Standard shapes are available for 19” racks, watertight ORDER EXAMPLE
enclosures and PCB shielding.
Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C
Series Type (mm) (mm) (mm) Material
8800
A : Type A See technical drawing See technical drawing See technical drawing A : Amucor foil
B : Type B above for more above for more above for more T : Conductive textile
C : Type C information information information
D : Type D
*Notice
74 75
FINGERSTRIPS
CLIP-ON MOUNTING This simple clamping system is suitable for

sealing gaps between an EMI/RFI-shielded door
» CLIP-ON MOUNTING FINGERSTRIPS 2100
FINGERSTRIPS 2100 and its door frame and similar applications
CLIP-ON 2104 G H D
C
F B
2105-18 to 2105-19
D
G H
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness
2104-01 11.7 1.0 6.1 3.0 457 6.4 5.9 0.08mm

A
2104-02 11.7 1.5 5.6 3.0 457 6.4 5.9 0.08mm C
2104-03 11.7 2.0 5.1 3.0 457 6.4 5.9 0.08mm
F B
2104-04 19.3 1.0 7.4 6.4 456 9.5 9.0 0.08mm
2105-22, 2105-23
2104-05 19.3 1.5 6.9 6.4 456 9.5 9.0 0.08mm
Material
Part nr. A B C D F G H
2104-06 19.3 2.0 6.4 6.4 456 9.5 9.0 0.08mm thickness
2105-01 6.9 0.8 7.1 2.3 406 6.4 5.6 0.15mm
2104-07 19.3 3.0 5.3 3.5 456 9.5 9.0 0.08mm
2105-02 6.8 1.0 7.1 2.5 409 6.4 5.6 0.15mm
2104-08 10.7 0.8 6.6 3.1 406 6.4 5.7 0.08mm 2105-03 6.7 1.0 7.0 2.3 406 6.4 5.6 0.15mm
2104-09 10.7 1.0 6.6 3.1 406 6.4 5.7 0.08mm 2105-04 6.6 1.0 7.1 1.6 409 6.4 5.6 0.15mm
This series is designed for use where high temperature or other CLIP-ON 2102 2104-10 10.7 1.5 6.6 3.1 406 6.4 5.7 0.08mm
2105-06 7.9 0.8 4.8 2.9 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
design considerations preclude the use of adhesive-mounted H G D 2104-11 16.3 1.5 4.5 5.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.08mm
2105-07 7.9 1.0 7.8 2.9 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2105-08 7.9 1.5 4.8 2.9 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
gasketing. These Fingerstrips provide the same shielding Material: Beryllium copper 2105-09 7.9 1.3 4.8 1.3 406 4.6 3.4 0.13mm
characteristics and effectiveness as the 2300 series Stick-on 2105-10 7.9 1.5 4.8 4.0 406 4.6 3.4 0.13mm
mounting Fingerstrips. A
CLIP-ON 2105 2105-11 10.8 0.8 4.9 3.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
C D
H G 2105-12 10.5 1.5 4.4 3.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2100 series Clip-on mounting fingerstrips offer shielding B 2105-13 10.7 1.0 4.8 2.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
F
effectiveness >100dB for 100 MHz plane wave. The contact 2105-14 10.7 1.3 4.8 2.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
A C
edge of this Fingerstrip series expands. The Fingerstrip Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness 2105-15 10.7 1.5 4.8 2.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2105-16 15.2 1.0 4.8 6.2 406 4.6 3.6 0.13mm
has a low to high deflection (see technical drawings). 2102-01 11.4 1.0 6.9 2.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.1mm 2105-17 15.2 1.5 4.8 6.7 406 4.6 3.6 0.13mm
For applications where a small dynamic range is required 2102-02 11.4 1.5 6.4 2.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.1mm F B 2105-18 14.7 0.8 4.8 4.2 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
and a spring clip mounting is preferred. Fingerstrips from 2105-01 to 2105-04, 2105-21 2105-19 14.0 1.0 5.1 4.2 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2102-03 11.4 2.0 5.8 2.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.1mm
this series are easy to mount by simply Clip-on or clip over the 2105-20 15.6 1.5 7.5 5.8 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
edge where it is to be attached through pressing / sliding. Material: Beryllium copper G H D 2105-21 6.2 1.5 7.1 1.6 407 4.8 3.6 0.15mm
2105-22 11.4 1.8 4.9 2.5 407 4.8 3.6 0.08mm
CLIP-ON 2101 CLIP-ON 2103 A

2105-23 14.1 1.5 4.8 5.7 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
C 2105-24 10.7 1.8 4.8 5.8 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
H G D G H D
2105-25 10.7 1.0 4.8 3.1 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
F B 2105-26 10.7 1.5 4.8 3.1 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2105-06 to 2105-08 2105-27 10.7 2.4 4.8 3.1 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
A C A 2105-28 10.7 1.3 4.8 3.6 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
H D
G Material: Beryllium copper
C
F B
F B
A
C
CLIP-ON 2106
Part nr. A B D F G H Material thickness Material Compression F B
Part nr. A B C D F G H thickness force N
2101-01 9.5 1.5 5.2 406 6.4 5.3 0.13mm 2105-09 to 2105-10
2103-01 27.0 2.0 7.8 6.9 494 9.5 8.5 0.13mm
2101-02 9.5 1.5 6.9 406 6.4 5.3 0.13mm G H D
25% 240 N/m
2101-03 9.5 1.5 5.1 610 6.4 5.3 0.13mm 2103-02 27.7 2.3 6.6 6.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.13mm 50% 630 N/m
2101-04 9.5 1.5 7.9 406 6.4 5.3 0.13mm 25% 240 N/m A
2103-03 27.7 3.2 6.6 6.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.13mm C
50% 630 N/m
2101-05 9.5 1.5 6.9 610 6.4 5.3 0.13mm
Material: Beryllium copper F B
2101-05R 9.5 1.5 6.9 7600 6.4 5.3 0.13mm Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness
Material: Beryllium copper 2105-11 to 2105-15, 2105-20, 2105-24 to 2105-28
2106-01 15.2 1.0 7.4 5.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
G H D 2106-02 15.2 1.5 6.9 5.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
2106-03 15.2 2.0 6.4 5.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
A 2106-04 8.3 1.0 6.3 2.5 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
2106-05 8.3 1.5 5.8 2.5 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm

C
2106-06 8.3 2.0 5.4 2.5 406 4.8 3.6 0.10mm
F B Material: Beryllium copper
2105-16 to 2105-17
76 77
» CLIP-ON MOUNTING FINGERSTRIPS 2100 SNAP-ON MOUNTING Snap-on fingerstrip gaskets can be attached on tracks
FINGERSTRIP 2200 or rails, or through holes or slots in your construction
CLIP-ON 2107 CLIP-ON 2110

H G D
A C
F B

2110-01 10.5 2.0 8.1 6.5 405 4.8 3.2 0.13mm
2110-02 10.5 2.0 7.4 6.5 405 9.6 8.0 0.13mm
2107-01 4.6 1.0 3.8 2.3 307 3.2 2.8 0.08mm
2110-03 10.5 3.0 7.4 6.5 405 4.8 3.2 0.13mm
2107-02 4.6 1.5 3.4 2.3 307 3.2 2.8 0.08mm
2110-04 10.7 2.0 10.7 6.4 406 4.8 3.2 0.13mm
2107-03 12.3 1.0 8.3 7.2 406 4.8 3.2 0.15mm
Material: Beryllium copper
2107-04 12.3 1.5 7.6 7.2 406 4.8 3.2 0.15mm
2107-05 12.3 2.0 7.6 7.2 407 4.8 3.2 0.15mm CLIP-ON 2111 D
2107-06 12.3 3.0 6.3 7.2 407 4.8 3.2 0.15mm H G
A C
CLIP-ON 2108
H G
F
B These Snap-on fingerstrips have very low compression force SNAP-ON 2202
and almost no friction when compressed. They are excellent D
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness for “sliding” applications. The symmetrical design allows G H
two-way contact. Very convenient for ESD grounding and
2111-01 8.4 0.8 6.5 4.2 407 4.6 3.6 0.13mm
RFI/EMI shielding of:
2111-02 8.1 1.0 6.5 4.2 407 4.6 3.6 0.13mm A
2111-03 8.2 1.5 6.5 4.2 407 4.6 3.6 0.13mm • Front panel handles self
adhesive
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness Material: Beryllium copper • Doors in shielded housings
2108-01 6.1 1.0 5.3 2.8 406 1.6 1.1 0.08mm • Panels in shielded enclosures F
2108-02 6.1 1.5 4.8 4.1 406 1.6 1.1 0.08mm CLIP-ON 2112 • Covers of shielded enclosures 2202-01, 2202-03 and 2202-05
H G D • Sliding trays
2108-03 9.1 1.0 6.9 4.1 408 1.9 1.3 0.13mm D
• Assembly of plug-in units
2108-04 9.1 1.5 6.9 4.1 408 1.9 1.3 0.13mm G H
• Back planes
2108-05 9.1 2.0 5.6 5.1 408 1.9 1.3 0.13mm A • And other electronic enclosure applications
C
2108-06 9.4 1.0 6.9 5.1 408 2.4 1.6 0.15mm A
2108-07 9.4 1.5 6.4 5.1 408 2.4 1.6 0.15mm F
B INSTALLATION IS SIMPLE
• Press and hold the edge of the fingerstrip gasket in one
2108-08 9.4 2.0 5.6 5.1 408 2.4 1.6 0.15mm
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness of the grooves
2108-09 9.4 3.0 4.6 5.1 408 2.0 1.5 0.15mm F
2112-01 10.5 0.8 5.7 3.0 409 6.3 5.7 0.06mm • Push in the direction of the second groove until the 2202-02
2112-02 10.5 1.0 5.5 3.0 409 6.3 5.7 0.06mm
fingerstrip snaps into the second groove
D
CLIP-ON 2109 2112-03 10.5 1.5 5.3 3.0 409 6.3 5.7 0.06mm G H
H G 2112-04 10.0 2.0 5.2 3.0 409 6.3 5.7 0.06mm
2112-05 16.3 1.5 5.6 5.4 455 9.5 8.5 0.10mm NOTE: For some fingerstrips.
A
Material: Beryllium copper Special Snap-on fingerstrips tracks
1.
are available for mounting.
2. 2202-04 and 2202-06 F

Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness ORDER EXAMPLE
2109-01 4.8 0.8 3.0 1.3 306 4.2 3.8 0.08mm Material Available
Part number Part nr. A D F G H thickness mounting track
2109-02 4.8 1.0 2.8 1.3 306 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2202-01* 9.1 2.8 403 4.8 4.3 0.08mm
2109-03 4.8 1.5 2.3 1.3 306 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
Specify the part 2202-02 9.1 2.8 403 4.8 4.3 0.08mm TR2202-02
Material: Beryllium copper number that you need
from the table 2202-03* 11.4 3.6 383 6.4 5.8 0.08mm
2202-04 11.4 3.6 383 6.4 5.8 0.08mm TR2202-04
2202-05* 15.8 5.6 379 9.6 8.8 0.10mm
*Notice
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however 2202-06 15.8 5.6 379 9.6 8.8 0.10mm TR2202-06
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation 2202-07* 8.9 2.8 508 4.8 4.3 0.08mm
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of 2202-08 8.9 2.8 508 4.8 4.3 0.08mm
* With adhesive strip

Material: Beryllium-copper
78 79
» SNAP-ON MOUNTING FINGERSTRIP 2200 » SNAP-ON MOUNTING FINGERSTRIP 2200
SNAP-ON 2203 SNAP-ON 2205 SNAP-ON FINGERSTRIP MOUNTING TRACKS SNAP-ON FINGERSTRIPS T-END PIECE
G H D
G H D
0.4
Snap-on track T-end piece for end of Snap-on track
X = Hole diameter A, B, C A = 3.2 mm
Self adhesive B = 3.5 mm 3.1 Slot
C = 3.6 x 5.1 3.5 x 5.1 Available for
Part nr. A B
9.1 A
track
A
A TE-01 11.4 4.1 TR2203-03
y* 19.1
TE-02 11.4 4.1 TR2203-06
F
y*= the same distance on both ends 9.5 mm TR2203-07 /
F
B TR2203-10 9.7 TE-03 17.8 6.6 TR2203-08 /
19.1
0.4
TR2203-09
F TE-01, TE-02, TE-03
Material Available X = Hole diameter A, B, C A = 3.18 mm
TE-04 25.4 8.9 TR2203-11
Part nr. A D F G H Part nr. A B D F G H Material thickness
thickness mounting track B = 3.45 mm
C = 3.56 x 5.8
2203-01 7.6 3.3 406 4.8 4.3 0.05mm

2205-01 11.4 Max 2 1.5 406 3.2 2.5 0.09mm 9.14 A MOUNTING EXAMPLES
2203-02 8.1 2.5 406 4.8 4.2 0.05mm
2205-02 15.2 Max 2 2.3 406 3.2 2.5 0.09mm
y* 19.1
2205-03 14.0 Max 1.5 2.0 406 3.2 2.5 0.09mm
2203-03 8.1 2.9 400 4.8 4.3 0.05mm TR2203-03 F
2205-04 19.1 Max 1.5 3.0 406 3.2 2.5 0.09mm y*= the same distance on both ends 9.5 mm
2203-04 8.1 2.8 406 4.8 4.3 0.05mm TR2203-11
2203-06 9.4 3.3 400 6.3 5.7 0.05mm TR2203-06 Material: Beryllium-copper
2203-07 15.2 5.8 457 6.5 6.4 0.08mm TR2203-07 The installation of the 2200 Series can be directly in
2203-08 15.2 5.8 457 7.2 6.4 0.08mm TR2203-07
SNAP-ON FINGERSTRIP MOUNTING TRACKS your housing using slots or alternatively using a Snap-on
9 9 fingerstrips track (mounting rail).
2203-09 15.2 5.6 400 9.5 8.7 0.05mm TR2203-07
2203-10 19.5 8.1 400 9.5 8.7 0.08mm TR2203-10 Part nr. A F Ideally suited for applications where lids or doors (think of
A
2203-11 20.3 8.1 400 9.5 8.7 0.10mm TR2203-11 5
TR2202-02 8.1 400 doors for a Faraday cage or EMI shielded enclosure) are
Material: Beryllium-copper 19.1 19.1 TR2202-04 11.0 381 repeatedly opened and closed.

TR2202-06 15.2 381
SNAP-ON 2204
Hole 3.2 mm F
TR2202-02, TR2202-04, TR2202-06
TR2203-03 6.6 406
0.5 3.45
G H D wide slot
TR2203-06 A, B or C 8.1 400
optional with
3.1 A TR2203-07 A, B or C 14.2 457
C self adhesive
y* 19.1 TR2203-10 A, B or C 19.2 400

A F
y*= the same distance on both ends of 9.5 mm
TR2203-11 A, B or C 17.8 400
TR2203-03
0.4
X = Hole diameter A, B, C A = 3.2 mm SNAP-ON FINGERSTRIPS This type fingerstrip is also widely used in 19” racks,
F
2204-01 and 2204-02

B = 3.5
C = 3.6 x 5.1 RIVET communication cabinets, communication cabinets, EMI/
G H
4.8 A
4.6 Mounting hole 4.8 Mounting hole
RFI shielded enclosures. The 2200 Snap-on Fingerstrips
D
y* 19.1 3.1 - 3.2 3.0 - 3.1 mounting series profiles can be used for earthing or
F
1.0 1.0 electric connection.
optional with
C self adhesive y*= the same distance on both ends 9.5 mm
TR2203-06 1.8
A
0.4
8.4 5.6
ORDER EXAMPLE
Part number
X = Hole diameter A, B, C A = 3.2mm
B = 3.5mm
C = 3.6 x 5.1mm
R-01 R-02
6.9 A
F Part nr. Specify the part
2204-01-01 and 2204-02-01 y* 19.1 number that you need
R-01 For plate thickness of 0.5 to 1.5mm from the table
F
Material y*= the same distance on both ends 9.5 mm
R-02 For plate thickness of 1.1 to 1.9mm
Part nr. A C D F G H thickness TR2203-07
2204-01 11.4 6.0 2.0 406 3.1 2.5 0.05mm
2204-02 11.4 6.0 1.5 406 3.1 2.5 0.05mm
2204-03 15.2 8.2 3.0 406 3.1 2.5 0.05mm
2204-04 15.2 8.2 2.3 406 3.1 2.5 0.05mm
Material: Beryllium-copper
*Notice
80 81
STICK-ON MOUNTING Stick-on mounting finger stock gaskets with pressure
sensitive adhesive (PSA) are suitable for low-profile,
» STICK-ON MOUNTING FINGERSTRIP 2300
FINGERSTRIP 2300 bi-directional applications and gaps from 0 to 3 mm
STICK-ON 2304 STICK-ON 2306

H G D
H G D
A C
A
C
F
F
Material Compression
Part nr. A C D F G H thickness force N
Part nr. A C D F G H
25%: 280 N/m thickness force N
2304-01 12.7 4.8 1.6 610 4.2 3.7 0.08mm 50%: 570 N/m
25%: 210 N/m
2306-01 19.1 10.6 5.3 610 12.7 12.3 0.10mm
7600 50%: 310 N/m
25%: 280 N/m
2304-03 12.7 4.8 1.6 (on 4.2 3.7 0.08mm 50%: 570 N/m Material: Beryllium copper
roll)
STICK-ON 2305 ORDER EXAMPLE

H G D Part number Adhesive
Stick-on mounting finger stock gaskets with pressure-sensitive STICK-ON 2302

adhesive (PSA) are suitable for low-profile, bi-directional appli- A Specify the part
number that you need
1 : Standard adhesive
HH GG 2 : Conductive
cations like rack mounting of line-cards in telecommunications H G C from the table self-adhesive
equipment. 3 : No adhesive
F
These gaskets offer high EMI-shielding performance in EEE
Part nr. A C D F G H Material Compression
applications where space may be limited. Stick-on mounting thickness force N
fingerstrips are low-compression, adhesive-mounted 2305-01 5.8 3.6 0.8 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
beryllium-copper shielding strips. The self-adhesive tape 2305-02 8.6 4.6 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 25%: 130 N/m
makes mounting easy and secure. FFF 50%: 330 N/m
DD
D 25%: 70 N/m
DD 2305-03 12.7 6.4 3.0 610 6.4 6.0 0.08mm
STICK-ON 2301 DD
D
DD
D
DD
D D 50%: 150 N/m
7600 25%: 130 N/m
G H D AAA AAA 2305-04 8.6 4.6 1.8 (on 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
AAA AAA AAA CCC CCC CCC 50%: 330 N/m
CCC roll)
CCC
C
A
2302-01 2302-03 2302-04 2302-06 2302-07
F Material
Part nr. A C D F G H thickness
Part nr. A C D F G H Material thickness
2302-01 6.7 5.5 3.5 406 4.8 4.3 0.07mm
2301-01 7.1 4.6 2.8 610 4.8 4.3 0.05mm (2362-01)
2301-03 8.1 5.3 2.8 406 4.8 4.3 0.05mm 2302-02 7620
6.7 5.5 3.5 4.7 4.2 0.07mm
(2362-01-R) (on roll)
2301-05 8.8 5.3 2.8 408 4.8 4.3 0.05mm
2302-03
2301-06 9.4 5.3 3.3 409 6.3 5.7 0.05mm 9.0 7.5 4.4 406 6.4 5.8 0.08mm
(2362-03)
2301-07 15.2 7.1 5.6 610 9.5 8.7 0.09mm 7620
2362-03R 9.0 7.5 4.4 6.4 5.8 0.08mm
(on roll)
2301-08 19.8 11.2 8.1 457 8.8 8.7 0.10mm
2302-04
2301-09 27.9 19.8 10.4 457 12.7 11.7 0.10mm 14.5 12.6 5.6 610 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
(2362-04)
2301-10 5.3 3.3 2.0 406 4.8 4.3 0.05mm 2302-05 7620
14.5 12.6 5.6 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
(2362-04-R) (on rol)
2301-11 15.2 7.2 5.7 455 9.5 8.7 0.10mm
2302-06 19.3 12 6.4 610 9.5 8.5 0.10mm
Material: Beryllium-copper (2365-01)
2302-07 29.7 17.8 12.3 304 12.7 11.7 0.18mm
(2365-03)
*Notice
82 83
STICK-ON MOUNTING Stick-on mounting finger stock gaskets with pressure
sensitive adhesive (PSA) are suitable for low-profile,
FINGERSTRIP 2330 bi-directional applications and gaps from 3 to 6 mm

H G D
H G D
A
A C
C
F
F
2335-01 Part nr. A C D F G H Material thickness
2337-01 8.4 5.5 5.2 406 6.3 5.7 0.05mm
H G D
A
C STICK-ON 2338
H G D
C
F A
2335-02
H G D
STICK-ON 2332 Part nr. A D F G H Material thickness
H G
F
D 2332-01 6.4 2.4 406 4.8 4.3 0.06mm C
A Material
2332-02 9.7 3.2 406 4.8 4.3 0.07mm Part nr. A C D F G H Compression
thickness
A 2332-04 13.0 3.8 406 6.4 5.8 0.08mm 25% 45 kg/m
50% 112 kg/m
2338-01 8.1 4.8 2.5 406 4.0 3.5 0.10mm
2332-05 19.3 5.8 609 9.5 8.8 0.10mm F Max. length A when
Material: Beryllium copper compressed 9.9mm
2335-03
F 25% 45 kg/m
2332-01 Material Compression 50% 112 kg/m
Part nr. A C D F G H 2338-02 8.1 4.8 2.5 406 4.8 3.5 0.10mm
H G D STICK-ON 2334 thickness force N Max. length A when
compressed 9.9mm
H G D 2335-01 19.8 15.2 5.6 456 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
25% 44 kg/m
25% 140 N/m 50% 88 kg/m
2338-03 9.4 4.8 3.3 406 6.4 5.7 0.10mm
A 50% 300 N/m Max. length A when
2335-02 12.7 9.4 3.3 406 6.4 5.7 0.05mm Max. width compressed 13mm
A
A when com- 25% 44 kg/m
C pressed 12.6mm 50% 88 kg/m
2338-04 9.4 4.8 3.3 406 3.2 2.8 0.10mm
F Max. length A when
2332-02 25% 180 N/m compressed 13mm
F 50% 470 N/m
H G D 2335-03 19.8 15.3 5.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.05mm Max. width 25% 19 kg/m
Part nr. A C D F G H Material thickness A when com- 50% 47 kg/m
2338-05 15.3 4.8 5.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.10mm
pressed 19.8mm Max. length A when
2334-01 8.8 5.3 2.8 408 4.8 4.3 0.05mm compressed 19.7mm
A 25% 19 kg/m
2334-04 9.4 5.3 3.3 406 6.4 5.7 0.05mm 50% 47 kg/m
2338-06 15.3 4.8 5.6 457 4.8 4.2 0.10mm
Material: Beryllium copper Max. length A when
F
STICK-ON 2336 compressed 19.7mm
2332-04
H G D
H G D
ORDER EXAMPLE
A Part number Adhesive
A C
F Specify the part 1 : Standard adhesive

number that you need 2 : Conductive
F
2332-05 from the table Self-adhesive
Part nr. A C D F G H Material thickness 3 : No adhesive
2336-01 8.1 5.4 2.5 406 4.8 4.3 0.09mm
2336-02 9.4 5.3 3.3 406 6.3 5.7 0.09mm
2336-03 15.2 7.4 5.6 457 4.7 3.9 0.09mm
2336-04 15.2 7.4 5.6 457 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
84 85
STICK-ON MOUNTING Stick-on fingerstrips for openings
and gaps from 6 to 11 mm
FINGERSTRIP 2360
G H D H G
H G
C
A
E
E
F
F
Material Compression F D
Part nr. A C D F G H D
thickness force N D D
D D D
25% 150 N/m D
2364-01 15.2 7.2 5.7 608 9.5 8.7 0.09mm D N/m D
50% 300
A A A C
A A C A C A C
25% 150 N/m CA C
2364-03 19.8 11.2 8.1 457 9.7 8.7 0.10mm A 250 N/m A C C
50% C C
25% 170 N/m
2364-04 27.9 19.8 10.2 457 12.7 11.7 0.13mm 50% 350 N/m
2365-01 2362-03
ORDER EXAMPLE Part nr. A C D F G H Material

Stick-on mounting Finger stock gaskets with pressure sen- STICK-ON 2362 Part number Adhesive
thickness
sitive adhesive (PSA). Suited for low profile, bi-directional 2365-01 19.3 12 6.4 610 9.5 8.5 0.10mm
H H G
applications such as the rack mounting of line cards in G 2365-03 29.7 17.8 12.3 304 12.7 11.7 0.18mm
telecommunications equipment. The gasket offer high EMI Specify the part 1 : Standard adhesive
number that you need 2 : Conductive
shielding performance in applications where space may be from the table self-adhesive
limited. Stick-on mounting Fingerstrips are low compres- E E
3 : No adhesive
sion, adhesive mounted beryllium copper shielding strips.
The self-adhesive tape makes mounting easy and secure.
STICK-ON 2361 F F
D D
G H D D D D
D D D
D D
A A A C A
A A A C A C A C A C C
C A C C
C
F Self-adhesive 2362-01 + 01R 2362-03 + 03R 2362-04 + 04R
Compression Material
Part nr. A D F G H Material thickness Part nr. A C D F G H
force N thickness
25% 260 N/m
2361-01 3.2 1.8 305 1.5 1.0 0.10mm 2362-01 6.7 5.5 3.5 406 4.8 4.3 0.07mm
50% 600 N/m
25% 100 N/m 7620
2361-02 4.8 2.3 406 1.5 1.0 0.10mm 2362-01R 6.7 5.5 3.5 4.7 4.2 0.07mm
50% 150 N/m (on roll)
25% 260 N/m 2362-03 9.0 7.5 4.4 406 6.4 5.8 0.08mm
2361-03 3.3 2.3 406 3.2 2.0 0.13mm 50% 720 N/m
25% 30 kg/m 7620
2361-04 12.1 7.2 406 4.8 3.2 0.25mm 2362-03R 9.0 7.5 4.4 6.4 5.8 0.08mm
50% 90 kg/m (on roll)
Material: Beryllium copper 2362-04 14.5 12.6 5.6 610 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
7620
2362-04R 14.5 12.6 5.6 9.5 8.7 0.09mm
(on rol)
*Notice
86 87
TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2400 These fingerstrips are electronic gaskets for general EMI-
shielding applications where there is a narrow opening or gap
» TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2400
TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2404 COMBINATION WITH ENVIRONMENTAL

For applications where a small dynamic range is required and RUBBER GASKET (ON REQUEST)
a clip-on mounting is preferred. Mounts simply by pressing As an option, the 2400 series Twisted finger stock gasket can
into position. be combined with a environmental rubber gasket. This offers
a high degree of protection against dust and moisture.
H G D
ORDER EXAMPLE
A C Part number
F B
Specify the part
Material Compression from the table
Part nr. A B C D F G H thickness force N
2404-01 3.8 1.0 3.7 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2404-02 3.8 1.5 3.5 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2404-03 4.7 1.0 4.5 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2404-04 4.3 1.5 4.4 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2404-05 4.8 1.0 4.1 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2404-06 4.8 1.5 3.6 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2401 TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2403 2404-07 4.8 2.0 3.2 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
H G 2404-08 5.9 1.0 4.7 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm

H G D C
2404-09 5.9 1.5 4.3 0.8 405 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
B
D 2404-10 6.4 1.0 5.7 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
A C
A
F 2404-11 6.4 1.5 5.3 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2403-01, 2403-03 2404-12 6.4 2.0 5.0 1.8 407 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
F H G C 25% 480 N/m
2404-13 4.0 1.5 4.0 0.8 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm 50% 710 N/m
Part nr. A C D F G H Material thickness B
D 25% 480 N/m
2401-01 12.3 4.6 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 2404-14 4.0 1.5 5.8 0.8 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
A 50% 710 N/m
F
2401-02 12.3 4.8 1.8 499 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 25% 150 N/m
2403-02, 2403-04 2404-15 5.6 1.5 5.6 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 50% 330 N/m
2401-03 12.3 4.8 1.8 10000 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness 25% 150 N/m
2401-04 12.3 4.8 1.8 406 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 2404-16 9.7 1.5 5.6 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm 50% 330 N/m
2403-01 3.9 2.1 0.8 0.08 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2401-05 12.7 4.8 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm Material: Beryllium copper
2403-02 3.9 2.1 0.8 0.08 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2403-03 5.0 3.8 1.8 0.08 499 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
TWISTED FINGERSTRIPS 2402 2403-04 5.0 3.8 1.8 0.08 499 4.2 3.8 0.08 mm
H G D
F
Part number A D F G H Material thickness
2402-01 5.8 0.8 610 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2402-02 8.5 1.8 610 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2402-03 12.7 3.1 610 6.4 6.0 0.08mm
2402-04 5.8 0.8 500 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2402-05 5.8 0.8 10000 2.4 2.0 0.08mm
2402-06 8.5 1.8 406 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2402-07 8.5 1.8 499 4.2 3.8 0.08mm
2402-08 8.5 1.8 10000 4.2 3.8 0.08mm *Notice
Material: Beryllium copper tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
88 89
ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2500 Ideal for 90° applications, where the gasket has to be mounted
onto a surface perpendicular to the finger compression area
» ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2500
ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2503 H G D

H G
A
C
A
B F B
c 2503-13
F
H G E D
2503-01
F A C
D
B
A C F
B 2503-14
H G E C
2503-02 H G D
H G D
A
C
A C
F B
Beryllium copper (BeCu) finger-stock (fingerstrips, finger ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2502 F

B 2503-15
stock, contact strips, contact rings) gaskets for 90° EMI H G D
2503-03
shielding requirements. The Angle fingerstrip series of H G D
RFI EMI shielding products is ideal for 90° applications C H G
where mounting to the surface perpendicular to the finger D A

C
compression area is required. A
E A C
ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2501 F
B
H G D F F
B
2503-16
C 2503-04, 2503-09, 2503-10
H G
Material
Part nr. A C D Ø E F G H H G
thickness
A
E 2502-01 6.1 2.8 7.1 1.5 2.0 406 4.8 4.3 0.08mm A
A C
2502-02 7.3 4.1 9.3 1.6 2.4 406 6.2 5.8 0.08mm C
F B
2502-04 12.7 5.6 14.5 2.0 7.9 609 9.5 8.7 0.09mm F
B
Material: Beryllium copper F 2503-17
Material 2503-05, 2503-12 Material
Part nr. A C D Ø E F G H Part nr. A B C D E F G H
thickness thickness
H G
2501-01 12.2 6.3 21.1 3.6 9.5 304 9.5 8.5 0.1mm 2503-01 11.4 1.5 5.0 - - 402 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2501-02 19.5 10.6 31.9 3.6 14.3 304 12.7 11.7 0.2mm 2503-02 9.5 1.5 5.0 6.5 2.0 402 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
A C
Material: Beryllium copper D 2503-03 7.2 1.5 6.0 3.3 - 425 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
B 2503-04 8.2 1.5 6.4 4.0 6.5 406 4.4 3.2 0.13mm
F
2503-05 13.0 1 9.0 3.1 - 410 6.4 5.6 0.13mm
2503-06
H G D 2503-06 7.8 1 6.6 3.3 - 300 13.8 12.7 0.07mm
2503-07 5.8 1.5 4.1 2.9 - 406 4.0 3.0 0.09mm
A C 2503-08 5.8 2.0 4.1 2.9 - 406 4.0 3.0 0.09mm
2503-09 8.4 0.8 2.4 4.1 6.5 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
F B
2503-10 8.1 1.0 2.4 4.1 6.5 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
2503-07, 2503-08
2503-11 8.0 1.5 4.0 5.0 - 407 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
H G
D 2503-12 11.0 1.5 7.9 3.0 - 402 6.4 5.3 0.08mm
2503-13 7.6 1.5 3.8 3.0 - 406 4.8 3.6 0.08mm
A
C 2503-14 7.2 1.5 4.4 3.6 9.6 402 4.8 3.6 0.08mm
B 2503-15 7.6 1.5 3.5 4.9 - 253 4.8 3.6 0.08mm

F
2503-16 14.0 2.0 8.5 3.5 - 303 9.9 9.0 0.08mm
2503-11
2503-17 14.0 1.5 7.9 - - 406 6.4 5.6 0.13mm
90 91
» ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2500 » ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2500
ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2504 ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2505 ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2506 ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2507
H G D G H G H G
A
B
A A A
E 2.6 C
E
C 2.6
F C F B C 12
H B D F
2504-05 2506-01 2507-01
2505-01
H G H G G
H A
G D
B
A A
E 2.6 C
C A
B
F B C 2.6
F E F
2506-02
2504-06
B H G 2507-02
H G
2505-02 H G
A
A A
E C
E B
1.2 Detail pins F C
F B C 3 2505-01 2506-03
2504-07
F B
H G
H G 1.0 2507-03
5
A H G
A
Part nr. A B C D Ø E G Material thickness E C
B A
C No
B 2505-01 18.7 9.0 3.0 7 - 8.5 0.13mm F
F
hole
2506-04 C
2504-08 2505-02 18.7 9.0 - 10 3.6 4.0 8.5 0.13mm
F B
2507-04
1.2 Detail pins
1.2 2506-03 and 2506-04
Detail pins 3
3 2504-06 and 2504-08
1.0 1.2
1.0 Detail pins
F 3 2507-03 and 2507-04
F
1.0
Material F
Part nr. A B C E F G H thickness
Material
Part nr. A B C Ø E F G H thickness 2506-01 10.3 3.5 8.0 4.0 11.0 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2504-05 10.5 5.5 7.0 2.6 3.5 8.4 4.8 3.6 0.13mm 2506-02 10.3 3.5 8.0 4.0 7.0 4.0 3.0 0.20mm Material
Part nr. A B C F G H thickness
2504-06 10.5 5.5 3.0 No hole - 9.5 4.8 3.6 0.13mm 2506-03 10.3 3.5 3.0 3.0 10.0 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2507-01 8.0 2.5 6.0 19.5 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
2504-07 9.5 4.0 7.0 2.6 3.5 8.4 4.8 3.6 0.13mm 2506-04 10.3 3.5 3.0 3.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2507-02 8.0 2.5 6.0 7.5 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
2504-08 9.5 4.0 3.0 No hole - 5.0 4.8 3.6 0.13mm Material: Beryllium copper
2507-03 8.0 2.5 3.0 17.5 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
2507-04 8.0 2.5 3.0 5.0 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
92 93
» ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2500 CIRCULAR FINGERS 2600 Used for grounding and EMI shielding
in high-frequency equipment
ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2508 ANGLE FINGERSTRIPS 2509

H G H D
A
A
E
5 C
F B C
E B
2508-01
H G 2509-01
H D
A
C
B
C
F
5
2508-02 B
E
2509-02
H D
1.2 Detail pins

3 2508-02
Circular fingerstrips are used for grounding and EMI shielding
A
H G D
1.0
F
Ø G C
in high-frequency equipment and for forming large diameter
E
round contacts rings. Circular fingerstrips are used to solve
2509-03
grounding en EMI shielding problems were round contacts A
Material and a dynamic range is required. C
Part nr. A B C E F G H Ø H G
thickness
2508-01 13.3 7.5 7.0 3.5 8.5 4.8 3.6 2.6 0.13mm CIRCULAR FINGERS 2601
F
2508-02 13.3 7.5 3.0 - 5.0 4.8 3.6 No hole 0.13mm H G D
Ø A 2601-09
Material: Beryllium copper H G D
E
D
C
D A
ORDER EXAMPLE
C
1
2509-04 C A
Part number
Material F
Part nr. A B C D E G H Ø C
thickness 2601-01, 2601-03, 2601-04, 2601-05, 2601-07, 2601-08
Specify the part 2509-01 17.2 1.9 8.4 4.3 1.3 - 4.0 No hole 0.15mm
number that you need H G D F
from the table 2509-02 17.2 1.9 8.4 4.3 1.3 - 4.0 No hole 0.15mm 2601-10 hole diameter Ø 3.5
2509-03 19.5 1.7 10.0 7.7 3 4.7 5.0 1.7 0.15mm Material Compression
Part nr. A C D F G H
thickness force N
2509-04 20.5 4 3.0 4.5 7.0 3.1 2.5 2.0 0.15mm A
2601-01 8.6 3.2 1.0 406 1.5 1.0 0.10mm
Material: Beryllium copper 2601-02 9.5 3.2 1.2 500 1.5 1.0 0.10mm
C
2601-03 9.7 1.6 1.3 406 1.9 1.3 0.16mm
The length of the pins by 2509-01 and by 2509-02 is F
2601-04 13.5 5.5 1.3 406 1.9 1.3 0.16mm
3.0mm and the width of the pins is 1.3mm. 2601-02, 2601-06
2601-05 14.0 6.5 1.5 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2601-06 14.2 5.5 1.05 500 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
2601-07 18.5 6.5 1.5 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2601-08 19.1 12.7 3.1 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
25% 120 N/m

2601-09 22.6 14.9 3.0 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm
50% 550 N/m
2601-10 30.0 9.0 3.2 503 4.0 3.0 0.5mm
*Notice
94 95
» CIRCULAR FINGERS 2600 » CIRCULAR FINGERS 2600
CIRCULAR FINGERS 2602 CIRCULAR FINGERS 2604 CIRCULAR FINGERS 2606 CIRCULAR FINGERS 2607
H G D H G D
H G H G D
B
C A A
A A
C
B
E C C
F
F
2604-01 2606-01 F B
F D H G D
H G D 2607-01
2602-01 tot 2602-04
H G 30
B
A B
C A C H G D
A
F
B 2606-02 A
E C F H G D C
2604-02 till 2604-05
F D
H G D F B
2602-05 hole diameter Ø 3.5
A 2607-02
Material C
Part nr. A B C D E F G H
thickness Material Compression
C A Part nr. A B C D F G H
2602-01 9.2 1.2 3.2 2.5 3.6 500 1.5 1.0 0.10mm
thickness force N
F
2602-02 13.8 1.3 6.5 2.7 8.0 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm 2606-03 25% 220 N/m
2607-01 9.1 0.13 4.1 0.75 406 2.4 1.6 0.13mm 50% 1030 N/m
H G D
2602-03 13.9 0.8 6.0 3.0 6.0 500 2.0 1.5 0.15mm B
F 2607-02 9.1 0.13 4.1 0.9 406 2.5 1.7 0.13mm
2602-04 18.3 1.3 8.0 3.9 8.0 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm 2604-06, 2604-07
2602-05 26.7 3.2 8.0 9.0 10.0 503 4.0 3.0 0.5mm Material Compression A
Part nr. A B C D F G H
thickness force N C The Fingers of part number 2607-01 and 2607-02
CIRCULAR FINGERS 2603 2604-01 4.8 0.8 4.1 2.3 406 1.5 1.0 0.13mm
25% 100 N/m are approximately 30° turned outwards.
50% 150 N/m
H G B F
2604-02 6.6 - 5.8 2.8 406 1.9 1.3 0.15mm
25% 130 N/m
50% 250 N/m
2606-04
H G
Part number 2607-01 and 2607-02 are supplied
D
A
with an adhesive strip for easy mounting
2604-03 7.0 0.9 6.5 2.8 500 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
(red mark in drawing 2607-01 & 2607-02)
2604-04 9.2 1.3 7.7 4.5 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
A
F D C 2604-05 11.2 - 8.1 4.1 406 2.4 1.6 0.25mm

25% 220 N/m
50% 700 N/m
C ORDER EXAMPLE
2603-01 2604-06 11.6 1.3 9.8 4.7 500 4.0 3.0 0.20mm Part number
F
2606-05
H G 2604-07 4.0 0.8 4.2 2.6 406 1.5 1.0 0.10mm
B H G D
Material: Beryllium copper Specify the part
A from the table
CIRCULAR FINGERS 2605 B A
H G C
F D C
2603-02 C F
A 2606-06
H G B H G D
A F D
2605-01 till 2605-03 A
C
H G D
F D C
F
2603-03 and 2603-04 2606-07
C
A Material
Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness Part nr. A C D F G H thickness
2603-01 5.5 1.2 3.9 2.1 500 2.0 1.5 0.10mm
2606-01 19.6 16.0 5.8 406 4.8 3.6 *Notice
2603-02 8.0 0.9 6.0 2.5 500 1.5 1.0 0.15mm B Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
F 2606-02 22.6 16.0 2.3 406 4.8 3.6
2603-03 11.0 1.3 8.0 3.8 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm 2605-04 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
2606-03 22.6 16.0 3.3 406 4.8 3.6 reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates
2603-04 15.0 1.3 8.0 4.6 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm Part nr. A B C D F G H Material thickness
products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability
2606-04 23.4 16.0 2.3 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
2605-01 7.0 0.8 5.5 4.9 500 2.0 1.5 0.15mm determine suitability.
2606-05 23.4 16.0 2.3 406 4.8 3.6
2605-02 9.5 1.1 6.4 7.0 500 4.0 3.0 0.20mm The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
2606-06 23.4 16.0 2.3 406 4.8 3.6 the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
2605-03 12.0 1.1 8.4 8.0 500 4.0 3.0 0.20mm expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
2606-07 19.0 15.8 3.1 406 4.8 3.6 or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
2605-04 4.1 1.2 4.6 2.4 500 1.5 1.0 0.10mm sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
Material: Beryllium copper lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
96 97
CONTACT FINGERS 2700 Contact fingers for Faraday cage doors
and lids for shielded enclosures
» CONTACT FINGERS 2700
CONTACT FINGERS 2704 CONTACT FINGERS 2706

H G H G
A A
C D
C
D
F B
F B
2704
Material
Part nr. A B C D F G H Ø 2706-01 12.5 9.9 2.0 5.5 500 2.0 1.5 0.15mm
thickness
2704-01 30.0 3.2 25.0 9.0 503 4.0 3.0 3.5 0.40mm Material: Beryllium copper

CONTACT FINGERS 2707
CONTACT FINGERS 2705 F C
H G B
A
A
D H G B
The Fingerstrips are very easy to bend and are CONTACT FINGERS 2702 C
therefore suitable for round and very dynamic contacts. H G D F E Part nr. A B C F G H Material Compression
thickness force N
These contact strips have a very dynamic spring range. 2705-01
C 25% 250 N/m
2707-01 18.3 5.6 23.9 406 9.5 8.7 0.10mm 50% 700 N/m
CONTACT FINGERS 2701 E A
H G B
H G
F
D
A
A Part nr. A C D E F G H Material Compression
H G B
D thickness force N C
E C
25% 260 N/m
2702-01 3.3 2.5 1.8 2.1 304 1.5 1.0 0.10mm 50% 610 N/m F E C
B
F 25% 260 N/m 2705-02
2702-02 3.3 2.5 2.3 2.2 406 3.2 2.0 0.12mm 50% 720 N/m A
2701-01
25% 60 N/m H G B
H G 2702-03 7.1 6.4 3.3 5.7 406 3.4 2.3 0.25mm 50% 1430 N/m
2702-04 7.1 6.4 3.3 5.7 406 3.7 2.8 0.25mm 25% 300 N/m
50% 900 N/m
A
A 25% 260 N/m F
D 2702-05 7.1 4.8 5.1 5.9 406 3.4 2.3 0.25mm 50% 2300 N/m
C C
E
2702-06 9.7 7.3 4.8 6.5 499 4.1 3.1 0.20mm
B F E Part nr. A B C F G H
2702-08 16.0 10.4 11.2 12.7 406 3.4 2.2 0.25mm 25% 240 N/m thickness force N
F 50% 680 N/m
2705-03
2701-02 ill 2701-04 25% 240 N/m
2708-01 19.8 3.0 7.6 406 4.8 3.6 0.13mm 50% 1080 N/m
Material Material
Part nr. A B C D E F G H Part nr. A B C D E F G H
thickness Material: Beryllium copper thickness Material: Beryllium copper
2705-01 29.1 3.2 9.0 23.5 7.0 503 4.0 3.0 0.40mm
2701-01 24.0 7.0 7.0 15.5 6.5 499 4.0 3.0 0.20mm
2701-02 27.7 6.6 6.4 17.0 6.4 504 9.5 8.7 0.13mm
H
2705-02 27.8 3.2 9.0 22.5 9.0 503 4.0 3.0 0.40mm
ORDER EXAMPLE
2701-02R 27.7 6.6 6.4 17.0 6.4 7600 9.5 8.7 0.13mm G B 2705-03 26.7 3.2 9.0 - 11.0 503 4.0 3.0 0.40mm
2701-03 40.2 10.9 6.7 27.0 7.9 508 12.7 11.7 0.18mm Material: Beryllium copper Part number
A C
2701-03R 40.2 10.9 6.7 27.0 7.9 7600 12.7 11.7 0.18mm
2701-04 42.4 10.9 7.9 27.0 7.9 504 12.7 11.7 0.18mm Specify the part
F 0,8 mm number that you need
2701-04R 42.4 10.9 7.9 27.0 7.9 7620 12.7 11.7 0.18mm from the table
Part nr. A B C F G H Material thickness
2703-01 4.2 2.6 4 406 1.5 1 0.10mm
*Notice
98 99
DOOR FINGERS 2800 Contact fingers for Faraday cage doors and lids for shielded enclosures PCB CONTACT FINGERS 2900 Surface mount spring contacts are now available in
different sizes, ranging from 1.7mm to 7.25mm
EMI Finger stock, fingerstrips & spring contacts for shielded DOOR FINGERS 2802 The contact fingers are applicable to make vertical or horizontal contact. You can order the fingers in different sizes and are de-
Faraday cage doors, electrical conductive doors and lids. F
signed for whipping and sliding applications. The use of the contact fingers are as example for shielding, grounding and general
C
D electrical connections applications and ideal to use for surface mount PCB’s. The fingers are also known as Grounding / EMI/
DOOR FINGERS 2801 RFI contacts, spring or Shield Finger.
F B
D
A
The PCB contacts are ideal for automatic placement and can be delivered on Tape and Reel packing. When the contacts are
mounted in a row they can provide excellent RFI shielding connection for metal doors or other cabinet enclosures. However, we
can better advise our beryllium copper fingerstrips.
A
H G B 2901-01 2901-02
Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug
Part nr. A B C Ø D F G H Material thickness
H G Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical
2802-01 25.8 6.9 2.0 3.6 9.5 503 9.5 8.5 0.13mm
Current Rating 4A Current Rating 6A
Compression
Part nr. A B Ø D F G H Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C
force N Material: Beryllium copper
2801-01 27.7 6.9 3.6 9.5 504 9.5 8.5 Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds
2801-01R 27.7 6.9 3.6 9.5 7600 9.5 8.5

DOOR FINGERS 2803 Finish/Plating on Termination Gold Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel
B
H G Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface 100% Tin over Nickel
2801-02 40.3 10.9 3.6 12.7 508 12.7 11.7
Weight 0.008g Weight -
2801-02R 40.3 10.9 3.6 12.7 7600 12.7 11.7
Body Length 2.7mm Body Length 5.4mm
25% 240 N/m
2801-03 42.4 10.9 3.6 12.7 504 12.7 11.7 50% 460 N/m A Height of Connector above PCB 1.7mm Height of Connector above PCB 2.5mm
25% 240 N/m Reel quantity 5000 pieces Reel quantity 2500 pieces
2801-03R 42.4 10.9 3.6 12.7 7620 12.7 11.7 50% 460 N/m
Material thickness 0.18mm, material beryllium copper
D
2901-03 2901-04
C
F Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug
Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical

Material
Part nr. A B C D F G H thickness Current Rating 5A Current Rating 6A
ORDER EXAMPLE 2803-01 27.0 6.9 2.0 7.8 494 9.5 8.5 0.13mm Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C
Part number Material: Beryllium copper Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds
Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel
Specify the part Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Nickel Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold
number that you need Weight 0.015g Weight 0.019g
from the table
Body Length 3.5mm Body Length 4mm
Height of Connector above PCB 2.5mm Height of Connector above PCB 2.7mm
*Notice Reel quantity 6000 pieces Reel quantity 2500 pieces
100 101
» PCB CONTACT FINGERS 2900 » 2900 - PCB CONTACT FINGERS
2901-05 2901-06 2901-13 2901-14

Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug
Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical
Current Rating 4A Current Rating 4A Current Rating 4A Current Rating 2A
Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C
Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds
Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination Gold
Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold
Weight 0.036g Weight Weight 0.029g Weight -
Body Length 6.25mm Body Length 4.5mm Body Length 4mm Body Length 3mm
Height of Connector above PCB 2.75mm Height of Connector above PCB 3.5mm Height of Connector above PCB: 6mm Height of Connector above PCB 4.85mm
Reel quantity 2500 pieces Reel quantity 2000 pieces Reel quantity 1400 pieces Reel quantity 900 pieces
2901-07 2901-08 2901-15 2901-16

Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug
Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical and Horizontal
Current Rating 4A Current Rating 3A Current Rating 2A Current Rating 9A
Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -55 °C to +125 °C
Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds
Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination Gold Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel
Finish/Plating on Contact Surface 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface 100% Tin over Nickel
Weight Weight 0.02g Weight - Weight 0.023g
Body Length 4.5mm Body Length 4.05mm Body Length 3mm Body Length 9.6mm
Height of Connector above PCB 3.5mm Height of Connector above PCB 3.5mm Height of Connector above PCB 4.85mm Height of Connector above PCB: 7.25mm
Reel quantity 2000 pieces Reel quantity 2500 pieces Reel quantity 900 pieces Reel quantity 350 pieces
2901-09 2901-10 2901-17 2901-18

Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Material Titanium alloys
Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical and Horizontal Finish Sn or Au/Ni Plated
Current Rating 3A Current Rating 5A Current Rating 7A Thickness 0.1mm
Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -55 °C to +125 °C Operating temp. -40 °C to +150 °C
Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Resistance Typical. 50mΩ
Finish/Plating on Termination Gold Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Typical. 95%(30% Com-
Recovery ratio
pression, 240hrs)
Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface 100% Tin over Nickel
Recommended compression 10~35% of original height
Weight 0.015g Weight 0.023g Weight 0.036g
Salt spray No corrosion
Body Length 7mm Body Length 4mm Body Length 9.6mm
Eu-RoHS Compliant, Pb &
Height of Connector above PCB 4mm Height of Connector above PCB 4mm Height of Connector above PCB 7.25mm Environment
Halogen Free
Reel quantity 2000 pieces Reel quantity 2000 pieces Reel quantity 350 pieces Height of Connector above PCB 7.25mm
2901-11 2901-12 2901-19

Contact Gender Male/Plug Contact Gender Male/Plug Material Titanium alloys ORDER EXAMPLE
Connector Orientation Vertical Connector Orientation Vertical Finish Sn or Au/Ni Plated Part number Type
Current Rating 6A Current Rating 4A Thickness 0.08mm
2901
Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating Temperature -40 °C to +105 °C Operating temp. -40 °C to +150 °C Specify the type
Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds Maximum Soldering Temperature 260 °C for 10 seconds from the tables, for
Resistance Typical. 50mΩ example 19
Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Finish/Plating on Termination 100% Tin over Nickel Typical. 95%(30%
Recovery ratio
Compression, 240hrs)
Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold Finish/Plating on Contact Surface Gold *Notice
Recommended compression 10~35% of original height Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
Weight 0.036g Weight 0.048g tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
Salt spray No corrosion reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates
Body Length 6.25mm Body Length 7mm
Height of Connector above PCB 2.75mm Height of Connector above PCB 5.5mm Environment
Eu-RoHS Compliant, Pb & for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
Halogen Free determine suitability.
Reel quantity 1800 pieces Reel quantity 1500 pieces
Height of Connector above PCB 7.25mm The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
102 103
EMC / IP SEALS
CONDUCTIVE RUBBER Electrically conductive rubber profiles in general are known » CONDUCTIVE RUBBER PROFILES 5750-P
PROFILES 5750-P for its excellent weather, oxidation and ozone resistance
CONDUCTIVE P PROFILE (P) SOLID D : (SD)

A B C D Part number A (mm) B (mm) Size number
Part number Size number
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
X-SD-1.6-1.4 1.6 1.4 1.6-1.4
X-P-5.0-2.0-1.6-12.7 5.0 2.0 1.6 12.7 5.0-2.0-1.6-12.7
X-SD-1.7-1.6 1.7 1.6 1.7-1.6
X-P-5.0-2.0-1.6-21.6 5.0 2.0 1.6 21.6 5.0-2.0-1.6-21.6
X-SD-2.0-2.4 2.0 2.4 2.0-2.4
X-P-6.4-3.2-1.6-12.7 6.4 3.2 1.6 12.7 6.4-3.2-1.6-12.7
X-SD-2.3-2.0 2.3 2.0 2.3-2.0
X-P-6.4-3.2-1.6-15.9 6.4 3.2 1.6 15.9 6.4-3.2-1.6-15.9
X-SD-2.5-1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5-1.6
X-P-6.4-3.2-1.6-22.2 6.4 3.2 1.6 22.2 6.4-3.2-1.6-22.2
X-SD-2.8-3.2 2.8 3.2 2.8-3.2
X-P-7.9-4.8-1.6-22.2 7.9 4.8 1.6 22.2 7.9-4.8-1.6-22.2
X-SD-3.4-3.1 3.4 3.1 3.4-3.1
X-P-9.1-6.5-1.8-19.8 9.1 6.5 1.8 19.8 9.1-6.5-1.8-19.8
X-SD-4.0-3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0-3.0
X-SD-4.0-4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0-4.0
The rubber in these profiles is made conductive by means BENEFITS X-SD-4.5-4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5-4.5
of small conductive metal particles, distributed throughout • Excellent conductivity throughout the surface X-SD-4.8-4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8-4.8
the rubber. It can provide an EMI-proof and a pressure • Excellent electromagnetic shielding effect
watertight seal in narrow constructions. • Easy die-cutting, kiss-cutting and slitting
• Temperature range -60 to +185oC (under certain CONDUCTIVE HOLLOW D PROFILE (D)
Electrically conductive rubbers are typically used for EMI circumstances, tolerance can be up to 220oC)
applications. Also used for EMP protection, wave-guide Part number A B C R Size number
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
applications and against static electricity. The rubber can be SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
filled with silver, nickel, silvered glass, silvered aluminium or X-D-4.0-4.0-1.1-2.0 4.0 4.0 1.1 2.0 4.0-4.0-1.1-2.0
graphite (only for ESD). Commercial EMI applications often X-D-4.8-4.7-1.3-2.4 4.8 4.7 1.3 2.4 4.8-4.7-1.3-2.4 U CHANNEL PROFILE (U)
call for Nickel-Graphite Conductive Rubber (Part number X-D-6.4-6.4-1.7-3.2 6.4 6.4 1.7 3.2 6.4-6.4-1.7-3.2
5760) or Graphite Conductive Rubber (Part number 5755) X-D-7.9-7.9-1.3-4.0 7.9 7.9 1.3 4.0 7.9-7.9-1.3-4.0
Part number A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) Size number
due to costs, whereas military and aerospace applications X-U-2.4-2.5-0.9-0.8 2.4 2.5 0.9 0.8 2.4-2.5-0.9-0.8
X-D-12.4-8.2-2.0-6.2 12.4 8.2 2.0 6.2 12.4-8.2-2.0-6.
often call for Silver Aluminium Silicone Conductive Rubber X-U-3.2-2.8-0.7-1.3 3.2 2.8 0.7 1.3 3.2-2.8-0.7-1.3
(Part number 5750) to meet Mil-G-83528C specifications. X-U-3.2-5.7-0.5-2.0 3.2 5.7 0.5 2.0 3.2-5.7-0.5-2.0
In military or aerospace, fluorosilicone versions may also be
X-U-4.0-4.0-1.6-1.2 4.0 4.0 1.6 1.2 4.0-4.0-1.6-1.2
used for its chemical and fuel resistance.
X-U-4.5-4.0-1.2-1.9 4.5 4.0 1.2 1.9 4.5-4.0-1.2-1.9
As the material shields high frequencies, electrically conductive X-U-8.3-6.0-1.6-2.9 8.3 6.0 1.6 2.9 8.3-6.0-1.6-2.9
rubber shows a shielding effect of 60 dB at 30MHz ~ 10GHz.
Due to its excellent conductivity, grounding and EMI shielding
effect, it is well suited for military communication equipment. DD PROFILE WITH WATERSEAL (DD) ORDER EXAMPLE
The rubber can be manufactured in various shapes such as Part number A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) Size number Series Profile Size number
sheets, molded parts, die-cut, strips, o-rings, etc. TECHNICAL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS
X-DD-4.57-4.75-1.65 4.57 4.75 1.65 4.57-4.75-1.65
Conductive material
5750 5755 5760 5750 : Silver plated P : P Profile See profile part num-
Silver Copper Graphite Nickel Graphite aluminium D : Hollow D profile bers tables above
5760 : Ni-graphite SD : Solid D profile
Filler Ag/Al Graphite Ni-graphite 5755 : Graphite U : U channel profile
Base polymer Silicone Silicone Silicone
R : Rectangular profile
DD : DD profile with
Elongation, %, min. 90 50 50 Tape code water seal
Flame resistance, UL94 (horizontal) HB HB HB
Flame resistance, UL94 (vertical) V-0 V-0 V-0 02 : Without self-ad-

hesive (standard)
Volume resistance, Ohm-cm
0.008 1.8 0.05 03 : With conductive
(expression of conductivity) self-adhesive (only
recommended on
Operating Temp +125 +160 +160 small sizes)
Range (C) -55 -50 -55
Color Dark Tan Black Dark Grey *Notice

Shore Hardness (A +/-5) ASTM D2240 65 60 60 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
Volume Resistivity (ohms) ASTM D991 0.005 2.2 0.04 products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
Specific Gravity (+/- 0.25) 3.5 2.0 2.0 determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
104 105
HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT Same as the 7100 series Standard Shield gaskets but » 7100 HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT EMI GASKET
EMI GASKET 7100 then resistant up to peak temperatures of 180 °C
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 18 20 25 32 50
1 7131 7141 7151 7161 7171 7181 7191 71101 71121 71151 71181 71201 71251 71321 71501
2 7132 7142 7152 7162 7172 7182 7192 71102 71122 71152 71182 71202 71252 71322 71502
3 7133 7143 7153 7163 7173 7183 7193 71103 71123 71153 71183 71203 71253 71323 71503
Height Y(mm)
4 7144 7154 7164 7174 7184 7194 71104 71124 71154 71184 71204 71254 71324 71504
180 oC max. 5 7155 7165 7175 7185 7195 71105 71125 71155 71185 71205 71255 71325 71505
6 7166 7176 7186 7196 71106 71126 71156 71186 71206 71256 71326 71506
8 7178 7188 7198 71108 71128 71158 71188 71208 71258 71328 71508
9 7199 71109 71129 71159 71189 71209 71259 71329 71509
10 711010 711210 711510 711810 712010 712510 713210 715010
12 711212 711512 711812 712012 712512 713212 715012
Width X SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*

This series is a HF shielding gasket with high shielding FEATURES
performance and extremely low closure force. • Semi-closed cell structure Height Y
This prevents deflection of doors/parts, which improves • Good UV resistance
shielding effectiveness. It is very effective in combination • Good weather-ability Self-adhesive Foam core
with stainless steel and metals. • Low compression load
• Very high electrical conductivity
The core consists of a high-grade FUBA foam which is an • High shielding performance
EPDM foam covered with high conductive wear & tear • Roll length of 1 until 1000 meters. FUBA FOAM CORE SPECIFICATIONS
resistant metallized fabric. This EMI gasket is used in large (Depending on width and height of the EMI gasket) Properties Value Standard
scale in automotive production up to 125 °C. • Easy to fit with self-adhesive
Density 95 kg/m³ ISO 845
• High abrasion resistance
FUBA FOAM GENERAL DESCRIPTION • Can be cut wit a pair of scissors Thickness 3-30mm
FUBA foam is a semi-closed cell EPDM foam with excellent • Because the FUBA foam series is so soft, Temperature - service -40 to 135 °C
TAPE SPECIFICATION
sealing properties. The semi-closed cell structure combines it is easy to bend around corners (continuous) • With standard self-adhesive placed in the middle
the flexibility of open cell types with the excellent sealing Temperature max 180 °C • Without self-adhesive
capabilities of closed cell types (after compression). APPLICATION Compression load (50%) 5 kPa ISO 844 • With conductive self-adhesive
This unique foam can be laminated with advanced adhesive FUBA foam gaskets are especially designed to seal (complex) Elongation 430 % ISO 1798 • Standard self-adhesive, asymmetrical
technology to seal (complex) gaps against water, wind, gaps against electrical noise and heat. Depending on • Standard self-adhesive placed on the side
Elongation - acid (1% Immersion at 20 °C for
dust, noise and heat. the applications, the EMI gasket needs to be compressed H2SO4) 430 % 7 days
between 50-80% to activate its sealing properties. Elongation - alkaline (1% Immersion at 20 °C for
ORDER EXAMPLE
FUBA FOAM CHARACTERISTICS Automotive - sealing of HVAC unit, dashboard, air duct, NaOH) 390 % 7 days
Part number Height
Good resistance to UV, humidity, high and low temperatures glass run, fire wall. Building and construction - sealing of Immersion at 20 °C for
Elongation - initial 430 %
and chemicals (such as acids and alkalis). The flexibility of exterior panel joints, solar panels. Industrial - sealing 7 days
the foam makes sure that the optimal sealing performance of air-conditioners, mobile phones, refrigerators. Tensile strength - acid (1% 81 kPa Immersion at 20 °C for Select your part 01 : Standard self-ad-
H2SO4) 7 days number from the part hesive placed in the
is obtained, even with expansion or contraction of the number table above. middle
structure caused by temperature changes. Thanks to the low Tensile strength 90 kPa ISO 1798 When you need a 4 02 : Without self-ad-
x 4mm profile, the hesive
compression load the foam will never deform the structure Tensile strength - alkaline 77 kPa Immersion at 20 °C for required part number 03 : With conductive
after application. (1% NaOH) 7 days is 7144 self-adhesive (only
recommended on less
Immersion at 20 °C for than 3mm sizes)
Tensile strength - initial 90 kPa 7 days 06 : Standard self-adhe-
Combined with advanced adhesive technology, the foam sive, asymmetrical
can be applied on greasy, rough, smooth, and low energy Water absorption ISO 2896 07 : Standard self-adhe-
sive placed on the side
surfaces. No heavy metals (such as cadmium) or regulated Flammability Pass FMVSS 302
substances (such as CFC’s and halogen gases) are used Weather ability Excellent
during the manufacturing process nor in the product itself. High deflection Up to 65 %
FUBA foam can be disposed of by incineration.
*Notice
106 107
POWER SUPPLY GASKET 7150 Gasket with a copper strip on the inside to guide higher
currents. Can be used for example, heated window DIE-CUT GASKET 8300 Gasket die-cut according to the client out of various materi-
als, for example: silicone gasket, monel gasket, conductive
rubber, conductive foam, neoprene
Standard EMC gaskets are not made for conducting higher cur- APPLICATIONS COMBINER IP-EMC SEAL
rents but for EMC applications and static discharge. For higher • Heated mirrors, glass or other heated parts Gaskets made out of conductive rubber are quite expensive and are also usually less soft than needed for the application.
currents through an EMC gasket we have developed the 7150 • LED panels Due to excessive stiffness, the door or lid of the electronics housing will become warped or bent, which then causes electromagnetic
series Power supply gasket. • Resilient gaskets for higher currents leakage. Therefore we have developed gaskets which provide the same functionality while being significantly softer.
Gasket size can be up to 2 x 3 meter and even bigger on request. Some examples are listed below.
An extra mu-copper strip is used in this adapted standard
shielding, which ensures that a higher conductivity of
current is possible. • Self-adhesive neoprene gasket
with knitted mesh inside • Round closed-cell neoprene gasket with
The gasket is provided with an mu-copper contact strip in order • Very small gasket with inserts soft conductive foam inside
to make contact with the power supply. Optionally, the gasket of conductive foam
can be supplied with soldered wire for easy connection. • Small gasket with insert of
conductive, hollow, round rubber
The Power supply gasket is delivered in your specified length. profile • Neoprene gasket with conductive-rubber
hollow O-ring profile
STANDARD SIZES
• Flash-cut gasket with knitted
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 18 20 25 32 50
mesh
• Silicone foam gasket with mesh foil inside
1 7150-3-1 7150-4-1 7150-5-1 7150-6-1 7150-7- 1 7150-8-1 7150-9-1 7150-10-1 7150-12-1 7150-15-1 7150-18-1 7150-20-1 7150-25-1 7150-32-1 7150-50-1
2 7150-3-2 7150-42- 7150-5-2 7150-6-2 7150-7-2 7150-8-2 7150-9-2 7150-10-2 7150-12-2 7150-15-2 7150-18-2 7150-20-2 7150-25-2 7150-32-2 7150-50-2
3 7150-3-3 7150-4-3 7150-5-3 7150-6-3 7150-7-3 7150-8-3 7150-9-3 7150-10-3 7150-12-3 7150-15-3 7150-18-3 7150-20-3 7150-25-3 7150-32-3 7150-50-3
• Fabric over foam-gasket profile with asym-

Height Y(mm)
4 7150-4-4 7150-5-4 7150-6-4 7150-7-4 7150-8-4 7150-9-4 7150-10-4 7150-12-4 7150-15-4 7150-18-4 7150-20-4 7150-25-4 7150-32-4 7150-50-4
5 7150-5-5 7150-6-5 7150-7-5 7150-8-5 7150-9-5 7150-10-5 7150-12-5 7150-15-5 7150-18-5 7150-20-5 7150-25-5 7150-32-5 7150-50-5 metric tape
6 7150-6-6 7150-7-6 7150-8-6 7150-9-6 7150-10-6 7150-12-6 7150-15-6 7150-18-6 7150-20-6 7150-25-6 7150-32-6 7150-50-6 • Flash-cut gasket
8 7150-7-8 7150-8-8 7150-9-8 7150-10-8 7150-12-8 7150-15-8 7150-18-8 7150-20-8 7150-25-8 7150-32-8 7150-50-8
• EMC/IP gaskets 7300 series (Amucor
version) with cutouts for easy bending
9 7150-9-9 7150-10-9 7150-12-9 7150-15-9 7150-18-9 7150-20-9 7150-25-9 7150-32-9 7150-50-9
10 7150-10-10 7150-12-10 7150-15-10 7150-18-10 7150-20-10 7150-25-10 7150-32-10 7150-50-10

• EMC/IP gaskets 7300 series with holes
12 7150-12-12 7150-15-12 7150-18-12 7150-20-12 7150-25-12 7150-32-12 7150-50-12 cut according to customer’s drawing
and with uninterrupted water seal
ORDER EXAMPLE • Neoprene edge around a core
of conductive foam
Series Width X (mm) Height Y (mm) Wire
7150 • Standard shield 7000 series with cut-
Specify the width of the Specify the height of Y : With wire for easy • Die-cut gasket from profile outs for easy bending
gasket in mm the gasket in mm connection
N : No wire (embossed Amucor foil)
108 109
EMC-IP GASKET 7300 Water sealing EMI gaskets for screwed applications
like panels, displays, and windows
» EMC-IP GASKET 7300
Shielding effectiveness depends on surface, shape of the
gasket and materials used.
PART NUMBERS
The 7300 series EMC / IP gaskets are cost-effective BENEFITS Width X (mm)
combinations of an EMI shielding gasket and a water seal. • Bends easily around sharp corners without interrupting
4 6 8 9 10 12 15 18 20 25
This type of gasket comes with a self-adhesive strip. the water seal
• Excellent water sealing up to IP65 1 7300-4-1 7300-6-1 7300-8-1 7300-9-1 7300-10-1 7300-12-1 7300-15-1 7300-18-1 7300-20-1 7300-25-1
The gasket consists of two neoprene foam cores, one of which (depending on construction) 2 7300-4-2 7300-6-2 7300-8-2 7300-9-2 7300-10-2 7300-12-2 7300-15-2 7300-18-2 7300-20-2 7300-25-2
is covered with reinforced foil, based on the high performance 3 7300-4-3 7300-6-3 7300-8-3 7300-9-3 7300-10-3 7300-12-3 7300-15-3 7300-18-3 7300-20-3 7300-25-3
Amucor alloy. Amucor is highly compatible with aluminium The 7300 EMC / IP gasket can also be produced in a circle 4 7300-4-4 7300-6-4 7300-8-4 7300-9-4 7300-10-4 7300-12-4 7300-15-4 7300-18-4 7300-20-4 7300-25-4
and zinc-plated steel. If the gasket is intended to be in contact shape. The water-seal can be either on the outside or the 5 7300-4-5 7300-6-5 7300-8-5 7300-9-5 7300-10-5 7300-12-5 7300-15-5 7300-18-5 7300-20-5 7300-25-5
with alochrom or stainless steel, we recommend using highly inside of the gasket
Height Y (mm)
6 7300-4-6 7300-6-6 7300-8-6 7300-9-6 7300-10-6 7300-12-6 7300-15-6 7300-18-6 7300-20-6 7300-25-6
conductive textile in stead of Amucor. The two parts can be
bent independently from one another to guarantee optimal COMPRESSION STOPS (OPTIONAL) 8 7300-4-8 7300-6-8 7300-8-8 7300-9-8 7300-10-8 7300-12-8 7300-15-8 7300-18-8 7300-20-8 7300-25-8
10 7300-6-10 7300-8-10 7300-9-10 7300-10-10 7300-12-10 7300-15-10 7300-18-10 7300-20-10 7300-25-10

shielding and sealing performance. Sharp inner corners can be Disc or washer-type compression stops can be included to
made easily, without interrupting the water seal. For special prevent over compression. 12 7300-6-12 7300-8-12 7300-9-12 7300-10-12 7300-12-12 7300-15-12 7300-18-12 7300-20-12 7300-25-12
applications we can offer different foam cores, conductive foils 15 7300-8-15 7300-9-15 7300-10-15 7300-12-15 7300-15-15 7300-18-15 7300-20-15 7300-25-15
and fabrics. 18 7300-9-18 7300-10-18 7300-12-18 7300-15-18 7300-18-18 7300-20-18 7300-25-18
20 7300-10-20 7300-12-20 7300-15-20 7300-18-20 7300-20-20 7300-25-20

CONSTRUCTION 25 7300-12-25 7300-15-25 7300-18-25 7300-20-25 7300-25-25
R= 3 / 4 X
continuous (!) water seal ORDER EXAMPLE
EMI seal
Series Width X (mm) Height Y (mm) Foil code Type
Width X conductive 7300
foil Type I Specify the width of the Specify the height of A : Amucor Type I : Two pieces
Height Y Washer type Disk type
gasket in mm the gasket in mm T : Textile Type II : One piece
self-adhesive
Used at bolt holes Used next to bolt holes
Width X conductive
foil Type II
Height Y
self-adhesive
*Notice
110 111
L-SHAPE GASKETS 7500 L-shaped EMI/RFI-shielding gasket with
water seal (IP seal) for thin doors and lids
» L-SHAPE GASKET 7500
STANDARD DIMENSIONS SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*

Part number A Y
7500-2-4-X 2 4
7500-2-6-X 2 6
7500-2-8-X 2 8
7500-3-6-X 3 6
7500-3-8-X 3 8
7500-3-10-X 3 10
7500-4-8-X 4 8
7500-4-10-X 4 10
7500-4-12-X 4 12
7500-5-8-X 5 8
7500-5-10-X 5 10
7500-5-12-X 5 12
7500-6-8-X 6 8
7500-6-10-X 6 10
The L-shaped gasket as an efficient combined seal for doors BENEFITS 7500-6-12-X 6 12
and lids. The gasket is used to achieve two goals at the • Bends easily around sharp corners without interrupting 7500-7-10-X 7 10
same time: a water seal and an EMI seal. the water seal 7500-7-12-X 7 12
• Excellent water sealing up to IP65
7500-7-14-X 7 14
This L-shaped gasket is made from a solid piece of neoprene (depending on construction)
foam. One side has been laminated with conductive textile • Easily mounted with a self-adhesive strip 7500-8-14-X 8 14
(the conductive side) and the other side is uncovered • Easy to use for small doors and lids 7500-8-16-X 8 16
neoprene which provides a water seal. • Low closure force to prevent bending of doors and lids 7500-8-18-X 8 18
• Roll lengths of 1 to 1.000 meters, depending X = conductive cover.
The flange of the door will compress the water-seal side of on width and height of the gasket Other sizes on request
the gasket with very little force to assure a watertight seal. • Tools required: a pair of scissors
The electrically conductive part on the other side of the gasket OPTIONS (ON REQUEST)
establishes an electrical connection between the lid and housing • Custom made in the dimensions you need
• Available in flame-retardant version
TECHNICAL DRAWING • Available with conductive self-adhesive Y
• Available with chemical-resistant rubbers like EPDM
• Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 °C
Lid
Conductive textile • Various conductive foils and fabrics
• Cut into accurate lengths
• In the shape of a ready-made frame
Self adhesive A
(conductive)
Neoprene A A
waterseal
Series A (mm) Y (mm) Cover

7500
Housing
Specify size A in mm. Specify size Y in mm. T : Conductive textile
A : Amucor foil
Waterseal EMI seal
*Notice
112 113
ULTRA SOFT TWIN SHIELD 7800 EMI/RFI shielding gasket with low closure force to
prevent bending of doors, lids and panels combined
» ULTRA SOFT TWIN SHIELD 7800
with a environmental seal (dust/waterseal)
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
width Z width X Waterseal
EMI gasket
Part number Z (mm) X (mm) Y (mm) height Y
7800-1-2-2 1 2 2
7800-2-2-2 2 2 2 self-adhesive
7800-2-3-4 2 3 4
7800-3-5-4 3 5 4
7800-3-6-6 3 6 6
7800-3-9-8 3 9 6 TAPE SPECIFICATION

7800-4-9-8 4 9 8 • 01 standard self-adhesive, asymmetrical
7800-4-12-8 4 12 8
• 02 without self-adhesive
• 03 conductive self-adhesive
7800-4-12-10 4 12 10
7800-5-14-10 5 14 10
FOAM SPECIFICATION
7800-5-14-12 5 14 12 • P low closure force PVC foam
7800-5-16-14 5 16 12 • N Standard Neoprene Foam
7800-6-16-14 6 16 14 • E EPDM foam
7800-6-18-16 6 18 14 • F flame-retardant UL94V-0 foam
7800-6-18-16 6 18 16
Ultra soft twin shield 7800 series is a range of HF gaskets similar BENEFITS 7800-10-20-16 10 20 16
to our Ultra soft shield 7400, which have been combined with • Deflection up to 80%
7800-10-20-18 10 20 18
an environmental seal (also known as water seal) made of • Very low closure force
closed-cell foam rubber. The product requires very low closure • Very high electrical conductivity 7800-10-22-18 10 22 18
force. All gaskets are provided with a self-adhesive strip on the • High shielding performance 7800-14-22-20 14 22 20
side of the water seal. • Roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters, depending on width 7800-14-24-20 14 24 20
and height of the gasket 7800-14-24-24 14 24 24
The standard material for the water seal is neoprene foam. • Easy to fit, self-adhesive 7800-18-26-24 18 26 24
Alternatively a slowly recovering PVC foam is available, which • High abrasion resistance 7800-18-26-28 18 26 28
is fully watertight at 30% compression. • Tools required: a pair of scissors
7800-18-28-28 18 28 28
The ultra soft twin shield is easy to bend so that the water OPTIONS 7800-22-28-32 22 28 32
seal is not interrupted. • Cut into accurate lengths 7800-22-30-32 22 30 32
• UL94V-0 flame-retardant foam core Other dimensions on request

SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* • Chemical-resistant rubbers like EPDM
• Silicone sponge for high temperatures up to 220 °C ORDER EXAMPLE
• Different conductive foils and fabrics Series Width Z (mm) Width X (mm) Height Y (mm) Adhesive Foam specifications
7800
Specify width Z in Specify width X in Specify height Y in 01 : Standard self-ad- P : Low closure force
mm. Other sizes on mm. Other sizes on mm. Other sizes on hesive, asymmetrical PVC foam
request request request 02 : Without self-ad- N : Neoprene foam
hesive E : EPDM foam
03 : Conductive F : Flame retardant
self-adhesive UL94V-0 foam
*Notice
114 115
O-PROFILES 7900 For EMI shielding applications in grooves » O-PROFILE 7900
MATERIAL OPTIONS SPECIAL MATERIALS (ON REQUEST)

7900 series Conductive O-profiles can be delivered in These O-profiles are also available in special materials for
the following materials: special applications for example applications with chemicals.
Below is a list of special materials. For availability and
Material options delivery please email info@hollandshielding.com.
Type Code Core Cover
7900-x-1-1-x 1-1 Neoprene Amucor foil • Silicone Carbon

7900-x-1-2-x 1-2 Neoprene Conductive fabric • Fluorosilicone Nickel Graphite
7900-x-2-1-x 2-1 Silicone Amucor foil
• Silicone Nickel Graphite Flame Retardant
• Silicone Silver Aluminium
7900-x-2-2-x 2-2 Silicone Conductive fabric
• Fluorosilicone Silver Aluminium
7900-x-3-1-x 3-1 PVC Amucor foil
• Fluorosilicone Nickel
7900-x-3-2-x 3-2 PVC Conductive fabric • Silver Plated Nickel
7900-x-4-1-x 4-1 EPDM Amucor foil • Silver Glass
7900-x-4-2-x 4-2 EPDM Conductive fabric
7900-x-5-3-x 5-3
Silvered particles filled
-
EXTRUSION TYPES
silicone rubber 1: Hollow 2: Solid 3: Cell Rubber 4: Rectangular
Nickel filled silicone
7900-x-5-4-x 5-4 -
rubber
Graphite filled silicone

7900-x-5-5-x 5-5 -
rubber
Several types of O-profiles have been developed for different BENEFITS X needs to be replaced for extrusion type & dimensions
applications, each with its own advantages. O-profiles were • Easy to fit into grooves
originally designed for high-performance shielding, mainly • Deflection up to 50%
for military applications. They are used when environmental • Low closure force SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* AND TECHNICAL DETAILS
sealing and EMI screening are required, and where there is
not much space. OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) Conductive
Amucor Graphite
Nickel Silver
Silver copper Nickel
Fluoro Nickel Fluoro silver Fluoro silver Fluoro
• Cut into accurate lengths or endless O-rings Conductive material fabric graphite aluminum graphite aluminum copper nickel
Four kinds of extrusion types are available: 1: hollow, • Drop-out prevention fixtures Standard On request
2: solid, 3: Cell Rubber and 4: rectangular. These extrusion • UL94V-0 flame-retardant version Frequency Shielding Performance STD 285 /MIL-DTL 83528C (dB)
cores can be covered with metallized fabric foil or they can • High temperature-resistant Silicone core (up to 220 °C)
10 MHz N/A N/A 30 115 111 115 114 116 114 116 110
be made out of conductive rubber. For optimal shielding • Fluorosilicone (silver aluminium, silver copper, nickel,
100 MHz 60 65 65 121 120 122 115 122 122 125 116
performance a compression of 5-10% is recommended for nickel graphite) for applications with chemicals
solid elastomer’s and 10-50% for hollow extrusions and 400 MHz 98 110 60 119 120 119 121 119 118 118 124
sponge rubbers. The figure below shows two different groove designs. 1 GHz 94 108 N/A 122 121 123 114 122 121 124 117
On the left there is a typical rectangular groove, while 2 GHz 91 105 40 122 119 122 122 122 123 121 112
COMPRESSION the design on the right can mechanically retain circular 6 GHz 90 102 N/A 115 115 116 117 114 109 117 111
Solid elastomer’s cannot be compressed much. They are cross-section gaskets by side friction. 10 GHz 90 100 30 114 112 115 114 107 114 115 113
easily deformed but the volume does not change as would 18 GHz N/A N/A N/A 106 105 104 105 105 103 104 103
be the case with sponge elastomer (PVC, EPDM, Neoprene) 5° 15° Operating Temp - - +160 +160 +160 +125 +160 +160 +160 +125 +160
so that allowance for material flow must be considered in
the groove design. Range ( ̊C) - - -50 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Color Grey Silver Black Dark Grey Beige Dark Tan Grey Green Light Green Green Dark Green
Shore Hardness (A +/-5)

- - 60 60 65 65 65 65 70 65 70
ASTM D2240
Typical ractangular groove design Typical circular groove design
Volume Resistivity (ohms)
ASTM D991
- - 2.2 0.04 0.008 0.005 0.1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.1
Compressibility of
Sponge elastomer sponge elastomer Solid elastomer Specific Gravity (+/- 0.25) - - 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.5 4.5 2.2 2.0 4.0 4.8
(No lateral flow) versus (Lateral flow)
solid elastomer These values are measured under laboratory conditions. In other situations, results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
COVER PLATE
COVER PLATE
Sponge elastomer compresses Solid elastomer deflects and

and fills groove under full closure flows out of groove resulting
and worst tolerance conditions in gap and possible damage to elastomer
116 117
» O-PROFILE 7900 » O-PROFILE 7900
STANDARD EXTRUSIONS STANDARD EXTRUSIONS

Part number Outside A (mm) Inside B (mm)
Type 1: Hollow 79-1-X-X-3.6-1.5 3.6 1.5 Type 4: Rectangular

79-1-X-X-4.0-1.1 4.0 1.1
79-1-X-X-4.0-1.3 4.0 1.3
79-1-X-X-4.0-1.6 4.0 1.6
79-1-X-X-4.0-2.0 4.0 2.0
79-1-X-X-4.1-2.0 4.1 2.0

Hollow 79-1-X-X-4.5-1.6 4.5 1.6
Rectangular Rectangular
Part number Outside A (mm) Inside B (mm) 79-1-X-X-4.8-2.4 4.8 2.4
Part number A Width (mm) B Height (mm) Part number A Width (mm) B Height (mm)
79-1-X-X-0.9-0.3 0.9 0.3 79-1-X-X-5.0-1.6 5.0 1.6
7900-4-X-X-0.25-1.0 0.25 1.0 7900-4-X-X-1.5-3.0 1.5 3.0
79-1-X-X-1.2-0.5 1.2 0.5 79-1-X-X-5.0-3.0 5.0 3.0
7900-4-X-X-0.25-1.5 0.25 1.5 7900-4-X-X-1.6-1.0 1.6 1.0
79-1-X-X-1.6-0.5 1.6 0.5 79-1-X-X-5.5-1.6 5.5 1.6
7900-4-X-X-0.25-2.0 0.25 2.0 7900-4-X-X-1.6-1.6 1.6 1.6
79-1-X-X-1.8-0.5 1.8 0.5 79-1-X-X-5.5-3.2 5.5 3.2
7900-4-X-X-0.25-2.5 0.25 2.5 7900-4-X-X-1.8-1.0 1.8 1.0
79-1-X-X-1.9-0.7 1.9 0.7 79-1-X-X-6.0-1.6 6.0 1.6
7900-4-X-X-0.25-3.0 0.25 3.0 7900-4-X-X-1.8-1.6 1.8 1.6
79-1-X-X-2.0-0.5 2.0 0.5 79-1-X-X-6.0-3.2 6.0 3.2
7900-4-X-X-0.5-1.0 0.5 1.0 7900-4-X-X-2.0-1.0 2.0 1.0
79-1-X-X-2.0-0.8 2.0 0.8 79-1-X-X-6.0-4.0 6.0 4.0
7900-4-X-X-0.5-1.5 0.5 1.5 7900-4-X-X-2.0-1.6 2.0 1.6
79-1-X-X-2.4-0.8 2.4 0.8 79-1-X-X-6.4-1.6 6.4 1.6
7900-4-X-X-0.5-2.0 0.5 2.0 7900-4-X-X-2.0-2.0 2.0 2.0
79-1-X-X-2.4-1.0 2.4 1.0 79-1-X-X-6.4-3.2 6.4 3.2
7900-4-X-X-0.5-2.5 0.5 2.5 7900-4-X-X-2.0-3.0 2.0 3.0
79-1-X-X-2.6-1.5 2.6 1.5 79-1-X-X-8.0-5.0 8.0 5.0
7900-4-X-X-0.5-3.0 0.5 3.0 7900-4-X-X-2.4-2.0 2.4 2.0
79-1-X-X-3.0-0.5 3.0 0.5 79-1-X-X-8.0-6.0 8.0 6.0
7900-4-X-X-0.8-1.0 0.8 1.0 7900-4-X-X-3.0-2.0 3.0 2.0
79-1-X-X-3.0-0.8 3.0 0.8 79-1-X-X-9.0-6.4 9.0 6.4
7900-4-X-X-0.8-1.5 0.8 1.5 7900-4-X-X-3.2-1.6 3.2 1.6
79-1-X-X-3.0-1.0 3.0 1.0 79-1-X-X-9.5-6.4 9.5 6.4
7900-4-X-X-0.8-2.0 0.8 2.0 7900-4-X-X-12.7-1.6 12.7 1.6
79-1-X-X-3.0-1.6 3.0 1.6 79-1-X-X-10.0-7.0 10.0 7.0
7900-4-X-X-0.8-2.5 0.8 2.5 7900-4-X-X-12.7-2.0 12.7 2.0
79-1-X-X-3.2-0.8 3.2 0.8 79-1-X-X-10.0-8.0 10.0 8.0
7900-4-X-X-0.8-3.0 0.8 3.0 7900-4-X-X-12.7-3.0 12.7 3.0
79-1-X-X-3.2-1.1 3.2 1.1 79-1-X-X-12.0-8.0 12.0 8.0
7900-4-X-X-1.0-1.0 1.0 1.0 7900-4-X-X-12.7-4.8 12.7 4.8
79-1-X-X-3.2-1.5 3.2 1.5 79-1-X-X-15.0-12.0 15.0 12.0
7900-4-X-X-1.0-1.5 1.0 1.5 7900-4-X-X-15.9-1.6 15.9 1.6
79-1-X-X-3.5-0.8 3.5 0.8 79-1-X-X-16.0-12.0 16.0 12.0
7900-4-X-X-1.0-2.0 1.0 2.0 7900-4-X-X-15.9-2.0 15.9 2.0
79-1-X-X-3.5-1.6 3.5 1.6 79-1-X-X-20.0-16.0 20.0 16.0
7900-4-X-X-1.0-2.5 1.0 2.5 7900-4-X-X-19.0-2.0 19.0 2.0
Type 2: Solid Type 3: Cell rubber 7900-4-X-X-1.0-3.0 1.0 3.0 7900-4-X-X-22.35-1.6 22.35 1.6
7900-4-X-X-1.5-1.0 1.5 1.0 7900-4-X-X-22.35-2.0 22.35 2.0
7900-4-X-X-1.5-2.0 1.5 2.0 7900-4-X-X-25.4-6.4 25.4 6.4
The X must be replaced for the desired base material code and conductive material code. Other sizes on request
ORDER EXAMPLE
Solid Solid Cell Rubber Cell Rubber
Series Extrusion type Core Cover Dimensions (mm)
Part number Diameter (mm) Part number Diameter (mm) Part number Diameter (mm) Part number Diameter (mm) 7900
7900-2-X-X-1.0 1.0 7900-2-X-X-5.4 5.4 7900-3-X-X-2.1 2.1 7900-3-X-X-9.0 9.0 1 : Hollow 1 : Neoprene 1 : Amucor foil See the dimensions
2 : Solid 2 : Silicone 2 : Conductive fabric table for the possible
7900-2-X-X-1.2 1.2 7900-2-X-X-5.5 5.5 7900-3-X-X-3.0 3.0 7900-3-X-X-9.5 9.5 3 : Sponge rubber 3 : PVC 3 : Silver filled rubber dimensions by the
4 : Rectangular 4 : EPDM 4 : Nickel filled rubber chosen extrusion type
7900-2-X-X-1.4 1.4 7900-2-X-X-6.0 6.0 7900-3-X-X-3.5 3.5 7900-3-X-X-10.0 10.0 5 : Conductive rubber 5 : Graphite filled for example 3.2/1.6
rubber
7900-2-X-X-1.6 1.6 7900-2-X-X-6.4 6.4 7900-3-X-X-4.0 4.0 7900-3-X-X-11.0 11.0
7900-2-X-X-1.8 1.8 7900-2-X-X-7.0 7.0 7900-3-X-X-4.5 4.5 7900-3-X-X-12.0 12.0
7900-2-X-X-2.0 2.0 7900-2-X-X-7.5 7.5 7900-3-X-X-5.0 5.0 7900-3-X-X-15.0 15.0
7900-2-X-X-2.4 2.4 7900-2-X-X-8.0 8.0 7900-3-X-X-5.5 5.5 7900-3-X-X-18.0 18.0
7900-2-X-X-2.6 2.6 7900-2-X-X-8.5 8.5 7900-3-X-X-6.0 6.0 7900-3-X-X-20.0 20.0
7900-2-X-X-2.8 2.8 7900-2-X-X-9.0 9.0 7900-3-X-X-6.5 6.5 7900-3-X-X-22.0 22.0
7900-2-X-X-3.0 3.0 7900-2-X-X-9.5 9.5 7900-3-X-X-7.0 7.0 7900-3-X-X-25.0 25.0
7900-2-X-X-3.2 3.2 7900-2-X-X-10.0 10.0 7900-3-X-X-7.5 7.5
7900-2-X-X-3.5 3.5 7900-2-X-X-11.0 11.0 7900-3-X-X-8.0 8.0

*Notice
7900-2-X-X-4.0 4.0 7900-2-X-X-12.0 12.0 The X must be replaced for the desired base material code and conductive material code. Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
7900-2-X-X-4.5 4.5 7900-2-X-X-15.0 15.0 Other sizes on request reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
7900-2-X-X-4.8 4.8 7900-2-X-X-18.0 18.0 for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
7900-2-X-X-5.0 5.0 7900-2-X-X-20.0 20.0
118 119
CONDUCTIVE SHEET MATERIAL
CONDUCTIVE O-RINGS 7910 For EMI shielding applications in grooves.

Also suitable where IP seal is required.
ULTRA SOFT CONDUCTIVE Very soft conductive Rubber for medical, military and
RUBBER 5200 automotive industries, where less closure force is required
The 7910 series Jointed O-ring are practically the same as the TECHNICAL DETAILS
7900 series O-Profiles, however, this is a turnkey closed O-ring.
They are used where environmental and EMI screening is Conductive material
Conductive
fabric
Amucor Graphite
Nickel
graphite
Silver
aluminum
required but were little space is available.
Operating Temp - - +160 +160 +160
Four kinds of cores are available in the following shapes:
• Solid Range ( C
̊ ) - - -50 -55 -55
• Hollow extrusion, Color Grey Silver Black Dark Grey Beige
• Cell rubber Shore Hardness (A +/-5)

- - 60 60 65
Standard electrically conductive rubbers are generally not SPECIFICATIONS
ASTM D2240
• Small rectangular soft enough. As a result, a lot of tension is placed on the seal • Shore: A 20
Volume Resistivity (ohms)
ASTM D991
- - 2.2 0.04 0.008 when tightening the housing or the lid. • Color: dark red
These cores can be covered with metallized fabric foils or • Temperatures up to 220 °C
Specific Gravity (+/- 0.25) - - 2.0 2.0 2.0
made out of conductive rubber. For optimal shielding per- For applications where no extreme force is allowed, we have • High shielding performance
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. In other situations, results may differ.
formance a compression of 5-10% is recommended for solid Please read our Guarantee.
developed ultra-soft conductive rubber. • Water sealing up to 10 meters
elastomers and 10-50% for hollow extrusions and cell rubbers. • Pressure resistant
The material is used in medical, military and automotive • Salt spray / chemical resistant
MATERIAL OPTIONS SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* industries and even in commercial products requiring EMI • Supplied as sheets, strips or die-cuts
suppression, grounding, or static discharge. It is very suitable
Base material Covering
for applications where an environmental or watertight seal is APPLICATIONS
1 : Neoprene 1 : Reinforced Amucor required and less closure force is required. • Conductive seal for medical or military devices
2 : Silicone 2 : Conductive fabric • Pressure sensitive sensors
3 : PVC 3 : Silver filled rubber The 5200 ultra soft conductive rubber can be ordered in • Watertight seal between housing and lid
4 : EPDM 4 : Nickel filled rubber
different thicknesses. We apply several layers of the with less closure force
rubber to get the right thickness.
5 : Conductive rubber 5 : Graphite filled rubber
CUSTOM SHAPE/SIZE
Standard thickness of the 5200 are 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.5 Ultra soft conductive rubber can be cut very precise
STANDARD DIMENSIONS and 5.0mm. Other thicknesses on request. according your CAD drawing. To make an quotation, we
ask you to send a drawing with the desired specifications
B to info@hollandshielding.com or use the form below to
submit your drawing.
A
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Thickness (mm) Width (mm)
Part number A(mm) B(mm) Part number A (mm) B (mm)
ORDER EXAMPLE 5200
7910-6.6-1.8 6.6 1.8 7910-20.3-1.8 20.3 1.8
1 : 1mm thick Specify the width in
7910-7.5-1.2 7.5 1.2 7910-21.9-1.8 21.9 1.8 Series Dimension A (mm) Dimension B (mm) 1.5 : 1.5mm thick mm. Max. 970mm
2 : 2mm thick
7910-9.2-1.8 9.2 1.8 7910-23.4-3.5 23.4 3.5 7910 3.5 : 3.5mm thick
5 : 5mm thick Length (mm)
7910-10.5-1.4 10.5 1.4 7910-25.1-1.8 25.1 1.8 Specify the dimen- Specify diameter Other : Please fill in
sions from the table. in mm the desired thickness
7910-11.3-1.3 11.3 1.3 7910-25.4-6.4 25.4 6.4
7910-12.4-1.8 12.5 1.8 7910-28.3-1.8 28.3 1.8 Specify the length in

mm. Max. 1000mm.
7910-12.7-2.5 12.7 2.5 7910-31.5-1.8 31.5 1.8 Base material Covering Other length on request
7910-14.0-1.8 14.0 1.8 7910-34.6-2.6 34.6 2.6
7910-16.1-1.6 16.1 1.6 7910-34.7-1.8 34.7 1.8 1 : Neoprene 1 : Reinforced amucor *Notice
2 : Silicone 2 : Conductive fabric Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
7910-17.2-1.8 17.2 1.8 7910-37.8-2.6 37.8 2.6 3 : PVC 3 : Silver particles tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
7910-40.9-2.6 40.9 2.6
4 : EPDM filled rubber reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
7910-18.8-1.8 18.8 1.8
5 : Conductive rubber 4 : Nickel filled rubber products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
7910-19.2-2.5 19.2 2.5 7910-44.1-2.6 44.1 2.6 5 : Graphite filled for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
rubber determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
120 121
L
D2
D1
WASHER, CYLINDER AND Materials are used for grounding, contact
point water tight rings or flexible springs.
» WASHER, CYLINDER AND SPRINGS 5500
SPRINGS 5500 These can be used to contact PCB to housing.
D2
D1
L
STOCK DIMENSIONS
D1
5500-C CYLINDER
d S
L
D2
D1
D (mm) Available in thickness 1-1,5-2-3-4mm.
other dimensions on request
2 16
L
3 18
4 20
5 22
D2
D1
6 24
8 26
10 28
5500-R WASHER/RING
12 30
BENEFITS
D2
D1
Standard Nickel-graphite conductive rubber are used for EMI 14 32
applications. The rubber is made conductive by incorporat- • Any size in a few day’s
L
Other dimensions on request. Packed in bags of 10 pieces
ing small conductive metal particles throughout the materi- • Custom parts
D1
al. It can provide an EMI-proof and watertight seal in narrow • Small packing of 10 pieces each 5500-OR OVAL-RING D1xD2 Available in thickness 1-1,5-2-3-4mm,
d
other thicknesses on request
constructions. But they are also useful for EMP protection, • High temperature up to 220 °C Thickness: 2-3-4mmS
2x5 16 x 32
wave-guide applications and against static electricity. • Easy to mount L
• Water tight constructions 3x7 18 x 36
When in need of high deflection and low closure force we • High deflection foam 4x9 20 x 40
make conductive foams.
D2
D1
5 x 10 22 x 44
The material will return to almost its original height when re- OPTIONS 6 x 12 24 x 48
leased. The foam is covered with a layer of conductive poly- • Available in different thicknesses L
urethane to protect it from environmental influences and to • Low compression force D1 D2 L 8 x 16 26 x 52
prevent burrs when cutting. Its conductivity is excellent in all • Rubber with silver particles 2 5 10-15-20-25-30-35 10 x 20 28 x 56
directions (X, Y, and Z). Conductive foam is fire retardant as 3 7 15-20-25-30-35-40 12 x 24 30 x 60
TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
D2
D1
well as RoHS compliant. 4 9 20-25-30-35-40-45 14 x 28 32 x 64
Temperature resistance depends on the core material of the
TECHNICAL DATA metal knit EMI/RFI gasket; ranges from -60 °C up to 220 °C
Other dimensions on request. Packed in bags of 10 pieces Other dimensions on request. Packed in bags of 10 pieces
L
are possible. These Metal knit EMI/RFI gaskets are insensi-
D1
Item Data tive to external influences and can withstand harsh condi- 5500-VGS VERTICAL GROUNDING SPRING
D2
D1
Thickness (mm) 1, 2, 2.2 or 3.4 tions very well. Thickness: 2-3-4mm S
L
(other sizes on request)
Color Grey d 5500-GS GROUNDING SPRING
Thickness: 2-3-4mm
D2
D1
Adhesive strength (gf/25mm) >1.000
L
Holding strength (sec) >3.600 L
D1
Surface resistance (Ω/sq) 0.2
Surface resistance (Ω/in) 1.0 max
D2
D1
Volume resistance (Ω/sq) 0.2 S
Top-bottom resistance (Ω/in) 1.0 max L
S D L D1 D2 L
D2
D1
RoHS Compliant
2 2-3-4 10-15-20-25-30-35 2 5 10-15-20-25-30-35
Fire retardant (cm/min) Pass
D2
D1
3 2-3-4 15-20-25-30-35-40 3 d 7 15-20-25-30-35-40
4 2-3-4 20-25-30-35-40-45 4 9 20-25-30-35-40-45
Other dimensions on request. Packed in bags of 10 pieces Other dimensions on request. Packed in bags of 10 pieces
L
*Notice
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
D2
D1
D2
D1
122 123
ORIENTED WIRE SHIELD Silicone sheet material with oriented wires for EMI shielding
and IP sealing. Can be cut into complicated shapes by CNC
» ORIENTED WIRE SHIELD 5711 - 5722
5711 - 5722 knife cutting, laser cutting and/or water jet cutting, or die-cut
Material Solid silicone Solid silicone Solid fluorosilicone Sponge silicone Sponge silicone
with monel wire with aluminium with monel wire with monel wire with aluminium wire
Part number 5711 5712 5713 5721 5722
Color Grey Grey Blue Grey Grey
Wire count/ sq. inch 900 900 900 900 900
Compression set 25% 25% 25% 25% 25%
Closing force (psi) 25-100 25-100 25-100 5-50 5-50
Fuel/solvent resistant No No Yes No No
Temperature ( °C) -65/200 -65/200 -55/200 -65/200 -65/200
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE (CONDUCTIVE PSA)

Elastomer Silicone or fluorosilicone Property Unit Outcome Test method
Conductive filler Monel wire, aluminium wire Surface resistance Ω/sq <0.10 MIL-DTL-83528C
ROHS compliance Yes Adhesive strength G/25mm 850 ASTM D 3330
Corrosion resistance Yes Conductive PSA - Acrylic + Ni -
Oriented wire shield 5711- 5722 is a composite gasket material DIMENSIONS UV resistance Yes Liner - Paper, film
consisting of a large number of small wires embedded and We produce sheets of 150 x 900mm, from which we can then Oil resistance Fluorosilicone type only
bonded in solid or sponge silicone, or fluorosilicone elastomer cut gaskets without interruptions. Bigger gaskets can be welded/ Fuel resistance Fluorosilicone type only AVAILABLE THICKNESSES
for oil resistance. joined together in order to prevent waste of material. IP rating Yes 0.81, 1.13, 1.38, 1.57, 2.40, 3.18, 3.96, 4.78, 6.35mm.
Other thicknesses on request.
The wires provide excellent conductivity to establish EMI / Custom compositions are available on request, simply by
RFI shielding. sending a drawing with the desired dimensions to our email ORDER EXAMPLE
address info@hollandshielding.com.
Part number Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness
The material is used in military, industrial and commercial
products requiring EMI suppression, grounding, or static BENEFITS
discharge. It is very suitable for applications where an • Temperatures up to 220 °C 5711 : Solid silicone Specify the desired Specify the desired 0.81 : 0.81mm thick
with Monel wires width in mm length in mm 1.13 : 1.13mm thick
environmental or pressure seal is required. • High shielding performance 5712 : Solid silicone 1.38 : 1.38mm thick
• Water sealing up to 10 meters with aluminium wires 1.57 : 1.57mm thick
5713 : Solid fluoro- 2.40 : 2.40mm thick
The sponge version is used in cases where the severe joint is • Pressure resistant silicone with Monel 3.18 : 3.18mm thick
uneven, or if lower closure forces or greater compressibility • Salt spray / chemical resistant wires
5721 : Sponge silicone
3.96 : 3.96mm thick
4.78 : 4.78mm thick
are required. • Fluorosilicone rubber for fuel/oil resistance with Monel wires 6.35 : 6.35mm thick
• Supplied as sheets, strips or die-cuts 5722 : Sponge silicone
with aluminium wires
TECHNICAL DRAWING
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB)
Silicone
Wires
PART NUMBERS
Material Part number
Solid silicone with monel wire 5711
Solid silicone with aluminium wire 5712
Solid fluorosilicone with monel wire 5713
Sponge silicone with monel wire 5721 Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
Results may vary in other situations, please read our Guarantee.
Sponge silicone with aluminium wire 5722
*Notice
124 125
CONDUCTIVE RUBBER SHEETS In EMI shielding, this rubber in particular is used as a
medium to provide electrical conductivity across a
» CONDUCTIVE RUBBER SHEETS 5750-S
5750-S gasket-flange interface
AVAILABLE SHEET THICKNESSES

Ag/Al Silicone conductive rubber (silver plated aluminium) 5750
Thickness (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.0
Part number 5750-1.0 5750-1.2 5750-1.5 5750-1.7 5750-2.0 5750-2.5 5750-3.0
Graphite conductive rubber 5755
Thickness (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.0
Part number 5755-1.0 5755-1.2 5755-1.5 5755-1.7 5755-2.0 5755-2.5 5755-3.0
Ni-Graphite conductive rubber (dark grey) 5760
Thickness (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.0
Part number 5760-1.0 5760-1.2 5760-1.5 5760-1.7 5760-2.0 5760-2.5 5760-3.0
WHAT QUESTIONS NEED TO BE ANSWERED TO SELECT THE RIGHT MATERIAL?

• What is the approximate shielding effectiveness you need to achieve for your application?
• What environment will this material be exposed to? Does the rubber need to be solvent or fuel resistant (fluorosilicone)?
• Are you looking for a semi-conductive/static dissipating material or is this a true EMI/RFI shielding application?
The rubber is made conductive by incorporating small BENEFITS HOW DOES THE CONDUCTIVE FILLER MATERIAL IN THE RUBBER COMPARE TO COSTS AND PERFORMANCE?
conductive metal particles throughout the material. It can • Excellent conductivity on the entire surface
provide an EMI-proof and watertight seal in narrow con- • Excellent electromagnetic shielding effect Part number Conductive filler Cost Conductivity Typical shielding effectiveness*
structions. • Easy die-cutting, kiss-cutting and slitting 5750 Silver plated aluminium $$$ Extremely conductive 120 dB
• Temperature ranges of -60 to +185oC (under certain 5760 Ni-graphite $$ Super conductive 100 dB
Electrically conductive rubbers are typically used for EMI circumstances, tolerance can be up to 220oC)
5755 Graphite $ Very conductive 70 dB
applications. But they are also useful for EMP protection,
wave-guide applications and against static electricity. SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
The rubber can be filled with silver, nickel, silvered glass, SPECIAL MATERIALS (ON REQUEST) ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE RUBBER
silvered aluminium, or graphite (only for ESD). Commercial These Conductive Rubber Sheets are also available in special IS AVAILABLE AS
EMI applications often choose Nickel-graphite conductive materials for special applications for example applications with • Sheets
rubber (Part number 5760) or Graphite conductive rubber chemicals. Below is a list of special materials. For availability • Molded parts
(Part number 5755) from a costs point of view, while and delivery please email info@hollandshielding.com • Die-cut or flash cut
military and aerospace applications often call for • Strip/Profile
Silver copper silicone conductive rubber (Part number • Silicone Carbon
5750) to meet Mil-G-83528C specifications. In military or • Fluorosilicone Nickel Graphite
aerospace, fluorosilicone versions may also be used due to • Silicone Nickel Graphite Flame Retardant
their chemical and fuel resistance. • Silicone Silver Aluminium
• Fluorosilicone Silver Aluminium
As the material shields high frequencies, electrically conductive • Fluorosilicone Nickel
rubber shows a shielding effect of 60 dB at 30MHz ~ 10GHz. • Silver Plated Nickel
Due to its excellent conductivity, grounding, and EMI shielding • Silvered Glass
effect, it is well suited for military communications equipment.
The rubber can be manufactured in various shapes such as TECHNICAL DETAILS
sheets, molded parts, die-cut, strips, o-rings, etc.
5750 5755 5760
Part number
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE INFORMATION (CON- ORDER EXAMPLE
Silver Copper Graphite Nickel Graphite
DUCTIVE PSA) Filler Ag/Al Graphite Ni-graphite
Base polymer Silicone Silicone Silicone Part number Type Thickness Width (mm) Length (mm) Tape code
Property Unit Outcome Test method Width (mm) 430 x 450 (larger sizes on request) S
Surface resistance Ω/sq <0.10 MIL-DTL-83528C Elongation, %, min. 90 50 50 5750 : Silver plated Check “Available Specify the width of Specify the length 02 : Without self-ad-
aluminium sheet thicknesses” the Conductive rub- of the Conductive hesive
Adhesive strength G/25mm 850 ASTM D 3330 Flame resistance, UL94 (horizontal) HB HB HB
5760 : Ni-graphite table above for more ber sheet in mm rubber sheet in mm 03 : with conductive
Flame resistance, UL94 (vertical) V-0 V-0 V-0 5755 : Graphite information self-adhesive (only
Conductive PSA - Acrylic + Ni - recommended on
Liner - Paper, Film - Volume resistance, Ohm-cm small sizes)
0.008 1.8 0.05
(expression of conductivity)
* Please note: Conductive adhesive is optional. By default, these Conductive rubber Operating temp. +125 +160 +160
gaskets are supplied without adhesive.
Range (oC) -55 -50 -55 *Notice
Color Dark tan Black Dark grey tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
Volume Resistivity (ohms) ASTM D991 0.005 2.2 0.04 products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
Specific Gravity (+/- 0.25) 3.5 2.0 2.0 determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
126 127
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE Felt, metalized with pure nickel
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER 5251 - Conductive fluorosilicone elastomer &
FELT 5730 5751-5752 5752 - Silicone shielding elastomer
We would like to present our 5730 conductive felt for EMI SPECIFICATIONS CONDUCTIVE FLUOROSILICONE ELASTOMER 5251 SILICONE SHIELDING ELASTOMER 5752
shielding. A special electrically conductive coating is applied 5751- Conductive fluorosilicone elastomer is a 45 durometer 5752- Silicone shielding elastomers is a 30-durometer (Shore
Part number 5730
to our felt products to make them conductive. This material (Shore A), electrically-conductive fluorosilicone compound A), electrically-conductive, silicone shielding compound that’s
is widely used in various industries for EMI shielding applica- Tensile strength >=230 N/5cm that is filled with silver-plated aluminium particles and filled with silver-plated aluminium particles and softer than
(Length of roll)
tions. Conductive felt is a non-woven polyester fabric with an comparable for conductive elastomer gaskets. many silver-aluminium materials. 5752- Silicone shielding
Tensile strength (across) >=340 N/5cm
electrically conductive nickel coating. The thickness is 1.5mm. elastomers combines EMI shielding with environmental sealing,
Fabric weight 150 g/m2 MIL-DTL-83528 TYPE D and proves that metal-filled conductive silicones don’t have
FEATURES Thickness 1.5mm 5751 - Conductive fluorosilicone elastomer is designed to to be “too hard” for demanding applications.
• Maximum width 470mm Max. elongation >=55% meet the requirements of MIL-DTL-83528 Type D for a
• Nickel coating: 35 - 40 g/m2
Flame resistance UL 94 HB
silver-plated, aluminium filled fluorosilicone capable of 90 MORE COMPRESSION, BETTER SEALING
dB of plane wave shielding effectiveness at 10 GHz, with a Seal designers worry that a gasket made from a hard rubber
OPTIONS continuous use temperature range of -55 °C to +160 °C, and will make an enclosure difficult to close, or allow the ingress
• With or without conductive adhesive resistant to solvents and jet fuels. of contaminants, chemicals, or water. Softer seal materials
• CNC cut according to your drawing can improve compression, but it’s still essential to avoid
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER GASKET MATERIALS metal-on-metal contact. To address customer requests
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* 5751 - Conductive fluorosilicone elastomer is supplied as and industry complaints about metal-filled elastomers, it is
fully-cured, conductive sheet stock or as ready-to-mold developed as a ultra-soft silicone with a true 30-duromter
Magnetic field H Electric field E Electric field E Plane wave compounds. Catalyzed raw materials are available for (Shore A).
3 MHz - 30 MHz 1 MHz - 30 MHz 100 MHz - 700 MHz 0.8 GHz - 18 GHz
press-cure molding and have a shelf life of six months.
3 MHZ 15 dB 1 MHZ 100 dB 100 MHZ 52 dB 0.8 GHz 67 dB Uncatalyzed materials have an indefinite shelf life, but may ULTRA-SOFT SILVER-ALUMINIUM SILICONE
10'MHZ 25 dB 5 MHZ 75 dB 150 MHZ 50 dB 0.9 GHz 70 dB require freshening after 1 to 2 years. 5752 - Silicone shielding elastomers are supplied as
15 MHZ 28 dB 10 MHZ 62 dB 400 MHZ 62 dB 1.0 GHz 70 dB fully-cured, conductive sheet stock; continuous extrusion
20 MHZ 32 dB 20 MHZ 60 dB 500 MHZ 65 dB 10.0 GHz 90 dB TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS profiles; or ready-to-mold compounds. Catalyzed raw
30 MHZ 35 dB 30 MHZ 56 dB 700 MHZ 70 dB 18.0 GHz 70 dB
materials are ready for press-cure molding and have a shelf
5251 5252 life of six months. Uncatalyzed materials have an indefinite
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. In other situations, results may differ; please read our Guarantee.
Shore A (40-50 range) 45 30 shelf life, but may require freshening after 1 to 2 years.
Tensile psi (150 minimum) 185 psi 90 psi
ORDER EXAMPLE Elongation % (300 minimum) 350% 675%
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Part number Width (mm) Length (mm)
21%
Compression Set % (30 max.) -
5730 (70 hours at 100 °C) 5751
Specify the width in Specify the length Tear “B” ppi (report) 20 5751 : Conductive Specify the width of Specify the width of
mm. Maximum width in mm. fluorosilicone elastomer the sheet in mm the sheet in mm
of 470mm Specific Gravity (1.75 – 2.25) 2.08 2.1 5752 : silicone
Volume Resistivity ohm / cm shielding elastomer
.002 ohm /cm .008 ohm /cm
(0.004 max.)
Color Tan Tan
*Notice Thermal Stability Range -60 °C - 220 °C -60 °C - 220 °C

tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either Thermal Conductivity - 1.5 W/mK
128 129
CONDUCTIVE FOAM TAPE 5775 Conductive Foam tape is an Electric Conductive Open
cell Foam elastomers With highly compressible and
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE Foam structure with foam as its central layer, suitable
superior resilience property FOAM 5770 for EMI shielding and absorbing gaskets
Conductive foam tape conducts electricity botch horizontally PROPERTIES This conductive foam is made of polyurethane foam coated TECHNICAL DRAWING
and vertically. • Highly compressible with minimal force, good resilience, with copper and nickel. Compression is 25% to 75%.
fast recovery The maximum application temperature is between 60
Conductive foam tape is better than of plated sponge for • Pass salt water and corrosion resistance test and 70 degrees Celsius.
Acrylic
less powder detachment when cutting, friction and • Meet Halogen Free, EU-RoHS, thermal resistance liner
repeating compression. • Easy to Die cut and converting due to roll type product The material will return to almost its original height when
• Minimal dust and metal powder detach for external friction, released. The foam is covered with a layer of conductive
Conductive foam tape is easy to attach to objects due to repeating compression, handling and production polyurethane to protect it from environmental influences TECHNICAL DATA
electric conductive adhesive tape on the bottom, and easy • Good electric conduction horizontally and vertically and to prevent burrs when cutting. Its conductivity is
for converting due to roll supply. excellent in all directions (X, Y, and Z). Conductive foam is Item Data
APPLICATIONS fire retardant as well as RoHS compliant. Thickness (mm) 1, 2, 2.2 or 3.4
Thickness of the conductive foam tape is from 0.2mm to 0.5mm • EMI Shielding (other sizes on request)
• EMI Grounding CHARACTERIZED BY: Color Grey

TECHNICAL DETAILS • EMI Wall • Available in thicknesses of 1, 2, 2.2 and 3.4mm Width (mm) Max. 950
• EMI Gasket • Several layers can be joined together for thickness, on Length (meters) Max. 950
Subject Unit 5775 Series 5776 Series • EMI Tape request
Adhesive strength (gf/25mm) >1.000
Foam - Silicone rubber + Metal + CNT Powder • Electric connector • Excellent electric conductivity throughout the material
• Etc • Excellent electromagnetic shielding effect Holding strength (sec) >3.600
Color - Black
• High workability due to adhesion Surface resistance (Ω/sq) 0.2
0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4, 0.45, 0.5mm
Thickness Mm (Thickness including adhesive tape types) CARRIERS • Easy die cutting, kiss cutting and slitting Surface resistance (Ω/in) 1.0 max
Width/length Mm 110mm / Roll or Customizing sizes The conductive foam tape comes in two versions. One with • Size - Sheet type: max 950 x 950mm Volume resistance (Ω/sq) 0.2
a amucor carrier (aluminium alloy) or a conductive textile (other sizes on request)
Temperature °C 105 °C (Depend on adhesive tape type) Top-bottom resistance (Ω/in) 1.0 max
carrier.
Resistance
(top to bottom) Ω Typical. 0.1 Ω APPLICATIONS RoHS Compliant
ORDER EXAMPLE • Mobile phone Fire retardant (cm/min) Pass
Surface Resistance Ω/□ Typical. 0.1 Ω/□
• Cable tray Max. application temperature Between 60 and 70 degrees
Part number Thickness (mm) Width (mm)
Recommended
compression % Max. 50% of original height • Shielded rooms
Compression
Force Kgf/cm² Max. 1.0 (compress 40% of original height) 5775 : Conductive 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, The maximum width
foam tape with Con- 0.4, 0.45, 0.5mm is 100mm
Typical. 85% (For 85 °C, 85%RH, 30% Compression) ductive Al carrier (including adhesive
Recoverability % 5776 : Conductive tape types
Typical. 90% (For 10.000 Times, 40% Compression)
foam tape with Con-
Powder Adhesion Eye Less powder detaching to testing tape. ductive Fabric carrier
Adhesion Force Kgf/inch² Min. 0.8 Length (mm) Type

Salt water, damp Eye No color change
heat test
The maximum length 1 : Open cell foam
Environment - Halogen & Pb Free, meets EU RoHS Non CI is 50000mm 2 : Closed cell foam
(50 meters) on open cell foam
Adhesive Tape Amucor/Conduc- Conductive Fabric/conduc-
-
(acrylic) tive Al tive textile
Advantage - Compatible price Flexible, Re-workable
130 131
FOILS & TAPES
» ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE FOAM 5770 STRETCH CONDUCTIVE FABRIC Stretch conductive fabric is coated with a medical-grade
4900 silver coating and can be stretched in both directions
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Mesh: woven polyester, copper and nickel coated
• Conductive foam: polyurethane foam
(copper and nickel coated)
• PSA: acrylic ester polyol copolymer + nickel powder
• PU coating: polymer resin (polyurethane)
• Release liner: CP paper avg 150 μm
BENEFITS AND OPTIONS

• With or without self-adhesive
• Supplied as sheets, strips or die-cuts
• With water seal
• Resistant to high temperatures, with cooling holes
• Reinforced with non-woven fabric on 1 or 2 sides
• PSA attachment method option
• Nickel/copper metalization
• X-Y-Z axis conductivity
• Tolerance of ± 0.5mm
• I/O static applications/gasket replacement
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* This conductive fabric is coated with a medical-grade silver ATTENUATION
coating and has a broad range of applications, since it can be
stretched in both directions - lengthwise even up to 100% of
its original dimension! The fabric can be used as an anti-
bacterial wound or burn dressing (note: the material is not
supplied sterile) but it is also a great material for electrode
contacts, clothing, or other shielded garments. Not only is
the material highly conductive, but the conductivity increas-
es up to 25% as it stretches, which is convenient for smart
textile applications. The silver coating is 99,9% pure.
ADVANTAGES
• The width of the fabric affects the percentage of conductivity
Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may • The material is very consistent in quality
vary in other situations. Please read our Guarantee.
• When the material is stretched lengthwise, its conductivity in-
creases; when you stretch it crosswise, conductivity decreases
• Crosswise the fabric can be stretched by around 60%,
and lengthwise by almost 100%
APPLICATIONS
• “Intelligent” or shielding garments
• Cable shielding wrap
• Technology where a change in conductivity with stretch
is important
SPECIFICATIONS
ORDER EXAMPLE Property Test value
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness (mm) Adhesive
Thickness 0.40mm
5770 Standard width 135 cm (52 inch) ORDER EXAMPLE
Specify the width of Specify the width of Available: SSA 01 : Standard
the sheet in mm the sheet in mm 1, 2, 2.2, 3.4mm. adhesive (non-con- Temperature range -30 to 90oC Series Width (mm) Length (mm)
Other on request ductive)
NON 02 : Without Lengthwise stretch ~100% x length 4900
self-adhesive Crosswise stretch ~60% x width
CSA 03 : With conduc- Specify the width Specify the length
tive self-adhesive in mm in mm
Surface resistivity < 0.5 Ohm/sq. (unstretched)
Weight 4.3 oz/yd²
*Notice
132 133
MU-COPPER TAPE 3200 A large series of electrically conductive tapes for
EMI/RFI shielding, ideal for grounding, conductance
» MU-COPPER TAPE 3200
and EMI/RFI shielding of housings/Faraday cages
COPPER TAPE WITH CONDUCTIVE 3206 DIE-CUT MOUNTING TAPE / SANDWICH

ADHESIVE 3201, 3212 & 3218 COPPER TAPE
A flexible metal foil with a highly conductive self-adhesive A flexible metal foil, laminated on 2 sides with a conductive
on one side, with a release liner self-adhesive. Available in sheets and rolls.
• Conductive acrylic adhesive
• Supplied on a removable liner for easy handling and
die-cutting
Like all Holland Shielding System BV tapes, Copper tape 3201 Conductive adhesive
is available in standard and custom widths and lengths. Metal foil
The standard length is 16.5 meters. Conductive adhesive
Siliconised paper
Standard thickness for this tape: 3207 COPPER TAPE WITH

• 0.035mm (part no. 3201) PAPER INSULATION
rolls in any • 0.12mm (part no. 3212) Similar to Tape 3201, but with a paper layer added to
• 0.18mm (part no. 3218) insulate the top layer of copper.
width • Other on request • Thickness of the copper is 0.035mm
• Thickness of the paper insulation layer is 0.5mm
• Available up to a width of 1500mm
Many EMI problems can be solved easily with Mu-copper SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS
foil or tape. Mu-copper tape is available with or without There are many factors that influence the actual effectiveness Copper
(conductive) self-adhesive and an optional insulation layer. of an EMI/RFI shielding tape after it has been applied, such Conductive adhesive
Mu-copper tape can be cut to any width starting at 3mm as the type and thickness of foil, type of adhesive, closeness Siliconised paper
Paper
and can be delivered from stock. The most commonly used of contact, smoothness of application surface, strength and Metal foil
width is 25mm; standard roll length is 16.5 meters. frequency of the EMI/RFI signal, etc. Still, attenuation values 3202 TINNED COPPER TAPE Conductive adhesive
can be determined using standard tests and fixtures. Similar to Tape 3201, but with a layer of tin added for Siliconised paper
When large surfaces are to be shielded, it is recommended protection against corrosion and better solder-ability.
to cover most of the surface with Mu-copper foil, possibly in For EMI/RFI shielding tape, typical shielding effectiveness
combination with tape with a conductive self-adhesive. This (far field) is in the range of 60dB to 80dB (10 kHz to 20 GHz).
solution is much cheaper than covering the entire surface For more specifications see table and graph below.
with tape strips.
3200 - MU-COPPER TAPE VS OTHER TAPES Tin
Mu-copper tape can also be delivered as die-cut, according to Copper
your drawing, on strips or in pieces (as stickers), with optional Conductive adhesive
self-adhesive. Almost every shape and size is possible. Siliconised paper
APPLICATIONS
• EMI shielding of plastic enclosure parts TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS
• EMI shielding tape/gasket
3201 (0.035mm thick),
• Shielding of all non-conductive materials Part number
3212 (0.12mm thick), 3202 3206 3207
(with conductive adhesive)
• Ground plane 3218 (0.18mm thick)
• Anti-static floors (ESD floors) Part number (with standard adhesive) 3301 3302 3306 3307
• Electrical connection between surfaces
Construction
• Shielding in housings and Faraday cages
• Temporary shielding during tests Foil material Soft copper Soft copper Soft copper Soft copper with paper
• Mounting transparent foils and windows for Surface Shiny Tinned - Bright
EMI/RFI shielding Foil thickness 0.035mm 0.035mm 0.035mm 0.035mm
• Cable shielding (tape wrapped around cable)
Total thickness 0.060mm 0.060mm 0.085mm 0.060mm
• Temporary shielding during emissions and
immunity tests Adhesive Synthetic conductive resin Synthetic conductive resin Synthetic conductive resin Synthetic conductive resin
Adhesive performance 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm
Tensile strength 55 N/cm 40 N/cm 55 N/cm 55 N/cm
Temperature resistance 155 °C 155 °C 155 °C -
El. resistance through adhesive 0.003 Ohms 0.003 Ohms 0.003 Ohms 0.003 Ohms
10, 25, 50, 100

Standard roll width (mm)
Other width on request
Min. 16.5m (standard)

Roll length
cut in any
Other roll length on request
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may differ in other situations. Please read our Guarantee.
size or shape
134 135
ALUMINIUM TAPE 3203 CONTACT-SURFACE TAPE 3204 MOUNTING TAPE 3205 SEMI-CONDUCTIVE
NON-WOVEN 4771
Aluminium tape was developed especially for EMI/RFI This contact-surface tape is used to improve the corrosion A double-sided self-adhesive transfer tape for mounting Semi-Conducting non waven tapes primary function is to
shielding/screening in aluminium housings and frames to resistance of construction metals (like untreated steel purposes. This tape can be applied much more quickly than a equalize the field current around the conductor or core and
prevent galvanic corrosion. plates), or to improve galvanic compatibility when 2 metal conductive glue and it is easy to position it very accurately. to ensure electrical contact with the earthing system. This
parts are connected with a gasket. After the parts have been No time is required for curing (for the pressure-sensitive reduces the electrical stress on the insulation material and
We not only produce our aluminium tape on rolls, but also coated, the paint overlaps the metal tape to increase the version). For lower resistance and/or to fill in gaps on a rough enhances performance. They can also be used to prevent
die-cut according to the customer’s drawing on strips or in bonding. surface, we recommend Shieldokit electrically conductive electrolytic corrosion of metallic armour layers.
pieces (as stickers), both with or without self-adhesive. two-component adhesive
BENEFITS
• Good bedding performance
• Good conductive properties
• Strong material
Metal foil Masking tape
Conductive adhesive
Metal foil
Conductive adhesive
Conductive adhesive
Siliconised paper APPLICATIONS
Siliconised paper
Siliconised paper • ESD lining
• EMI shielding of cables
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION • Shielding and electric field control
Part number (with conductive adhesive) 3203 Part number (with conductive adhesive) 3204 Part number (with conductive adhesive) 3205 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS
Part number (with standard adhesive) 3303 Part number (with standard adhesive) 3304 Part number (with standard adhesive) -
Part number Test
Construction Construction Construction Properties 4771-0.14 4771-0.15 4771-0.18 4771-0.30 4771-0.50 method
Foil material Aluminium ISO

Foil material Soft copper Color Transparent Thickness (mm) 0.14 0.15 0.18 0.30 0.50
9073-2
Surface Shiny Surface Shiny Base material Silicone release paper
Mass per unit ISO
60 100 95 60 95
Foil thickness 0.040mm Foil thickness 0.035mm Total thickness 0.050 mm area (g/m2) 9073-1
Total thickness 0.065mm Total thickness 0.060mm Adhesive Electrically conductive acrylic Tensile strength ISO
35 60 60 35 60
(N/cm) 9073-3
Adhesive Synthetic conductive resin Adhesive Synthetic conductive resin Adhesive performance 5.5 N/cm
ISO
Adhesive performance 4.5 N/cm Elongation (%) 13 13 14 13 14
Adhesive performance 4.5 N/cm Standard -20oC up to +130oC 9073-3
Temperature resistance
Short term up to 180oC
Tensile strength 25 N/cm Tensile strength 55 N/cm Specific length DIN 54345
10 5 800 800 600
Electrical resistance 0.01Ω/□ resistivity (Ωcm) Part 5
Temperature resistance 155 °C Temperature resistance 155 °C
Shelf life 6 months from date of delivery Volume resistiv- DIN 54345
El. resistance through adhesive 0.003 Ohm El. resistance through adhesive 0.003 Ohm 20 10 50 10 10
ity (kΩcm) Part 1
Cool and dry in original packaging at 23oC +/-
10, 25, 50, 100 10, 25, 50, 100 Storage
Standard roll widths(mm) Standard roll width (mm) 2oC and 50% Relative Humidity +/- 2% RH Service tem- IEC 60216
Other width on request Other width on request <140
perature ( °C) (TIS 045)
10, 25, 50, 100
Min. 16.5m (standard) Min. 16.5m (standard) Standard roll widths (mm)
Roll length Roll length Other width on request Processing tem-
Other roll length on request Other roll length on request <225 (TIS 045)
perature ( °C)
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Roll lengths
Other roll length on request Max. width 960mm
136 137
MU-FERRO TAPE 3208 Mu-ferro foil and tape have been developed for
low-frequency (LF) magnetic field shielding
» MU-FERRO TAPE 3208
MU-FERRO FOIL (3284) STANDARD PART NUMBERS

MU-FERRO FOIL WITH 0.15MM THICK, WHITE
INSULATION LAYER (3408)
Mu-ferro foil
Mu-ferro foil
MU-FERRO TAPE WITH Insulation layer (white)
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE (3208)
MU-FERRO FOIL WITH 0.22MM THICK, BLACK
INSULATION LAYER (3468)
Mu-ferro tape
Conductive adhesive
Siliconised paper
MU-FERRO TAPE WITH Mu-ferro foil

STANDARD ADHESIVE (3305) Insulation layer (black)
PROPERTIES
Mu-ferro foil/tape is a thin foil; its thickness is only 0.023mm. • Easy to bend
It combines excellent soft magnetic properties with unusual • Easy to fold
mechanical hardness and flexibility. This means that tight • Can be cut with scissors
bends can be realized with only very slight impairment of • Good corrosion resistance in a normal environment
Mu-ferro tape
permeability. The fine strip thickness and comparatively low • Bending, folding, cutting does not cause major loss of Adhesive
electrical conductivity permit effective shielding even of attenuation Siliconised paper
higher-frequency fields.
GROUNDING
APPLICATIONS Due to the highly conductive surface this material can be STANDARD PART NUMBERS
The primary applications of Mu-ferro foil/tape are flexible grounded easily to shield low-frequency (LF) electric fields.
shielded cables with small diameters and rapid, flexible For professional grounding please contact us. Specification
Part number
solutions to problems at low field strengths. 3284 3208 3305 3408 3468
Width Any width up to 50mm
OTHER APPLICATIONS Length By the meter; rolls of up to 100m
Construction
• Magnet heads Product description Mu-ferro foil Mu-ferro tape with Mu-ferro tape with Mu-ferro foil with 0.15mm Mu-ferro foil with 0.22mm
14 dB = 80 % (for more shielding, use conductive adhesive standard adhesive thick, white insulation layer thick, black insulation layer
• Magnetic field sensors Attenuation LF magnetic field multiple layers)
• Chokes Foil material Mu-ferro Mu-ferro Mu-ferro Mu-ferro Mu-ferro
Permeability μ 4 = 10000; μ max. = 25.000
• Transformers Surface Silver color Silver color Silver color Silver color Silver color
Saturation induction Bs 0.58 T
• Electronic article-surveillance tags Foil thickness 0.023mm 0.023mm 0.023mm 0.023mm 0.023mm
Density 7.7 g/cm³
Total thickness 0.023mm 0.048mm 0.048mm 0.175mm 0.243mm
ADVANTAGES Curie temperature °C 200
Adhesive No adhesive Synthetic conductive resin Synthetic conductive resin No adhesive No adhesive
• Very high permeability Crystallization temperature Tx °C 530
• Low losses Adhesive performance - 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm - -
Specific electrical resistance 1.4 µΩm
Tensile strength - - - - -
CHARACTERISTICS These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. Temperature resistance - - - - -
Mu-ferro foil works well for shielding low-frequency magnetic
El. resistance through
fields. Due to the low electrical resistance it shields both adhesive - 0.003 ohms 0.003 ohms - -
low-frequency electric fields (LF) and high-frequency fields max. 50mm
Standard roll widths (mm)
(HF). Comparable with Mu-Metal specifications. Other width on request
max. 100 m
Roll lengths Other roll length on request
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
*Notice
cut in any tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates
size or shape products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
138 139
Metal foil (Amucor)
PET
Metal foil (Amucor)
AMUCOR TAPE SERIES 4700 Amucor foil and tape for EMI shielding. Amucor foil or tape
can be used to shield plastic housings and enclosures
» AMUCOR TAPE SERIES 4700
Non conductive protection layer

AMUCOR TAPE WITH
Metal foilSTANDARD
(Amucor) ADHESIVE AMUCOR TAPE WITH
Metal foilPET IN THE MIDDLE AND
(amucor)
(4702) PET CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE
Reinforcement(4718)
net
Non conductive PET
Metal foil (Amucor)
This is an Amucor tape (type of aluminium) that is 11 microns
PET
Sandwich tape consisting ofself
Optional two layers(4707)
adhesive of Amucor (11
/ conductive
thick, reinforced with polyester (23 microns thick) and with an microns thick) with polyester (23
self adhesive microns thick) in between
(4708)
Siliconized paper (4707 / 4708)
acrylic adhesive on the back. and a conductive adhesive on the back.
Metal foil (Amucor)

PET
Metal foil (Amucor) Metal foil (Amucor)
Adhesive
PET PET
Siliconised paper
Adhesive Metal foil (Amucor)
Siliconised paper Conductive adhesive (optional)
Siliconisted paper (optional)
AMUCOR FOIL WITH PET IN THE MIDDLE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND

(4716) Metal foil (Amucor) PART NUMBERS
Amucor foil + PET filmPET+ Amucor
Metal foil. This product consists of
foil (Amucor)
PET thick Amucor with a 23 microns lay-
two layers of 11 microns Part number
4701 4716 4706
Metal foil (Amucor)
Conductive Adhesive (Foil without adhesive)
er of polyester in between.
PET This material is extremely strong.
Siliconised paper Part number
Conductive Adhesive 4702 4717 4707
(Tape with standard adhesive)
Many EMI problems can be solved easily by the use of SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Siliconised paper
Part number
Amucor foil or tape, a commonly used material. Amucor There are many factors that influence the actual effectiveness (Tape with conductive 4703 4718 4708
adhesive)
foil and tape can be produced with or without (conductive) of an EMI/RFI-shielding tape after it has been applied, such as
self-adhesive and an optional insulation layer. type and thickness of the foil, type of adhesive, closeness of Metal foil (Amucor) Part number
(Foil with insulation layer 4704 4719 4709
contact, smoothness of the application surface, strength and PET (UL94V-0) 0.15mm (white))
Metal foil (Amucor)
Adhesive
Amucor tape can be cut to any width starting at 3mm and frequency of the EMI/RFI signal, etc. Still, a nominal attenuation PET
Siliconised paper Part number
can be delivered from stock. The most commonly used value can be determined using standard tests and fixtures. Metal foil (Amucor) (Foil with insulation layer
(UL94V-0) 0.22mm (black))
4705 4720 4710
width is 25mm. The standard roll length is 16.5 meters. PET

Metal foil (Amucor)
140
AMUCOR FOIL WITH A REINFORCEMENT NET Construction
If coverage of large surfaces is needed, it is usually best to 120
(4706)
use tape with a conductive self-adhesive in combination 100 Amucor foil can also be produced with a strengthening re- Foil material Amucor Amucor and PET
Amucor with a
reinforcement net
with foil. This solution is much cheaper than only using tape. 80
inforcement net. Because the(Amucor)
Metal foil reinforcement net makes this
Non conductive protection layer
Attenuation (dB)
material so strong, it PET

can
Metal
be produced
foil (amucor)
in a very large width Surface Bright Bright Bright
60 Conductive Adhesive
Amucor foil can also be delivered as die-cut, according to of 3100mm. This material is designed
Non conductive
Reinforcement to cover
protection
net layer walls and Foil thickness 0.023mm 0.35mm -
Siliconised paper
the customer’s drawing, on a strip or in pieces (stickers), 40
floors for protection against
Metal foilunwanted
Non conductive PET radio frequencies (RF).
(amucor) Total thickness 0.048mm 0.3725mm -
with optional self-adhesive. 20 Reinforcement
The material can alsoOptional
be used selfto net
adhesive (4707)
quickly / conductive
create a shielded
self adhesive (4708) Synthetic conduc- Synthetic conduc-
room, for example byNon conductive PET Adhesive -
Optional self adhesive (4707) / conductive box.
covering the walls of a wooden tive resin tive resin
0 Siliconized paper (4707 / 4708)
OPTIONS
0 1 100 500 1000 5000 10000 150000 200000
Magnetic Frequency MHz Please note: at the topselfof the metal
adhesive (4708) is a thin insulation layer Adhesive performance 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm -
for protection againstSiliconized paper (4707 / 4708)

Electric (Amucor)
• Fire-retardant version Electric (Amucor + copper)
corrosion. El. resistance through
0.003 Ohm 0.003 Ohm 0.003 Ohm
• With (conductive) self-adhesive backing adhesive
Metal foil (Amucor)
• With insulation layer Amucor foil with a reinforcement
PET net can be produced as a For tape, standard roll widths
10, 25, 50, 100 10, 25, 50, 100 10, 25, 50, 100
AMUCOR FOIL 4701
(mm) *
• Die-cutting to any shape according to CAD drawing foil (4706) without self-adhesive but is also available as tape
Metal foil (Amucor)
Metal foil (Amucor) For foil, standard foil widths
The reinforced Amucor foil is both cost effective and heat (4707), with standardPETadhesive. (mm) *
1100 1100 3100
APPLICATIONS resistant. This thin foil can be applied easily to any surface Metal foil (Amucor) Min. 16.5m (standard)
• EMI shielding of plastic enclosure parts and any shape of housing. We can also supply the foil, PET
Conductive adhesive (optional) Roll lengths
Other roll length on request
(EMI/RFI-shielding tape/gasket) which is 0.04mm thick, in a die-cut version. Metal foil (Amucor)
Siliconisted paper (optional) * Other dimensions on request
Conductive adhesive (optional)
• Shielding all non-conductive materials Siliconisted paperprotection
(optional) layer
• Ground plane Non conductive
Metal foil (amucor)
ORDER EXAMPLE
• Anti static floor (ESD floor) Reinforcement net
• Electrical connection between surfaces (sheets/foils) Non conductive PET
Part number Width (mm) Length (meters)
• Die-cuts Optional self adhesive (4707) / conductive
Metal foil (Amucor) self adhesive (4708)
• Shielding in housings and Faraday cages Siliconized paper (4707 / 4708) Please choose a part Specify the width of Specify the length of
PET
• Temporary shielding during tests number out of the
table
the tape in mm the tape in meters
• Mounting transparent foils, windows for EMI/RFI shielding
• Cable shielding (wrapped around the cable)
• Temporary shielding during emission and immunity test ADVANTAGES
• Cost-effective
Metal foil (Amucor)
• Easily follows the contours of the housing
PET
• Fire-retardant Metal foil (Amucor)
• Extremely strong Metal
PET
foil (Amucor)
Conductive adhesive (optional)
• Corrosion free Adhesive Siliconisted paper (optional)
Siliconised paper
140 141
AMUCOR FOIL WITH A Amucor foil with reinforcement net for EMI shielding where » AMUCOR FOIL WITH A REINFORCEMENT NET 4706
REINFORCEMENT NET 4706 a strong but also very wide shielding film is required
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
AND PART NUMBERS
Part number 4701 4716 4706
(Foil without adhesive)
Part number
(Tape with standard 4702 4717 4707
adhesive)
Part number
(Tape with conductive 4703 4718 4708
adhesive)
Part number
(UL94V-0) 0.15mm (white))
Part number
(UL94V-0) 0.22mm (black))
Construction
Amucor with a
Amucor and
Foil material Amucor reinforcement
Cage during building PET net
Surface Bright Bright Bright
Many EMI problems can be solved easily by the use of APPLICATIONS SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Foil thickness 0.023mm 0.35mm -
Amucor foil or tape. When there is a very broad and strong • EMI shielding of plastic enclosure parts (EMI/RFI shield- There are many factors that influence the true effectiveness Total thickness 0.048mm 0.3725mm -
shielding foil required, than our 4706 Amucor foil with re- ing tape/gasket) Metal foil (Amucor) of a EMI/RFI shielding tape when applied, such as type and
PET Synthetic con- Synthetic con-
inforcement net can provide the solution. The shielding foil • Shielding all non-conductive materials thickness of foil, type of adhesive, closeness of contact, Adhesive ductive resin ductive resin -
can be produced with or without (conductive) self-adhesive • Ground plane smoothness of application surface, strength and frequency Adhesive performance 4.5 N/cm 4.5 N/cm -
and an optional insulation layer. • Anti static floor (ESD floor) of the EMI/RFI signal, etc. Still, an attenuation value can be
Tensile strength - - -
• Electrical connection between surfaces (sheets / foils) determined using standard tests and fixtures.
Amucor foil with reinforcement net can be cut to any width • Die-cuts Temperature resistance - - -
and can be delivered from stock. The most commonly used • Shielding in housings and Faraday cages ORDER EXAMPLE El. resistance through N/A N/A N/A
adhesive
width is 1000mm. Standard roll length is 16.5 meters. • Temporary shielding during tests
Metal foil (Amucor) Part number Width (mm) Length (mm)
• Mounting transparentPET foils, windows for EMI/RFI shielding
For tape, standard roll widths
(mm) * 10, 25, 50, 100 10, 25, 50, 100 10, 25, 50, 100
Amucor foil with reinforcement net can also be deliver as • Cable shielding (Wrap
Adhesivearound the cable)
For foil, standard foil widths
die-cut, according to your drawing, on strip or in pieces (as a • Temporary shielding during
Siliconised emission and immunity tests
paper See part number Amucor foil with Specify the length
(mm) * 1100 1100 3100
table above for other reinforcement net in mm
sticker), with optional self-adhesive. embodiments of the can be delivered up
AMUCOR FOIL WITH A REINFORCEMENT NET shielding film to 3100mm en is
suitable for shielding a
Roll lengths Min. 16.5m (standard)
other roll length on request
OPTIONS (4706) complete room. Other
* Other dimensions on request
• Fire-retardant version Amucor foil can also be produced with a strengthening rein- foils can be delivered
up to 1100mm width.
• With (conductive) self-adhesive backing forcement net. Because the material with the reinforcement Please note, at the top of the metal is a thin insulation layer
Metal foil (Amucor)
• With insulation layer net is so strong, it canPETbe produced in a very large width of for protection against corrosion.
• Die-cutting in any shape according to CAD drawing 3100mm. This material is designed
Conductive to cover walls and floor
Adhesive
for protection againstSiliconised
unwanted paperradio frequencies (RF). The
material can also be used to very quickly create a shielded
room, for example from a wooden box.
Amucor foil with a reinforcement net can be produced as a

foil (4706) without self-adhesive but can also be produced as
tape (4707), with standard
Metal foiladhesive
(Amucor) or as tape (4708) with
conductive adhesive.PET
Metal foil (Amucor)
rolls in any cut in any

Non conductive protection layer width size or shape
Big amucor cage for drone testing Metal foil (amucor)
Reinforcement net
Non conductive PET
Optional self adhesive (4707) / conductive *Notice
self adhesive (4708) Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
Siliconized paper (4707 / 4708) reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
142 Metal foil (Amucor) 143

CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE 4711 Very easy to apply to plastic housings
to create an EMI-shielded housing
» CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE 4711
Conductive textile
4713 - CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE TAPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

WITH CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE
Our conductive textile tape with conductive
Conductive textile adhesive on the Item Unit Specification Test standard
back can be supplied onConductive

rolls. The textile
tape is easy to use, e.g. Max. width Mm 700 GB/T4667-1995
for shielding cables. After application of the tape, the cables
Adhesive Thickness Mm 0.16 ± 0.02 FZ/T01003-1991
remain flexible. Siliconised paper Weight �r/m2 240 ± 10 GB/T4669-1995
Fabric density T 260

Conductive textile Textile Rip stop
Flame-retardant level UL94V0

Conductive textile
Adhesive Shielding effectivity dB > 60dB in 10MHz-3GHz SJ20524-1995
Siliconised paper
Copper Surface resistivity Ω/sq < 0.05 ASTM F390
Conductive adhesive Coating component Cu+Ni
Siliconised paper Basic material Polyester
Conductive textile Polyester content % 24 ± 3
4714 / 4715 - CONDUCTIVEAdhesive TEXTILE TAPE
WITH INSULATIONSiliconisedLAYER paper Copper content % 8±2
Nickel content % 6±2

Our conductive textile tape
Copperwith adhesive on the back can be
supplied with a 0.15mmConductive
thick white insulation layer or with a
adhesive Hot-melt adhesive % 62 ± 5
0.22mm thick black one,Conductive

and can paper
Siliconised be delivered on rolls.
textile Storage conditions
-20 °C - 40 °C, Relative humidity
Conductive textile is made of a nylon rip stop fabric, metallized SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (0.10MM THICK) Insulation layer
< 65%
with Cu/Ni, extremely strong and flexible. It has conductivity in Adhesive Fire point °C 250 °C, never self-ignites
all directions, i.e. along the axes X, Y and Z. Conductive textile Siliconised paper
Copper
Fire extinguisher Water, carbon
can be supplied as a cloth or as pressure-sensitive adhesive Conductive adhesive Notice

Some people develop a skin allergy
after prolonged contact
(PAS) tape which is easy to apply to plastic housings in order to Siliconised paper
cover complex forms and shapes. Conductive textile has low Conductive textile
Non-toxic, tasteless, does not
decompose with a toxic or irritating
contact resistance and the tape version has superior adhesive Insulation layer
Waste handling
odor; can be disposed of with house-
hold waste (landfill or incineration).
force. The product shields electromagnetic interference (EMI) Adhesive
effectively. Conductivepaper
Siliconised textile
Hot melt adhesive STANDARD PART NUMBERS
Laminates of metal foils with flame-retardant Nomex or Valox 4721 - CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE
Conductive WITH HOT-MELT
textile
are also available. See our Mu-copper tapes or Amucor tapes. ADHESIVE (FLAMEInsulation
RETARDANTlayer LEVEL: UL94V0) Part number Type Thickness Max. width
Our conductive textile with hot-melt adhesive is flame

Adhesive 4711 Conductive textile cloth 0.06mm 1400mm
OPTIONS retardant to the level ofSiliconised
UL94V0. paper 4712 Conductive textile tape with standard adhesive 0.0825mm 1070mm
• Flame-retardant version 4711 - CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE CLOTH Conductive textile 4713 Conductive textile tape with conductive adhesive 0.0825mm 1070mm
• With (conductive) self-adhesive backing Our conductive textile cloth can be delivered on rolls or as Hot melt adhesive Conductive textile tape with standard adhesive
• With insulation layer a sheet. The cloth can also be cut into any desired shape 4714
and 0.15mm white insulation layer
0.21mm 1070mm
• Die-cutting to any shape according to a customer’s CAD drawing. Conductive textile tape with standard adhesive
4715 0.28mm 1070mm
and 0.22mm black insulation layer
ADVANTAGES Conductive textile 4721

Conductive textile with hot-melt adhesive (Flame
0.16mm 700mm
retardant level: UL94V0)
• Easily follows the contours of your housing Hot melt adhesive
• Flame retardant Standard roll width (mm)
10, 25, 50, 100
*Any roll width available on request
• Extremely strong
• Corrosion free ORDER EXAMPLE Roll length
*other roll length on request
• Can be applied as die cut parts, as a sheet or in roll form Conductive textile
Part number Width (mm) Length (mm) These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
APPLICATIONS
• Shielding plastic enclosure parts 4712 - CONDUCTIVE TEXTILE TAPE 4711 : Conductive
textile fabric
Specify the desired
width in mm.
Specify the desired
length in mm.
• Shielding all non-conductive materials WITH STANDARD ADHESIVE 4712 : Conductive When you order When you order Con-
textile tape (with Conductive textile ductive textile tape
• Ground plane Our conductive textile tape with standard non-conductive standard adhesive) tape (part number (part number 4713)
• Anti static floor adhesive on the back can beConductive
supplied ontextile
rolls. The tape is 4713 : Conductive 4713) this generally this generally is 16.5
textile tape (with con- is 25mm meters (16500mm)
• Electrical connection between surfaces (sheets/foils) easy to use, e.g. for shielding cables. After application of the ductive self-adhesive)
• Die-cuts tape, the cables remain flexible.
Conductive textile 4714 : Conductive Top finish *Notice
textile tape (with in- Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
• Shielding in housings Adhesive sulation layer 0.15mm tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
• Shielding cables Siliconised paper
white)
4715 : Conductive #01 : without insula-
• Temporary shielding during tests textile tape (with in- tion layer for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
sulation layer 0.22mm #02 : with insulation determine suitability.
black) layer
4721 : Conductive #03 : with flame retar- The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
textile with hot melt dant insulation layer the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
Conductive textile adhesive (Flame retar- #04 : with conductive expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
dant level:UL94V0) self-adhesive layer or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
Adhesive sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
Siliconised paper lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
Copper
144 Conductive adhesive 145
CABLE SHIELDING
FLEXIBLE CABLE SHIELD 4700R Flexible cable shield for EMI shielding of
flexible cables. Branches are easy to realize
READY-MADE SLEEVE 4700S We have developed cost-effective EMI protection
for flat cables. This is an easy way to protect
sensitive sources from interference
ready-made sleave
Length Width
Flexible cable shield is suitable for EMI-shielding applications STANDARD ROLL LENGTHS The ready-made sleeve (EMI-screening sleeve) for flat cables PART NUMBERS
where flexibility is required, for example when cables have small 10, 25, 50 meters allows easy cable routing during assembly. The material is a high- • 4701S : Reinforced Amucor foil
diameters. The material guarantees superb EMI shielding per- (On request: roll lengths of 1 to 1000 meters.) ly conductive Amucor film offering full 360° protection against • 4702S : Reinforced Amucor foil + self-adhesive
formance. The product is supplied on rolls and can be wrapped electromagnetic radiation. Shielding performance can even be • 4711S : Conductive fabric
around the cables. Flexible cable shield is available in Amucor or SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* improved using optional grounding connections. • 4712S : Conductive fabric + self-adhesive
in conductive fabric, with or without (conductive) self-adhesive. • 4713S : Conductive fabric + conductive self-adhesive
For placing or curving flat cables there is an ultra flexible solution
PART NUMBERS with conductive textile with a self-adhesive, combining suburb GROUNDING CONNECTION (OPTIONAL)
• 4701R : Reinforced Amucor foil mechanical and EMI-screening properties. The sleeve is also On request, we can make the cable shield completely cus-
• 4702R : Reinforced Amucor foil with self-adhesive available for round cables with a diameter up to 45mm. tomized, for example, a connection to earth but also other
• 4711R : Conductive fabric The product can be supplied in rolls of up to 100 meters. special shapes and sizes are available on request.
• 4712R : Conductive fabric with self-adhesive
• 4713R : Conductive fabric with conductive self-adhesive Ready-made sleeves can be supplied in Amucor or in Conductive SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB)
textile (fabric). The material provides high shielding perfor-
ADVANTAGES mance. The ready-made sleeve is used for cables with large di-
• Highly flexible ameters and flat cables and can be produced with a self-adhesive
• High EMI-shielding performance backing so that the EMI shielding remains securely in place.
• Wide range of applications
• Easy to cut STANDARD WIDTHS
• Useful in a broad range of temperatures and environ-
ments Width range (mm) Part number
3-5 4701S-2-5
STANDARD WIDTHS ORDER EXAMPLE 5-8 4701S-2-8

8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 26, 32, 50, or 100mm. 8-12 4701S-2-12
Part number Width (mm) Roll length (m)
12-15 4701S-2-15
15 -18 4701S-2-18
4701R : Reinforced Standard width: Standard roll lengths:
Amucor foil 50mm, Other on 10, 25, 50 meters 18 -22 4701S-2-22
4702R : Reinforced request 22-25 4701S-2-25
Amucor foil + self-ad-
hesive
4711R : Conductive
25-30 4701S-2-30 ORDER EXAMPLE
fabric 30- 35 4701S-3-35
4712R : Conductive Part number Height (mm) Width (mm)
fabric + self-adhesive 35-40 4701S-3-40
4713R : Conductive
40-45 4701S-3-45
fabric + conductive 4701S : Reinforced Specify the height of Specify the width of
self-adhesive 45-50 4701S-3-50 Amucor foil the cable in mm the cable in mm
4702S : Reinforced
50-60 4701S-3-60 Amucor foil + self-ad-
60-70 4701S-3-70
hesive Length (mm)
*Notice 4711S : Conductive
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however 70-80 4701S-3-80 fabric
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either 4712S : Conductive
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation 80-90 4701S-3-90 fabric + self-adhesive Specify the length per
products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data 4713S : Conductive sleeve
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of 90-100 4701S-3-100 fabric + conductive
determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user. self-adhesive
146 147
WRAPSHIELD 4730-4760 Wrapshield is a knitted wire mesh for EMI cable shielding FLEXIBLE SHIELDING A ready-to-use Mu-copper wire or tinned Mu-copper
wire braided EMI-shielding tube through which a
TUBE 4800 cable or bundle of cables can be pulled.
Cable wrapping is used to shield, ground and statically STANDARD WIDTHS Flexible EMI shielding tube is a ready-to-use Mu-copper wire ADVANTAGES OF FLEXIBLE EMI-SHIELDING
discharge cables, or to harness entire bundles of cables. 12, 25, 50, 100, or 150mm. or tinned Mu-copper wire braided tube through which a TUBE
Wrapshield is a double-layer knitted wire mesh supplied on Other widths on request. cable or bundle of cables can be pulled. When the braided EMI/ • Highly flexible
rolls, which is used to wrap cables. For the best shielding RFI-shielding tube is compressed lengthwise, the diameter • High EMI/RFI-shielding performance
performance it is important to assure there is a 50% overlap. OPTIONS expands to simplify the assembly. Therefore a wide range • Wide range of applications
• Flame-retardant version of cable diameters can be shielded with a single flexible • Easy to cut
BENEFITS • With self-adhesive backing shielding tube. • Useful in a broad range of temperatures and environ-
• Highly flexible • Customer-specific widths ments
• High shielding performance Please note that the EMI/RFI-shielding tube has to be expanded
• Wide range of applications SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) for larger diameters and that a larger nominal length will then SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
• Shielding performance can be increased by more overlap be required- up to twice the length of the cable.
• One size for all diameters
• Branches can be wrapped Typical EMI/RFI problem areas behind connectors and backs-hells
can easily be shielded with the 4800 series Flexible shielding
WRAPSHIELD MATERIALS tube (aka tubular braids). Multiple sizes are available to shield
Wrapshield is available in four different wire materials: problem areas at the ends of cables or harnesses where
• 4730 Wrapshield monel additional EMI/RFI shielding is necessary to meet demanding
• 4740 Wrapshield tinned copper/steel (T.C.S.) specifications.
• 4745 Wrapshield tinned copper (T.C.)
• 4750 Wrapshield stainless steel PART NUMBERS
• 4760 Wrapshield aluminium Diameter(mm) Diameter(inch) Part number mm2
ORDER EXAMPLE 3- 6 0.12 - 0.24 4806 1.32
5 - 15 0.2 - 0.59 4815 7.9

Part number Width (mm) Length (m)
every size can 12 - 24 0.47 - 0.95 4824 12.4
4730 : Wrapshield
monel
12 : 12mm width
25 : 25mm width
Standard roll lengths:
10, 25, 50 meter
be made 20 - 36 0.79 - 1.42 4836 19.4
4740 : Wrapshield 50 : 50mm width 32 - 48 1.26 - 1.89 4848 21.6 MOUNTING OPTIONS
tinned copper/steel
(T.C.S.)
(standard)
100 : 100mm width
• 01 Tie wrap
42 - 60 1.65 - 2.36 4860 23.8
4745 : Wrapshield 150 : 150mm width • 02 Tape
tinned copper (T.C.)
4750 : Wrapshield
60 - 80 2.36 - 3.15 4880 60.3 • 03 Cable entry
stainless steel
80 - 100 3.15 - 3.93 48100 78.4
4760 : Wrapshield
aluminium ORDER EXAMPLE
For larger diameters, please consider our 4730-4760 -
Part number Length (m)
Wrapshield
4806 : 3 - 6mm Standard roll lengths :

4815 : 5 - 15mm 10, 25, 50 meters
4824 : 12 - 24mm
4836 : 20 - 26mm
4848 : 32 - 48mm
4860 : 42 - 60mm
148 149
ENTRY SHIELD 4910 EMI/RFI-shielded cable entry-system to mount, ground and
shield several cables or bundles of cables simultaneously CABLE GROUNDING Cable grounding clamps EMI/RFI shielding
and ESD suppression. These clamps can be
CLAMPS 4920 used as an end piece for cable shields.
A shielded cable-entry system to mount, ground and shield ENTRYSHIELD INSTANT VERSION Cable grounding clamps are perfect for attaching and FEATURES
several cables or bundles of cables simultaneously. The highly grounding EMI/RFI-shielded power and signal cables in • Provides simultaneous attachment and grounding
conductive, flexible EMC gasket between which the cables various applications where an electrical connection is for coaxial and braid-shielded cables.
are entered into the enclosure guarantees excellent shielding required between the cable and the grounding/EMI/RFI- • Resin base plated with copper foil.
performance between 1 MHz and 10 Ghz. shield circuit for EMI/RFI shielding or ESD suppression. • Due to the high-quality materials used, the clamp will
36 mm (H)
not damage the cable shielding or the insulation sleeve.
OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) The product is supplied in strips of 1 meter, on rolls, • Excellent flexibility ensures constant contact pressure
• Watertight constructions or precut to the desired length. The holes in the strip can and stable contact resistance under heat variation
• Flame-retardant gaskets be placed at any desired interval. In our standard strips and heavy vibration conditions.
• Chemical-resistant gaskets Entryshield 4910
the distance between the holes is 12mm. • The contact resistance of the highly conductive copper
• Temperature-resistant gaskets layer is lower than the nickel or chromium plating on
• Stainless steel version We can deliver cable-entry shield as an turnkey implementation. TECHNICAL DRAWING the standard metallic clamps.
We call this the Entryshield instant version. This instant version • Low-weight, space-saving solution for dedicated cable
ADVANTAGES is a Mu-ferro plate of 100 x 200mm, 2mm thick, with the entry 1m grounding.
• High shielding performance over a wide frequency range shield already mounted in this plate. The instant version is 12 mm
• Mounting within a few minutes like a letterbox flap, only for entering EMI/RFI-shielded cables. SPECIFICATIONS
• Very easy to add more cables later This version is easy to fit into a EMI/RFI-shielded box, EMI/ Material:
12 mm
• Requires only 1 rectangular recess in your enclosure RFI-shielded room or Faraday cage. • Conductive textile inside
• Standard or according to customer specifications • Flammability rating: UL94-V0
OPTIONS • Mu-copper foil outside
INTEGRATION OF A CABLE-ENTRY SHIELD • With Amucor EMI gasket 3.5 mm • Thickness: 0.03mm (0.001 inch)
You can integrate Entryshield 4910 easily into any enclosure. • Made according to your drawing
You should make a slot in your housing that is 36mm in height • Custom drill pattern Conductive
textile
Best mounting method:
(H in the technical drawing). The length of the slot depends on • M3 (Size 4) screw
how many cables you want to carry in. Entryshield is a clip-on * Larger versions or a version according to your drawing are Mu-copper
profile that can be attached easily by pressing it into position. available on request. ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Strips/Pieces Length (mm)
Housing/ Enclosure ORDER EXAMPLE
4920
Part number Length (mm) Specify if you want When you order in
Conductive layer
to order as strip of 1 pieces then specify
Entryshield 4910 meter (S) or as pieces the length per piece
4910 : Entryshield Specify the length (P) cut in length in mm
Cable shield (Profile) in mm
H
4915 : Entryshield
(36 mm)
(Instant version)
*Notice
150 151
HIGH PERFORMANCE CABLE Shielding, grounding and attaching of cables to and CABLE SHIELD TIE-WRAPS 4950 A convenient tie-wrap for cable shielding, EMI cable-
shielding tie-wrap is used for fast, reliable, and cost-
ENTRY SHIELD 4930 from the equipment in your shielded enclosure
effective RFI/EMI/EMP shield terminations
A shielded cable going into or out of the EMI/RFI-shielded ORDERING/QUOTATION The area where the cable shield is connected to the BENEFITS
housing has to make 360° contact, i.e. around the jacket To get a quick quote please send us a list of cable diameters cabinet earth is a critical point. It is very important that To protect sensitive equipment, 4950 series EMI cable
of the shielded cable, with the EMI/RFI-shielded housing. and we will submit a proposal. You can describe your the connection has a low resistance shielding tie-wrap is designed to provide the following
For cables without a shielding jacket, Power or signal line specifications or the size of the entry plate. advantages:
filters should always be installed. Otherwise the cable will We provide a tie-wrap solution that is very easy to install,
act as an antenna. This High-performance shielding cable entry system can since no tools are required. The tie-wrap is made of plastic, • Virtually eliminates RFI/EMI/EMP leakage paths
also be made according to the customer’s drawing. and the electrically conducting layer is made of a springy • Maintains constant tension under extreme environmental
PENETRATION/THROUGHPUT metal wire mesh which is pulled together easily by tightening conditions
For throughput of larger numbers of cables in a situation where If you want a quote for a High-performance cable shielding the tie-wrap. • Clasps small diameters just as easily, quickly and reliably
space is limited, it makes sense to use an EMI/RFI-shielded system, please send an email to info@hollandshielding.com. as large diameters
cable entry system. Power and signal cables, as well as water 4950 series EMI cable-shielding tie-wrap provides a highly effec- • Simple and tool-free assembly
supply lines and waveguides can be accommodated in the cable ORDER EXAMPLE tive shield termination for any size and type of backs hell design. • Space saving by an optimized arrangement
entry system. The electrically conductive beryllium-copper con- Series Height (mm) Width (mm)
EMI cable-shielding tie-wrap has successfully passed rigorous • Permanent and continuous pressure on the cable shield,
tact plate with small pointed fingers ensures good contact with testing with respect to shocks, vibrations, and thermal cycles, adjustment of spring load not necessary
the cable shield, which guarantees good shielding performance. 4930 unlike other shield-termination systems. There is no device on • Vibration proof, maintenance free
Height of the Cable Width of the Cable the market that realizes shield termination more quickly.
OPTIONS entry shield high
performance in mm
entry shield high
performance in mm SPECIFICATIONS
• Also available in fireproof, gas tight or watertight versions Used for critical applications in aircraft, military vehicles, and
Material Applications
• The shielding cable entry system can be provided with Diameter of the other sensitive electronic equipment.
additional dummy holes on the inside plate and the Number of cables cables (mm) Monel Per QQ-N-281 BS 3075 N A 13 The most commonly used material.
beryllium-copper contact plate. The outer plate remains STANDARD SIZES Class A
closed to keep shielding performance high. You can add Specify the number Specify the diameter
more cables later by drilling a hole in the outside plate. of cables to be passed
through the cable
of the cables in mm ORDER EXAMPLE
We will mark the position of the dummy holes on the entry shield high
outer plate in advance. performance Series Width (mm) Length (mm)
4950
ADVANTAGES Specify the width of Specify the length of
• This system facilitates letting many cables enter into a the EMI cable-shield- the EMI cable-shield-
ing tie-wrap in mm ing tie-wrap in mm
small area without the individual use of (expensive)
cable glands.
• Cable diameters can be between 3 - 28mm.
Other diameters on request.
*Notice
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to Part number Width B (mm) Length A (mm)
determine suitability. 4950-4-100 4 100
The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however the 4950-5-150 5 150
products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either expressed
or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation or order 4950-7-145 7 145
acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data sheet will
be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of lack of 4950-7-190 7 190
fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
152 153
CABLE CONNECTOR Easy connector shielding without FLAT CABLE Easy to be stuck to any connector to create
SHIELDS 4955
replacing the whole connector
CONNECTOR SHIELD 4970 a high shielding performance flat cable
These sleeves can create a more continue connection where LENGTH A flat cable in electronics housing often leads to interfer- BENEFITS
cable shields are interrupted. These cable connector shields can be made in any desired ence. Previously we already developed the 4700S series • Very high shielding performance
length. You can specify the length at the end of the part ready-made sleeve (EMI screening sleeve) for flat cables that • Available for any connector
They can be mounted afterward and are very flexible not only number. For example, to have a quotation for Cable connec- allows easy cable routing during assembly. • Easy to mount
in lengths and the bending but also in diameter. For extra tor shields with a diameter of 8mm and a length of 50mm • Good connection to the shield of the cable
strengths these can be clamped with cable clamps, tie-wraps. you can specify the part number as follows: 4955-8-50 Now we have developed a flat cable connector shield that is
very easy to be stuck to any connector of a flat cable. With OPTIONS (ON REQUEST)
When you want the connection water tight you can cover TECHNICAL DETAILS this shield the cable including the connector can be fully • Can be equipped with grounding strip for better
these with shrinking sleeves. shielded to get the best shielding performance. performance
Material Silver plated 76% Nylon 24% elastic fiber fabric • Performed in an Amucor execution
BENEFITS Stretch All directions Most sizes are available from stock but the shield can be
• In any size, diameter or length Silver coating 99.9% pure produced in any dimension. We only need to know your STANDARD PART NUMBERS
• The conical version available to create also bigger steps Surface resistivity <0.5 Ohm/sq. (unstretched)
type of connector so that we can produce the shield in the Based on availability of standard connectors, the number
in diameter right dimensions. of conductors is usually restricted to a few values.
Shielding Effect 30- 60 dB in range 30 Mhz - 20 Ghz
• Eventual with inside high flexible copper strips for higher These include 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 26, 34,
currents Resistance <0.15 ohm /sq. (unstretched) between the shields based
on optimal compression
Shielding performance can even be improved using optional 37, 40, 50, 60, 64 and 80.
grounding connections.
4956 - CONICAL CABLE CONNECTOR SHIELDS Temperature range -30 to 90 °C
Please note: also suitable for 7-pin serial ATA cable and 15-pin power connector for Part number Connector
SERIES Material thickness 0.40mm Serial ATA. Every other connector shield can be customized within a day.
4970-4 4
The Conical sleeves is for connecting the braiding of the Stretch ~100%
ORDER EXAMPLE
4970-6 6
shield to bigger diameters, like connectors, receptacles,
4970-8 8
tubes or housings. This shield taper to create an optimal
shield between 2 different diameters. Series Pins 4970-10 10
From diameters 16mm the sleeves can be reinforced with 4970

4970-14 14
STANDARD SIZES 0.12mm copper strips. These strips are sticked on the inside
4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15,
4970-15 15
of the sleeve, but at special order other connection parts 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 26, 4970-16 16
Diameter Part number Begin End diam- Part number available. 34, 37, 40, 50, 60, 64
and 80 4970-18 18
range diameter eter
4970-20 20
2-4mm 4955-2 2-4mm 8-12mm 4956-2-8 The elasticity of the diameter is about 1 : 2, please take care
4970-24 24
4-8mm 4955-4 4-8mm 12-16mm 4956-4-12 that the strips need some initial contact force. The best is to
4970-25 25
8-12mm 4955-8 8-12mm 16-18mm 4956-8-16 send the cable assembly to us so that we can check the right
12-16mm 4955-12 12-16mm 22-25mm 4956-12-22 fitting or contact our technical staff. 4970-26 25
*Notice 4970-34 34
16-20mm 4955-16 16-20mm 25-30mm 4956-16-25
ORDER EXAMPLE Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be 4970-37 37
20- 24mm 4955-20 20- 24mm 28-32mm 4956-20-28 reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates
products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability 4970-40 40
24- 30mm 4955-24 24- 30mm 35-40mm 4956-24-35 Part number Length (mm) for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to 4970-50 50
determine suitability.
30- 40mm 4955-30 30- 40mm 50-55mm 4956-30-50
4970-60 60
The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however the
40- 60mm 4955-40 40- 60mm 70-75mm 4956-40-70 4955 : Cable connec- Specify the length of products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either expressed 4970-64 64
tor shield the shield in mm or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation or order
Larger diameters on request 4956 : Conical Cable acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data sheet will 4970-80 80
connector shield be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of lack of
154 155
EMI/RFI CABLE ENTRY HF-Closed (EMC) Cable Entry Gland with metric and
PG- line - nickel plated with IRIS-suspension.
» EMI/RFI CABLE ENTRY GLANDS 4960
GLANDS 4960 Excellent EMP/RFI shielding for screened cables
Part number Size metric Size PG Tap-length (mm) Screening. min - max. (mm) For cable min.-max. (mm) Version
4960-16-1.5-4.0 M 16 x 1.5 PG 9 6 1.5 - 4.5 4.0 - 6.5 1
4960-16-2.5-6.5 M 16 x 1.5 PG 9 6 2.5 - 6.0 6.5 - 9.5 1
4960-20-2.5-4.0 M 20 x 1.5 PG 11 6.5 2.5 - 6.0 4.0 - 6.5 2
4960-20-3.5-6.5 M 20 x 1.5 PG 11 6.5 3.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 9.5 1
4960-20-3.5-7.0 M 20 x 1.5 PG 11 6.5 3.5 - 8.5 7.0 - 10.5 1
4961-20-3.5-6.5 M 20 x 1.5 PG 11 6.5 3.5 - 6.5 6.5 - 9.5 1
4961-20-3.5-7.0 M 20 x 1.5 PG 13.5 6.5 3.5 - 8.0 7.0 - 10.5 1
4960-20-6.5-7.0 M 20 x 1.5 PG 13.5 6.5 6.5 - 10.5 7.0 - 10.5 2
4960-20-6.5-9.0 M 20 x 1.5 PG 13.5 6.5 6.5 - 10.5 9.0 - 13.0 1
4960-25-3.0-6.5 M 25 x 1.5 PG 13.5 7.5 3.0 - 8.0 6.5 - 9.5 1
The Cable Entry Gland provides an excellent EMP/RFI shield MATERIALS & PROPERTIES 4960-25-5.0-7.0
4960-25-5.0-9.0
M 25 x 1.5
M 25 x 1.5
PG 16
PG 16
7.5
7.5
5.0 - 8.0
5.0 - 8.0
7.0 - 10.5
9.0 - 13.0
1
1
for screened cable which pass through enclosure walls. 4960-25-6.5-9.0 M 25 x 1.5 PG 16 8 6.5 - 10.5 9.0 - 13.0 1
A round or threaded hole is required to mount the gland. Property Value
4960-32-4.5-9.0 M 32 x 1.5 PG 16 8 4.5 - 9.5 9.0 - 13.0 1
(The gland can also be welded or soldered into the Material Metal 4960-32-7.0-9.0 M 32 x 1.5 PG 21 8 7.0 - 12.0 9.0 - 13.0 1
enclosure wall). Grade Brass 4960-32-8.0-11.5 M 32 x 1.5 PG 21 8 8.0 - 13.5 11.5 - 15.5 1
4960-32-9.0-14.0 M 32 x 1.5 PG 21 8 9.0 - 14.5 14.0 - 18.0 1
Surface protection Nickel-plated
The Cable Entry Gland uses a wire mesh olive, which when 4960-40-13.0-14.0 M 40 x 1.5 PG 21 8 13.0 - 17.0 14.0 - 18.0 1
Operating temperature -20 °C - +130 °C
compressed provides circumferential pressure to both the cable 4960-40-13.0-17.0 M 40 x 1.5 PG 29 8 13.0 - 18.0 17.0 - 20.5 1
and gland body, giving excellent electrical conductivity. The EMC Gasket TCS Knitted wire mesh over solid silicone 4960-40-15.0-17.0 M 40 x 1.5 PG 29 8 15.0 - 20.0 17.0 - 20.5 2
ring
gasket ensures a good EMI seal between gland & enclosure. 4960-40-15.0-20.0 M 40 x 1.5 PG 29 10 15.0 - 20.0 20.0 - 25.0 1
Metric wire with EN 50.262;PG-wire 4960-50-18.5-24.0 M 50 x 1.5 PG 29 10 18.5 - 25.0 24.0 - 28.0 1
Thread type according to DIN 46.320
4960-50-24.0-27.0 M 50 x 1.5 PG 36 10 24.0 - 30.5 27.0 - 32.0 2
Using a conductive heat shrink boot (not supplied) can also
Sealing Rubber 4960-50-24.0-29.0 M 50 x 1.5 - 10 24.0 - 30.5 29.0 - 33.0 1
provide a degree of environmental sealing.
Explosion safe zone (Dust) None 4960-50-34.0-34.0 M 50 x 1.5 PG 36 10 34.0 - 38.0 34.0 - 39.0 2
4960-50-34.0-36.0 M 50 x 1.5 PG 42 10 34.0 - 39.0 36.0 - 40.0 1
For explosion protection zone (Gas) None
4960-63-33.0-39.0 M 63 x 1.5 PG 42 15 33.0 - 38.0 39.0 - 44.0 1
Implementation Perpendicular 4960-63-36.0-45.0 M 63 x 1.5 PG 48 15 36.0 - 42.0 45.0 - 51.0 1
Shockproof Yes 4960-63-42.0-45.0 M 63 x 1.5 - 15 42.0 - 48.5 45.0 - 51.0 1
4960-63-42.0-51.0 M 63 x 1.5 - 15 42.0 - 48.5 51.0 - 56.0 1
Protection (IP) IP68
4960-75-39.0-42.0 M 75 x 1.5 - 15 39.0 - 48.0 42.0 - 47.0 1
Halogen proof Yes 4960-75-39.0-45.0 M 75 x 1.5 - 15 39.0 - 48.0 45.0 - 52.0 1
Only cut the cable jacket; braiding* 4960-75-47.0-54.0 M 75 x 1.5 2 1⁄2" 15 47.0 - 54.0 54.0 - 58.0 1
Version 1 continues (so don’t cut it off) 4960-80-47.0-58.0 M 80 x 2 2 1⁄2" 15 47.0 - 54.0 58.0 - 64.0 1
Version 2 Only cut cable jacket at hight of IRIS 4960-80-47.0-63.0 M 80 x 2 3" 15 47.0 - 54.0 63.0 - 70.0 1
Guarantee CE
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Number
4960
*Braiding = cable jacket continues Please choose a num-
ber from the table
above. For example
number 16-1.5-4.0
*Notice
156 157
HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC High performance cable gland to seal your shielded
cable at the end both waterproof and EMC
» HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC CABLE GLANDS 4965
CABLE GLANDS 4965
4965 PART NUMBER
Connection thread/ Sealing range Sealing range Sealing range Clamping range Spanner
length without inlet with inlet width
Part number A Dmm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm Cmm SW x Emm
4965-12-5.0 M12 x 1.5 5.0 8.0 - 5.0 8.0 - 5.0 - 5.0 - 3.0 21 7 x 18.9
4965-16-6.0 M16 x 1.5 6.0 11.0 - 7.0 11.0 - 7.0 - 9.0 - 5.0 25 20 x 22.2
4965-20-6.5 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 - 9.0 14.0 - 9.0 - 12.0 - 7.0 29 24 x 26.5
4965-25-7.5 M25 x 1.5 7.5 20.0 - 11.0 20.0 - 16.0 16.0 - 11.0 16.0 - 10.0 29 30 x 33
4965-32-8.0 M32 x 1.5 8.0 25.0 - 15.0 25.0 - 20.0 20.0 - 15.0 20.0 - 13.0 32 36 x 39.5
4965-40-15 M40 x 1.5 15.0 32.0 - 20.0 32.0 - 20.0 26.0 - 20.0 28.0 - 20.0 35 45 x 48
4965-50-15 M50 x 1.5 15.0 42.0 - 32.0 42.0 - 35.0 35.0 - 32.0 37.0 - 28.0 38 57 x 61
4965-63-20 M63 x 1.5 20.0 54.0 - 42.0 54.0 - 46.0 46.0 - 42.0 46.0 - 37.0 38 68 x 72
4965-75-20 M75 x 1.5 20.0 65.0 - 55.0 65.0 - 58.0 58.0 - 55.0 58.0 - 46.0 48 81 x 87
4965-85-20 M85 x 2.0 20.0 77.0 - 66.0 77.0 - 70.0 70.0 - 66.0 65.0 - 58.0 49 95 x 102
* Long connection thread 15mm for M12-M32 on request.
* M12 up to M20 are supplied without inlet! M25 up to m50: shorter inlet!
With the 4965 / 4966 - High performance EMC cable Even in the high frequency range up to 2.5 GHz, the values GLAND BODY SEALING INSERTS
glands is setting new standards in attenuation values, by its are typically a minimum of 50 dB. The cable gland also has a
successful certification for Cat. 7A applications. Now these very high current-carrying capacity. Material Execution Material Temperature range min./max. Color
high-quality, EU-approved EMC cable glands have fulfilled Brass Galv. nickel plated TPE -40 °C/+130 °C Blue
the demanding requirements for UL certification and can The High performance EMC cable glands is available in sizes
therefore also be used worldwide. M16 to M85 in brass, stainless steel 1.4305 and 1.4571 with
standard metric threads and 15mm long special threads. PART NUMBERS
The spring is making contact in 360o with the screening
braid. It combines excellent HP-damping performance and When it comes to installation, High performance EMC Connection thread/
length Sealing range Sealing range
without inlet
Sealing range
with inlet Clamping range Spanner
width
is easy to install with the other system features to reach cable glands also leads the way: the screening braid is first Part number
A Dmm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm max./min Ømm Cmm SW x Emm
values greatly in excess of the requirements of EN 50262. exposed, then the cable can be simply pushed through the
Whereas Cat. 7A requirements in accordance with DIN IEC cable gland, which automatically causes the triangular spring 4966-16-6.0 M16 x 1.5 6.0 11.0 - 7.0 11.0 - 7.0 - 9.0 - 5.0 25 20 x 22.2
61156-5 demand at least 60 dB up to 1.000 MHz, our High to make secure contact around the screening braid, without 4966-20-6.5 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 - 9.0 14.0 - 9.0 - 12.0 - 7.0 29 24 x 26.5
performance EMC cable glands performs significantly better, the pressure screw having to be tightened. The design of the 4966-25-7.5 M25 x 1.5 7.5 20.0 - 11.0 20.0 - 16.0 16.0 - 11.0 16.0 - 10.0 29 30 x 33
attaining values of 65 dB to over 100 dB. spring precludes its getting caught in the braiding even if the 4966-32-8.0 M32 x 1.5 8.0 25.0 - 15.0 25.0 - 20.0 20.0 - 15.0 20.0 - 13.0 32 36 x 39.5
assembly is dismantled.
4966-40-15 M40 x 1.5 15.0 32.0 - 20.0 32.0 - 26.0 26.0 - 20.0 28.0 - 20.0 35 45 x 48
* Long connection thread 15mm for M12-M32 on request.

* M12 up to M20 are supplied without inlet! M25 up to m50: shorter inlet!
GLAND BODY SEALING INSERTS

Material Execution Material Temperature range min./max. Color
Brass Galv. Nickel plated Silicone -55 °C/+180 °C Black
ORDER EXAMPLE
4965 - HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC CABLE 4966 - HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC CABLE Part number Number
GLANDS GLANDS FOR HIGH TEMPERATURES
Brass nickel plated high performance EMC cable gland, with Brass nickel plated high performance EMC cable gland, with
metric thread as per EN 60423. metric thread as per EN 60423. This High performance EMC 4965 : High perfor- Please choose a num-
mance EMC cable ber from the table
cable gland is practically the same as 4965, however, these glands above. For example
Type of protection: IP 68 (up to 15 bar) can withstand higher temperatures. 4966 : High
performance EMC
number 16-1.5-4.0
cable glands for high

Type of protection: IP 66, IP 68 (up to 15 bar) temperatures
*Notice
158 159
HDMI CABLE CONNECTOR Easy to be stuck to any HDMI connector to create
SHIELDED CONNECTOR HOODS These shielded connector hoods are ideal for indoor
SHIELD 4975 a high shielding performance HDMI cables
8250
signal or power applications requiring robustness
and/or high EMI/RFI performance
A HDMI cable in or outside electronics housing often leads OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) The shielded connector hoods are ideal for indoor signal or FEATURES & BENEFITS
to interference. • Can be equipped with grounding strip for better perfor- power applications requiring robustness and/or high EMI/ • Metallized plastic back-shell for covering male/female
mance RFI performance in the industrial and telecommunications D-sub connectors
Now we have developed a HDMI cable connector shield that • Performed in an Amucor execution markets. • The 8250 series D-Sub shielded hoods are available
is very easy to be stuck to any connector of a HDMI cable. in 9-, 15-, 25- and 37-position versions
With this shield the cable including the connector can be STANDARD PART NUMBERS This D-Sub shielded hood is designed with an optimum • Internal cable strain relief for improved durability
fully shielded to get the best shielding performance. The HDMI connector shield is so developed that it has a number of pieces: • Metallized chrome plating provides effective shielding.
fairly large overlap. This makes the shield almost suitable • Two half-metal covers in zamak (zinc alloy), • Two piece cover design enables quick and
Most sizes are available from stock but the shield can be for any HDMI connector. The standard part number for an • Two jack screws, and a steel fiber-reinforced plastic strain easy assembly.
produced in any dimension. The shields can also be manu- HDMI cable connector shield is 8215. Any custom sizes/part relief for EMI/RFI screening and mechanical cable reten- • Standard assembly and mating hardware included.
factured according to your drawing. numbers on request. tion. The strain relief works with cable diameters from
4.00mm to 13.00mm. With just two screws to fasten, as- STANDARD PART NUMBERS
Shielding performance can even be improved using optional ORDER EXAMPLE sembly is fast and easy, allowing for reduced labor costs.
grounding connections or by using multiple layers, or multi- Part number Number of contacts
ple HDMI connector shields stuck over each other. Series APPLICATIONS 8250-9 9 contacts
4975 • Industrial Applications 8250-15 15 contacts
BENEFITS • Telecommunications Applications
8250-25 25 contacts
• Very high shielding performance • Indoor Signal
• Available for any connector • Power Applications 8250-37 37 contacts
• Easy to mount
• Good connection to the shield of the cable ORDER EXAMPLE
TECHNICAL DETAILS Number of
Series contacts
Gender All
Number of contacts See part numbers in table below
8250
9 : 9 contacts
Color Chrome 15 : 15 contacts
25 : 25 contacts
Material insulator Thermoplast UL94-HB 37 : 37 contacts
*Notice
160 161
E E
CONNECTOR GASKET 8200

F C B F C B
EMI flange seals for electrical connectors » CONNECTOR GASKET 8200
K HG A K HG
A
L L
A A
B C B B C B
A
C B A C B A
A
C B
D D
AN, HT, QWL, MIL-C-5015, MS3100, C B BENDIX-SP
A CONNECTOR GASKETS B SERIES
C B
MS3102 CONNECTOR GASKETS A SERIES
Dimensions in mm A C B
Dimensions A
in mm C B
Part number Part number
A B C D A B C D
A
8208A 22.23 15.09 12.70 C 4.37 B 8206B 24.21 16.28 9.53 E CA 4.06B
F
8210A 25.40 18.28 15.88 4.37 8208B 26.59 18.64 12.70 4.06
C B
8212A 29.79 20.65 19.05 4.37 8210B 28.56 20.62 15.88 K 4.06H G
A A
8214A 30.16 23.01 22.23 4.37 8212B A 31.75 23.83 19.05
L
4.06
E
8216A 32.54 24.61 25.40 4.37 F 8214B 34.93 26.19 22.23C 4.06B
E A
8218A 34.93 27.00 28.56
C
5.15
B 8216B 36.50 C 28.56 B 25.40F C B CB
4.06 B
K HG A E
8218B A 38.51 30.56 28.56 4.06
8220A 38.10 29.36 31.75
A
5.15
A F K HG A
L C 4.06B A
8222A 41.28 E 31.75 34.93 5.15 8220B 42.47 32.94 31.75
A
F C B C KL
B34.93 HG
The 8200 series Connector gaskets are die-cut gaskets for CONDUCTIVE RUBBER (ON REQUEST) 8224A 44.45
E
34.93 38.10 5.15
E
A
8222B
B
44.45 34.93
C
4.06
B
EMI shielding and for grounding of a wide range of connec- The 8200 connector gasket is on request also available in DA
8228A 50.80 FK 39.70 HG 44.45 C A B
5.15 FC B C CB BL C C B B
A C B
tors. These connector gaskets are more effective in closing conductive rubber. For applications where a watertight seal 8232A 57.15 44.45 50.80 5.56 C
A A
LK HG K B GA
AH B
gaps caused by fabrication tolerances and misaligned or is required. 8236A 63.50 49.23 A 55.58
A
5.56
A A A
A C A
irregular surfaces than could be achieved with a solid flange A AC BB A
8240A 69.85 L B55.58 61.93 5.56 CL D B C B C
design. B A
8244A 76.20 A
60.33 70.64 5.56
A A
C B A D
E
CB66.68 C C B B B C C B C C C BB B
B
The 8200 series Connector gasket is made of die-cut 6800 8248A 82.55 F B A 76.99 C 5.56 B
RF CONNECTOR
A C GASKETB
B
DC
B
Amucor shield or conductive textile, is 1 or 2mm thick, and A A
K C HG A AC C B C C B
B A AB A A A A
can be provided with self-adhesive. Please note that Con- D A
Part number Connector type
A
Dimensions in mm
AA
L C B A
nector gaskets can also be produced in any desired size or A C B A B C C B
D
DA DC B A
shape and according to your CAD drawing. 8200RFBN BN 17.45 12.70 11.10 2.77
BC B C A B C C B B C C B B
A C C B B
B
A C 8200RFBNCB BNC 17.45 C 12.70 B C11.10 C B
2.77
D-SUB CONNECTOR GASKETS C B AA
A
A 8200RFCA C 25.40 A 18.26 15.88C
B
4.37
A A AC B A AC BA AC B
8200RFHN HN
C B C B A30.18 23.01 19.05 3.56
Dimensions in mm E D A C 31.75
Front mounting Rear mounting F C CSERIES B C CB B C
A
A
B C
8200RFLC
C B
B B
LC
C
50.80 A
B
36.50
C
6.53
BB
C B C
8200RFN N A
25.40 18.26 15.88 4.37
Part number Shell size E F G H L K L K Dimensions
A in mm A CC B
K HG A Part number A A A
8200RFUHF UHF 32.54
A 24.61
8209DSUB 9 33.35 25.00 19.05 3.56 19.86 11.43 16.89 9.40 A AA B C A C C B B C B C25.40
C
4.37
BB
A A A
L A A
8215DSUB 15 41.68 33.33 19.05 3.56 28.20 11.43 25.22 9.40 8200C 14 2 14
C B A A C B A
C AB
8225DSUB 25 55.58 47.04 19.05 3.56 41.91 11.43 38.94 9.40 A C B A
B C B C B A C B C B
8237DSUB 37 71.86 63.50 19.05 3.56 58.37 11.43 55.40 9.40 E A C B C C BB C B C C B B
C B A B
8250DSUB 50 69.60 61.11 21.85 3.56 55.88 16.82 53.01 12.19 F A C B C B A A A A C
C A C B
B A AA A A A
K HG A
JT, PT, PC, MIL-C-26482, MS-3110, MS-3112, MS-3119, MS-3120 CONNECTOR GASKETS DCSERIES BA C B E SERIES C B F SERIES A
A
A A
L D C B C B C B
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
A C B A Part number
A C B Part number A A CB CC BB
B Part number CC BB
Dimensions in mm A AC B C A C A BC C B
Part number B C B B C B
A B C D 8200D 18.9 1.5 18.1 8200E A 16 3 26 A 8200F A 12.5 1 31
A AA A C B
A C B C B A
8206 17.48 11.91 9.53 3.30 AC A
B A A
8208 20.62 15.09 12.70 3.30 CC BB C C B B C B
A C B C B A C B
8210 23.83 18.26 15.88 3.30 C B
D C B A A A
8212 26.19 20.65 19.05 3.30 A C B A C C BB CA B C C B B
C B A A A A
8214 28.56 23.01 22.23 3.30 G CSERIES B H SERIES A
I SERIES A A
C B
A A A
8216 30.96 24.61 25.40 3.30 DimensionsCin A A
A A C B CCmm B BB Dimensions
C
C in mm
B
B
C A B Dimensions in mm
8218 33.32 27.00 28.56 3.30
Part number Part number C B Part number C B
A B C A B C A B C
8220 36.53 29.36 31.75 3.30 A A C B A
A
A14 C C BB A 17.8 CC B B
C C B B C 8200G B 19 A
A
2 33.4C B 8200H 1 49 8200I 1.52 52.3
A C B
8222 39.70 31.75 34.93 3.30
A A A A A A
8224 42.88 34.93 38.10 3.96 A C B BB A
CC C C B B
A A
A AA AA
C B CC BB C B
162 C C B B C C B BA C B AA A
163
C B A
L E A
A
B C A B C B F CC B
B C B
B C D B C B
A E K C HGB A
C C B CA B E A
B A F A C B C B A
C F C B C B
B A L A
HG A CK BG
H A A ACK A H
B G A C B CCOATINGS,
B GLUES & SEALANTS
B A C B A C B
C B A D
L A
SILVER-FILLED CONDUCTIVE
C B L
A B ECC CA B A
B » CONNECTOR GASKET B8200
A B C B CAC B
B BB A CC BB
A An electrically conductive silicone grease for improving
FC B CC
SILICONE GREASE 1110
B C A
HG A B C B
B
C B electrical connections between sliding surfaces and part
A C B C B CC B
C B A A
K
C
HG A AA A D A
B A A C
A C B BA AA A A
C B LC B A A
A C B C B A C B
B CCC DA BBB CC BB B B C B
C B A DC BB B
C
BC B A CA C C C B C B
A C B A
C HG AA
B A J SERIES A
C
K ASERIES
A A A
AC
L SERIES A
C BBA B
B B A B in mm A
DimensionsAC B C C C Dimensions B A C B
C B Cin mm B C Dimensions
B Ain mm C
A Part number Part number E CC BB Part number
C B AA
A BC C
D C B
B F AA B B C C B AC BB C C C BB
C B A AC C B A C B
8200J 12.5
A
1 C C53 BB 8200K K AA H G
19 2A 55.6
C A B 8200L A 17.8 2.5 57.9 A
A A A
C B AB C A
B A C B A L C B A
C B
ACA BB A C B C B
B A C B A C B C B CC BB C B
A A
C B C B A
CC BB M SERIES AA N SERIESA CA C A O SERIES A
C B C C BBB B A BA A C B
Dimensions in mm C A Dimensions Cin mmCC B B
B B Cin mm
C ADimensions B
B A B
A A C B C C
Part number Part number Part
C number B
A BC C B D AC
A B BC C B AA B C
A A
B AA
15A 3A 8200NA
C A
8200M E 72 38 2.5 122.5 A B 8200OA 43.9 1.2 C 290.5 B
F C B A CC B A
C B A C B C B
C BB K HG C C B
A B AA C B C C B B C B C A B C C BB
B C B A
A C BB A CC BB C B
L C B A
C A B C B
A A A A A
CA A B A
P SERIES A
BA AA Q SERIES
C
A E B
F A C B R SERIES
C
A
B
A C B
B Dimensions C
in mm A
B Dimensions in mmC B
C A B
Dimensions C
in mm B C Silver Conductive
B Grease provides maximum electrical and TECHNICAL DETAILS
Part number C C B Part numberA K HG CC AB Part number thermal conductivity, proven lubrication properties, and
BB A B A BC C C BB CA A B B C A B A A B C C B
C B A C B
B C B L BC
AB3.3 C B A protection from moisture, oxidation, and other environmental Data Specification
3 C 154 B B
C C A
8200P A
D A A
41 C 8200Q
CA A B
42.64 C 131.5 B 8200R 42.45
C A B2.5 139 A
A E C B C B C C BB C hazards.B This system utilizes an advanced silicone lubricant Material 100% Silver Filled Silicone Grease
F C BA A C B BA C B C B C B
A A AA A that is compatible with metal, rubber, and plastic. Color Silver/Grey
B C B A A A B B
K HG A A C A C
BA A A A
B C A
C BB
C Consistency Smooth Paste
C A B A C B
C B C A A As with any compound, compatibility with substrate should be
B L C B A Specific Gravity 2.7 –3.2
C A B S SERIES A
A
C
C AB B T SERIES C
CD A
A
B
B
C B
U SERIES
C
C
B
B determined on a non-critical area prior to use.
BB B B Volume Resistivity <0.01 ohm-cm
BAC A B C B C B C B AC C C C B C
Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm A Dimensions in mm
A A
Part number
C B A A A
Part number
A
CA B A Part number
AA
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Surface Resistivity 0.5 – 1.0
CA B C
AA AA B C C B B C C B
A B AA
A AC8200U B C B Our Silver Conductive Grease may be used for high and low Color Grey
A 8200S 42.5 3 153.7 A 8200T 15 0.1 25 14.7 0.1 30
C B A A power applications including: Evaporation < 1%
B D C B A
B C BCC B C CC
C B
A BB
B C BCC C
B B
B C
C C C BB B B
C B
AC
C B
B
• Lubrication of Substation Switches or Circuit Breakers Bleed < 1%
A A • Heat Dissipation from Transformers Electrically Conductive Yes
A A A A A C B
A A
A
A A C A B A C B
A A • Low or Medium Speed Sliding Contacts Thermally Conductive Yes
A A A
• Static Grounding on Seals or O-Rings
A
B V SERIES
C B
B
C
A
B W SERIES C B
A
X SERIES
C B Extending the Life of Rotating Switches
Thermal Conductivity
(BTU-in/hr-ft2 -°F)
38.8
B C C C B B C B C B C B C B
C mm
Dimensions in A C in mm
Dimensions AB Part number Dimensions in mm (CAL-cm/sec-cm2 - °C) 1.3 x 10-2 1.3 x 10-2
A Part number
A
A
AA A B C
A PartCnumber
A
B
A B C
A
A B C
BENEFITS ( W/m°K) 5.6
A A • High electrical conductivity
C B C B A
8200V 39 0.2 35 A 8200W 39 B 0.2 46 C8200X B 45.74 0.1 70.84 Consistency Paste
A C • Excellent thermal conductivity
B
C
C
B
B AC B
AC
C
BC
B
B
C
C B
A
B C B • Provides protection against wear Operating temperature range -70 to 485°F (-57 to 252 °C)
CONDUCTIVE RUBBER CONNECTOR GASKETS (ALTERNATIVE) A

A
• Improves electrical connections between irregular Unworked Penetration
(ASTM D-1403) 77°F
210
A A
For very
C A
high performance
A applications
A where an IP-tight (waterproof) connection is required, we can make connector gaskets surfaces
B A A Worked Penetration
out of electrically conductive rubber or wire-filled silicone. For more information see 5750 series Electrically conductive rubber • Remains stable in a wide temperature range; -70 to 485°F (ASTM D-1403, 60 Strokes)
250
A
or 5711 - 5722C C series Oriented
B wire shield. CC B (-57 to 252 °C) Dropping Point
C B C B C B • Protects against moisture and corrosion (ASTM D-2266)
491°F (255 °C)
ORDER
A A EXAMPLE A
A
• Extends the life of contacts Steel on Steel Wear
1.5mm
A
C B C B A • Very low viscosity vs. temperature change (ASTM D-2266)
Part number Covering Thickness (mm) Adhesive Mounting
C B C B • Safe on plastics Corrosion on Copper None
A C B C B
A
C BA C B C B • Ensures electrical contact between loose or vibrating Moisture Resistance Excellent
A
Select the part T : Conductive textile 1 : 1mmAthickness 01 : With self-ad- Front
A : Front mount- parts and small gaps Chemical Resistance Excellent
number from the A : Amucor foil A (standard) hesive ing
C A gasket part
connector B (standard) 2 : 2mm thickness A
02 : Without self-ad- Rear : Rear mounting Electrical Conductivity Excellent
A
number tables above B : Embossed Amucor
foil
3 : 3mm thickness hesive (standard) ORDER EXAMPLE Thermal Conductivity Excellent
C B C
C
B
03 : Conductive
B C B
self-adhesive
Lubrication Properties Excellent
A
A A Series Quantity (Gr.)
A Protection from Oxidation Excellent
*NoticeC B
1110
Power Rating High/Low
A tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either Silver-Filled Conduc- Specify the amount
B the design of customer’s product which
reliable. HSS has Cno control over C B
incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation tive Silicone Grease in grams. (Standard 7 Standard package 7 grams
products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data grams package, other
A particular application and we recommend that A
for his the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of on request).
164 165
THERMAL GREASE 1100 Ceramic-filled single-component silicone
with high thermal conductivity
» THERMAL GREASE 1100
PROPERTIES PER PART NUMBER

Properties Unit 1100-12 1100-96 1100-97 1100-98
Color Silver Dark white White Grey
Compound Soft / pasty
Thermal properties
Thermal resistance Rth K/W 0.006 0.038 0.012 0.01
°Cmm²/W 2.2 11 4.5 4.1
Thermal impedance Rti KIN²/W 0.0033 0.017 0.007 0.0064
Thermal conductivity W/mK 10 2.4 5 6
Electrical properties
Electrical conductivity pS/m 53 8 0 0
(according to DIN 51412-1)
Mechanical properties
Measured thickness Mm 0.25 0.025 0.025 0.025
(+/- 10%)
Physical properties
Application temperature °C - -60 to +150 -60 to +150 -60 to +150
Density G/cm³ 1.4 2.6 2.1 2.2
Thermal grease is a ceramic-filled single-component silicone SILICONE-FREE VERSION Viscosity* Pas 30 - 60 25 - 35 70 - 110 110 - 150
with high thermal conductivity. The non-cross linked thermal The silicone-free Thermal compound 1100-12 consists
compounds will not dry out and the silicone components of synthetic, thermal polymer and is suitable for fast and Total mass loss (TML) Ma.-% < 0.1 < 1.4 < 1.3 < 1.5
do not leak out of the compound. The silicone-free thermal effective heat dissipation. This paste is particularly suitable Possible thickness Mm - Variable Variable Variable
compound 1100-12 consists of synthetic, thermal polymer for silicone-sensitive applications. Its long-term stability Long-term stability (1000 h / 85 °C / 85% relative humidity)
and is suitable for fast and effective heat dissipation. guarantees full functionality during the entire lifetime of the Thermal resistance 1000h K/W 0.006 0.038 0.012 0.008
product. Under normal application conditions the 1100-12
*Shear rate 4s-1 / 25 °C
The paste is particularly suitable for silicone-sensitive silicone-free compound will not cure, dry out, or melt. These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
applications. The long-term stability of our 1100 series In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
guarantees full functionality during the entire lifetime of STORAGE
the product. Under normal application conditions Thermal Special storage is not required for our Thermal grease, so it THERMAL RESISTANCE IN RELATION ORDER EXAMPLE
grease will not cure, dry our, or melt. Special storage of can be stored under normal climate conditions for up to 12 TO CONTACT PRESSURE Series Amount of card
Thermal grease is not required and it can be stored without months. If any separation of the filler materials is noted, the
1100
special conditions for up to 12 months. If any separation of 1100 Series must be mixed thoroughly before use. Contact
pressure (N/ Thermal resistance (K/W) 12 : Silver
the filler materials is noted, the 1100 Series must be mixed cm²) 96 : Dark white
thoroughly before use. 1100-12 1100-96 1100-97 1100-98
97 : White
98 : Grey
10 0.055 0.065 0.032 0.035
COMPARISON OF THERMAL RESISTANCE(IN RELATION TO CONTACT PRESSURE)
Compression 1100 - 12 Compression 1100 - 96 Compression 1100 - 97 Compression 1100 - 98 15 0.040 0.055 0.023 0.020
20 0.015 0.050 0.019 0.015
25 0.008 0.048 0.018 0.014
30 0.007 0.045 0.015 0.013
35 0.006 0.042 0.013 0.011
40 0.005 0.038 0.012 0.010
*Notice
166 167
CONDUCTIVE TRANSPARENT Aerosol Permanently Conductive Graphene CONDUCTIVE NICKEL For EMI/RFI shielding of plastic
PAINT 3821 Hybrid Transparent Acrylic Paint
COATING 3800 housings and plastic components
3821 Conductive transparent paint is a single component METHOD OF USE Applying electrically-conductive nickel coating 3800 series is a BENEFITS
permanently conductive graphene hybrid clear acrylic coat- Surface Preparation fast and easy method for EMI/RFI shielding/screening of plastic • Available in aerosol for prototype and small runs
ing which provides effective static elimination for electronics All contaminants must be removed from the surface. enclosures/housings. Your electrostatically sensitive applications (Part number 3801)
safe handling area and explosive atmosphere applications. Mark areas that do not require coating. A suitable primer can be shielded by using an electrically conductive paint contain- • Low surface resistivity of 0.9Ω/sq yielding high
Fully compliant with BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 and ATEX. may be necessary on certain substrates such as Polyethylene ing nickel, copper or silver. attenuation
Contains carbon nanotubes and graphene derivative. and Polypropylene. Please contact us for a suitable primer. • Enables speed and easy coverage of complex shapes
The paint comes in aerosols (Part number 3801) for easy use, but • Delivery from stock
Applications in lighting, windows, clear covers and lids, Application can also be supplied in tins of 5 liters, 7 kg (Part number 3805) • Cost-effective solution
displays etc. Supplied as an aerosol for ease of application. One or two passes are normally required to give optimum and tins of 20 liters, 28 kg (Part number 3820) if you need larger • Compatible with most plastics and metal substrates, the paint
thickness and surface resistivity values depending on the quantities. Materials such as iron-chromium-aluminium and mo- meets the requirements of BS IEC 61340-5-1:2001 (Basic speci-
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES degree of transparency required. lybdenum disilicide are used for higher temperature applications. fication: Protection of electronic devices from electrostatic phe-
nomena) and suitable for use in Atex hazardous environments.
Surface Resistivity at <107 ohm/sq Supplied as a 400 ml aerosol Some oxide ceramics are used as conductors and semi-con-
50 micron (ASTM D257)
ductors for specialized applications. To fulfill the requirements PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Recommended Dry Film Thickness 20 micron PRECAUTIONS concerning the limits of immunity and emission to interference,
Color Dark grey
Density 1.1g/cm3 Highly flammable - Keep away from sources of ignition. plastic housings and components need to be coated either fully
20 Minutes No smoking. Keep away from heat, sparks and open flames. or selectively with an electrically conductive coating. The nick- Flash point (Abel closed cup - method IP 33/59) 25 oC
Drying Time - Touch Keep all containers closed when not in use. el-conductive coating is contained in an air-drying acrylic resin. Recommended dry film thickness
Full 12 Hours 50 microns (2 thou)
(ASTM D 4138-82)
Static Decay (IEC TC15) < 2 Seconds
Use under well ventilated conditions, personal respiratory It is recommended that an grounding connection is made to Specific gravity 1.5 g/cc
Light transparency 87% protection should be worn during spraying conditions. achieve maximum shielding performance. A suitable material for Coverage per liter at 50 microns 7-10 square meters
Coverage 6-8 m2/liter Such devices must be used in accordance with the this is Part number 3201 Copper shielding tape which can simply Drying time: touch 15 minutes
manufacturers instructions. be stuck onto the coated surface or over-sprayed with the elec- Drying time: full 12 hours
ORDER EXAMPLE trically-conductive nickel coating. The coating, once it has been
Adhesion (BS 3900 E6) Excellent
Avoid contact with skin, wear protective gloves and clothing. applied, has a mat grey textured finish.
Series Wash thoroughly with soap and water after use. Pencil hardness (ASTM D3363-74) H
3821 If accidentally swallowed, seek medical advice. SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS Shelf life 12 months
Surface resistivity at 50 microns

0.5 Ohms/square or less
(2 thou) ASTM D257
Viscosity when tinned 1:1 with *** tinners 0.6p on a cone & plate, 27-32secs on a B4
flow cup
SE(dB) 50-55
AVAILABILITY
• Part number 3801 : Aerosol 365 ml
• Part number 3805 : Tin 5 liters (7 kg)
*Notice • Part number 3820 : Tin 20 liters (28 kg)
determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user. Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may
vary in other situations. Please read our Guarantee.
168 169
SILVER COATING 3830 Silver-pigmented conductive coating CONDUCTIVE METALIZATION For higher EMI/RFI shielding demands and larger quantities
we can sputter a fully metal, electrically conductive coating
3838 onto 90% of all commonly used plastics
Silver coating 3830 is the latest in a series of coatings which BENEFITS Sputtering is a technique used to create a thin layer of metal First a thin layer of stainless steel, to prevent the softeners
provide electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). This product • Excellent conductivity on a part made out of synthetic material. This technique in the plastic affecting the shielding. Secondly a thin layer of
has been specifically designed to offer more coverage while • Very smooth, bright coating is used for protective coatings that meet extremely high copper for superb shielding performance. And thirdly another
maintaining very high conductivity. • Meets UL specification 746-C standards. layer of stainless steel to avoid corrosion.
• Overs-pray is easily removable with MEK
This is a very economic means of achieving excellent shielding • Excellent adhesion to substrates like polycarbonate, ABS, The process takes place in a high-vacuum chamber, in It is also possible to only metalize a part of your plastic hous-
against emitted electromagnetic interference (EMI). polystyrene and PC/ABS blends which argon is brought to a pressure of about 5E-3 mBar. ing. That we call selective metalization.
On one wall is sputtered material that should be, this is the
The coating retains its low resistance even after exposure CURING so-called target. Opposite the substrate. This is the mate- CONDUCTIVE METALIZATION APPLICATIONS
to heat, cold, humidity, and salt spray. The product is simply Silver coating dries in 4 to 16 hours of air drying. It may be rial the sputtered material to be made. On the target is an • Shielding/Screening (EMI, RFI)
sprayed or brushed on and then left to air-dry, and does not force-dried for 20 minutes at 60-70 oC applied voltage of around-500V. With these pressures in an • To meet EMC standards
require either a primer or a top coat. argon-plasma of such positive ions, these ions move visibility
APPLYING THE CONDUCTIVE SILVER COATING into the negatively charged target, the collision with the SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
It is easily applied by spray or brush and is compatible with For easy application of the conductive silver coating, we have target material are released and move to the other side fails.
the types of plastic that are commonly used in enclosures a small sprayer that is to be connected to a compressor. After a certain time has a thin layer. Sputtering is faster when
for electronic equipment. the target behind a magnet. The magnetic field creates an
ORDER EXAMPLE electronic track with a round (or oval) forms in the target
Available in cans of 30 grams. Series erosion pattern. Not even metals can be sputtered instead
of a DC voltage is an RF voltage is used (usually 13.65 MHz).
3830 Sometimes it can / should be a gas (along with argon) to
Conductive Silver
Coating 30Gr package
create the desired layer. This is called reactive sputtering.
By this metal ion bombardment melting the metal particle

as it were, into the plastic without being affected. And a high
degree of adhesion is the result.
QUOTATION
To make a quotation we ask you to upload a drawing or
photograph of the relevant object that should be metallized
together whit the quantities.
*Notice
170 171
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE Electrically conductive glue / Electrically conductive adhesive
SHIELDOSEAL 3991 Shieldoseal 3991 series creates a electrically and thermally
conductive connection between components. Used for
GLUE (SHIELDOKIT) 3980 ESD and EMI shielding applications.
Shieldokit creates an electrically and thermally conductive APPLICATION Shieldoseal is a 65-durometer adhesive sealant, filled with CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE
connection between components (electrically conductive Shieldokit is designed to connect parts at temperatures electrically conductive particles. The sealant will cure within
adhesive). One of the applications is EMI shielding. The con- between 20 °C and 80 °C. The adhesive can be applied with 24 hours, but ultimate physical properties could take up to Specification Unit 3991
ductive glue cures at room temperature and has excellent a dispenser or by screen printing. Tools have to be cleaned 72 hours to develop. Shieldoseal should adhere excellently Metal with metal Good
filling properties. The viscosity of conductive glue is com- immediately after use. to most substrates. Metal with RFI gasket Good
parable to peanut butter, so it can be used to fill in uneven
surfaces. USED FOR: SHIELDOSEAL FOR EMI SHIELDING RFI gasket with RFI gasket Good
• Gluing components that cannot be soldered One of the applications of Shieldoseal is EMI shielding. Viscosity upon delivery Viscous
The product consists of a two-component epoxy-based glue • Connections that require excellent electrical conductivity Shieldoseal has excellent filling properties, therefore almost Toluene solvent N/cm 5
containing 80% silver. It is a paste which can be applied to • Connections that have to be thermally conductive any surface can be filled up. Shieldoseal cures quickly at room Catalyst 21 °C Air humidity
metals (copper, aluminium, stainless steel, brass, etc.), • Repairing non-solderable components temperature. When fully cured, the substance remains as Resistance against UV, ozone Yes
ceramics and most plastics. • Gluing objects to a plastic enclosure where an electrically elastic as rubber and is homogeneously conductive.
Storage time: plastic cartridges Weeks 2
conductive linkage is needed In addition, it especially distinguishes itself from other
STRUCTURE • Restoration of flat cables, SMD components, etc. substances by a high level of heat conductivity. Shieldoseal Storage time: aluminium Weeks 8
Shieldokit is a solvent-free, silver pigmented adhesive, is pasty and can be used to glue metals (copper, aluminium,
based on a two-component epoxy resin. SPECIFICATIONS / TECHNICAL DATA stainless steel, brass, etc.), ceramics and most plastics. CURING
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Silver content % by weight 80% Specification Unit 3990/3991
The kit creates a strong connection with excellent conductivity. Viscosity (D = 25s-1) mPas 20.000 - 30.000 SPECIFICATIONS Curring at room temperature 21 °C Yes
It is designed to connect temperature-sensitive components. Mixing ratio Shieldokit conductive glue Film formation at 0.2mm strength approx. Minutes 1- 4
50 : 1 Specification Part number 3991
(component A) and hardener (component B)
Curing at 0.2mm strength approx Minutes 5 - 20
Drying recommendations Conductive particles Nickel graphite
H/ °C 24/rt Curing based on film strength and venting surface approx. Minutes 3 - 180
(Depends on parameters like layer thickness, Shore A 65
Min./ °C 180/80
application and drying process)
Odorless No
Tensile Strength 250 psi
Surface resistance of the layer at 80 °C
(Depends on parameters like layer thickness, mΩ/cm² < 100 Specific Gravity 2.2
application and drying process)
V.R. Ohm-cm 0.001
Temperature stability of separate components °C - 40 to + 150
Color Grey ORDER EXAMPLE
Hardener Shieldokit hardener (component B)
Shelf life Six months from date of manufacture
Series Content (Gr.)
ORDER EXAMPLE Handling/Safety MSDS information is available on request
CURING 3991
Series Nickel graphite filled 3991 comes in 130
conductive 1-compo- gram - plastic cartridge
3980 Temperature Time
nent sealing *Other cartridges on
21 °C 30 hours request
50 °C 3 hours
80 °C 2 hours
*Notice
100 °C 1 hour Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
200 °C 10 min reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
172 173
TRANSPARENT SHIELDING
MESH FOIL 9000 - 9300 High performance also for lower frequency range
» MESH FOIL 9000 - 9300
(also for retro fit)
Width (mm)
30º
Length (mm)
Sheet style 3
Mesh foil with a 3-4mm flying mesh all around, laminated between two layers of plastic.
Around the mesh foil there is an exposed strip of wire mesh to make a connection with
your enclosure.
NOTE: For LCD displays, 17°, 35° or 45° are used typically.
We recommend that you request a sample of the product
to determine the proper angle of the wire mesh for your MESH FOIL WITH A SILVER BUSBAR
application.
Sheet style 4 (most common)
Mesh foil with 3-4mm silver busbar, laminated between two layers of plastic.
MESH FOIL SERIES At the top and the bottom of the mesh foil there is a silver strip (busbar) to make
a perfect electrical connection with your enclosure.
High performance foil for windows & displays: Silver busbar
No adhesive 9000 serie

Mesh foil is the easiest way to create transparent EMI/ STANDARD WIRE-MESH MATERIAL Transparent adhesive 9100 serie
RFI-shielded windows. You can shield existing standard Metallized copper (i.e. copper with a coating of nickel) Scratch resistance 9200 serie
displays, glass, acrylic, polycarbonate and Plexiglas windows It has a dark grey color and is not shiny. Scratch resistance adhesive 9300
Width (mm)
yourself. Micro suction silicone adhesive 91SUC
STANDARD AVAILABLE WIDTHS
Mesh foil is a very fine, electrically conductive wire mesh We have mesh foil in standard widths of stock. The stan-
laminated between two layers of scratch-resistant dard widths are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 250, 500 and
transparent foil. The wires are so fine that they can hardly 1000mm. Any other width/size can be produced within days. MESH FOIL SHEET STYLES Length (mm)
be seen with the naked eye. The product is very strong but it Maximum sheet/roll width 1020mm. Mesh foil with or without flying mesh
still bends easily. Sheet style 1 (standard Mesh foil) Sheet style 5
OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) Mesh foil laminated between two layers of plastic. Available with or without a transparent Mesh foil with a 3-4mm flying mesh, laminated between two layers of plastic.
self-adhesive layer. On all sides of the mesh foil there is a silver strip (busbar) to make a perfect electrical
It is easy to apply Mesh foil onto glass, acrylic and • Stainless steel wire mesh connection with your enclosure.
polycarbonate, either by hand or with a laminator. • Blackened copper wire mesh Silver busbar
It can be supplied with or without self-adhesive. • Phosphorus bronze wire mesh
The foil can be made with flying mesh on the sides or around MESH FOIL APPLICATIONS
Width (mm)
the foil. This means that a part of the very fine wire mesh is not Shielding displays, windows, touch screens, monitors, LCD
Width (mm)
covered in transparent foil. The exposed edges of wire mesh can screens, TEMPEST.
be used to create an electrical connection with your enclosure.
Alternatively a conductive or non-conductive adhesive can be MICRO SUCTION SILICONE ADHESIVE
provided along the edges or there can be a silver busbar around
Length (mm)
the circumference. For easy manual application of the foil we have developed Length (mm)
a new Micro Suction Silicone adhesive. This adhesive has a

WIRE-MESH ANGLE number of advantages that make the film easy to position.
Sheet style 2 Sheet style 6
Our advise, standard adhesive only for laminating machines Mesh foil with flying mesh, laminated between two layers of plastic. At the top and the Mesh foil with 3-4mm silver busbar at sides and flying mesh,
or very experienced people else use this new Micro Suc- bottom of the mesh foil there is an exposed strip of wire mesh to make a connection laminated between two plastic layers.
with your enclosure. On the left and right side of the mesh foil there is a silver strip (busbar)
tion Silicone Adhesive. Benefits of this adhesive is that it is to make a perfect electrical connection with your enclosure.
reusable, reposition-able, it never attach permanently and is Flying mesh
Flying mesh
easy to apply by hand (less bubbly).

Please note : Mesh foil with Micro Suction Silicone adhesive has a thickness of 450
micron / 0.45mm.
Width (mm)
Width (mm)
Mesh foil with moiré effect and without moiré effect TECHNICAL DETAILS Silver busbar
• The wire mesh can be placed at a custom angle to

prevent the moiré effect on your display Type (wires/inch) 100
(standard is 0 degrees). Wire diameter (mm) 0.050
• A custom wire-mesh angle is only available with sheet Nominal aperture (mm) 0.204 Length (mm)
Length (mm)
styles 1 and 5
Light transmission % 64.5
174 175
» MESH FOIL 9000 - 9300 CONDUCTIVE MESH 8900 Conductive mesh is made of polyester coated with nickel and
copper. It offers excellent surface conductivity, shielding effec-
tiveness, and corrosion resistance for a variety of applications.
MESH FOIL MOUNTING EXAMPLES

Conductive tape
Mesh foil Mesh foil
Silver busbar Silver busbar Housing

Housing
Mounting example 1 Mounting example 2
Mesh foil mounted with Conductive glue 3980 series Mesh foil mounted with Conductive tape 3201
EMI / IP Gasket Bezel
Mesh foil Bezel Mesh foil
Silver busbar
Flying mesh
Housing Housing
Mounting example 3 Mounting example 4
Mesh foil mounted in a clamping construction Standard Mesh foil mounted in a clamping construction
with an EMI gasket. A water seal is possible here.
STANDARD MESH FOIL SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*

PART NUMBER EXAMPLES 9000 series - Standard mesh foil
10 KHz - 22 GHz | 9000 Blackened Nylon 130 OPI | REF OUTSIDE CAGE
140
Size Length Part number
120
Standard +
Standard + Standard +
Standard scratch-resis- 100
(Mm) (Mm) self- adhe- scratch-resis-
mesh foil sive tant layer tant layer +
Conductive mesh is made of polyester coated with nickel and FEATURES
Attenuation dB
self-adhesive 80
60
copper. The base layer is copper, which is highly conductive, • Optical grade, precision stainless-steel mesh
50 100 90-50-100 91-50-100 92-50-100 93-50-100
40
and the outer layer is nickel for corrosion resistance. Nickel/cop- • Extremely delicate, lightweight and flexible
250 250 90-250-250 91-250-250 92-250-250 93-250-250
per coated polyester fabric offers excellent surface conductivity, • Used for EMI/RFI-shielded windows
20
500 500 90-500-500 91-500-500 92-500-500 93-500-500 shielding effectiveness, and corrosion resistance for a variety of • Used to make windows in a Faraday tent
10 5000 90-10-5000 91-10-5000 92-10-5000 93-10-5000
0
10 KHz 100 KHz 1MHz 10MHz 50MHz 100MHz 250MHz 1GHz 2.5GHz 10GHz 20GHz applications. Conductive mesh is recommended to obtain high • DFAR compliant
EMI shielding at a frequency range of 500 kHz to 10 GHz. • 80 to 130 OPI
Electric/Plane wave single layer Frequency
Magnetic single layer
20 5000 90-20-5000 91-20-5000 92-20-5000 93-20-5000 Electric/Plane wave double layer
Magnetic double layer
• At the extreme limits of the world’s wire weaving abilities
30 5000 90-30-5000 91-30-5000 92-30-5000 93-30-5000
CHARACTERISTICS • Used in outer-space probes and leading physics laboratories
40 5000 90-40-5000 91-40-5000 92-40-5000 93-40-5000
50 5000 90-50-5000 91-50-5000 92-50-5000 93-50-5000 Item Unit Spec. Reference APPLICATIONS
100 5000 90-100-5000 91-100-2000 92-100-2000 93-100-2000 Roll width Mm 1000 • Electric-magnetic field shielding
200 2000 90-200-2000 91-200-2000 92-200-2000 93-200-2000 Roll length 30 meters
1000 1000 90-1000-1000 91-1000-1000 92-1000-1000 93-1000-1000 Mesh/OPI 80 - 130 SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS (DB)
8900 series - Conductive mesh
Conductive mesh Mm 0.085 ± 0.01
thickness 10 KHz - 22 GHz | 8900 Conductive mesh with flash nickel (black) 130 OPI | REF OUTSIDE CAGE
140
Surface resistivity Ω/square < 0.13 MIL -G-83528
120
Shielding ASTM D 4935
dB Min. 60
effectiveness Method 100
Attenuation dB
Mesh count Inch 130 130 80
any width can be 60
produced ORDER EXAMPLE

40
ORDER EXAMPLE Part number Width (mm) Length (mm)

20
0
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Wire angle Sheet style Adhesive 10 KHz 100 KHz 1MHz 10MHz 50MHz 100MHz 250MHz
Frequency
1GHz 2.5GHz 10GHz 20GHz
Electric/Plane wave single layer
Magnetic single layer
Electric/Plane wave double layer
8901 : Conductive Specify the width of Specify the length of Magnetic double layer
mesh with flash nickel the sheet in mm the sheet in mm

90 : Standard mesh Width of the visible Length of the visible Angle of the wire #1STD : Standard ST : Standard adhesive (black)
foil area in mm area in mm mesh in degrees. mesh foil MS: Micro suction 8902 : Conductive
91 : Standard mesh Standard is 0 degrees. #2FTB : With flying mesh with flash nickel
foil + Self-adhesive mesh at top and 8903 : Conductive
92 : Standard mesh bottom mesh stainless steel
foil + Scratch resistant #3FAR : With flying
layer mesh on all sides
93 : Standard mesh #4BTB : With silver
foil + Scratch resistant bar at top and bottom
layer + Self-adhesive #5BAR : With silver
91SUC : Standard bar on all sides
mesh foil + Micro suc- #6BLR : With silver
tion silicone adhesive bar at left and right
*Notice
176 177
COPPER GRID PET FILM 9400 PET film deposited with copper grid
and protected with a nickel layer
» COPPER GRID PET FILM 9400
TRANSPARENT EMI SHIELDING COPPER GRID PET FILM TECHNICAL DATA

Performance index
Item Unit Detection method Remark
85 Mesh/OPI 250 Mesh/OPI
Protective film μm 50˜60 Material: PE
EMI Shielding μm 100±5 Material: PET
Layer
Thickness ASTM D374
Optical acrylic
Adhesive μm 20±5 adhesive gum
Release layer μm 38±5 Material: PET
Mesh shape 45° quadrate
Mesh width μm 15 25
Mesh spacing μm 300 100

Visible light transmittance % ≥80 ≥40 GB/T 2410-2008
Surface resistance 85 Mesh : four point probe
Ω/□ ≤0.2, ≤0.4, ≤ 0.6 ≤0.1
(conductive side) 250 Mesh : CDE resmap
Adhesive force (conductive side) At least two-stage GB/T 9286-1998
Gum peel strength G/25mm ≥100 GB/T 2792-1998 For glass panel
This transparent conductive Metal Mesh PET film is optical FEATURES Wet-hot
Resistance
variation % ≤30 65 oC, 90%, 100hours ΔR/R0
PET film deposited with copper grid and protected with a • Conductive layer flexible and durable, surface resistance resisting per-
formance Light transmit-
nickel layer. This film conducts better than our best 9900 and basic PET thickness customized available, conductive tance change % ≤5 ΔT/T0
series Transparent shielding foil and is only a fraction less side hard coating available Shielding Effectiveness In30MH~1000MHz damping capacity ≥ 30dB SJ 20524-1995
transparent. This film has a conductive layer with a very • RoHS certificate
fine etched mesh that is one with the transparent carrier.
APPLICATION SPECIFICATION SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
Transparent conductive Metal Mesh PET film remains very • Confidential meeting room
Item Value Remarks
high transparency, this film is extreme low resistance for • Computer room
high frequency EMI shielding application and is easy to • Hospital Basic thickness 75~100μm Thickness tester
apply. The copper mesh is almost invisible. • Display & windows EMI shielding
VLT ≥80% Haze tester
• Film thickness : 75-100um STANDARD SIZE Adhesion strength 500~1500gf/25mm To glass

• Transparency : >80% • As sheet : (550mm x 1050mm) Adhesion between PET Grade 2 GB-9286-88
and conductive layer
• In form : (550 x 1050mm conductive area)
STRUCTURE • When you want to order 9400 series Transparent EMI 30MHz 60dB
100MHz 51dB Based on SJ 20524-1995
Protective film + EMI shielding layer + optical adhesive (op- shielding copper grid PET film in form, please Shielding 200MHz 45dB Electronics military standard,
tested by PLA (People Repub-
tion A) + release layer. Due to the random structure none or send you CAD drawing. 500MHz 42dB
1000MHz 37dB lic Army)
almost no moiré effect is visible when applied to an display.
See our guarantee
Please note : top layer can be affected by acid for example
Protective film from the skin. To protect the conductive layer, you can apply
EMI Shielding Layer a transparent film or use the adhesive side on top.
Adhesive (Option A)
Release layer Small optical defects are allowed in this product. If you
require a product that has absolutely no optical defect then
contact us for the "superior selected quality". Please realize
that by the extreme caution act in production these prod-
ucts can be several times more expensive.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Adhesive
9400
Transparent EMI Width in mm Length in mm A : With adhesive
shielding copper grid N : No adhesive (foil
PET film only)
*Notice
178 179
SHIELDED EMI GLASS 9600 A new series of EMI/RFI-shielded glass has been developed.
Our EMI/RFI-shielded glass 9600 series is a float glass with
» SHIELDED EMI GLASS 9600
a conductive coating on one side to prevent EMI/RFI.
CONTACT EDGES
EMI/RFI-shielded glass 9600 series is conductive on one side.
If you want to establish a connection with the other side of
the glass which is not conductive, a contact edge is needed.
Conductive side
Non conductive side
The glass is also available finished with an aluminium frame

for easy mounting in Faraday cages and MRI rooms. We can (S) With a silver busbar
supply EMI-shielded glass with the following edges:
The combination of high light transmission, near-neutral ADVANTAGES

color and low electrical resistance makes this glass an ideal • Excellent EMI/RFI shielding
EMI/RFI shield for electronic displays requiring moderate • High transparency
shielding effectiveness and high-quality optical properties. • Scratch resistant (C) With copper edges for grounding (F) With an aluminium frame for shielded enclosures,
• Suited for outdoor use Faraday cages and MRI rooms
EMI/RFI-shielded glass is suited for outdoor use and provides • Any shape or size available
excellent shielding performance from 10 kHz up to 40 GHz. • Can be produced or cut according to CAD drawing
In addition the coating has good scratch-resistant properties.
Typical applications are medical and military LED/LCD OPTIONS (ON REQUEST)
monitors, shielded cameras, sensors and displays. • Tempered to increase impact resistance
• Anti-glare
Our EMI/RFI-shielded glass provides a good balance • Laminated with highly transparent mesh foil for very
between shielding on the one hand and optical clarity high shielding performance
on the other.
APPLICATIONS
On request EMI/RFI-shielded glass with 20 Ohms/sq is • Shielded sensors (TC) With tinned copper edges for easy soldering and (N) Without a special contact edge; there still is electrical
available. The disadvantage of this glass is that it has • Shielded displays, glass, or windows grounding conduction at the coated side of the glass.
reduced light transmission and increased light reflection. • Shielded cameras
• RF shielding SHIELDING PERFORMANCE
TECHNICAL DETAILS • EMI shielding
120
Please note: the top layer can be affected by acids, for example
Light transmission 84% 100 from the skin. To protect the conductive layer, you can apply a
Attenuation (dB)
Electrical resistance 10-12 Omhs/sq 80 transparent film.
Temperatures -60 / +110 °C 60
Small optical defects are allowed in this product. If you require
EMI-shielding effectiveness 24 - 98 dB (10 kHz - 40 GHz) 40 a product that is absolutely free from optical defects, we invite
Available thicknesses 3, 4, and 6mm you to contact us for the "superior selected quality". Please
20
0
realize that due to the extreme caution needed to manufacture
1M 10M 100M 1G 10G these products, they can be several times more expensive.
Frequency (MHz)
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Thickness (mm) Contact edge
9600
EMI glass can be Width of the visible
area in mm
Height of the visible
area in mm
3 : 3mm thick
4 : 4mm thick
C : Copper
TC : Tinned copper
6 : 6mm thick S : Silver busbar
produced up to 3 x 1.5m F : With aluminium
frame
N : No contact edge
180 181
FARADAY CAGE WINDOWS EMI/RFI-shielded Faraday cage windows MESH FOIL WINDOWS 9700 Ready to use EMI/RFI shielded mesh foil windows
Faraday cage window

after interior finish
EMI/RFI-SHIELDED FARADAY CAGE WINDOWS STANDARD FARADAY CAGE WINDOW, For the highest possible EMI / RFI shielding performance, LIGHT TRANSMISSION
We manufacture Faraday cage windows ready for installation. TECHNICAL DRAWING a woven electrically conductive micro-structure of Opacity of mesh windows is 64.5%. A lack of available light
These windows guarantee very high EMI/RFI/EMC-shielding shielding mesh foil 9000 mesh is bonded between two layers of glass or plastic should not be a concern, since an average pair of sunglasses
performance. Faraday cage windows can be manufactured in RF coated glass 9600 (Single layer). Alternatively, a single layer of Mesh foil 9000 allows less than 9% light to come through.
any dimension and according to the customer's drawing. RF coated glass 9600 series is fixed onto one side of a single glass or plastic win-
dow with self-adhesive (single window). APPLICATIONS
A Faraday cage window is made up of several EMI/ • LCD displays;
RFI-shielding products. This can be done by laminating or edge bonding. • Membrane switches,
The EMI-shielded mesh-foil windows can be provided with • Touch screens
We put two layers of 9600 series EMI/RFI-shielded glass a silver bush bar, a electrical conductive gasket or can be • Defense / Avionics etc.
on either side of 9000 series Mesh foil to ensure very high clamp mounted supplied with a frame for easy mounting. Windows can • Devices for medical technology
self tapping screw
shielding performance in a wide frequency range. aluminium frame optionally be provided with a water seal. • For test and measuring instruments
or through hole
These three layers are held together by an aluminium frame WINDOW TYPES WINDOW MATERIALS
for easy installation. The aluminium frame is provided with EMI/RFI shielded mesh foil windows can be made from your
housing
an electrically conductive 6800 series Amucor gasket to Amucor existing windows or can be supplied as a new window made of:
ensure good electrical contact with the Faraday cage. gasket
• Polycarbonate (material code P)
Our engineers can give you the best advice for your application. • Acrylic (material code A)
Please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com fore • Glass (material code G)
more information.
Single layer: Wire mesh fixed onto one Double layer: Wire mesh bonded between
This applies both to single windows as for the stepped windows.
ORDER EXAMPLE side of a glass or plastic window two glass or plastic windows
Product Width (mm) Height (mm) Note that it is also possible to laminate the wire mesh
Faraday cage under a custom angle to prevent moiré effect on for example
windows monitors or LCD displays.
Specify the width in Specify the height
mm including the in mm including the
frame. Max 3 meter. frame. Max 6 meter.
before interior finish
*Notice
mesh foil windows can be
lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user. produced up to 3 x 1.5m
182 183
» MESH FOIL WINDOWS 9700 » MESH FOIL WINDOWS 9700
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* TECHNICAL DETAILS AND SHIELDING PERFORMANCE

Material 8901 8902 8903 Phosphor Bronze Copper
Standard
Wires/inch (OPI) 130 80 100 100 250 70 100
Wire Diameter (mm) 0.086 0.086 0.030 0.097 0.035 0.076 0.050
Nominal Aperture (mm) 0.110 0.110 0.224 0.157 0.067 0.287 0.204
Light Transmission 64.5 64.5 64.5 38.2 43.5 62.6 64.5
Attenuation
Field type Frequency dB
H 10 kHz 32 27 30 22 20 24 22
H 100 kHz 35 28 31 42 24 39 35
H 1000 kHz 43 37 34 61 40 58 54
E 1 MHz 102 100 103 120 120 105 111
E 10 MHz 77 76 77 110 97 100 99
E 100 MHz 85 82 87 96 91 86 95
CONTACT EDGES P 1 GHz 68 55 47 79 87 66 72

P 10 GHz 48 40 42 46 60 34 45
In your situation results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Window material Window type Thickness
9700
Width of the visible Height of the visible P : Polycarbonate 1 : Single layer For single layer,
area in mm area in mm (standard) 2 : Double layer 1, 2, 3 or 4mm
A : Acrylate thickness is standard.
FM : Flying mesh (Single layer) Wire FM : Flying mesh (Double layer) Wire CO : Copper bush-bar (Single layer) CO : Copper bush-bar (Double layer) G : Glass For double layer 2,
mesh fixed onto one side of a glass or mesh fixed between two glass or plastic Wire mesh fixed onto one side of a glass Wire mesh fixed between two glass or PS : Polycarbonate 3, 4, 6, or 8mm is
plastic window. Flying mesh all around windows. Flying mesh all around to make or plastic window. Copper bush-bar all plastic windows. Copper bush-bar all (scratch Resistance) standard.
to make an electrical contact with the an electrical contact with the housing / around to make an electrical contact with around to make an electrical contact with Other thickness on
housing / Faraday cage. Faraday cage. the housing / Faraday cage. the housing / Faraday cage.
Width (mm) request.
Contact edge Contact edge Mesh angle
17mm
17mm
FM : Flying mesh Specify the width Specify the mesh

11mm
CO : Copper of the contact edge wire angle in degrees.

11mm
TC : Tinned copper in mm Standard is 0 degrees.

SB : Silver bush-bar
FR : With frame
NO : No contact edge
17mm
17mm
11mm
TC : Tinned copper bush-bar (Single TC : Tinned copper bush-bar (Double SB : Silver bush-bar (Single layer) SB : Silver bush-bar (Double layer) Wire made in different
11mm
17mm
layer) Wire mesh fixed onto one side of layer) Wire mesh fixed between two Wire mesh fixed onto one side of a glass mesh fixed between two glass or plastic
a glass or plastic window. With tinned 17mm glass or plastic windows. With tinned
copper edges for easy soldering and copper edges for easy soldering and
or plastic window. Silver bush-bar all
around to make an electrical contact with
windows. Silver bush-bar all around
to make an electrical contact with the sizes according
11mm
the housing / Faraday cage. housing / Faraday cage.

to drawing
grounding. grounding.
11mm
Please note
Top layer can be affected by acid for example from the skin. To protect the conductive
layer, you can apply a transparent film or use the adhesive side on top.
17mm
Small optical defects are allowed in this product. If you require a product that has
17mm absolutely no optical defect then contact us for the “superior selected quality”. Please
realize that by the extreme caution act in production these products can be several
11mm
17mm times more expensive.

11mm
11mm
*Notice
FR : with aluminum frame (Double layer) Wire mesh fixed between two glass or plas- NO : No contact edge (Single layer) Wire NO : No contact edge (Double layer) tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
tic windows. The entire window clamped in an aluminum frame for easy mounting in mesh fixed onto one side of a glass or Wire mesh fixed between two glass or reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
shielded rooms and Faraday cages. plastic window. plastic windows. products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
Please note if you want to know more about the FR : wire mesh with aluminium for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
frame we refer you to the Faraday cage windows page for more information. determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
184 185
ESD FILM 9800 Electrostatic-dissipative polyester film with adhesive backing.
ANTI-static & ATEWX film
» ESD FILM 9800
TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Property Test method Unit (100 microns)
Tensile strength
MD ASTM D-882A PSI 25.000
TD ASTM D-882A PSI 35.000
Yield strength
MD 14.000
ASTM D-882A PSI
TD 14.000
Elongation at break
MD 200
ASTM D-882A %
TD 120
Pencil hardness
Hardness ASTM D-3363 Hardness scale 3H
Optical
Transmittance – total visible 85
Transmittance – total UV ASTM D-1003 % 10
9800 ESD film is a transparent, static dissipative, self-adhesive ADVANTAGES Haze 7.3
polyester film. It includes a special coating on one side and a • High tear strength, clear, adhesive-backed polyester film MD = Machine Direction | TD - Transversal Direction
release film on the other side. The film can be applied to flat, • Permanently electrostatic-dissipative coating
insulating surfaces. • Complies with EN 61340-5-1
• Humidity independent APPLYING THE FILM - STEP BY STEP
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES • Very low tribocharge generation and excellent electro- Step 1 Step 4
static decay performance • Measure the usable area • Carefully apply the wet, sticky side of the foil to the wet
Property Test standard Typical value Requirements • High clarity, good chemical and abrasion resistance • Cut the foil to size, adding 2 cm on each side (the extra surface. It is important that both sides are moist.
Surface resistance • Ideal for PCB manufacturing and testing will be cut off afterwards) • Smooth the film carefully to avoid creases or bubbles.
RS
EN 61340-2-3 106 –10⁸ Ω 1 x 104 RP 1 x 1010 Ω EN • Suitable for clean manufacturing applications
61340-5-1
Point to point (retrofitting clean room windows, etc.) Step 2 Please note: in exceptional cases, the top layer can be
resistance R�
• Can be used as transparency for copies • Moisten the surface to which the foil will be applied with affected by acids, for example from the skin. To protect the
• Thickness: 0.1mm water from a spray bottle. The surface should be wet conductive layer, you can apply a transparent film or use the
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE • Maximum sheet/roll width: 1220mm during the entire application process. adhesive side on top.
Samples were immersed in the specified chemicals for 24
hours at room temperature and then examined visually. Step 3 Small optical defects are allowed in this product. If you
• Stick a piece of adhesive tape on one edge of the foil to require a product that is absolutely free from optical defects,
Chemical Surface damage Visual evaluation easily pull off the transparent protection film. please contact us for the "superior selected quality". Due
Deionized water None Clear • Moisten the adhesive on the foil with the spray bottle. to the extreme caution needed to produce these products,
30% Sulphuric acid None Clear they can be several times more expensive.
30% Nitric acid None Clear
30% HCL None Clear
ORDER EXAMPLE
Methanol None Clear
Series Width (mm) Height (mm)
Ethanol None Clear
9800
Isopropyl alcohol None Clear
Width of the visible Height of the visible
Acetone None Slight change area in mm. area in mm
Max. width 1220mm
Methylene chloride None Clear
any width can be *Notice

produced Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory
The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
186 187
TRANSPARENT SHIELDING FOIL Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil
» TRANSPARENT SHIELDING FOIL 9900
9900
5 & 50 ohm 30 MHz - 3 GHz | 9900 - Transparent shielding foil 5 & 50 ohm 1 GHz - 22 GHz | 9900 - Transparent shielding foil
50 50
45 45
40 40
Shielding performance (dB)

Shielding performance (dB)
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 20000
Attenuation 50 ohm Frequency MHz Attenuation 50 ohm Frequency MHz
Attenuation 5 ohm Attenuation 5 ohm
SHEET STYLES
Transparent shielding foil with specialty of one side APPLICATIONS Sheet style #1STD
Standard transparent EMI-shielding foil. No extra contact Sheet style #2BAR Sheet style #3CAR
conductive meanwhile optical transmittance, is widely • Transparent shielding foil for LED glass edge. There is electrical conduction on the top side of Transparent EMI-shielding foil with silver busbar. Transparent EMI-shielding foil with copper edges for
grounding.
used for applications of EL panel, LCD EMI shielding, touch • Transparent conductive layer for transmitting electron the foil.
screen, flexible solar cell etc. • Transparent shielding foil for capacity touch key
• ITO Film with high light transmittance is used as the
Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil 9900 series is a polyester transparent conductive layer for transmitting electron
film with a transparent conductive coating. The foil provides
excellent electric and electromagnetic shielding of 40 -70 OPTIONS
dB at 10 kHz to 300 Mhz and 25-40 dB from 300 MHz to 22 • Finished with silver busbar
Ghz. • Copper grounding contact
• Conductive self-adhesive
In addition to EMI/RFI/EMC shielding it is also used •
for grounding and static discharge applications. TECHNICAL DETAILS
Typical applications are transparent shielding panels • Shielding effectiveness 25 - 70 dB (10 kHz – 22 GHz)
for visual displays in instrumentation equipment, control 5Ω/□ & 50Ω/□ MOUNTING
panels and computers. The light transmission is 65-95%, • Light transmission 65-95% A connection can be made between the conductive side of the Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil 9900 series and a conductive
depending on the electrical conductivity (20-5 Ohm/sq). • Foil thickness 0.17mm mounting surface of the construction with Shielded tape 3201 or it can be clamp mounted with Ultra soft shield 7400.
• Commonly used for displays, medical, military, general
Due to its transparency, Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil electronics Please note: These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
9900 series is the optimal choice for optical clarity. • Maximum sheet/roll width 1220mm Results may vary in other situations. Please read our Guarantee.
* For high shielding performance, see Mesh foil 9000 series or Ready mesh foil windows 9700 series.
For TEMPEST sites or radar/telecom protection, large dimensions
are available. ORDER EXAMPLE
If you have a drawing of a specific shape you require, Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Adhesive Sheet style
please send it to info@hollandshielding.com for a quotation. 9900
Width of the visible Height of the visible 01 : Self-adhesive #1STD : Standard
area in mm area in mm 02 : Without self-ad- transparent foil
hesive #2BAR : Finished with
silver busbar
#3CAR : With copper
grounding contact
any width can be *Notice

produced tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
188 189
TRANSPARENT SHIELDING FOIL Ready-made transparent EMI-shielding foil windows
for moderate EMI shielding, with good light
» TRANSPARENT SHIELDING FOIL WINDOWS 9910
WINDOWS 9910 transmittance and transparency.
CONTACT EDGES
(C) With copper edges for grounding (S) With a silver busbar
Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil windows 9910 series consist TECHNICAL DRAWING

of a strong polyester film with a layer of transparent conductive
coating from our 9900 series Transparent shielding foil
laminated on one side of a single glass or plastic window. (TC) With tinned copper edges for easy soldering and (F) With an aluminium frame for shielded enclosures,
grounding Faraday cages and MRI rooms
Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil 9910 series can also be
laminated onto an existing window, if the window is brought MOUNTING
to us, or onto any new window made of: Connection from the conductive side of the Transparent EMI/
RFI shielding foil 9900 series to a conductive mounting surface
• Polycarbonate (material code P) of the construction can be provided by Shielded tape 3201
• Acrylic (material code A) CONTACT EDGES series or by clamp-mounted Ultra soft shield 7400 series.
• Glass (material code G)
Please note: the top layer can be affected by acid, for example
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* from the skin. To protect the conductive layer, you can apply a
transparent film or use the non-conductive side on top.
120
(N) Without a special contact edge; there still is electrical
Small optical defects are allowed in this product. If you conduction at the coated side of the glass.
100 need a product that is absolutely free from optical defects,
80 please contact us for the "superior selected quality". Do be
Attenuation (dB)
Transparent EMI/RFI-shielding foil window 9910 series is only aware though that due to the extreme caution required to
60 conductive on one side. If you want to make a connection with manufacture these products, they can be several times more
40 the other side of the window which is not conductive, we can expensive.
add a contact edge for you. We can also supply the windows
20 complete with an aluminium frame for easy mounting in ORDER EXAMPLE
0 Faraday cages and MRI rooms.
1M 10M 100M 1G 10G Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Window material Thickness (mm) Contact edge
Frequency (MHz)
On the next page you will see the contact edges that are 9910
available for a 9910 series Transparent EMI shielding window. Width of the visible Length of the visible P : Polycarbonate Specify the thickness C : Copper
area in mm. So with- area in mm. So with- A : Acrylic of the window in mm TC : Tinned copper
out a possible contact out a possible contact G : Glass F : With frame
These values are measured under laboratory conditions. edge. edge. S : Silver busbar
In other situations results may differ. Please read our Guarantee. N : No contact edge
*For transparent shielding solutions with high shielding

performance see Mesh foil 9000 series or Ready-made mesh
foil windows 9700 series.
*Notice
190 191
VENTILATION PANELS
HONEYCOMB VENTS 9500 EMI shielded ventilation panels for ventilation and heating » HONEYCOMB VENTS 9500
SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS AIRFLOW CHARACTERISTICS

9500 series - Honeycomb ventilation panels
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Our Honeycomb ventilation panels are usually custom made
for our client. However, some common dimensions are in
Honeycomb vents are used to shield openings for ventilation BENEFITS stock. In the standard dimensions table below some com-
or acoustic/visual contact. We can make these vents accord- • Light weight SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) mon types of Honeycomb ventilation panels are specified
ing to your drawing within a few days, or you can use our • High shielding performance to illustrate the required information. Hole diameter P is
Single-layer Cross-cell Single-layer Cross-cell
standard range from stock. • Low air-flow resistance 6.35mm thick 6.35mm thick 12.7mm thick 54mm thick standard 3.5mm, with other dimensions possible on request.
• Reduction of turbulence honeycomb honeycomb honeycomb honeycomb Also available with screw apertures or inserts.
material material material material
We can supply Honeycomb vents with frames, pre-drilled
with fasteners or with flow-drilled thread holes. The standard OPTIONS Frequency Field
Frames B, C,
D, G
Only custom
frames
Frames E, F Frame K C
A
0.5 C
material is aluminium which can be given a nickel finish • Cross-cell honeycomb for extra high shielding performance
200 kHz H 39 71 78 85
(or any other finish you choose). • Slant honeycomb 30°, 45°, 60° for outdoor rainproof
100 MHz E 80 105 100 110
applications
If high shielding levels are required, the use of cross-cell • 45° degrees is the most common implementation 500 MHz P 55 93 55 95
honeycombs is recommended. These are constructed from Please note, slant honeycombs are available on request 2 GHz P 52 94 96 98
G
B
multiple sections of 6.35mm or 12.7mm or 26.3mm thick • Polyurethane filter for dust protection 10 GHz P 61 82 80 90
honeycombs within a single frame. The shielding performance • Kick plate for mechanical protection These values were measured under laboratory conditions and with proper gasket material used.
will improve as air flow is decreased, but not eliminated. • Stainless steel, mild steel or brass versions In other situations, results may differ. Please read our Guarantee.
F
• Cell sizes 1.6mm, 3.2mm, 6.4mm, 9.5mm, 12.7mm, C
For military applications we make a heavy hot-dip galvanized or 19mm (standard 3.2mm) D E 0.5 C
mild-steel version. Please contact us for more information. • Gaskets for firm connections P dia.
Honeycombs are also frequently used as flow straighteners to Approximately 95% of the honeycomb vents we produce are Outer dimensions Mounting holes horizontal Mounting holes vertical
create a laminar flow. made to customer specifications. A B No D E No F G
Standard honeycomb
150 75 2 40 70 1 37.5 -
STANDARD AND CROSS-CELL VERSIONS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS any size, any shape 100 100 1 50 - 1 50 -
Extrusion Aluminium alloy 6063-T1 QQ-A-200/9

according to drawing 200 100 3 20 80 1 50 -
125 125 2 20 85 1 62.5 -
Filter media Aluminium alloy 5056, per RR-W-365 250 125 3 30 95 1 62.5 -
Honeycomb Aluminium alloy MIL-C-7438 150 150 2 25 100 2 25 100
Grilles Aluminium alloy 3003-H-14 per QQ-A-359 300 150 4 30 80 2 25 100
Chem film to MIL-C-5541 Class 1A (standard) 175 175 2 40 95 2 40 95
Finish Also available: Bright tin, Electro-less nickel
or Chem film - Class 3 350 175 4 40 90 2 40 95
Cross-cell-
Standard honeycomb& Cross-cell honeycomb
honeycomb Standard honeycomb EMI (optional) 200 200 3 20 80 3 20 80
(forhigher
(for highershielding
shielding performance)
performance) Amucor shield 6800 or Knitted wire mesh
/ RFI gasket
400 200 5 30 85 3 20 80
250 250 3 30 95 3 30 95
300 300 4 30 80 4 30 80
600 300 7 30 90 4 30 80
192 193
Bolt
Frame
» HONEYCOMB VENTS 9500 Enclosure/housing FRAMELESS HONEYCOMB EMI shielded ventilation panels for ventilation and heating
Honeycomb
base material
VENTS 9505
Nut
MOUNTING OPTIONS Gasket
Bolt
Frame Frame
Honeycomb
base material
Enclosure/housing Enclosure/housing Flow drilled

30
tap/thread
Honeycomb
Nut base material 30
25.3
56
Gasket 30 Gasket 12.7
Bolt
25.3
12.7 30
Option 1 : Through hole/bolt Option 2 : Flow-drilled tap/thread
Frame
Honeycomb EMC gasket EMC gasket 30
25.3
base material Frame A Frame K
FRAME OPTIONS (Cross cell honeycomb) (Cross cell honeycomb)
30
12.7
56
Cross-cell honeycombs
Enclosure/housing Flow drilled Single-layer honeycombs 12.7
25.3
30
tap/thread 11
26 10
EMC gasket EMC gasket

30
11 6.35 10 6.35 Frame A Frame K
25.3
(Cross cell honeycomb) (Cross cell honeycomb)
Gasket 12.7 Bolt
56 EMC gasket
BENEFITS
EMC gasket
30
12.7
25.3 Frame B Frame C Honeycomb 26
vents are used to EMI shield
10
openings for
26
15 ventilation
11 or acoustic/visual contact. We can make these vents • Light weight
EMC gasket EMC gasket 11 according
11
to your drawing
6.35
within
10 a few days, or you6.35
can use our • High shielding performance
Frame A Frame K 11 6.35 15 12.7 standard range from stock. Honeycombs are also frequently used
EMC gasket
• Low air-flow resistance
(Cross cell honeycomb) (Cross cell honeycomb)
as flow straighteners to create a laminar flow.
Frame B
EMC gasket • Reduction of turbulence
Frame C
EMC gasket EMC gasket
• Can be made round or rectangular shaped
GASKET
11 MATERIAL
26 10 Frame D Frame E
HONEYCOMB
11
26
MATERIAL THICKNESSES
15
Our 9500 series framed Honeycomb

11 6.35 10
ventilation panels
6.35
20
10
We manufacture Honeycomb material in thicknesses of
15 12.7
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
are generally supplied with a 6800 series Amucor gasket. 6.35,
11
12.7 and 26.3mm.
6.35
EMC gasket Extrusion Aluminium alloy 6063-T1 QQ-A-200/9
EMC gasket 20 12.7 6.35 EMC gasket
11
COMPRESSED SIDES
EMC gasket
Frame B Frame C
This is a EMC gasket with an aluminium alloy. Suitable Neoprene gasket
Frame D Frame E Filter media Aluminium alloy 5056, per RR-W-365
for most26applications. However, due 15to galvanic corrosion EMC gasket
24 EMC gasket The 9505 series Frameless Honeycomb ventilation panels can Honeycomb Aluminium alloy MIL-C-7438
for some11
applications, the Honeycombs can also be be made20with compressed sides. This 10 has the advantage that
Grilles Aluminium alloy 3003-H-14 per QQ-A-359
supplied
11 with a 1200
6.35 series Metal
15
knit gasket. 12.7 Frame F Frame G the ventilation panel easily remains in place in the opening of
standard 20mm Chem film to MIL-C-5541 Class 1A (standard)
your
20 electronics housing.
12.7 This also
11 provides better6.35 shielding Finish Also available: Bright tin, Electro-less nickel
ORDER
Frame D
EXAMPLE EMC gasket
Frame E
EMC gasket
3
3.35
6.35 performance. Neoprene gasket or Chem film - Class 3
6.35 EMC gasket
24 EMC gasket
Series Height (mm) Width (mm) Frame Drill pattern FramelessGasket material
20
10
Frameless M N TYPES
Frame F Frame G
DIMENSIONS
9500 (With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material)
standard 20mm Frameless honeycomb vent panels can be produced very
standard 20mm
20 Specify
12.7 the height
11 Specify the6.35
width A : Frame A DS : Standard drill A : Amucor (standard) accurately in any desired size. Specify in the quotation
dimension in mm dimension in mm B : Frame B pattern K : Knitted wire mesh 3
Neoprene gasket C : Frame C 8
DC : Custom12.7
drill N : No gasket 3.35
6.35
6.35
the dimensions you want.
EMC gasket
24 EMC gasket D : Frame 4.7
D pattern
E : Frame E N : No holes Frameless M Frameless N
ORDER EXAMPLE
12,7
F : Frame F (With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material)
Frame F Frame G Frameless P
G : FrameFrameless
G O
standard 20mm
standard 20mm K : Frame(With
K compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material) Series Shape Type
standard 20mm
3
6.35
8
12.7
9505
3.35
6.35
15
4.7
12,7 RO : Round M : 6.35mm thick
Frameless M Frameless N 25.3 25.3 RE : Rectangular with compressed
(With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material) 10.3 Frameless O Frameless P sides
(With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material) O : 12.7mm thick with
standard 20mm compressed sides
Frameless Q Frameless R standard 20mm Q : 26.3mm thick with
(With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material) compressed sides
8
12.7
15
N : 6.35mm thick
4.7
12,7 25.3 P : 12.7mm thick
25.3
10.3 R : 26.3mm thick
Frameless O Frameless P
(With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material) Frameless Q Frameless R
standard 20mm (With compressed sides) (Honeycomb core material)
15
*Notice 25.3
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent 25.3
and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
10.3
products,
Frameless therefore
Q it is the responsibilityFrameless
of the user
R to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
for hiscompressed
(With particular application
sides) and we recommend
(Honeycomb thatcore
thematerial)
user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
194 195
EMC DUST FILTER VENTILATION EMC Dust filter ventilation panels are used to shield
openings for heating and ventilation against
» EMC DUST FILTER VENTILATION PANELS 9510
PANELS 9510 undesirable electromagnetic waves
STANDARD DIMENSIONS AIR-FLOW PRESSURE REDUCTION

Our EMC dust filter ventilation panels are usually custom 9510 series - Air flow pressure drop graph
made for each client. However, some common dimensions
are in stock. In the table of standard dimensions below some
common types of EMC dust filter ventilation panels are
specified to illustrate the required information. Hole diameter
P is 3.5mm by default, with other dimensions possible on
request. Also available with screw apertures or inserts.
A
C 0.5 C
B G
F
C
EMC dust filter ventilation panels consist of several layers of APPLICATIONS D E 0.5 C
P dia.
aluminium foil mesh encased in a rigid aluminium frame, pre- • Electronics enclosures
drilled, or with fasteners made to the customer's specifications, • Air conditioning units
or with flow-drilled thread holes. • Fan housings Outer dimensions Mounting holes horizontal Mounting holes vertical FRAME OPTIONS
• EMC racks A B No D E No F G
Approximately 95% of the 9510 series EMC Dust filter ventilation 150 75 2 40 70 1 37.5 -
17.5
panels are made to customer specifications complying with an ADVANTAGES EMC gasket
100 100 1 50 - 1 50 -
order. These panels can be treated with a variety of finishes to • Light weight
provide corrosion protection. Air filter oil can be applied to the • High shielding performance 200 100 3 20 80 1 50 -
aluminium filter to assist in dirt and dust retention. • Very low air-flow resistance 125 125 2 20 85 1 62.5 - 5.6
• Reduction of turbulence 250 125 3 30 95 1 62.5 -
1.5
By default, frames can be provided with an additional Frame A
150 150 2 25 100 2 25 100
6800 series Amucor or 7000 series Standard shield EMI gasket. STANDARD DELIVERY TIME 9.5
300 150 4 30 80 2 25 100
Most standard-sized EMC dust filters are available from
stock. When they are not in stock or when you need a 175 175 2 40 95 2 40 95
5.6
ATTENUATION LEVELS (DB) custom-made filter, delivery is within two weeks. 350 175 4 40 90 2 40 95 1.5
200 200 3 20 80 3 20 80
400 200 5 30 85 3 20 80 EMC gasket
250 250 3 30 95 3 30 95 12.7
300 300 4 30 80 4 30 80 Frame B

600 300 7 30 90 4 30 80
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Frame Drill pattern Gasket material
9510
Specify the width Specify the height A : Frame A DS : Standard drill A : Amucor (standard)
in mm in mm B : Frame B pattern K : Knitted wire mesh
DC : Custom drill N : No gasket
pattern
N : No holes
*Notice
196 197
EMC WOVEN MESH VENTILATION EMC Woven mesh ventilation panel used for heating, air » EMC WOVEN MESH VENTILATION PANEL 9520
PANEL 9520 flow for cooling and ventilation in electronic enclosures
FRAME OPTIONS AIR FLOW PRESSURE DROP GRAPH

6.4
9520 series - Air flow pressure drop graph
1.6 (TYP)
2.4 19.1
EMC gasket
2.4
EMC gasket
12.7 15.9
15.9 12.7
4.7
12.7
28.6
1.6 (TYP) 12.7
Frame A Frame B
2.4 9.5
1.6 (TYP)
EMC gasket 17.5
EMC gasket 12.7 15.9

15.9 12.7
4.7
8.0
27.0
1.6 (TYP) 15.9
EMC Woven mesh ventilation panels are used for heating, OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) Frame C Frame D
air flow for cooling and ventilation in electronic enclosures • EMI gasketing 8
without compromising the shielding integrity of an enclosure. • Environmental sealing EMC gasket ATTENUATION LEVELS (DB)
• Kempass (RoHS) aluminium passivation finish
Aluminium EMC Woven mesh ventilation panels consist • With kickplate
15.9
of 3 layers of pleated aluminium woven mesh, trapped 12.7
between aluminium kick-plates, in a rigid aluminium frame, BENEFITS

pre-drilled or with fasteners made to your specifications • Light weight
or flow drilled thread holes. • High shielding performance 1.6 (TYP) 15.9
• Very low air-flow resistance Frame E
The 3 layers of pleated wire mesh are separated by the pleats • Reduction of turbulence
being of different height enabling the vent to have a high dust OUR CAPABILITIES
holding capacity. EMC GASKET OPTIONS We manufacture its range of EMC vent panels using the latest
• 1200 series Metal knit gasket technology. All processes are kept in house, giving us flexibility
Approximately 95% of the 9520 series EMC Woven mesh (Only frames with a gasket groove) and total control over quality.
ventilation panels are made to customer specifications, • 5711-5722 series Orientated wire shield gasket
and are all made to comply an order. • 1200 series Metal knit gasket with a We are market leaders for price, delivery, quality and availability.
Neoprene sponge carrier 2.4mm thick Our fully programmable CNC machines guarantee a good steady FINISHES (ON REQUEST)
These panels can be treated with a variety of finishes • 2000 series Beryllium Copper finger strip quality. • Painted (frame only for dust panels)
to provide corrosion protection or improve conductivity. • Electro less plated Tin or Nickel
Air filter oil can be applied to the aluminium filter media * Other gasket options on request • Kempass (RoHS ) Aluminium Passivation process
to assist in dirt and dust retention. Panels with a gasket • Trivalent chromium (RoHS compliant) or Hexavalent
groove have a knitted monel wire mesh gasket as standard. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTIONAL TIPS chromium
Other frames can be provided with an additional EMI Gasket. In your design, you can take into consideration moisture
and dust protection through: ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard delivery time: less than one weeks. • Color coated frame (leave a part free of coating for Series Height (mm) Width (mm) Frame Drill pattern
contact) 9520
• External overhang for rain protection
• Holes for drainage Specify the height Specify the width A : Frame A DS : Standard drill
in mm in mm B : Frame B pattern (We make
• Aerodynamic drag C : Frame C mounting holes at our
D : Frame D discretion)
• Additional EMC gasketing E : Frame E DC : Custom drill
• Try to avoid round vents because its complexity and pattern (You need to
send a drawing with
therefore expensive production specified where you
• Prevent holes in corners of the frame because of the want the holes for
mounting)
rigidity of the frame when compressing the gasket
• If specifying captive inserts in both sides of the frame
off-set the position by 10mm minimum *Notice
198 199
HONEYCOMB FAN SHIELD 9530 Honeycomb ventilation grids specifically designed
for standard sized fans in e.g. computer cases
» HONEYCOMB FAN SHIELD 9530
STANDARD DIMENSIONS HONEYCOMB FAN SHIELD AVAILABLE

In the table below some common types are specified to THICKNESSES
illustrate the required information. Drill hole diameter is
standard 3.5mm but it can also be delivered in any other size.
Also available with screw apertures or inserts on request. 3 mm
3.35 mm
A
Dø 6,35 mm thick version
C
8 mm
B G C
4.7 mm
E 12.7 mm thick version

Optional Amucor conductive gasket
E to ground the honeycomb to the metalwork
Part number Outer dimension Mounting holes horizontal Mounting holes vertical
A range of low cost EMC vents for use with standard fan size SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
A B C D No E No G
fans. The Honeycomb fan shield 9530 series are designed Shielding performance is achieved from 1/8 cell aluminium
to provide EMI shielding and maximum air flow without honeycomb panels with compressed mounted in a square 9530-40-40 40 40 31.5 3.5 2 32 2 32
degrading the fan output. shaped flat Mu-ferro plate with a circular cut-out on the 9530-50-40 50 50 41.2 3.5 2 42 2 42
inside. The contact with the housing is made with an 9530-60-60 60 60 53 3.5 2 50 2 50
These vents provide a low cost option to perforated metal amucor shielding gasket cut into the correct shape of 9530-70-70 70 70 68 3.5 2 61.5 2 61.5
when airflow rates are critical. A beautiful high-gloss acrylic the Honeycomb fan shield.
9530-80-80 80 80 76.5 3.5 2 71.5 2 71.5
frame is fitted with one layer of 6.35 or 12.7 thick honeycomb
material and an optional Amucor conductive gasket to ground Performance below have been measured with honeycomb 9530-90-90 90 90 90 3.5 2 82.5 2 82.5
the honeycomb to the metalwork. The vents have 4 specifications 1/8 Cell size, 1/4 Thick. 9530-120-120 120 120 115.06 3.5 2 104.8 2 104.8
countersunk holes to suit standard fan mounting. 9530-140-140 140 140 130 3.5 2 125 2 125
Frequency Field Typical (db)
9530-220-220 220 220 206.5 3.5 2 173.9 2 173.9
Honeycomb Fan Shield in almost all sizes corresponding to 200 kHz H 53
(Optional) other sizes on request
industry standard fans with standard 4-hole mounting. 100 MHz E 102
500 MHz P 85
DUST SCREEN (ON REQUEST) ORDER EXAMPLE
2 GHz P 74
Dust screens consisting of multilayer expanded aluminium
Series Height (mm) Width (mm) Thickness (mm) EMC gasket
can be added, but airflow will be restricted. 10 GHz P 58
9530
Specify the outer Specify the outer 6.35 : 6.35mm thick N : No gasket
dimension in mm dimension in mm honeycomb material A : Amucor gasket
12.7 : 12.7mm thick
honeycomb material
any size, any shape

according to drawing
*Notice
200 201
EMP VENTILATION PANELS 9540 Solid and rigid drilled ventilation panels for EMP applications EMP VENTS FOR Heavy duty EMP vents for Faraday Cages and EMP bunkers
FARADAY CAGES 9545
These drilled ventilation panels are designed for high APPLICATIONS Heavy duty EMP vents for Faraday Cages and EMP bunkers TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
performance applications, where high attenuation is Ventilation panels are designed for use in electronic enclosures are designed for high performance applications, where high • EMI screened rooms
required particularly in the H (magnetic) field. where good air flow is required for cooling and ventilation but attenuation is required particularly in the H (magnetic) field. • Faraday cages
where EMC compliance must be ensured. • Military air conditioning units
In contrast to our competitors where EMP ventilation panels Typical applications are: In contrast to our competitors where EMP ventilation panels • High performance communication shelters
are made from a composition of materials, this is a solid are made from a composition of materials, this is a solid healed • EMP installation’s/bunkers
healed ventilation panel. This ensures that no transitions • EMI screened rooms ventilation panel. This ensures that no transitions between • EMP proof data-centers
between materials are made and that the shielding • Military air conditioning units materials are made and that the shielding performance is
performance is many times higher. • High performance communication shelters many times higher. AVAILABILITY
• EMP instillations/bunkers All EMP ventilation panels are individually built to your spec-
• Availability APPLICATIONS ification, size, configuration, style, fixing method and finish.
These heavy duty EMP proof ventilation panels are designed These EMP ventilation panels can be supplied with fixing
All EMP ventilation panels are individually built to your for use in Faraday cages of big size electronic enclosures holes to aid mounting
specification, size, configuration, style, fixing method and where good air flow is required for cooling and ventilation Request for quotation
finish. These ventilation panels can be supplied with fixing but where EMC and EMP compliance must be ensured.
holes to aid mounting. Because these EMP ventilation panels are always made
according to the requested specifications of the customer,
we need your application with sizes and quantities to make a
quotation. In order to make a quotation in a concrete way, a
drawing would be desirable.
any size can ORDER EXAMPLE
be produced Part number Width (mm) Height (mm)
4945
The width in mm of The height in mm of
the EMP vent, the EMP vent,
including the frame including the frame
any size can

be produced
*Notice
202 203
EM ABSORBING MATERIAL
MICROWAVE ABSORBER Used at higher frequencies than traditional shielding

and can also be used with other EMI/RFI shields to
» MICROWAVE ABSORBER FOAM 3500
FOAM 3500 extend frequency range
REFLECTION LOSS PART NUMBER EXAMPLES

Part number Features
3500/3501-555-355 Standard sheet size:
or 555x355mm
3500/3501-355-255 or 355x255mm
Foam customized settings
3500/3501-x-x Max. sheet size 1000x1000mm
ORDER EXAMPLE
These absorbers can be used at higher frequencies than TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Part number Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness Adhesive
traditional shielding and can also be used with other EMI/RFI • Antenna hats
shields to extend frequency range. • Test boxes
• PCB shielding/housings 3500 : Soft EM Specify the width in Specify the length in 3 : 3mm thick (soft) PSA : With pressure
absorber foam mm. Max. 1000mm mm. Max. 1000mm 5 : 5mm thick (soft) sensitive adhesive
The microwave absorbers can be installed easily with pres- • Military applications 3501 : Hard EM 15 : 15mm thick (soft) NA : No adhesive
sure-sensitive adhesive (PSA), often directly onto high-fre- • EMI reduction absorber foam 6 : 6mm thick (hard)
quency board-level components, to absorb unwanted radiat- • Antenna pattern shaping
ed and surface-wave EMI/RFI and to meet FCC requirements • Radar cross reduction
without shielding.
Our 3500 series Microwave absorber foam is RoHS compliant. VERSIONS
It is a coated, open-cell foam and is used as a microwave • A soft version which can be easily compressed to 75%
absorbing material, especially for applications with frequencies is available as die cut or in the form of sheets.
of 1 to 17 GHz. The product acts like a free-space resistor to The soft microwave absorber sheets are available with
incoming electromagnetic energy. thicknesses of 3, 5, and 15mm and with or without PSA.
(Pressure-sensitive adhesive).
The 3500 series Microwave absorber foam is available in a • A hard version which can carry more weight and keeps
soft and a hard variant. The type you choose depends on its shape and position more easily is available with a
the force you want the foam to be able to withstand, thickness of 6mm. Other thicknesses are available on
if necessary. request.
Microwave absorber products can solve EMI/RFI problems PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

without additional shielding and enable advanced technologies
including automotive radar, military, and commercial wireless Property ISO Unit IP 45
applications. Density 845 Kg/m3 42 - 48
Tensile strength 1798 kPa 298 -337
MICROWAVE ABSORBER FOAM, SOFT VERSION Elongation strength 1798 % 30 - 41
Standard sheet
Compression
Temperature specification: - 40°C to +100°C deflection strength 844 kPa
Hardness shore: 40 +/- 20
25% 844 kPa 55 - 75
Die-cut: Material can be cut into any shape according to
customer's drawing. For a quote, please send a drawing with 50% 844 kPa 123 - 145
the desired quantities to info@hollandshielding.com 24h 1856 % 6.0

Working temperature - Celsius -60/+80
range
Thermal conductivity 8301 W/mK 0.04
at 0 OC
Water absorption 7 days - Vol. % <1 *Notice
Flammability FMVSS302 - Pass Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
Surface resistivity IEC-61340 Ohm 10^7 reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
204 205
VHF FERRITE ABSORBER Ferrite absorber tile is the industry standard solution and » VHF FERRITE ABSORBER TILES 3600
TILES 3600 exhibits excellent overall performance versus cost
PART NUMBERS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATION

EMC-chamber dedicated, ferrite tile is produced with a
traditional ceramic manufacture process.
Please note: These ferrite tiles are very thin, which can save more space for
chamber installation. The tiles are non-flammable and they can be fully suitable for
high-power test chambers. Ferrite tiles can be screwed directly on to the shielded
housing; installation is very easy. Even after many years the effect of the ferrite tiles
still will not be degraded
C
A
Our 3600 series Ferrite absorber tile is the standard solution CHARACTERISTICS D
for industry applications. It is an attractive solution for new • No risk of explosion, flammability, reactivity or health hazard
anechoic chambers or for upgrading existing rooms for
FEATURES
Dimensions Weight Typical Reflection Loss (dB)
radiated-emission and immunity tests. These tiles are used
Part
when relatively high absorption and a compact solution are • Absorption of lower electromagnetic waves number
Addition A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) Kg/sq m 30MHz 100MHz 200MHz 300MHz 500MHz 700MHz 1GHz
required (-15 to -25 dB <100MHz). It is an excellent, reliable • Wide frequency and fire resistant 3600 MnZn 100 (±0.1) 100 (±0.1) 6.75 (±0.1) 10 (±0.1) 33 -18 -27 -36 -25 -20 -15 -12
and compact solution for attenuating reflections in shielded • An electromagnetic absorbing material
enclosures. • Easy and quick to assemble
• Precision-machined tiles for seamless installation Both the 3600 VHF ferrite absorber tile and the 3610 UHF ferrite absorber tile are optionally available in the panel format of 36
3600 VHF FERRITE ABSORBER TILE • No physical degradation over time Ferrite absorber tiles.
The VHF ferrite absorber tile is made of sintered ferrite and • Ultra thin, so takes up little space
shaped like a square tile. The dimensions are 100 x 100mm • Highly weather resistant SUPPLIED AS 600 X 600MM PANELS ORDER EXAMPLE
with a thickness of 6.7mm. (OPTIONALLY AVAILABLE)
APPLICATIONS Both the 3600 VHF ferrite absorber tile and the 3610 UHF Part number Type
The tiles are subject to precise mechanical tolerances on • EMC electromagnetic-wave anechoic chamber ferrite absorber tile are optionally available in the panel 3600 M
all sides, minimizing gaps between adjacent tiles to ensure • Electromagnetic-wave reflection of buildings format of 36 Ferrite absorber tiles (see drawing).
maximum performance. • Electromagnetic-wave absorption
• Electromagnetic reflection problems
The tiles provide excellent electromagnetic absorption • ANSIC63.4, CISPR16-1-4, IEC61000-4-3 600 x 600 mm
performance in the VHF band for EMC anechoic chambers. • Prevents TV ghost Wall / Ceiling panel
MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (3600-M)

(Normal incidence reflection loss)
Characteristics Symbols units 3600 series Reflective attenuation vs. frequency 600 x 600 mm
Initial permeability μiac 1000 ±20% Floor panel with
commercial grade
Relative loss factor tanδ/μiac x10⁻6 25 (0.1MHz) carpet
Saturation flux Bs mT 360 (1194A/m)

density
Remanence Br mT 100
Coercivity Hc A/m 12
Relative temp. fac- αμr x 10⁻6/oC 3~5
tor (20oC ~60oC )
Curie temperature Tc oC >100
Density δ kg/m2 5.0x 103
Resistivity ρ MΩ*m >1.0
Please note: These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may vary *Notice
in other situations. Please read our Guarantee. Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
206 207
UHF FERRITE ABSORBER TILES Ferrite absorber tile is the industry standard solution and » UHF FERRITE ABSORBER TILES 3610
3610 exhibits excellent overall performance versus cost
PART NUMBERS AND DIMENSIONS

C
A
A B C D Weight
Part number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Gr)
99.95 99.95 4.00 10
3610-100-40 214
(±0.10) (±0.10) (±0.1) (±0.2)
3610-200-40 200.00 200.00 4.00 10 1370
(On request) (±0.15) (±0.15) (±0.15) (±0.2)
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS CORE SET PARAMETERS

Our 3610 series Ferrite absorber tile is the industry standard FEATURES (Normal incidence reflection loss)
solution and exhibits excellent overall performance versus • Absorption of lower electromagnetic waves in the range Reflective attenuation vs. frequency Core constant C1 mm-1
cost. It is an attractive alternative to traditional, large, foam- of 30MHz ~ 1GHz Effective magnetic path length le mm
type absorber materials for new anechoic chambers or for • Wide frequency and fire resistant Effective cross-sectional area Ae mm2
upgrading existing rooms for radiated emission and immuni- • An electromagnetic absorbing material
Effective volume Ve mm3
ty measurements. • Easy and quick to assemble
• No physical degradation over time Center leg area Ac mm2
These tiles are a quite recent development. They are used • Ultra thin, so takes up little space Winding area Aw mm2
when relatively high absorption is required together with
a compact solution (up to -37 dB @ 800 ~ 900MHz). They APPLICATIONS ORDER EXAMPLE
also provide a reliable and compact solution for attenuating • Dark box for mobile phone inspection
plane-wave reflections in shielded enclosures. • Prevention of radio communications disturbance Series Size
• For the best economical choice, see our most common • Prevention of TV ghost 3610
3600 series VHF ferrite absorbers. These are the most • Prevention of UHF RFID-readers interference 100 : 99.95 x
99.95mm
frequently used choice for Anechoic chambers. 200 : 200 x 200mm
CHARACTERISTICS Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may
3610 UHF FERRITE ABSORBER TILE • Standard wieght : 214 gr. vary in other situations. Please read our Guarantee.
UHF ferrite absorber tile is made of a sintered ferrite in the • Standard dimensions : 100 x 100 x 4.0 mm
shape of a square tile. The dimensions are 100 x 100mm or • Main hazards : No risk of explosion, flammability,
200 x 200 mm with a thickness of 4.0mm. reactivity or health hazard
The tiles can easily be screwed on to a wall individually, MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS

inserting screws through the 10mm hole, or mounted by
means of adhesive. The tiles are optionally available in panel Characteristics Symbols Units 3610 series
format. The tiles are surface-ground on all sides to precise Initial permeability μiac 100±20%
mechanical tolerances, minimizing gaps between adjacent Relative loss factor tanδ/μiac x10 -6
52 (1.0MHz)
tiles to ensure maximum low-frequency performance.
Saturation flux density (1194A/m) Bs mT 380
Remanence Br mT 300
The tiles provide excellent electromagnetic absorption in the
UHF band. The product works well in a Dark box for mobile Corrective Hc A/m 120
phone inspection and EMC anechoic chambers, and it is also Relative temp. factor (20 oC~60 oC) αμr x10-6/oC 5~10
suitable for high buildings to prevent TV ghost or for the Curie temperature Tc oC > 300
absorption of RFID.
Density δ Kg/m3 5.0 x 103
Resistivity ρ MΩ*m > 5.0
Frequency coverage of - MHz 630~1040
Reflection loss (under -20dB)
*Notice
Optimized thickness of tiles - Mm 4.0 Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
208 209
DOUBLE LAYER FERRITE Ferrite absorber tile is the industry standard solution WIDE BAND HYBRID PYRAMID For the construction of a small anechoic
chamber to get a larger space than one
ABSORBER TILES 3620 and exhibits excellent overall performance versus cost
EM ABSORBERS 3630 could build with pyramid-shaped absorbers
Our 3600 series Ferrite absorber tile is the industry standard FEATURES
solution and exhibits excellent overall performance versus cost. • Absorption of lower electromagnetic waves
It is an attractive alternative to traditional, large, foam-type • An electromagnetic absorbing material
absorber materials for new anechoic chambers or for upgrading • Suitable for 30MHz to 2GHz (see return loss graph) The 3630 series Wide-band hybrid pyramid EM absorber is FEATURES
existing rooms for radiated emission and immunity measure- • Easy and quick to assemble an 80mm high absorber that measures 100mm x 100mm. • Performs very well in wide band (30MHz to 18GHz)
ments. These tiles are a quite new development. They are used • No physical degradation over time It shows good absorption performance in the wide band • Small size (100 x 100 x 80mm)
when relatively high absorption is required together with a • Good performance for a small-sized chamber between 30MHz and 18GHz when combined with 6.3mm thick • Long service life
compact solution (-15 to-25 dB @ <100MHz)- approximately 4 • Good performance at low frequencies Ferrite absorber tiles (Part nr. 3600-63). The hybrid pyramid • Only 8 cm high, so room space can be used efficiently
to 6mm vs 2400mm for foam absorbers. They also provide a reli- absorber is made out of a carbon-loaded polystyrene and is • So strong that an adult can stand on it
able and compact solution for attenuating plane-wave reflections APPLICATIONS tuned for perfect performance over Ferrite absorber tiles. • Does not deteriorate even if it gets wet
in shielded enclosures. • Dark box for mobile phone inspection • 10 times more durable than conventional products
• Prevention of radio communications disturbance Due to this special characteristic, the product is suitable for • By slant molding, stable quality is assured
3620 DOUBLE-LAYER FERRITE ABSORBER TILE • Prevention of TV ghost building a small anechoic chamber to get a bigger space than • Easy to install on wall surfaces without adhesives being
3620 Double-layer ferrite absorber tile is especially designed for • Prevention of UHF RFID-readers interference build with form pyramidal absorber. Also, it can increase the required
small EMC anechoic chambers, to get excellent electromagnetic • EMC anechoic chambers frequency from 1GHz to 18GHz as compared to a standard
absorption performance in 30MHz to 2GHz. anechoic chamber that only has Ferrite absorber tiles. CHARACTERISTICS
CHARACTERISTICS • Standard weight : 783 gr
The 3620 Double-layer ferrite absorber tile contains a 21mm gap • Standard weight : 410 Gr. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS • Standard dimensions : 100 x 100 x 80mm
between two pieces of 100 x 100 x 3mm sintered ferrite tile and • Standard dimensions : 100 x 100 x 27mm (Normal incidence reflection loss) • Main hazards : No risk of explosion, reactivity or health
has a total thickness of 27mm. It can be glued on to a wall easily. • Main hazards: No risk of explosion, reactivity or health hazard Reflective attenuation vs frequency hazard
0
Due to the special double-layer design, these tiles provide a wid- PART NUMBERS AND DIMENSIONS -10 APPLICATIONS
er frequency range than single-piece ferrite tiles, even in a small • Electromagnetic-wave anechoic chambers
Return loss (dB)

-20
Part number A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)
anechoic chamber or a dark box for mobile phone inspection. 3620-270 100 (±0.15) 100 (±0.15) 3.0 (±0.15) 21 (±0.2)
-30
• Compact EM-wave anechoic chambers
-40
-50
• Floor-type electromagnetic-wave absorbers
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS -60 • Installation on shielded doors
(Normal incidence reflection loss) -70 • Suitable for EMS high-power irradiation test
1000 10.000 100.000
10
Reflective attenuation vs. frequency 100
Frequency (MHz) • Suitable for small anechoic chamber
Hybrid pyramide EM absorbers (Partnr. 3630-80) (approximately 3 meters)
D
6.3 mm thick Ferrite absorber tile only (Partnr. 3600-63) • Anechoic chambers for antenna
Hybrid pyramide EM absorbers (Partnr. 3630-80) and 6.3 mm thick Ferrite absorber tile (Partnr. 3600-63)
• For actual use in various GHz bandwidth
ORDER EXAMPLE
A B
Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may
vary in other situations, please read our Guarantee.
C Series Type
ORDER EXAMPLE 3630 80
Series Type
3620 270
*Notice
Please note : These values are measured under laboratory conditions. Results may reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
vary in other situations, please read our Guarantee. products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
210 211
PU FOAM BASED PYRAMID These PU foam bases pyramid absorbers are
the most popular solution for 3m, 5m and PU FOAM BASED FLAT These absorbers can be used at higher frequencies
than traditional shielding and can also be used with
ABSORBERS 3640 10m EMC chambers in the market ABSORBERS 3650 other EMI/RFI shields to extend frequency range
SOLUTION FOR 3M, 5M AND 10M EMC CHAM- CHARACTERISTICS These absorbers can be used at higher frequencies than CHARACTERISTICS
BERS IN THE MARKET • Such absorbers have a pyramid-shaped appearance, traditional shielding and can also be used with other EMI/RFI • Such absorbers have a flat appearance, with black color
These absorbers are the most popular solution for 3m, 5m with blue color (it can be selected as request) shields to extend frequency range. The microwave absorbers (it can be selected as request), it is clean and soft.
and 10m EMC chambers in the market. They are composed • Pliable and flexible, the pyramids won’t bend in long-term use, can be installed easily with (PSA) pressure sensitive adhesive, • Oxygen index ≥29% (GB/T2406-93), which belongs to
of pyramidal, full tip SAM or truncated SMT pulsing the and its absorbing properties won’t be changed within 10 years. often directly onto high-frequency board-level components flame retardant B2 level (GB8624-1997)
matching layer to separate the pyramidal part from the • Oxygen index ≥ 29% (GB/T2406-93), which belongs to to absorb unwanted radiated and surface wave EMI/RFI and • Good environmental performance, all raw materials can
ferrite part. Through optimization, this product has a superb flame retardant B2 level (GB8624-1997) meet FCC requirements without shielding. meet the environmental requirements, no volatile, no
performance across 30MHz to 18GHz. The ferrite performs • Good environmental performance, all raw materials can smell and non-toxic.
from 30MHz to 1GHz and the foam performs above 1GHz. meet the environmental requirements, no volatile, no PU foam based flat absorbers has the advantages of light • Installation method: Direct adhesive paste and the
smell and non-toxic. quality and good performance, which can be applied for absorbers with self-adhesive tape can be also offered.
Prototypes are made and the design is tested. • Working conditions: general indoor application the site near the antenna, and it can be used to reduce the • Working temperature: -60oC~90oC relative humidity:
Results become part of a valuable feedback loop for • Long-time working temperature: -50°C ~ 90°C side-lobe, improve the front-to-back ratio, absorb the clutter, 55%±15% Frequency range: 1GHz~18GHz
refining our design further. Broadband Pyramidal Absorber is • Short-time working temperature: -100°C ~ 120°C eliminate the interference, as well provide the camouflage
a low density polyurethane foam, filled with high loss dielectric • Relative humidity: 55% ± 15% and concealment of the military facilities. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS
material in open cell structure and finished with blue paint. • Frequency range: 30MHz ~ 110GHz
REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL Part number *
Unit dimension
BxBxH Standard weight (Kg/m2)
The general base size is 60 cm x 60 cm with 50mm to 1200mm PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS INCIDENCE (-DB @ GHZ) (mm xmm xmm)
height pyramidal. It’s flexible and light weight, can be attached 3650-5-CF 600 x 600 x 5 0.3
on the wall easily. It is a high performance broadband RF Part number Base size Pyramid
quantity Unit size A * C * B Standard
weight
(mm xmm) (mm xmm xmm*) 3650-10-CF 600 x 600 x 10 0.5
absorber and widely used for Anechoic Chambers. per unit (kg/m2)
3640-50 900 50 x 20 x 10 1.5 3650-20-CF 600 x 600 x 20 0.6
REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL 3640-96 225 96 x 36 x 20 2.2 3650-50-CF 600 x 600 x 50 1.5
INCIDENCE (-DB @ GHZ) 3640-190 81 190 x 65 x 50 4 3650-100-CF 600 x 600 x 100 3
600 x 600
3640-300 36 300 x 100 x 60 7 3650-40-ML 600 x 600 x 40 1.5
3640-495 16 495 x 145 x 65 11 * CF refers to "common flat absorber"
* ML refers to "Multi layer broadband flat absorber"
3640-700 9 700 x 195 x 130 16
3640-1000 300 x 300 1 1000 x 300 x 150 22
3640-1200 400 x 300 1 1200 x 400 x 200 25
Please note : For the data below 500MHz, it is obtained by low-frequency coaxial test
method (GJB5239-2004); while for the data above 1GHz, it is obtained by far-field RCS
test method (GJB2038A-2011) The performance data listed in the above table is the
guaranteed data, and the measured data would be equal to or better than the guaran-
teed data. Certification: CE ROHS
ORDER EXAMPLE
ORDER EXAMPLE Series Height (mm) Layers
Series Height Please note: Other sizes and thicknesses on request
For the data above 1GHz, it is obtained by far-field RCS test method (GJB2038A-2011) 3650 50 270
3640 The performance data listed in the above table is the guaranteed data, and the mea- PU foam based flat CF : Common flat ab-
sured data would be equal to or better than the guaranteed data. absorbers with a sorber (Single layer)
PU foam based pyramid Certification: CE ROHS
absorbers with a height height of 50mm can ML : Multi layer
of 300mm can be be delivered from broadband flat
delivered from stock stock. absorber
212 213
PU FOAM BASED WEDGE The main advantage is to reduce the back
scattering of pyramid absorbers and obtain
PU FOAM BASED HYBRID Almost has the same performance in low frequency
as the pyramid absorbers (with tips); but its performance
ABSORBERS 3670 higher quietness of quiet zone ABSORBERS 3660 in high frequency might be slightly declined
A
B
B
C
C
PU foam based wedge absorbers has the properties similar REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL The 3660 series PU foam based Hybrid absorbers product CHARACTERISTICS
to the pyramid absorbers with same height, it also has ex- INCIDENCE (-DB @ GHZ) is similar to our standard pyramid absorbers, but having the • It used to have a truncated appearance
cellent performance in 100MHz -110GHz. It is mainly applied tips of the pyramids truncated. This saves space in small (some customers might want to keep the tips)
in large compact anechoic chamber and tapered anechoic chambers and provides a more rugged product, eliminating • It has blue color (more color for optional), it is pliable and
chambers, the main advantage is to reduce the back scat- the possibility of tip breakage. flexible
tering of pyramid absorbers and obtain higher quietness of • It must be matched with ferrite tiles, to get a better broad-
quiet zone. PU foam based Hybrid absorber in an appropriate combination band performance during 30MHz- 18GHz
in a EMC anechoic chamber and is an ideal absorber treatment • There shall be matching design between ferrite tiles layer
CHARACTERISTICS for Immunity Test Chambers (EN 1000-4-3 and equivalent and absorbers layer, to further develop the bandwidth.
• Such absorbers have a wedge-shaped appearance, with specifications). • Oxygen index ≥29% (GB/T2406-93), which belongs to
blue color (it can be selected as request) flame retardant B2 level (GB8624-1997)
• Pliable and flexible, the pyramids won’t bend in long- Removing 20% from the tips of pyramid absorbers (low car- • Good environmental performance, all raw materials can
term use, and its absorbing properties won’t be changed bon), it is the Truncated absorbers (without tips), which almost meet the environmental requirements, no volatile, no
within 10 years. has the same performance in low frequency as the pyramid smell and non-toxic
• Oxygen index ≥29% (GB/T2406-93), which belongs to absorbers (with tips); but its performance in high frequency • Installation method: it generally uses fasteners installation
Please note: For the data below 500MHz, it is obtained by low-frequency coaxial test
flame retardant B2 level (GB8624-1997) method (GJB5239-2004); while for the data above 1GHz, it is obtained by far-field RCS might be slightly declined. The advantage of such absorbers is or Velcro installation, which would facilitate the replace-
• Good environmental performance, all raw materials can test method (GJB2038A-2011) The performance data listed in the above table is the
guaranteed data, and the measured data would be equal to or better than the guaran-
bringing a larger net space, eliminating the tips droop, and it ment of absorbers and the relocation of chambers. For
meet the environmental requirements, no volatile, no teed data. Certification: CE ROHS has a stronger resistance capability against mechanical damage. small anechoic chambers, absorbers can be directly pasted
smell and non-toxic. by an environmental protective adhesive.
• Working conditions: general indoor application PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS
• Long-time working temperature: -50 °C ~ 90 °C WORKING CONDITION:
Short-time working temperature: -100 °C ~ 120 °C Base size Pyramid Unit size A x C x B Standard weight Part number Base size Pyramid
quantity Unit size A x C x B Standard weight • Long-time working temperature: -50°C ~ 80°C
Part number quantity (mm xmm) (mm xmm xmm) (kg/m2)
• Relative humidity: 55% ± 15% (mm xmm) per unit (mm xmm xmm) (Kg/m2) per unit • Relative humidity: 55% ± 15%
Frequency range: 30MHz ~ 110GHz 3670-200 6 200 × 10 × 5 8 3660-P-190 81 190 x 65 x 50 4
• Installation method: it generally use an environmental 3660-P-300 36 300 x 100 x 60 7
REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL INCIDENCE
3670-300 600 x 600 6 300 × 10 × 7 10
protective adhesive to paste the absorbers on the shield
3660-P-495 16 495 x 145 x 65 11
body; when the absorbers height is below 500mm, Vel- 3670-495 3 495 × 20 × 7.5 15
cro installation can be applied; furthermore, we can also 3670-700 600*400 2 700 × 20 × 10 24 3660-P-700 600 x 600 9 700 × 195 × 130 16
adopt the fasteners to install the absorbers, which would 3660-T-305 16 305 × 145 × 72 9
facilitate the replacement of absorbers and the reloca- 3660-T-500 9 495 × 195 × 110 10
tion of chambers. 3660-T-700 4 710 × 295 × 100 14
3660-P-1000 300 x 300 1 1000 × 300 × 150 22
ORDER EXAMPLE 3660-T-1000 600 x 600 1 1000 × 300 × 185 28
Series Height (mm)

ORDER EXAMPLE
3670
Series Type Height (mm)
Specify the height of
the desired absorber 3660
in mm Please note: For the data below 500MHz, it is obtained by low-frequency coaxial test
T : Truncated Specify the height of
P : Pyramid the desired absorber method (GJB5239-2004); while for the data above 1GHz, it is obtained by far-field RCS
in mm test method (GJB2038A-2011) The performance data listed in the above table is
the guaranteed data, and the measured data would be equal to or better than
the guaranteed data. Certification: CE ROHS
214 215
NONFLAMMABLE HIGH POWER Nonflammable high power handling » NONFLAMMABLE HIGH POWER HANDLING ABSORBERS 3680
HANDLING ABSORBERS 3680 EM absorbers for anechoic chambers
REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL

INCIDENCE (-DB @ GHZ)
Please note:
• For the data below 500MHz, it is obtained by low-fre-
Non-flammable high power handling absorber, is a non-woven CHARACTERISTICS quency coaxial test method (GJB5239-2004); while for
fabrics based hollow broadband microwave absorbers with • Good flame retardant characteristics, it won’t burn when the data above 1GHz, it is obtained by far-field RCS test
fire retardant and microwave absorption impregnated. it encounter the fire, it has oxygen index ≥60% and flame method (GJB2038A-2011) The performance data listed in
retardant B1 level. the above table is the guaranteed data, and the mea-
It is mainly used in microwave anechoic chambers, and it can • Excellent high power handling capacity, it can withstand sured data would be equal to or better than the guaran-
be used to shield the test equipments inside the chamber; the power irradiation (continuous wave) ≥6kW/m2 teed data.
under vertical incidence and oblique incidence conditions, • It adopts keel mounting method, without any adhesive. • 3680-1600 can also be used in EMC chambers such as 10
it has better broadband performance; meanwhile, it has a • The absorbing performance of such absorbers is equal to meters and 3 meters.
good scattering attenuation and isolation performance, and or better than the PU foam absorber with same height. • Certification: CE ROHS
it can be applied for all parts of the anechoic chambers. • It adopts inorganic flame retardants and microwave
absorption, no volatile, no smell and non-toxic;
It is a hollow broadband microwave absorber which is made it is stable in long-term use. ORDER EXAMPLE
of a heat resistance non-woven fabric which is dipped with • Working conditions: Series Height (mm)
flame retardants and microwave absorbing agents, and it is • Long-time working temperature: -50 °C ~ 120 °C
mainly used in microwave anechoic chamber and covers the • Short-time working temperature: -100 °C ~ 150 °C 3680
test equipments. Under the condition of normal incidence • Relative humidity: 55% ± 15% Specify the height of
the desired absorber
and oblique incidence, it has better broadband performance in mm
as well as scattering and isolation attenuation performance.
It can be used in any part of the chamber.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS

A
Pyramid
Base size Unit size A x C x B Standard weight
Part number quantity
(mm xmm) (mm xmm xmm) (Kg/m2)
per unit
3680-190 81 190×65×50 10
3680-300 64 300×60×50 13
3680-500 64 500×60×76 19 B
3680-690 36 690×80×90 20
500×500
3680-1000
3680-1200
16
9
1000×123×160
1200×163×180
26
28
c
3680-1500 9 1500×163×205 29
3680-1600 9 1600×163×220 29
*Notice
216 217
HIGH POWER HANDLING PYRAMID Microporous pyramid absorbers can support RUBBER FLAT NARROWBAND Rubber flat narrowband absorber is a thin flexible
narrow band resonating radar absorbent
ABSORBERS 3690 inside and outside ventilation circulation
ABSORBER 5795
High power handling microporous pyramid absorbers can Our rubber flat narrowband absorbers (also known as APPLICATION
support inside and outside ventilation circulation, which Pinpoint types, microwave absorbers) attenuate 10-20 dB at The rubber flat narrowband absorber is suitable for
would further improve the power handling capacity of such one particular frequency. These narrow band absorbers are the occasions that require thin sheet and without broad-
absorbers; it is mainly applied in high power shield cabinet, mainly designed for UHF (300MHz ~ 3GHz range) and SHF band; when used, it shall have metal substrate, and it shall
ventilation vents of anechoic chambers, and etc. (3~30GHz) frequency range. be close pasted; it is mainly applied for the reflecting of
A metal components inside the radar cabin, the substrate
CHARACTERISTICS AREA’S OF APPLICATION inside the radar cabin can help to suppress electromagnetic
• Good flame retardant characteristics, it won’t burn when • For radar signature management by covering the ship interference and etc
it encounter the fire, it has oxygen index ≥60% and flame mast
retardant B1 level • To avoid the ground reflections at open area test sits PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PERFORMANCE
• Excellent high power handling capacity, it can withstand B (OATS)
the power irradiation (continuous wave) 8-10kW/m2 • To eliminate interferences and unnecessary reflection. Resonant Material Unit weight Reflectivity under
C Part number frequency thickness vertical incidence
• It adopts keel mounting method, without any adhesive • To avoid the cross talk between transmitter and receiver GHz mm Kg/m2 -dB
antenna 5795-0.7 40 0.7 2 18
REFLECTION LOSS UNDER VERTICAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATION AND PART NUMBERS
INCIDENCE (-DB @ GHZ) CHARACTERISTICS 5795-1.3 15 1.3 3.5 18
Pyramid 5795-1.8 10 1.8 5.2 18

Base size Unit size A x C x B Standard weight
Part number quantity
(mm xmm) (mm xmm xmm) (Kg/m2) Frequency 1 - 40 GHz 5795-2.5 7 2.5 7 18
per unit
Determined by resonant frequency
Material thickness 5795-3.0 5 3.0 8 18
3690-300 64 300 × 60 × 50 13 (applied center frequency)
3690-500 64 500 × 60 × 76 19 Temperature resistance characteristics -50 °C- 150 °C 5795-6.8 2 6.8 17 18
500 × 500 Environment Unlimited
3690-690 36 690 × 80 × 90 20 These values are measured under laboratory conditions.
Power handing capacity Above 2kW/sqm In your situation results may differ, please read our Guarantee
3690-1000 16 1000 × 123 × 160 26
Absorption properties Resonance point attenuation ≤-18dB Please note: it can be customized as per request and cut in every shape according to
your CAD drawing.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Part number Height (mm)
ORDER EXAMPLE
3690 Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness (mm)
Specify the height of 5795
the desired absorber
in mm Specify the width Specify the length 0.7 : 0.7mm
in mm in mm 1.3 : 1.3mm
1.8 : 1.8mm
2.5 : 2.5mm
3.0 : 3.0mm
6.8 : 6.8mm
*Notice
218 219
EMI ABSORBER SHEETS 5780 The EMI flexible absorber sheets, developed for electro-
magnetic-wave absorption and noise suppression,
» EMI ABSORBER SHEETS 5780
can eliminate noise effectively
EFFECT DIAGRAM - MAGNETIC SHIELD METHODS OF MEASUREMENT

Network
analyzer
Network
analyzer
5780
Port 1
Port 1
Magnetic Magnetic
field field Port 2
Port 2
5780 EMI flexible absorber sheets can change the magnetic flux path to keep the Short circuit
magnetic flux from affecting other components.
Short circuit Coaxial cable
EFFECT DIAGRAM - RFID/NFC ON METAL Metal for

short circuit
EM wave absorber
3 mm inside
7 mm outside
Coaxial cable
Metal for EM wave absorber
short circuit 3 mm inside
Magnetic Flux 5780 EMI flexible absorber sheets, power loss measurement
7 mm outside
Network
Reader/writer antenna analyzer
RFID antenna
Network
5780 analyzer
Metal
Port 1
Port 1
5780 EMI Flexible absorber sheets can be used for a wireless power charger to avoid Port 2
eddy current when the RX coil is attached to metal; this changes the magnetic flux
path between TX coil, RX coil, and magnet. Port 2
The EMI flexible absorber sheets, developed for APPLICATIONS Connector
electromagnetic-wave absorption and noise suppression, • RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) systems EFFECT DIAGRAM - HIGH FREQUENCY POWER
can eliminate noise effectively. EMC/EMI problems are • NFC (Near-field communication) CHARGER Metal
0
Connector
EM wave absorber
solved by attaching noise-suppression sheets simply on • Wireless power chargers (WPC / Qi) Magnetic flux
-2
EM wave absorber
the parts that are sources of noise. • Computers (NB / desktop / tablet) and peripherals 5780
RX coil (reveiver)
5780 EMI flexible absorber sheets, reflection loss measurement
• Digital Products TX coil (transmitter) -4
FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES • Mobile phones / smartphones / phablet
dB
-6
• Very flexible and easy to handle • Wireless equipment
Magnet
5780 EMI Flexible absorber sheets can be used for a wireless power charger to avoid
• Can be delivered in any shape, size and/or thickness • EMI-shielding box / black box eddy current when the RX coil is attached to metal. This changes the magnetic flux -8
path between TX coil, RX coil, and magnet.
• Optionally available as a custom-made tube • Between printed circuit boards -10
• Can be cut according to the customer’s drawings • On IC’s, processors, and controllers
• Provides effective EMI suppression in a wide frequency • On cables that need high flexibility -12
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
range (1MHz to 18GHz) MHz
• Changes the magnetic flux path to avoid interference THE VARIATION OF RESPONSE FREQUENCY WHEN RFID TAG + 5780 + METAL (REFERENCE) : C1-2.5mm (-9.62dB@11.33MHz)
C1-2.0mm (-9.36dB@11.35MHz)
C1-0.5mm (-8.19dB@12.13MHz)
C1-0.33mm (-8.19dB@12.43MHz)
with other components or surrounding cables C1-1.5mm (-8.87dB@11.45MHz)
C1-1.0mm (-8.54dB@11.68MHz)
C1-0.25mm (-8.35dB@12.60MHz)
C1-0.2mm (-8.41dB@12.68MHz)
• Reduces the eddy current when the magnetic flux is 1. The response frequency is become lower when 5780 2. The response frequency is increase when metal attached, but
C1-0.6mm (-8.11dB@11.95MHz) Tag only (-10.13dB@13.60MHz)
close to metal thickness become thick but the signal strength with little the signal strength is smaller if the 5780 thickness is thinner.
• Non-conductive adhesive backing (UL recognized) available difference. It means the metal affect more when the 5780 is thinner.
• Effective in preventing resonance and suppressing coupling
• High surface resistance (>106 Ω)
• Easy and fast to process due to self-adhesive 0 0
USAGE EXAMPLES
-2 -2
-4 -4
dB
dB
-6 -6
-8 -8
-10 -10
Example 1: Wrapped around a cable Example 3: Applied to an integrated Example 4: Applied between
-12 -12
circuit (IC) top integrated circuits
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
MHz MHz
C1-2.5mm (-9.62dB@11.33MHz) C1-0.5mm (-8.19dB@12.13MHz) C1-2.5mm (-6.35dB@11.73MHz) Tag only (-10.13dB@13.60MHz)
C1-2.0mm (-9.36dB@11.35MHz) C1-0.33mm (-8.19dB@12.43MHz) C1-2.0mm (-5.81dB@11.80MHz) C1-0.5mm (-2.22dB@13.63MHz)
C1-1.5mm (-8.87dB@11.45MHz) C1-0.25mm (-8.35dB@12.60MHz) C1-1.5mm (-4.70dB@12.05MHz) C1-0.33mm (-1.54dB@14.58MHz)
EMI Flexible C1-1.0mm (-8.54dB@11.68MHz) C1-0.2mm (-8.41dB@12.68MHz) C1-1.0mm (-3.65dB@12.58MHz) C1-0.25mm (-1.16dB@15.33MHz)
absorber sheets C1-0.6mm (-8.11dB@11.95MHz) Tag only (-10.13dB@13.60MHz) C1-0.6mm (-2.55dB@13.25MHz) C1-0.2mm (-1.07dB@15.68MHz)
Example 2: Applied to a flat cable
Example 5: Applied to case and between boards • 0The dimensions of the 5780 and metal are 85.6x54mm.
• The RFID tag is standard ISO card size (85.6x54mm) with HF TI 2048 chip.
-2
-4
220 221
dB
-6
50 '
C3- Network
C1- ' Analyzer
40 '
C3- Network
'
C1- Analyzer
S21
Permeability
30
Coaxial
» EMI ABSORBER SHEETS 5780 » EMI ABSORBER SHEETS 5780

Metal Waveguide
20 5780 5780
S11
Horn Antenna
10
PERMEABILITY ( Μ = Μ’ – J Μ’’ ) : 0
1 10 100 1000 RETURN LOSS (1MHZ ~ 3GHZ) RETURN LOSS (3GHZ ~ 18GHZ)
MHz
50 250
C3- ' C5B- '
C1- ' C5A- '
'
40 C3- 200 C7- ' Network Network
'
C1- C5B- ' Analyzer Analyzer
Permeability
Permeability
C5A- '
30 150
C7- '
Metal
20 100 Metal
5780
5780
S11 S11
Coacial Horn Antenna
10 50 Waveguide
5780-C1 5780-C1 5780-C1 5780-C1
- - 0.0 0
0 c1-0.12mm c1-0.6mm c1-0.12mm c1-0.6mm
0 -0.5 -0.5 -1
1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000 -1.0
c1-0.20mm -5 c1-1.0mm c1-0.20mm c1-1.0mm
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
c1-0.25mm c1-1.5mm -1.0 c1-0.25mm c1-1.5mm
MHz MHz -1.5 -2
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
c1-0.33mm -10 c1-2.0mm -1.5 c1-0.33mm
250 -2.0 c1-2.0mm
C5B- '
FILTER EFFECT TEST
c1-0.50mm c1-2.5mm c1-0.50mm -3 c1-2.5mm
High -2.5 -15 -2.0
C5A- ' Frequency Network -3.0 -2.5 -4
200 C7- ' Signal Analyzer -3.5
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
-20
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 -3.0 -5
3 6 9 12 15 18 Network
0
5780-C1 C5B- ' 0 5780-C3 MHz MHz 3 6 9 12
GHz
15 18
GHz Analyzer
Permeability
5780-C3 5780-C5A
5780-C3 5780-C5A
C5A- ' -1
C1-0.012MM c3-0.25mm -
c3-0.25mm
-
c5A-0.05mm 0 0
-5 150 C1-0.20MMC7- ' c3-0.50mm High -1 -0.5 c3-0.25mm c5A-0.05mm
-2 Frequency S21 Network c3-0.50mm c5A-0.1mm -1 -0.5
C1-0.25MM c3-0.75mm -2 -1.0 c3-0.50mm c5A-0.1mm
-10 Analyzer c3-0.75mm c5A-0.2mm -2
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
Signal
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
-3
dB (S21)
C1-0.33MM 5780 -3 -1.5 c3-0.75mm -1.0 c5A-0.2mm

dB (S21)
c5A-0.3mm -3
-15 100 C1-0.5MM -4 -4 -2.0 Metal c5A-0.3mm
c5A-0.5mm -4 -1.5
C1-0.6MM -5 -5 -2.5 5780 c5A-0.5mm
-20 Micro strip line -5
C1-1.0MM -6 5780 -6 -3.0 -2.0 S11 Coacial
-25 50 -7 -6
C1-1.5MM S21 - 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
-3.5
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 -2.5 Waveguide
-7 -7
-30 C1-2.0MM 5780 MHz MHz 3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18
-8 5780-C5B 5780-C7 GHz GHz
C1-2.5MM -9 - - 5780-C5B 5780-C7
-35 0 500 c5B-0.05mm c7-0.08mm 0 0
- 1.000 1.500 -0.5
1 10MHz 2.000 2.500
100 3.000 1000 - 1.000 2.000 3.000
MHz 5780 Micro strip line c5B-0.1mm -0.5 c7-0.12mm
-0.5
c5B-0.05mm
-0.2
c7-0.08mm
-1.0 c5B-0.2mm -1.0 c7-0.22mm c5B-0.1mm c7-0.12mm
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
MHz
dB(S11)
dB(S11)
5780-C5 5780-C5 5780-C7 -1.5 c5B-0.3mm c5B-0.2mm -0.4 c7-0.22mm
-1
0 0 0 c5B-0.5mm -1.5 c5B-0.3mm -0.6
C5A-0.05mm
High C5B-0.3mm C7-0.08mm -2.0 -1.5
-0.5
-5 Frequency
C5A-0.1mm -5 C5B-0.5mmNetwork C7-0.12mm -2.5 -2.0 c5B-0.5mm -0.8
-10 Signal
C5A-0.2mm C5A-0.3mmAnalyzer-1.0 C7-0.22mm -3.0 -2 -1.0
-2.5
-1.5 - 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 - 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 -2.5 -1.2
-15 C5B-0.5mm -10 C5A-0.5mm High MHz MHz 3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18
dB (S21)
dB (S21)
dB (S21)
C5B-0.1mm -2.0 Frequency Network GHz GHz

-20
C5B-0.2mm -15 -2.5 Signal Analyzer
5780
-25 S21 -3.0 Network
-30
-35
5780
-20 -3.5
-4.0
Analyzer CHOOSING THE RIGHT EMI FLEXIBLE ABSORBER SHEET
-40 -25 -4.5
Micro strip line
- 1.000 2.000 3.000 - 5780
1.000 2.000 3.000 - 1000 2.000Magnetic
3.000 S21
MHz MHz MHz
5780
field Item 5780-C1 5780-C3 5780-C5A 5780-C5B 5780-C7
5780 S21 Network
Analyzer Material Magnetic Powder + Rubber Sintered Ferrite
Magnetic Field Probe
5780 Microtemperature
Operation strip line -40 ~ +85 C° -30 ~ +120 C°
MAGNETIC SHIELD / DECOUPLING INSERTION LOSS (1MHZ ~ 3GHZ)
Magnetic
field 5780 Micro strip line
EFFECT TEST S21
Magnetic Field Probe

Relative permeability
(μ’@1MHz) 25 50 150 250 140
Thinnest version 0.12mm 0.25mm 0.05mm 0.05mm 0.08mm

5780 Micro strip line
Thickest version 2.50mm 0.75mm 0.50mm 0.50mm 0.22mm
5780
Network
Max. Dimension 600 x 400mm 600 x 400mm 210 x 297mm (A4) 210 x 297mm (A4) 130 x 130mm
Network
Analyzer Analyzer Surface Resistance 106 106 106 106 109
Magnetic RoHS 2.0 Compliance 2011/65/EU
field S21
S21 Network
5780 Halogen-Free No No Yes Yes Yes
Analyzer Network
Magnetic Field Probe Coaxial
Waveguide Best Application
Analyzer RFID/NFC EMI, RFID/NFC EMI, RFID/NFC Wireless Charger (no magnet type)
Micro strip line 5780
5780 S21
Magnetic
0
5780-C1
c1-0.12mm
-
5780-C3
c3-0.25mm -1
-
5780-C1
c1-0.12mm
-
-2
5780-C1
field
Coaxial
c1-0.6mm
ORDERS21EXAMPLE
c1-0.20mm c3-0.50mm c1-0.20mm -4 c1-1.0mm
Waveguide
Series Field Probe Type Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness (mm)
-2 -1 -2 c1-0.25mm 5780 c1-1.5mm
dB(S21)
dB(S21)
c1-0.25mm c3-0.75mm -6
-4 -2 -3 c1-0.33mm -8 c1-2.0mm Magnetic
c1-0.33mm
-4 c1-0.50mm c1-2.5mm
5780
dB(S21)
-10
dB(S21)
c1-0.50mm
-6 -3 -5 -12
c1-0.60mm
-6 -14 5780 Micro strip line
-8 c1-1.00mm -4
c1-1.50mm Network -7
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
-16
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
C1 : Magnetic powder Specify the width Specify the length Specify the desired
-10 c1-2.00mm -5 Analyzer MHz MHz + rubber in mm in mm thickness. The op-
-12
c1-2.50mm
-6 0
5780-C3
-
5780-C5A
C3 : Magnetic powder tions can be found in
- 200 400 600 800 1.000 1.200 1.400 - 500 1.000 1.500 c3-0.25mm
-10 Network
c5A-0.05mm
+ rubber the table above.
MHz MHz -2 c3-0.50mm c5A-0.1mm
5780-C5 5780-C5 5780-C7 S21 -20 Analyzer C5a : Magnetic powder
dB(S21)
c3-0.75mm c5A-0.2mm
dB(S21)
0 0 0 -4
c5A-0.05mm
-3
c5A-0.3mm c7-0.08mm -30 c5A-0.3mm + rubber
-2 c5B-0.3mm -2
c5B-0.05mm
c5A-0.1mm c5A-0.5mm -4 Coaxialc7-0.22mm
c7-0.12mm -6 -40
-50
c5A-0.5mm C5b : Magnetic powder
-4 -6 -8 + rubber
dB(S21)
dB(S21)
c5B-0.1mm c5B-0.5mm Waveguide -60 MetalNetwork

-6 c5A-0.2mm -9 -6 5780 -10 -70 Network C7 : Sintered ferrite
dB(S21)
-8 c5B-0.2mm -12 -8 - 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 - 5780Analyzer

500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
MHz
S11 MHz Analyzer
5780-C5B 5780-C7
-10 -15 -10
- 0 Horn Antenna
c5B-0.05mm c7-0.08mm
-12 -18 -12 -10
c5B-0.1mm -0.3 c7-0.12mm *Notice
-14 -21 -14 -20
Metal
c7-0.22mm Information supplied
S21 in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
dB(S21)
c5B-0.2mm
dB(S21)
- 500 1.000 1.500 - 500 1.000 1.500 - 500 1.000 1.500 -30 -0.6
MHz MHz MHz
-40
c5B-0.3mm 5780 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
-50
c5B-0.5mm -0.9
S11 reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates expressed or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation
-1.2 Horn Antenna products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability or order acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data
-60 Coaxial
-70 -1.5 for his particularWaveguide
application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
MHz
- 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000
MHz determine
5780suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
Network
Network
Analyzer
Analyzer
222 223
HIGH PERFORMANCE EMI EMC/EMI problems can be solved by attaching
EM absorber and noise suppression sheets
» HIGH PERFORMANCE EMI ABSORBER SHEETS 5790
ABSORBER SHEETS 5790 simply next to noise sources
PERMEABILITY & REFLECTION LOSS

100 100 -0
-0
-2
80 -2 80
Permeabillity (μ’ & μ”)

-4
Reflection loss (dB)

Reflection loss (dB)
μ’ -4 μ’
60 60 -6
-6
-8 -8
40 40
-10 -10
20 20
-12
μ” μ” -12
-14
0 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 -14
1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Frequency (MHz)
Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz)
5790-ES11 Permeability 5790-ES11 Reflection Loss 5790-ES12 Permeability 5790-ES12 Reflection Loss
140
140 -0 -0
120
120 -2 -2

100
-4 -4

100

μ’ 80
80 -6 -6
-8 60 -8
60
-10 40 -10
CONSTRUCTION
40 μ’
The high-performance EMI (electromagnetic interference) μ”
-12 20 -12
20
absorber and noise suppression series can eliminate noise 0
μ”
-14 -14
effectively. This product is made with magnetic metal powder. 0
1 10 100 1000 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 1 10 100 1000
1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Frequency (MHz)
Through the distributed and mixed process, there is a Micro- Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz)
5790-ES31 Permeability’s 5790-ES31 Reflection Loss 5790-ES45 Permeability’s 5790-ES45 Reflection Loss
wave absorbing sheet made of rubber sheets. As increasing
use of wide frequency band, this products absorb and control Absorber layer
140 -0 140 -0
unnecessary electronic microwaves (noise). You can solve PSA (Adhesive + film + adhesive)
EMC/EMI problems by attaching EM absorber and noise sup- Release lines 120 -2 120 -2

pression sheets simply on the part of noise sources. -4 100 -4

100
80 -6 80 -6
The high performance EMI absorber sheet series is designed 60
μ’ -8 60 -8
for applications where high noise suppression is needed in ADVANTAGES -10 40
μ’
-10
40
a broad frequency range. Examples are applications in the • Perfect suppression of radiation noise
-12 -12
construction of medical and military devices. • High electrical resistance (1x109Ω) 20 μ” 20 μ”
-14 -14
• Flexible and easy to handle/apply with single-side adhesive, 0
1 10 100 1000 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0
1 10 100 1000 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
even on a rounded side Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Can be manufactured in many shapes, sizes and thickness 5790-ES47 Permeability’s 5790-ES47 Reflection Loss 5790-ES46 Permeability’s 5790-ES46 Reflection Loss
according to CAD drawing 140 -0
120 -2
Part number Unit 5790-ES11 5790-ES12 5790-ES31 5790-ES45 5790-ES46 5790-ES47 5790-ES48

100 -4

Wide band, Wide band,
Feature Wide band Wide band High Standard Wide band Wide band High 80 -6
permeability permeability μ’
60 -8
Structure Single layer
40 -10
Frequency range 10MHz to 6GHz μ”
20 -12
55 ± 5 60 ± 5 130 ± 5 25 ± 5 70 ± 5 80 ± 5 100 ± 5
Permeability -14
(@13.56MHz) (@13.56MHz) (@3MHz) (@3MHz) (@3MHz) (@3MHz) (@3MHz) 0
1 10 100 1000 1 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Operating temp. C° -30 till +80 Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz)
Density G/cm3 3.9 ± 0.3 2.8 ± 0.3 3.7 ± 0.3 3.6 ± 0.3 3.6 ± 0.3 3.7 ± 0.3 3.7 ± 0.3 5790-ES48 Permeability’s 5790-ES48 Reflection Loss
Surface resistance Ω/sq >1 x 106

Standard thickness Mm 0.1mm (others on request)
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard dimensions Mm 200x300 (others on request) Series Type Width (mm) Length (mm) Thickness (mm)
Adhesion Gf/25mm Min 1.000 5790
Environmental issues RoHS compliant ES11 : Wide band 55 ± 5 (@13.56MHz) Specify the width of Specify the length of Specify the desired
ES12 : Wide band 60 ± 5 (@13.56MHz) the absorber sheet the absorber sheet thickness. The op-
ES31 : Wide band, High permeability 130 ± 5 (@5MHz) in mm in mm tions (0.05, 0.1, 0.2,
ES32 : Wide band, High permeability 110 ± 5 (@5MHz) 0.5) can be found in
ES45 : Standard 25 ± 5 (@5MHz) the table above.
ES46 : Wide band 70 ± 5 (@3MHz)
ES47 : Wide band 80 ± 5 (@3MHz)
ES48 : Wide band, High permeability 95 ± 5 (@3MHz)
224 225
POWER, SIGNAL & DATA FILTERS
UTP DATA LINE FILTER 7894 EMI Shielded room and Faraday cage feedthrough for high
speed RS232C/Ethernet/ UTP communication links
AUDIO, DVI & USB DATA Shielded room feedthrough for high speed DVI and USB 2.0
LINE FILTER 7895 communication links
Our 7894 - Fiber-optic Ethernet converter set offers a SPECIFICATIONS A shielded-room feedthrough for high speed DVI and USB 2.0 FEATURES
shielded-room feedthrough for high-speed RS232C/Ether- • Operating standards: IEEE802.3u, 10/100Base-TX and communication links, the DVI USB 2.0 data line filter is used • Automatic Plug and play installation
net/ UTP communication links. The Ethernet fiber Media 100Base-FX to convert a DVI and USB 2.0 signal to a optical signal, which • USB keyboard / mouse / touch screen
Converter is used to convert a RS232C/10/100 Base-T signal • MAC address table: 1K subsequently goes into the Faraday cage through a waveguide. • Supports DDC / EDID monitor information
to a 10/100Base/RS232C optical signal, so you can use your • LED: Power, FX 100, FX Link/Act, TX 100, TX FDX, TX Link/Act. • Local and remote monitor
internet connection or for example your video-camera con- • Power: AC 110V - 220V to DC 5V; DC48V to DC 5V The DVI USB 2.0 data line filter is optimized for state of the • Transparent USB 2.0 extension
nection inside or outside the Faraday cage while maintaining • Ambient temperature: 0 - 50 °C art signals such as DVI and USB. The transmission distance • Full HD 1080p 1920x1080 @ 60Hz
over 140dB of room attenuation. • Storage temperature: -20 - +70 °C of up to 500m is completely lossless. • 19” rack mountable
• Humidity: 5% - 90% • Ultra compact: up to 4 channels in a 19” 1U
The set consists of two shielded fiber-optic converters, With the DVI USB 2.0 data line filter 7895 in place, you • Sound and RS232 via external USB adapters
waveguide passage and 5 meters of fiber-optic cable. CONNECTOR can use DVI or USB 2.0 communication links for example
• UTP: RJ-45 10/100Mbps for interface supports, keyboard, mouse, tablets, touch The set consists of two shielded fiber-optic converters,
An optical-fiber guiding light (high frequency) does not guide • Fiber: SC 100Mbps screens, sound modules, printer, smart-card readers, serial a waveguide passage and 3 meters of fiber-optic cable.
magnetic and electric waves. So signals from within the cage adapters and a video-camera connection inside or outside
are not transported to the outside of the cage, or vice versa, CABLE the Faraday cage while maintaining over 140dB of room An optical fiber guiding light (high frequency) does not guide
because the optical fiber does not function as an antenna. • UTP: Cat. 5 UTP (max. distance up to 100 m) attenuation. magnetic and electric waves. This means that signals from
• Fiber (single mode): 8.3/125, 8.7/125, 9/125, 10/125μm within the cage are not transported to the outside, because
FEATURES (max. distance up to 90 km) The set consists of two shielded fiber-optic converters, the optical fiber does not act as an antenna.
• The transmission of optical signals can be done through a waveguide passage and 5 meters of fiber-optic cable.
a single fiber since this allows for twice as much data FLOW CONTROL Please note: Memory stick/hard disk support is available by
transmission compared with a twin fiber type • Full Duplex: IEEE802.3x ADVANTAGES switchable USB memory option (on request).
• Auto negotiation function allows UTP port to auto select • Half Duplex: Back-pressure • 500 m distance
10M or 100M and Full Duplex or Half Duplex. • 1920 x 1200 resolution ORDER EXAMPLE
• UTP port supports MDI / MDI-X auto crossover DIMENSIONS • Without loss of quality or room attenuation Series
• Supporting flow control • Internal power: 30x110c140mm • Transparent USB 2.0
• Supporting 1552 Byte packet • External power: 26x70c93mm • Full HD video performance 7895
• Built-in protection against lightning can prevent great damage • DVI extension Audio, DVI & USB data
line filter set including
to the converter caused by the induction of a lightning stroke. • Transparent USB 2.0 waveguide
• Design of internal or external power supply for selection by • Plug and play installation
users • Single-fiber duplex cable required
• Small, so can be used between a big Faraday cage and
ORDER EXAMPLE small mobile shielded boxes
Series
7894
Fiber optic ethernet
converter set +
waveguide *Notice
226 227
USB 3.0 CONVERTER SET 7896 The 7896 USB 3.0 converter set converts usb 3.0 signal
to a light signal and passes the signal through a
HIGH PERFORMANCE High performance filters for the highest shielding demands
waveguide into the shielded room FILTERS 8010
Asymetric performance in 50 Ohm system with or without load

120
100
Typical insurtion loss (dB)

80
60
40
20
0
14kHz 1MHz 100MHz 10GHz
Frequency (Hz)
The 7896 USB 3.0 converter set converts USB 3.0 signal to a APPLICATIONS The 8010 series High performance filter is a superior filter APPLICATIONS
light signal and passes the signal through a waveguide into • Digital Sign-age housed in a three compartment casing with bolted covers • EMC test laboratories
the shielded room. • Industrial Control and accessible terminals that achieves 100 dB insertion • Anechoic chambers
• KVM Extension transmission loss at 14 kHz and above. • Tempest rooms
The 7896 USB 3.0 converter set provides true USB 3.0 • Conference Room Video Equipment • MRI screened facilities
extension at up to 5Gbps over 300 m of OM3-300 • Home Network Integration The circuit is designed as a symmetrical double-circuit with
multi-mode fiber optics, without the need of additional • Medical Device Connectivity high quality rod cores providing inductance. These cores do Rated current available from 6 amps to 3000 amps in both
software drivers. A true plug-and-play solution, the 7896 • Security: web camera, access control not saturate due to their large air gap and they are insensitive single and three phase versions. Filters are ideally suitable
USB 3.0 converter set is compatible with all leading operation • USB Device Sharing: print, scan, storage to asymmetrical load. for applications where the very highest performance is
systems. Note: backward compatibility with USB 2.0/1.1. demanded.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Foil capacitors ensure a long operating life by their self healing
FEATURES feature even after voltage transients A seamless fixing of the GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Extends USB 3.0 supper-speed, backward compatibility Cable filter casing to the shielded room is very important to ensure For a clean mains supply into a shielded room, high
with USB 2.0/1.1. X Operates with USB 3.0 hosts Fiber cable type Multi-mode fiber:OM3-300*2 correct operation. The filter is housed in a casing that has a performance filters are indispensable. Usually, these filters
• Supports all USB devices up to 5Gbps Max. Length <300 m base flange which provides stable mounting and excellent are directly mounted on the shielding wall. It is recommended
• Distance of up to 300 m Mechanical
earthing when bolted to the shielded room via the mounting to route filtered lines into the shielded room (Faraday cage)
• Number of devices can be increased using additional bolts. through the wall with an optional flexible metal conduit.
Construction High-impact alufer enclosure
USB hubs
• True plug and play Dimensions (L x W x H)
Local extender 104 x 114 x 28
This series is offered as a two line filter (phase and neutral) or • Mains filter for single and three phase systems
(Unit:mm)
• Software drivers required Remote extender 104 x 114 x 28 as a four line filter (three phases and neutral). The neutral line is • Insertion transmission loss 100 dB @ 14 kHz
• Works with operating systems: Windows 7, Windows 8, Local extender 200g always attenuated and all conductors are decoupled from each
Windows 10 Net weight
Remote extender 350g
other. This allows the conductors to operate independently
• Low RFI / EMI profile for sensitive applications without attenuation loss.
Environmental
• Power adapter at host is not required
Operating temperature 32 °F till + 122 °F (0 °C till + 50 °C)
• Surface-mountable Please note: EMP protection is available on request.
Storage temperature -40 °F till + 185 °F (-40 °C till + 85 °C)
Performance Operating humidity 5% till 80% (non-condensing) MOUNTING
Upstream port usb3.0 Type B Male
Storage humidity 5% till 95% (non-condensing) These protections are designed for mounting on the pene-
Local unit
Downstream port USB3.0 SFS*1
Power Requirements
tration panel or directly on the non-painted wall of the
Upstream port USB3.0 SFS*1
Faraday cage. Mounting terminals dependent on the
Local unit: Power adapter at host is not required
Remote unit amount of power. Please see connection in the product
Downstream port 4-port External AC power adapter Remote unit Input: 100-240VAC/50-60Hz 0.2A
Output: 5VDC, 2.0A 5/2.5mm jack
range table.
Support USB3.0 5GBps, backwards
Operation mode 4-port Power consumption Local unit: 2 Watts Remote unit: 3.5 watts
compatibility with usb 2.0/1.1
Connections
USB 3.0 input (local unit) USB3.0 Type-B Female
USB 3.0 input (local unit) USB3.0 Type-B Female

ORDER EXAMPLE
Optical 1x USB3.0 SFS+ port Series
7896
228 229
Cover
C
D
E F G
input PE Connecting bolt

(at both sides)
A
B
PE
» HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS 8010 » HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS 8010 4-Φ10.5
Diagram 1
TECHNICAL DATA CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS TECHNICAL DATA Cover
C
Installation
Rate voltage VR for two- Type A B C D E F G Dimensional diagram
250VAC/500VDC Line-line or line-case instructions
line filters
LI NE LOAD LI NE 8010-2-16
LOAD 188 205 120 750 450 110 80 M24 conduit screw 1
Rate voltage VR for 440VAC Line-line D
E F G
four-line filters L L＇ L1 8010-2-32 L1＇ 188 205 120 750 450 110 80 M24 conduit screw 1
250VAC Line-case Cover
8010-2-63 188 205 140 920 620 110 80 M33 conduit screw 4-Φ10.5 1
C
Rated Frequency fR DC -60 Hz
N N＇ L2 8010-2-100 L2＇ 288 305 180 1180 800 110 80 M60 conduit screw 1
Referred to +40oC input
Connecting bolt
Rate Current IR See characteristics 8010-2-150 288 305 180 1180 800 110 80 M60 conduitPEscrew (at both sides)
1
ambient temperature D
E F G
A
B
Number of lines 2 or 4 L3 8010-4-16 L3＇ 288 305 120 750 450 110 80
PE
M24 conduit screw 2
8010-4-32 288 305 120 750PE 450 110 80 M24 conduit screw 2
Insertion Loss, Per MIL- input Connecting bolt
>100dB 14 kHz – 40 GHz (at both sides)
STD-220C R=1MΩ N 8010-4-63 N＇ 348 365 140 920 620 110 80 M33 conduit screw 2
A
B
PE
DC Resistance See characteristics Each Line 2 line filters 8010-4-100 348 365 180 1480 1000 160 80 M60 conduit screw 3
Power Dissipation See characteristics At Rated Current 8010-4-150 348 365 180 1480 4-Φ10.5
1000 160 80 M60 conduit screw 3
Diagram 2
Diagram 1
Test Voltage 1200Vdc/2s
LI NE Line-line or line-case LOAD LI NE LOAD Actual size may differ from the above. Please contact us for the correct size
Voltage Drop /Phase ΔV <1% Of VR at 50Hz and IR R=1MΩ

L L＇ L1 L1＇
Cover
Leakage Current ILeakage See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz Cover Cover
C
Reactive Current IReactive See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz L2 L2＇
N N＇
Discharge Time to Below 30s D
34V E F G
D
L3 L3＇ E F G D
Climatic category 25/070/21 E F G
input PE Connecting bolt
(at both sides) 4-Φ10.5
R=1MΩ
A
B
N N＇ PE
6-Φ10.5
input
Connecting bolt
(at both sides) input
PE
4-Φ10.5 Connecting bolt
(at both sides)
PE
Diagram 1
A
B
Diagram 1 PE
A
B
PE
R=1MΩ
PRODUCT RANGE 4 line filters Cover
C
Type IR (A) I Leakage (A)* I Reactive (A) DC Resistance (Ω) Power dissipation (w) Connection Diagram 2
Diagram 2
8010-2-16 16 3.5 3.5 <70 <40 M6 Screw ORDER EXAMPLE Diagram 3 Diagram 3
D
8010-2-32 32 5 5 <20 <40 M6 Screw Series E
Number Fof lines
G
Rated current (A)
8010-2-63 63 5 5 <15 <90 M6 Screw 8010 4-Φ10.5
Cover
C
8010-2-100 100 9 9 <5 <120 M12 Screw 2 : 2 lines 16 : 16 ampere
4 : 4 lines 32 : 32 ampere
input
Connecting bolt
8010-2-150 150 9 9 <3 <140 M12 Screw PE
(at both sides)
63 : 63 ampere
8010-4-16 16 0.7 3.5 <70 <70 M6 Screw 100 : 100 ampere
A
B
PE 150 : 150 ampere D
E F G
8010-4-32 32 0.9 5 <20 v80 M6 Screw
8010-4-63 63 0.9 5 <15 <170 M6 Screw 6-Φ10.5
8010-4-100 100 1.7 9 <5 <220 M12 Screw

input
Connecting bolt
8010-4-150 150 1.7 9 <3 <270 M12 Screw Diagram 2 PE
(at both sides)
A
B
* If voltage between neutral and earth is 0V
PE
Cover
C
Diagram 3
D
E F G
6-Φ10.5
input
Connecting bolt
(at both sides)
PE
A
B
PE
*Notice
for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to sheet will be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of Diagram 3
230 231
HIGH PERFORMANCE For shielded rooms where the effective » HIGH PERFORMANCE POWER LINE FILTERS 8020
POWER LINE FILTERS 8020 suppression of radiation emission is required
PRODUCT RANGE
Terminal connection Shielding
Type IR (A) I Leakage (A)* I Reactive (A)
In Out Effectiveness (dB)
8020-2-16 2×16 0.02 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw

8020-2-32 2×32 0.02 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw
8020-2-63 2×63 0.02 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw
Shielding performance 8020-4-64 8020-2-100 2×100 0.15 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw
120 Cover
C
8020-2-200 2×200 0.15 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw
100
8020-2-250 2×250 0.15 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw
Attenuation dB
80
8020-2-400 2×400 0.30 7.0 Busbar DBusbar
60 E F G
8020-2-630 2×630 0.45 7.0 Busbar Busbar
40 PE
input
8020-2-800 2×800 0.58 7.0 Busbar Busbar
Connecting bolt
20 (at both sides) A B
PE
100dB, 14 kHz ~ 40Ghz

8020-2-1000 2×1000 0.58 7.0 Busbar Busbar
0
0.14 0.1 1 10 100 1000
8020-4-16 4×16 0.005 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw
Frequency MHz 4-Φ10.5
8020-4-32 4×32 0.005 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw
8020-4-63 4×63 0.005 1.7 M6 Screw M6 Screw
The 8020 series High performance power line filter are ADVANTAGES 8020-4-100 4×100 0.05 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw Cover
C
capable of providing an radiated transmission loss of 100 dB • Can be delivered EMP-proof 8020-4-200 4×200 0.05 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw
at 14 kHz up to 40 GHz. The leakage current is in milliampere • Suitable for use under extreme conditions 8020-4-250 4×250 0.05 7.0 M12 Screw M12 Screw
level and the voltage drop is less than 1V. (military applications) 8020-4-400 4×400 0.08 7.0 Busbar
D
Busbar
E F G
• Wear resistant
APPLICATIONS • Insensitive to corrosion
8020-4-630 4×630 0.1 7.0 Busbar Busbar
4-Φ10.5
• Shielded rooms 8020-4-800 4×800 0.12 7.0 Busbar input Busbar

Connecting bolt
• Shielded chambers 8020-4-1000 4×1000 0.12 7.0 Busbar PE (at both sides)
Busbar
A B
• Anechoic chambers 8020-4-1200 4×1200 0.18 7.0 Busbar
PE Busbar
• Military applications 8020-4-1400 4×1400 0.18 7.0 Busbar Busbar
• Medical applications
8020-4-1600 4×1600 0.24 7.0 Busbar Busbar
TECHNICAL DATA * If voltage between neutral and earth is 0V
Rate voltage VR for two-line filters 250VAC/500VDC Line-line or line-case DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS
440VAC Line-line Cover
Rate voltage VR for four-line filters Cover C
C
250VAC Line-case
D
Rate Current IR See characteristics Referred to +40ºC ambient temperature D
E F G E F G
Number of lines 2 or 4
input PE 2-Φ10.5
Test voltage 1200Vdc/2s Line or line-case input Connection Copper busbar
Connecting bolt A B
(at both sides) with φ12 holes (at both sides)
Voltage drop/phase ΔV <1% Of VR at 50Hz and IR PE
A
B
PE
Leakage current I Leakage See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz
4-Φ10.5
Reactive Current I Reactive See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz Diagram 1
Discharge Time to Below 34V 30S Diagram 3
Climatic category 25/070/21 Cover

C
Cover
C
D D
E F G
E F G
4-Φ10.5
2-Φ10.5
input Connection Copper busbar

Connecting bolt
PE (at both sides) with φ12 holes (at both sides)
input
A B
A
B
PE PE
Diagram 2 Diagram 4
232 Cover
C
233
» HIGH PERFORMANCE POWER LINE FILTERS 8020 POWER AND SIGNAL LINE Power and signal line filters designed for
high performance shielded cabinets,
FILTERS 8030 shielded rooms and anechoic chambers
AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS (MM)

Installation Outline
Type A B C D E F G instructions drawing
8020-2-16 M24 conduit
188 205 120 750 450 110 80 1
8020-2-32 screw
M33 conduit
8020-2-63 188 205 140 920 620 110 80 1
screw
8020-2-100
M60 conduit
8020-2-200 228 245 155 960 450 205 80 1
screw
8020-2-250
8020-2-400 320 340 205 1360 850 170 120 3
8020-2-630 370 390 225 1300 800 170 105 3
8020-2-800 485 505 255 1450 900 185 115 3
8020-2-1000 510 530 255 1450 900 185 115 3
8020-4-16 M33 conduit
288 305 120 750 450 110 80 2
8020-4-32 screw
AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS
M33 conduit
8020-4-63 348 365 140 920 620 110 80 2
screw
8020-4-100
The 8030 series power line filters with line legs at load side ADVANTAGES
M60 conduit is capable of providing an radiated transmission loss of 100 • Applicable in very low frequency (VLF) applications
348 365 155 960 450 205 80 2
8020-4-200 screw
dB at 14 kHz up to 40 GHz. The leakage current is in milliam- • Can be delivered EMP-proof
8020-4-250 388 405 155 960 450 205 80 M60 conduit
screw 2 pere level and the voltage drop is less than 1V. • Suitable for use under extreme conditions
(military applications)
8020-4-400 536 556 205 1360 850 170 120 4
APPLICATIONS • Wear resistant
8020-4-630 670 690 225 1300 800 170 105 4 • Shielded rooms • Insensitive to corrosion
8020-4-800 900 920 255 1450 900 185 115 4 • Shielded chambers
8020-4-1000 945 965 255 1450 900 185 115 4 • Anechoic chambers
• Military applications
8020-4-1200 910 930 275 1790 1150 270 125 4
• Medical applications
8020-4-1400 910 930 275 1790 1200 280 110 4
8020-4-1600 880 900 285 1930 1200 280 110 4 TECHNICAL DATA
Actual size may differ from the above. Please contact us for the correct size
Rate voltage VR for two-line filters 250VAC/500VDC Line-line or line-case
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM 440VAC Line-line
Rate voltage VR for four-line filters
The technical drawing below shows how a power line filter is mounted on the wall a your Faraday cage. 220VAC Line-case
Metal wall of shielded room EMP Gasket
EMP Gasket Rate Current IR See characteristics Referred to +40oC ambient temperature
Screw nut
Number of lines 2/4
EMPm Filter Outlet
Test voltage 1200Vdc/2s Line or line-case
Voltage drop/phase ΔV <1% Of VR at 50Hz and IR
Leakage current I Leakage See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz
Reactive Current I Reactive See characteristics At 380V/220V and 50Hz
Discharge Time to Below 34V 30S
Input
Climatic category 25/070/21
*Notice
234 235
225 100
» POWER AND SIGNAL FILTERS 8030 » POWER AND SIGNAL FILTERS 8030
100
45
AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS
Terminal connection Installation Outline
Part number IR (A) I Leakage (A)* M16
Shielding effectiveness (dB) Part number A B C D E F G instructions drawing
In In 14k-40GHz
17
M16 conduit
8030-2-6 2×6 0.02 Line legs Line legs 8030-2-6 225 100 70 - - - 45 1
screw
8030-2-16 2×16 0.02 M6 Screw Line legs cover M33 conduit
8030-2-16 620 120 80 535 60 50 45 2
screw
8030-2-32 2×32 0.02 M6 Screw Line legs
B M33 conduit
E
8030-2-63 2×63 0.15 M6 Screw Line legs 8030-2-32 620 120 80 535 60 50 45 2
screw
8030-2-100 2×100 0.15 M12 2-Φ6.5
Screw Line legs M6 M33 conduit
8030-2-63 800 160 120 715 80 50 45 2
100dB, 14k-40GHz
D F C G screw
8030-2-200 2×200 0.15 M12 Screw Line legs
A M60 conduit
8030-2-250 2×250 0.15 M12 Screw Line legs 8030-2-100 880 200 150 790 120 50 33 3
screw
8030-4-16 4×16 0.005 M6 Screw Line legs M60 conduit
8030-2-200 880 200 150 790 120 50 33 3
screw
8030-4-32 4×32 0.005 M6 Screw Line legs
cover M60 conduit
8030-4-63 4×63 0.005 M6 Screw Line legs 8030-2-250 880 200 150 790 120 50 33 3
screw
2-Φ10.5
8030-4-100 4×100 0.05 BE M12 Screw Line legs M33 conduit
8030-4-16 720 240 80 635 140 50 45 4
8030-4-200 4×200 0.05 M12 Screw Line legs screw
M12
8030-4-250 4×250 0.05 M12 Screw Line legs M33 conduit
8030-4-32 720 240 80 635 140 50 45 4
screw
* If voltage between neutral and earth is 0V D F C G
A M33 conduit
8030-4-63 900 320 120 815 160 50 45 4
screw
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS 8030-4-100 900 320 150 790 180 50 33 M60 conduit
5
screw
225 100
M60 conduit
cover 8030-4-200 900 320 150 790 180 50 33 5
screw
2-Φ6.5 M60 conduit
100
8030-4-250 900 320 150 790 180 50 33 5

BE screw
M6 Actual size may differ from the above. Please contact us for the correct size
45
D
A
F C G ORDER EXAMPLE
Diagram 1 Diagram 4 Series Number of lines Rated current (A)
M16
17 8030
cover cover 32 : 32 ampere
63 : 63 ampere
2-Φ10.5 100 : 100 ampere
B 200 : 200 ampere
E
BE
250 : 250 ampere
M12
2-Φ6.5 M6
D F C G
A D F C G
A
Diagram 2 Diagram 5
cover
2-Φ10.5
BE
M12
D F C G
A
Diagram 3
E1/E2 test conductive (N)EMP test filter

cover
2-Φ6.5
*Notice
BE Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
M6 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
D F C G determine suitability. lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
A
236 237
POWER LINE FILTERS FOR If you are concerned about noise in your environment,
ground filter is a good way to mitigate the problem. Shielding POWER LINE FILTERS FOR Designed for well grounded shielded cabinet with rated
voltage of 250VAC/50Hz. Shielding performance:
GROUND WIRE 8040 performance: 100dB @ 14 kHz - 40 GHz (MIL-STD-285) SHIELDED CABINET 8050 100dB @ 14 kHz - 40 GHz (MIL-STD-285)
Shielding performance
8050-2-16 versus 8051-2-16
120
100
Attenuation dB
80
60
40
20
0
100kHz 1MHz 10MHz 100MHz 1GHz 10GHz
Frequency
Insertion loss 8050 Insertion loss 8051
Just like power lines, ground wires connect the entire facility ADVANTAGES The 8050 series Power line filters for shielded cabinets is ADVANTAGES
together. All human-reachable surfaces of electrical equipment • Suitable for use under extreme conditions (military a superior filter housed in a two compartment casing that • High attenuation level for lower frequencies
must be at ground potential for safety reason. While safety • Applications) achieves 100 dB insertion transmission loss at 14 kHz till 40 • Suitable for use under extreme conditions (military
practices are always a good idea, a side effect of such connec- • Wear resistant GHz. The circuit is designed as a double- circuit with high applications)
tion is that if one piece of equipment injects noise into ground • Insensitive for corrosion quality rod cores providing inductance. These cores do not • Wear resistant
for whatever reason (mis-wiring, improper design, poor main- saturate due to their large air gap and they are insensitive to • Insensitive for corrosion
tenance, etc.). This noise propagates throughout the facility and APPLICATIONS asymmetrical load.
enters other equipment. Ground filters are capable of reducing • S3 rooms APPLICATIONS
this noise while maintaining all safety practices. • Shielded room This series of power line filters is specially designed for well • Shielded rooms
• Shielded cabinet grounded shielded cabinet with rated voltage of 250VAC/50- • Shielded chambers
If you are concerned about noise in your environment, • Anechoic chamber 60Hz. It is compact and in compliance with Class B and C • Anechoic chambers
ground filter is a good way to mitigate the problem. standards for shielded cabinet. The 8050 series is particular- • Military application
FEATURES ly suitable to be used on MRI rooms.
PRODUCT RANGE • Rated Voltage: 250VAC,Cover
500VDC DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS
125
• Operating Frequency: 0-60Hz This series is only offered as a two line filter (phase and
Shielding 225 100
Type IR (A) Outline drawing Effectiveness (dB) • Voltage
M25
drop: Less than 1V @ unity power factor neutral).
45
8040-16 16 M24
ORDER EXAMPLE
580 AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS
100
8040-32 32 1 360 80 55
100dB, 14k-40GHz
8040-63 63 Series Rated current (A) I Leakage

Type IR (A) Shielding Effectiveness (dB)
(mA) *
8040-100 100 8040
input
Connecting bolt
168
185
8050-2-6 2×6 30
45
8040-150 150 (at both sides)
16 : 16 ampere
2 32 : 32 ampere 8050-2-16 2×16 30
8040-200 200 63 : 63 ampere 100dB, 14k-40GHz
100 : 100 ampere 8051-2-6 2×6 <3
8040-250 250 150 : 150 ampere
4-Φ10.5
200 : 200 ampere 8051-2-16- 2x16 <3 M16
250 : 250 ampere
17
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Number of lines Rated current (A)
Cover Cover 225 225
2
135
125
8050 : Standard 6 : 6 ampere

M25 M32 performance 16 : 16 ampere
45
45
8051 : Extra perfor-
70
M24 M33 mance
580
600
360 80 55 300 110 80
45
input input
Connecting bolt Connecting bolt
168
185
168
185
(at both sides) (at both sides)

22 M24
4-Φ10.5 4-Φ10.5
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
238 239
Cover
1
FEEDTHROUGH FILTERS 8060 Used for EMI suppression of all electrical
installations and equipment SIGNAL LINE FILTERS 8090 This series of signal filters are used for telephone,
data communication, control and fire alarm
Used for EMI suppression of all electrical installations and TORQUE VALUE MAX. These signal line filters are specially designed to use for APPLICATIONS
equipment. Shielding performance: 100dB @ 1M-40GHz • Ø M 27 : 40 Nm telephone, fax, fire detection, video signal and AC/DC switch • Telephone
(MIL-STD-285) • Ø M 32 : 40 Nm signal with a rated current between 0.3A and 1A. The filter • Fax
is in compliance with standards specified by national military • AC/DC
TECHNOLOGY CONNECTION class C and D shielded room and anechoic chamber. • Switch signal
Treaded terminals with nut: • Fire detection
• Self-healing plastic film non inductive capacitor • Door opening buttons
• Tinned metal case • Ø M 4 : 1.2 Nm • All other application using the band pass specified in
• Feed through mounting • Ø M 6 : 2.45 Nm PRODUCT RANGE the table below
• Flame retardant V0 • Ø M 8 : 10 Nm
• Ø M 10 : 15 Nm Type Rated voltage Rated current Outline drawing Band pass Typical applications
MOUNTING • Ø M 12 : 20 Nm 8090-2-0.3-20 kHz 250VDC 2x0.3A 1 0-20 kHz Telephone, fax
These filters are designed to be mounted directly in the 8090-2-1-100 kHz 250VAC 2x1A 1 0-100 kHz230 Control, Voice,.
25
entry panel of a Faraday cage or in an shielded filter housing.
8090-1-1-6 MHz 100VDC 1x1A 2 0-6 MHz Video signal.
Please contact us for options.
56
175 8090-2-1-6 MHz 100VDC 2x1A 3 0-6 MHz Special fire alarm
PRODUCT PART NUMBERS 20 110 Note: Specify number of control line and current volume if control lines are more than 2 or current is bigger than 1A.
Part number IR (A) Screw Insertion loss (dB) M12

M30*1.5
15
Ø44
155 80
8060-32 32 M6
230 25
8060-63 63 M6 100dB, 1M-40GHz
40
8060-100 100 M8
56
45
Diagram 1 M12
Diagram 2
M16
15
155 80 17
ORDER EXAMPLE ORDER EXAMPLE 200 80
Series Rated current (A) Series Number of lines Rated current (A) Band pass
40
40
8060 8090
1 : 1 line 0.3 : 0.3 ampere 20 kHz : 0-20 kHz
45
32 : 32 ampere
63 : 63 ampere 2 : 1 lines 1 : 1 ampere 6 MHz : 0-6 MHz
45
100 : 100 ampere
M16 Diagram 3
17
200 80 M16
17
*Notice
40 The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
45
M16
17
240 241
PERSONAL PROTECTION
PERSONAL PROTECTION Protection for people with EMI/RF sensitivity » PERSONAL PROTECTION
SHIELDING GLOVES SHIELDED SOCKS
For those of you who experience (or want to prevent) ES These socks start with a polyester fiber which is twisted with
symptoms in your hands Holland Shielding Systems has pure Silver fibers, then knit into the sock shape, giving it a very
developed electromagnetic protective gloves (SG). high conductivity (only a few Ohms across) and good shielding
Anti-EMI/RF E-Smog personal protection offers functional, effective shielding against electromagnetic fields. This shielding clothing performance throughout. Reasonably soft and stretchy with
may be worn at work in an environment with high electromagnetic radiation but can also be used for personal protection against APPLICATIONS ribbed cuff. Socks include a 1.7mm male snap near the cuff.
electromagnetic radiation at home. Some people experience ES symptoms when using a computer Great for RF shielding, grounding, and can even be used for
keyboard, laptop, cell phone, DECT phone or other electronic TENS applications. Hand washable. Fits shoe size 5-10.
The EMI/RFI-shielded clothing is made of the same material as our Faraday tents, is very strong and is easy to wash. devices.
The electromagnetic radiation protection clothing can be made in any size and even according to a drawing you supply. ORDER EXAMPLE
Optionally, the clothing can be provided with pockets, gloves, and/or face protection. These gloves are also used in industry for static control when Product
working with delicate static sensitive components and can
even be used for TENS applications. Grounding is not nec- SCK
PROTECTIVE COVERALL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING essary for Faraday Cage shielding effect, but is necessary for
static control. Also useful on touch screens like an iGlove. HEAD BALACLAVA
XS : 59cm
TECHNICAL DETAILS
S : 61,5cm These gloves form a conductive enclosure and effectively
M
L
:
:
63cm
68,5cm
shield radio waves and electric fields. Soft, light weight,
XL : 69cm stretchable, and offering good tactile sensitivity. These
XXL : 70,5cm
gloves offer the conductivity of silver with lycra-like stretch.
XS : 138cm This medical grade silver plated 76% Nylon, 24% elastic fiber
S : 149cm fabric offers the unique ability to stretch in all directions.
M : 155cm
XS : 84cm L : 162cm Silver coating is 99.9% pure. Silver/grey color. Very unique!
XL : 164cm
S : 92cm
XS : 62cm XXL : 168cm
M : 100cm
L : 108cm
S : 74cm • Shielding performance: 30-50 dB, tested from 1-10 GHz
M : 76cm
XL : 116cm L : 84cm • Temperature range: -30 to 90 °C
XXL : 124cm XL
XXL
:
:
88cm
99cm
• Surface resistivity is < 0.5 Ohm/sq.
VERSIONS Very comfortable radio frequency shielding for the head and
XS : 150cm • Single layer version for standard performance thyroid region. Medical grade, silver coated stretchy fabric pro-
S : 158cm
M : 166cm
XS : 106,5cm • Double layer version for high performance. Shielding vides very good microwave shielding. Washable and very soft.
S : 108cm
L : 174cm M : 110cm effectiveness up to 100dB reduction in a high frequency
XL : 182cm
XXL : 190cm
L
XL
:
:
115cm
118cm
range. Can be worn many ways: covering nose/mouth or not.
XXL : 122cm Covering neck or not. Size of eye opening can be adjusted
ORDER EXAMPLE to your preference. Shielding performance decreases over
SIZES SIZES time. Lightweight, stretchy, anti-bacterial fabric is the key.
Extra small (XS), Small (S), Medium (M), Large, Extra large (XL), Extra small (XS), Small (S), Medium (M), Large, Extra large (XL), Product Layers One size fits all.
Extra extra large (XXL) Extra extra large (XXL) SG
1 : Single layer version ORDER EXAMPLE
(standard perfor-
mance) Product
2 : Double layer version
(high performance) HPB
242 243
» PERSONAL PROTECTION » PERSONAL PROTECTION
SHIELDED SLEEPING BAGS SHIELDED SHOES FACE PROTECTION SHIELDED BURKA
Face burning from radio-frequency radiation? Maybe it’s Shielding your head just got easier. Slip this sheer and roomy
The shielding sleeping bags are made of conductive textile, These shielding shoes are perhaps the easiest way to stay your eyes that burn, or the lips? burka over your had and it will provide 99.7% shielding across
which gives a reliably protection against HF radiation, caused grounded when you are at home inside you house or on the the frequency range 10 MHz – 3GHz and >94% at 5.6 GHz.
by cell phones, DECT-phones, Baby monitors, Wifi, TETRA, go in your car. Static dissipation to zero volts is accomplished This lightweight EMF face protection covers a large area These frequencies include Wi-Fi, Cordless phones, phone
etc. The shielding sleeping bags offer a optimal protection in less than 0.1 seconds on any conductive surface. Keeps while permitting total air flow. Can’t fog up. Visor is made masts, mobile phones and even TV and radio broadcasts.
for electro-sensitive people or if you feel uncomfortable body voltage low. of a special wire mesh which is durable and gives good
under elevated radiation. Perfect for hotel beds, where RF/ shielding performance (30 dB). Easy to see through, but it This extreme high shielding burka is made from our patented
NF radiation is usually very high. DIMENSIONS is a mesh so not suitable for fine work. Visor flips up when ‘Conductive fabric which is a super-shielding material’ double
The shielded shoes can be supplied in any size. needed. Plenty of room inside for prescription glasses or Silver-plated Nylon. Providing the highest level of microwave
We produce two variants of the EMI shielding sleeping bag. Send your shoe size so we can offer the right size sunglasses. Elastic headband stretches to fit most head sizes. shielding. Quick to put on, easy to take off. One size fits all.
A single layer shielded sleeping bag which contains a single
layer of conductive textile on the outside and soft textile on ORDER EXAMPLE ORDER EXAMPLE ORDER EXAMPLE
the inside. Product Product
A double layer shielded sleeping bag which contains a dou- Product
ble layer of conductive textile on the outside and soft textile SCK FP Shielded burka
on the inside.
EXPLAINING REDUCTION OF RADIATION

When you are not familiar with reduction in dB’s we explain
it short for you here.
• 40 dB is 100 times reduction of the corresponding signal/
frequency
• 60 dB is a reduction of 1000 times and so on
As an alternative to a sleeping bag we offer shielding tents

(Faraday tents). RECOMMENDED WASHING INSTRUCTIONS
The carbon-suffused monofilament nylon used in our antistatic garments is sensitive to heat, alkali, acids, softeners and
ORDER EXAMPLE bleach. In order to prolong the ESD/EMI-shielding properties of the garments, please act according to the following instruc-
tions:
Product Layers
Sleeping bag 1. Wash in cold or lukewarm water, no more than 40°C (100°F) with neutral liquid laundry detergent, e.g. Persil liquid silk &
1 : Single layer shield- wool, Daz liquid, Ariel color & style - powder or liquid etc.
ed sleeping bag
2 : Double layer 2. Do not use laundry detergents which contain chlorine bleach and/or softeners.
shielded sleeping bag 3. In case of severe soil or grease, stronger liquid detergents can be used if they do not contain any chlorine bleach .
4. Do not bleach; do not use alkali, acid or fabric softeners. Do not dry clean.
5. Hang dry or dry in a dryer at 50°C (120°F) or less.
6. Usually no ironing will be needed. Nevertheless, the garments can be ironed at medium temperature, max. 150°C (300°F).
*Notice
244 245
RFID CARD SHIELDING RFID have serious disadvantages such as risks to privacy
and undetected fraud. All this can be done while RFID CARD SHIELDING CLIP PASSPORT SHIELD
you think you have stored your RFID card 'safe'.
Card details theft is rampant. This simple yet effective shield- ADVANTAGES Blocks RFID reading of a single iClass, TWIC, LincPass, PIV, Identity theft is rampant. This simple yet effective shielded
ed RFID card jacket blocks the transmission of high frequen- • RFID card shielding sleeves prevent electronic pick-pocketing CAC, or other identification card. The RFID card shield clip passport jacket blocks the transmission of high frequen-
cy waves (13.56 MHz or UHF 860-960 MHz) used to read • Protects your ID & credit card info meets the FIPS-201 shielding requirements. The RFID card cy waves (13.56 MHz or UHF 860-960 MHz) used to read
“smart” (contact-less) RFID cards. Prevents unauthorized • Protect your credit card number, expiration dates, protector puts the user in control of where and when their “smart” (contact-less) passports. Prevents unauthorized
access to your RFID card information. • Birth dates, names, addresses, photos and much more id card is read. access to your passport information.
• Sleeves block high-tech hijacking scanning equipment
RFID CARD SHIELDING waves These RFID card shield clips are listed on the United States DIMENSIONS
RFID have serious disadvantages such as risks to privacy and Government Services Administration (GSA) FIPS 201 Passport Jacket Dimensions:
undetected fraud. All this can be done while you think you ORDER EXAMPLE approved products list as meeting the requirements of
have stored your RFID card 'safe'. Theoretically, it is even Product Amount of card preventing the reading of contact-less RFID chips. • 3-3/4 x 5-1/8 inches, fits most passports.
possible from 3 to 4 meters to read a chip and / or edit it. • 9.5 x 13.0 cm, fits most passports
RFIDCS The RFID card shield clip is designed to hold and shield one
Card details theft is rampant. This simple yet effective shield- RFIDCS stands for 1 : For 1 card card. Our Squeeze to read technology allows the card to be Each jacket holds a single passport. Undetectable RFID barri-
RFID card shield 2 : For 2 cards
ed RFID card jacket blocks the transmission of high frequen- read by simply squeezing the tabs at the top. Release the er is embedded in the jackets, and adds almost no weight or
cy waves (13.56 MHz or UHF 860-960 MHz) used to read tabs and the card is shielded again. Perfect when your hands bulk. Keeps your passport clean, safe, and secure.
“smart” (contact-less) RFID cards. Prevents unauthorized are full, or when you are wearing gloves! Passport slips in and out easily when it’s time to present
access to your RFID card information. it to authorities. Get one for each traveler.
How it works PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
• Holds 1 ISO7810 ID-1 form factor (standard credit card ORDER EXAMPLE
Hackers can now walk past you and steal your credit/debit size) contact-less smart card Product
card numbers without ever touching you or your wallet • Blocks RFID chips in cards from being read without
PS
using inexpensive RFID scanners or a cell phone. This new permission
PS stands for
crime is called "Crowd Hacking" and the RFID card shielding • Ergonomic design allows user to present card to reader Passport shield
is a easy to use, high-tech defense against this crime. with one hand without removing the card
• User can easily insert and remove card from holder with
The RFID card shielding uses our E-Field shielding technol- one hand
ogy to make your information invisible to hackers without • Holds one ISO7810 ID-1 form factor contact-less smart
batteries or charging. card
• Shields ISO 14443/15693 and EPC Gen 1/Gen 2
contact-less smart cards and RFID tags
• Physically protects card, weather- and water-resistant
• Dimensions: 4-1/2" x 2-3/4
ORDER EXAMPLE
Product
RFIDCSC
*Notice
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however RFIDCSC stand for
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either RFID card shield clip
246 247
SHIELDING POUCH STANDARD Lightweight, Flexible and High Performing
RF / EMI Shielding Pouches
» SHIELDING POUCHES STANDARD SIZE
3 different phone pouch Leather tablet and wallet pouch Laptop, medium leather & tablet army pouch
The shielded pouches protect portable transceivers from RF OPTIONS STANDARD SIZES
& microwave interference and/or emissions. The shielding • Hanging loop
pouch can also be used to shield a full wallet with content. • RF shielding window for ventilation and/or visibility Part number Size
(width x height) Material Description Application
• Custom I/O connector plates
Pouch - Phone 1 115 x 155 Imitation leather
The RFID cards in your wallet can no longer remotely be • Pad printing / screen printing / custom embroidery Rollover closure, shielded compartment
read with the pouch closed around it. Our pouches are light- Pouch - Phone 2 125 x 175 Imitation leather and Phone, RFID Devices, Credit Cards
weight and flexible. They are made to attenuate and prevent INDUSTRIES Pouch - Phone 3 120 x 160 Army fabric
a non shielded
signals from entering or leaving the pouch. • Commercial wireless Rollover closure, shielded compartment Electronic Car Keys, RFID Devices,
Pouch - Wallet (small) 195 x 100 Black fabric
• Industrial wireless and a non shielded Credit Cards
These shielding pouches are suitable for everyday use, for • Aerospace and defense Pouch - Tablet 1 225 x 285 Imitation leather Rollover closure, shielded compartment RFID Devices, Credit Cards, portable
example for people with electro allergy and for storing RFID • Cellular forensics and a non shielded devices – cell phones, tablet
cards to prevent abuse. • Computer forensics Pouch - Tablet 2 225 x 285 Army fabric Rollover closure, shielded compartment, zipper at the RFID Devices, Credit Cards, portable
back with non shielded compartment devices – cell phones, tablet
• Homeland security
The shielding pouches are made with a highly conductive • Law enforcement Pouch - Medium 230 x 175 Imitation leather Rollover closure, shielded compartment, zipper at the RFID Devices, Credit Cards, portable
devices – cell phones, pagers,
silver/copper/nickel RoHS compliant fabric on the inside. • Military back with non shielded compartment iPhones, Blackberry
• Personal protection (electro smog / electro allergy) RFID Devices, Credit Cards, laptop,
PERSONAL PROTECTION - SHIELDING POUCH Pouch - laptop (large) 390 x 400 Imitation leather Rollover closure, shielded compartment, zipper at the
back with non shielded compartment tablet, multiple cell phones, PDA’s,
APPLICATIONS Passports, GPS Navigation Units
• Mobile device forensics The shielded compartment allows you to safely store your RFID cards, and the non shielded compartment allows you to still be accessible on your mobile.
• Cyber forensics
• Secure facilities ORDER EXAMPLE
• Government facilities Product Type
• Crime scene investigations
• Industrial and corporate espionage Pouch S
• Fieldwork Phone 1 : 100 x 190
imitation leather
Phone 2 : 170 x 230
imitation leather
Phone 3 : 390 x 395
Army look
Wallet (small) :
195x100 black fabric
SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS Tablet 1 : 225x285
imitation leather
Prevents cell phones, PDA’s, smartphones, laptops and GPS units Tablet 2 : 225x285
from logging onto an active network. Army look
Medium : 230x175
imitation leather
Field tests have shown an average of 99.99% signal attenuation. Laptop (large) :
390x400 imitation
In practice, our shielding pouches proved to have a better design leather
and better materials than pouches made by the competition.
These pouches are built to last and can be reused over and over *Notice
again with minimal shielding degradation. Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
248 249
SHIELDING POUCH Lightweight, flexible and high shielding
performing pouches for electronic car keys,
SHIELDING FOR CARS To protect the people inside the car from the powerful
electromagnetic fields and radio frequencies
TEXTILE VERSION RFID devices, credit cards and so much more...
The pouches protect portable transceivers from RF & micro- OPTIONS SHIELDING FOR SIGNAL-JAMMER CARS EASY TO FIT TRANSPARENT SHIELD
wave interference and/or emissions. The shielding pouch can • Hanging loop A signal-jammer car have to be shielded to protect the Especially for military and embassy applications we have
also be used to shield a full wallet with contents in the wallet. • RF shielding window for ventilation and/or visibility people inside it from the powerful electromagnetic fields developed a easy to fit transparent window.
• Custom I/O connector plates. and radio frequencies that are emitted by the jammers on
The are RFID cards inside that are no longer remotely can be • Pad Printing / Screen Printing / Custom Embroidery the car’s roof. This window which is equipped with a very fine electrically
read with the pouch. Our pouches are lightweight and flexible. conductive mesh protects the driver of the vehicle from
They are made to attenuate and prevent signals from enter- APPLICATIONS We are specialized in electromagnetic shielding of signal the many different fields and frequencies spread from the
ing or leaving the pouch. It is generally used for professional • Mobile device forensics jammer cars. These shields are available for any model and antennas on the roof of the car.
purposes, i.e. for RF research, optionally in combination with • Cyber forensics type of car and can be custom made according to your
a window for usage and vision of the device inside. The shield- • Secure facilities wishes.
ing pouches are made with a double layer conductive silver/ • Government facilities
copper/nickel RoHS compliant fabric (textile version). • Crime scene investigations Such shields are also used by people who are allergic to
• Industrial and corporate espionage electromagnetic radiation or to prevent the computer and
STANDARD SIZES • Fieldwork telecommunications can be intercepted.
Interior dimen-
sions (mm)
SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS APPLICATIONS
Part number Construction Application
120
• Computer and cell-phone forensics
Width Length
• Military field or embassy use
pouch-100-100 100 100
Single rollover Electronic Car Keys, RFID Devic- 100 • Radar-jammer protection
closure es, Credit Cards
• Electromagnetic allergy / electro-smog
Attenuatuin (dB)
80
Double rollover Portable devices – cell phones, Mounting the shield for signal-jammer cars is achieved eas-
pouch-100-170 100 170
closure pagers, iPhones, Blackberry 60 SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) ily, by means of suction cups to the windows. The shield we
Double rollover
Multiple cell phones, PDAs,
40
supply will be customized for your make and model car.
pouch-100-170 170 200 Passports, GPS Navigation
closure
Units
Double rollover Mobile tablet devices, iPads,

20 LIGHT TRANSMISSION
pouch-240-320 240 320
closure RFID tagged documents
0
Opacity of mesh windows is 64.5%. A lack of available light
Double rollover
Laptops, Computers, Multiple 50 250 450 650 850 1000 3000 5000 should not be a concern, since an average pair of sunglasses
pouch-400-320 400 320
closure
cell phones, PDAs, Blackberrys,
or iPhones Frequency (MHz) allows less than 9% light to come through.
Notebook Computers, Multiple
pouch-400-370 400 370
Double rollover
cell phones, PDAs, Blackberrys, Base material has an average shielding effectiveness of -85dB The pictures below gives an impression of the view through
closure
iPhones, Ultramobile PCs in the range of 30 MHz to 1 GHz and an average -80dB in the the shielding window once the shield for signal-jammer cars
Please note: Custom sizes from 40mm x 80mm (Length x Width) up to larger sizes of range of 1 GHz to 11 GHz. has been mounted.
1200 x 1200mm can be designed to fit your specifications
ORDER EXAMPLE REQUEST A QUOTE

Product Width (mm) Height (mm) Window If you would like to request a quote for a car shielding,
Pouch T please send us the model and type of the car and the
amount of cars concerned.
Specify the width Specify the height W : With Window
in mm in mm NW : No window
250 251
FARADAY CAGES / TENTS
SHIELDED FARADAY TENTS Cost-effective instant Faraday tent » SHIELDED FARADAY TENTS
MOUNTING OPTIONS ADDITIONS (ON REQUEST)
Our Faraday tents can optionally be supplied with a mount- As illustrated in the technical drawing above, our Faraday
ing frame so they can easily be set up as a stand-alone tents can be supplied with the following options:
structure almost anywhere, but they are usually supplied
with mounting ropes to attach to a ceiling. Mounting ropes • Rigid floor for heavy load (metal floor)
are generally used when the Faraday tent is installed inside a • Solid floor for medium load (wood)
The EMI/RFI-shielded Faraday tents are made of highly APPLICATIONS building in a permanent location. • Shielded ventilation mesh / AC
conductive, lightweight, and ultra-strong textile. By default • Computer and cell-phone forensics • Cable sleeve for entry of filtered cables, Ø 80mm
the Faraday tents are delivered with multiple ropes so they • Military field or embassy use ACCESS TO THE TENT • Shielded mesh window for visual contact
can be easily attached to a ceiling, or they can come with a • Secure or TEMPEST communication The typical entrance of a tent is a split door with a magnetic • Standard closure with magnet strips
self-standing frame. • Radar-jammer protection closing system. The closure with magnetic strips ensures • Power-line or signal-line filter according
• Electromagnetic allergy / electro-smog superb electrical contact. For large tents, it is possible to to your specifications
Typical applications are EMC experiments, RF measure- • Pre-compliance testing turn a whole side into a door. If necessary, the entrance • Led light inside (battery powered)
ments, mobile military or forensic activities, and personal • Temporary EMI shielding can also be equipped with conductive Velcro strips. • Led light inside (with power line filter on the net)
protection in the field. Faraday tents offer a mobile solution • Reverberation chamber (RVC) • Data transmission filter
for only a fraction of the cost compared to a conventional • Mode-stirred chamber (MSC) (optical conversion, including wave guide)
Faraday cage. • Packing/transport bag
ADVANTAGES • Many other options on request
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) • Easy to mount and move, mobile laboratory
• Any size possible Please note: when you want to enter the tent with heavy
• Optionally supplied with a rigid reinforced floor equipment like vehicles, planes, tanks you need a rigid floor
• Single-layer Faraday tent: 40-60 dB up to 22.5 GHz and a tent with magnetic strips to the bottom so that the
• Double-layer Faraday tent: 70-90 dB up to 22.5 GHz entrance to the tent can be fully opened.
OPTIONS
• Aluminium or reinforced mounting frame
• Shielded ventilation Adjustable rope to frame
• Waveguide for data transfer
• Cable sleeve for entry of filter cables Ceiling
• Woven mesh ventilation panels
• Lighting for inside the tent
• Shielded signal- and power line filters
• Optionally supplied with a rigid reinforced floor and Rope
door for heavy load
• Many other options on request
Tent
Adjustable rope to ceiling
Mounting frame Shielded ventilation Wave guide & power line filter Shielded window Power connection inside
252 253
» SHIELDED FARADAY TENTS PREFABRICATED FARADAY CAGES Our prefabricated self-standing modular Faraday cages
offer superior screening of RF/LF/HF signals, e.g. for R&D,
TEMPEST and Testing purposes
STANDARD SIZES / SHAPES

We have a number of Faraday tents in standard sizes and shapes in stock. In addition, almost any size and shape can be made
on request. Feel free to send us a technical drawing of the desired Faraday tent.
Please note : All measurements given in the tables below are outer dimensions. In a dual-layer tent, approximately 10 cm is lost on
the inside of the tent. So when you order for example a 2 meters wide double layer shielded tent, the inside wide will be 1.90 meters.
r r
id id ula ula are are nd nd
ram ram ng ng u
Py Py cta cta Squ Squ Ro Ro
u
Re Re
PYRAMID (P) SQUARE (S)

Type Size LxWxH Ordering code Type Size Ordering code
Small 1 x 1 x 2.3 meters P-1x1x2.3 Small 2 x 2 x 2.3 meters S-2x2x2.3
A freestanding (independent of the host building) prefabri- OPTIONS
Medium 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.3 meters P-2.5x2.5x2.3 Medium 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.3 meters S-2.5x2.5x2.3 cated modular Faraday cage provides a superior screening of Examples of several options are listed below:
Large 3 x 3 x 2.3 meters P-3x3x2.3 Large 3 x 3 x 2.3 meters S-3x3x2.3 RF-signals and is applicable in a wide range of situations for
a wide range of purposes. • (Customized) shielded honeycomb ventilation panels
• Shielded doors
The modular Faraday cage is designed to meet or even ex- • Automatic sliding doors
ceed the vast majority of shielding requirements requested • Double leaf door
in todays society. • Double door as in sluice-gate construction
• Bolts on the in-or outside for construction convenience
APPLICATIONS • Shielded piping for water or gas flow
• LF/RF/HF tests • Acoustic panels on the inside
• EMC test labs • Lightweight version
r
• Wireless product testing • Entry panel fitted with:
id ula are nd • EMI/RFI shielded server rooms • Power filters, single- or three phase +N
ram ng lar u
Py mid cta gu Squ are Ro nd
yra Re n u
P cta Squ Ro • Protection of sensitive information (specify amperage, voltage and frequency)
Re
RECTANGULAR (R) ROUND (O) (NATO TEMPEST standards) • Feed through signal filters
• HEMP & EMP protection • Wave guides for passage of fiber-optic cables
Type Size Ordering code Type Size Ordering code • Neuroscience laboratories • Feed through penetration
Large 2.5 x 3 x 2.3 meters R-2.5x3x2.3 Small Ø2 x 2.3 meters O-2x2.3
• Cellular communication devices (e.g. SMA- or BNC connector)
• Immunity & emission test chambers • Grounding bolt
Extra large 3 x 2 x 2.3 meters R-3x2x2.3 Medium Ø3 x 2.3 meters O-3x2.3
• Anechoic chambers
Jumbo 5 x 3 x 4 meters R-5x3x4 Large Ø4 x 2.3 meters O-4x2.3 • MRI rooms STANDARD CAGE DIMENSIONS
Please note : any other size on request
• Neurology labs
Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)
ADVANTAGES 1090 1170 2315 / 2840 / 3405
ORDER EXAMPLE • Freestanding construction 1090 2260 2315 / 2840 / 3405
Product Shape Width (m) Depth (m) Height (m) Layers • High shielding performance without deterioration
2180 2260 2315 / 2840 / 3405
Shielded tent • Easy to modify, enlarge or reinstall with conventional
3270 2260 2315 / 2840 / 3405
hand power tools
P : Pyramid The width of the tent The depth of the tent The height of the tent 1 : Single layer
S : Square in meters in meters in meters 2 : Double layer • Optionally supplied as a kit for assembly by the user 3270 3350 2315 / 2840 / 3405
R : Rectangular • Easy to mount by skilled local workers 4360 2260 2315 / 2840 / 3405
O : Round
• Many sizes directly available from stock, custom designs 4360 4440 2315 / 2840 / 3405
Frame Lighting *Notice available within a few weeks
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory 5450 5530 2315 / 2840 / 3405
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be • Standard 10 years warranty, moving parts and electronics
reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates excluded Custom
N : No frame L1 : Led light inside products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability
(standard) (battery powered) for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
I : Internal frame L2 : Led light inside determine suitability.
E : External frame (with power line filter
on the net) The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
LN : No lighting the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
254 255
» PREFABRICATED FARADAY CAGES » PREFABRICATED FARADAY CAGES
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* FULLY FINISHED INTERIOR IN HOUSE PRODUCTION FACILITY

Shielding performance graph of a standard prefabricated cage vs a high performance Faraday cage. We can also provide a fully finished interior. The walls and We produce Faraday cages daily and are therefore able
ceiling of the cage are then completely decorated with to quickly deliver standard sizes from our large stock.
Prefabricated Faraday cage [Magnetic] Prefabricated Faraday cage [Electric] wood, and the floor with carpeting so that the shielding The panels we keep in stock can also be adjusted quickly
200 panels of the cage are no longer visible. according to your needs, for example for the input of power
180 line filters, waveguides, honeycomb ventilation panels, etc.
160 Below is an example of a prefabricated Faraday cage before These custom sizes can be produced in several weeks
140
and after its interior finish. from order date. When desired, the Faraday cage can also
be adjusted on location.
Attenuation dB
120
100
80
Air conditioning, lighting, wall outlets cable ducts, work tables
60
and many more features can be taken into account in this We can deliver a cage in any requested size with any
40 complete interior finish. requested attenuation. If a straightforward cage with low
20 attenuation requirements is desired, we can deliver the cage
0
100 500 1000 5000 10000 15000 20000
standard from stock for an attractive price.
Frequency (MHz)
The modular panels can be shipped and assembled by the

customer or under supervision of our engineers, anywhere
in the world.
ADDITIONAL PRODUCT INFORMATION
AND MATERIAL USE
The prefabricated Faraday cage consists of galvanized (2mm
thick) Mu-Ferro steel shielding panels. The galvanization
ensures excellent resistance to corrosion.
Gaskets are applied between all panels of the Faraday cage

to ensure a good electrical conductivity and a good seal
between the panels. The gaskets are produced in our gasket
production facility.
To ensure a high shielding performance over time, the bare

modular prefabricated Faraday cage construction does not
contain any wooden parts that could be affected by variations
in temperature or moisture.
HOW TO ORDER
In short, the corrosion resistant panels guarantee excellent For a quotation of a prefabricated Faraday cage please send
electrical conductivity and provide a high shielding effectiveness. SMOOTH EXTERIOR AND an email with drawings of the room that requires shielding.
FUNCTIONAL INTERIOR
The panels are bolted together along their edges on the In case no drawings of the room are available, we must
inside, leaving a smooth exterior. Lighting, busbars and fur- know the amount of square meters that require shielding.
nishings can be mounted directly on the inside of the panels Also indicate the application of the shielded room.
(see image above). This enables us to think about the right solution from scratch.
Versions for direct attachment of ferrite, and RF

pyramidal absorbers can also be supplied to create an
echo-free (anechoic) test chamber.
in-house cage
building facility
*Notice
256 257
» ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE PROTECTION
IEMI THREAT Lightning

There are several electromagnetic (EM) threats. Intentional
electromagnetic interference (IEMI) is another growing risk Hyperband
(arbitrary units)
(range dependent)
HEMP
around the world. With all the electric devices and automat-
Magnitude
IEMI Hypoband
ically controlled processes our vulnerability is growing. Also (range dependent)
the complexity of all the radiation is rising. More possibilities HERF/Radar

and problems require all sorts of different solutions. Think
about Smart Electrical Grids, Virtual Reality, Driver less Cars, EMI
Eye Tracking Technology, High Efficiency Photo-voltaic Cells,
Green Energy Electrical Power Converter, Wireless Wearable Mesoband Jammers
10kHz 10MHz (range dependent) 10GHz
Tech, Graphene, Ion-thruster Energy, etc. frequency
The difference between EMI and IEMI is that IEMI is inten- EMP IS A THREAT FOR
tional electromagnetic interference. With the increasing risk • National security
of terrorist attacks, electronic warfare, smart burglars and • Data centers
hackers more and more interference is caused on purpose. • Telecommunications
• Heating companies
ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE PROTECTION IEMI usually occurs in a small frequency band. An EMP or • Transportation sector
HEMP (high altitude EMP) usually occurs in a broadband • Banks and other financial services
The threat of an EMP attack is today more real than ever. Countries like North Korea and Iran already have the technology avail- nature. EMP threats are one of the largest electromagnetic • Security systems
able to launch an EMP attack and the consequences will be devastating. EMP is like super-energetic lightning. Instead of striking threats of this time. The amount of impact is tremendous. • The electricity distribution infrastructure
a point it can cover an entire nation, like the continental United States, with an EMP field. A nuclear EMP attack (NEMP) would The range of such an attack is outstanding. A HEMP is a high • Hospitals and public health facilities
destroy electronics everywhere, cause planes to crash, stop cars and rail traffic, blackout electric grids and other critical infra- amplitude short duration, broadband pulse of electromag- • Oil/gas industry
structures that make modern civilization, and life itself, possible. Eventually, millions would die from starvation, disease, and netic energy. This can have a highly destructive effect on the • Water treatment facilities
societal collapse. EMP missiles are not the only threat to the technology driven modern world as we know today. Other realistic world which does not function without electronics. • All other not mentioned technology driven instances.
threats are Solar storms, terrorism or even on smaller scale DIY EMP guns. On Youtube you can find the instructions to build
an EMP gun within minutes. The size of these guns vary from hand-held to JOLT generators (A Highly Directive, Very Intensive,
Impulse-Like Radiator) which fits onto a small truck, which they can park next to your data center.
ACTIVE SYSTEMS LIKE EMP BURST DEVICES

A portable, battery-powered EMP burst device can generate extremely powerful fields in almost no time. One such burst can be
enough to damage all servers and other (safety) electronics in your location.
On the internet you can easily find instructions for making an EMP burst device. A handyman can
construct one in a few hours with commonly available components. For people who have difficulty
reading the texts, there is even an instruction video on YouTube.
And a lazy or less technically skilled criminal can rent a portable device, a fully anonymously, for less than US $1.000,
from several sources all over the world. It is a real industry, an entirely new type of crime.
Through the air these NEMP waves will propagate for hundreds of meters, and concrete walls are no obstacle.
More and more nations and organizations have access to nuclear materials and The waves can also travel through existing cables, through the metallic protection around cables or even
this presents a risk of nuclear explosions. To give you an idea of the distances common pipelines for gas and water, bringing the data-killing power burst to its intended target:
involved: a nuclear burst in the stratosphere above Moscow will create a YOUR DATA CENTER.
NEMP field over all of Western Europe, including London. Such a NEMP
field can destroy all unprotected data. To give you an idea about
the impact on the USA alone.
294 miles
186
124
62 CANADA
19
USA
Atlantic
ocean
Pasific
ME
ocean
XIC
258
O
» ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE PROTECTION » ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE PROTECTION
EMP PROTECTION SOLUTIONS AND ENGINEERING Below you find a selection of products which will help you to protect your facility from EMP attacks. A complete Faraday cages is depicted
We are worldleading in engineering and prodution of EMP including all the components we manufacture with an electromagnetic pulse protection. In our development laboratory we can develop
protections. Think about EMP protected Faraday cages, any EMP protected product according to your wishes. Our testing facility can also provide you with a broad EMP measurement analysis.
EMP data and power line filters, EMP Ethernet converter
units, etc. Contact info@hollandshielding.com for a quote on testing your product/device/etc.
We have broad experience in EMP protection internationally.
Our engineers are specialized in the protection against
EMP attacks. We have a specialized product range for the
protection against EMP threats.
The shielding effectiveness exceeds the minimum HEMP

requirements as specified in the MIL-STD-188-125
(HEMP protection for ground-based C4I facilities
performing critical, time urgent missions).
Our filters are tested with our in-house test facility with which
we are capable to perform PCI as per E1 (20/500ns 5kA peak)
and E2 (1.5/4000µs 250A peak) test pulses. With our testing
facilities we make sure that our filters comply with the highest
demands and that the residual currents
are within limits of the applicable standards and norms.
E1/E2 power line filter

test by our specialists Faraday cages and components EMP - EMI racks EMP shielded windows
9540 - EMP ventilation panels power, signal & data line filters IP enclosures & PCB housings
260 261
MU-COPPER CAGES Mu-copper foil is used to create a Faraday
cage in an existing room or building
» MU-COPPER CAGES
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* COMPONENTS

In addition to EM shielded doors and windows, the screened
140 rooms can be equipped with the following components:
120 plane waves • Shielded doors
100 electric field • Shielded windows
Attenualtion (dB)
• Shielded ventilation panels
80
• Power and signal filters
eld
60
eticfi
gn
40 ma We also offer shielding solutions for water pipes,
20 medical gases, and ventilation when needed.
0
You can create a Faraday cage with high shielding perfor-
DC
10kHz
300kHz
20MHz
500MHz
10GHz
mance yourself in an economic way, using local labour. This
is possible in existing buildings as well as in new ones, with-
Frequency out loss of space. Depending on the quality of the doors,
*General information about the measured cage: 0.12 mm thick Mu-copper vent panels, filters and/or windows used, attenuation levels
foil with 50 mm overlap (fully soldered). Dimensions 10 x 6 x 4 m. One door
0.9 x 2.1 m. Two honeycomb ventilation panels. Four power line filters. up to 80-100 dB in the E-field can be realized. When more
layers are applied, it is possible to achieve over 120 dB.
OPTIONS
The Mu-copper Faraday cage can be equipped with the ORDER EXAMPLE
MU-COPPER WALL COVERING SYSTEM ADVANTAGES following options: You can indicate below how many square meters Mu-copper
Mu-Copper foil has high attenuation properties in the • Cost-effective / takes up little space • Wave guides for data communication foil you need for covering your room. You can also specify if
electrical field (up to 120 dB) as well as in the magnetic field. • Light weight / high floor load • Shielded windows you want an offer for adhesives for pasting the Mu-copper
• Can be constructed with local labour • Shielded ventilation panels on the walls and solder for closing the seams.
It is easy to apply, like wallpaper, thanks to its special adhesive • Standard interior finish possible like plasterboard • Power line filters
for walls, ceilings and floors. The interior finish can be plaster • Can be delivered with 10 year guarantee • Signal line filters In order to make a more specific offer for a Mu-copper cage
board, foam tiles or plywood. • Maintenance free • Shielding solutions for water pipes and (medical) gases please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com
• Delivery with turnkey measurement report • Standard interior finish is possible
The 0.12mm thick Mu-Copper is used to transform a (like glued plasterboard, foam tiles or plywood) Mu-copper (M2) Adhesive Solder
regular room into a shielded room; the product has APPLICATIONS
excellent shielding performance even at low frequencies. • EMI shielded server room CEILING Indicate how many WA : With adhesive WS : With solder
square meters NA : No adhesive NS : No solder
The system is easy to mount on shielded doors with • EMI shielded MRI room The system can be used with a detachable or fixed ceiling Mu-copper foil you
clamping devices. The standard width of Mu-Copper • Server rooms to separate existing ducts and cables from the shielded need
is 1000mm. The foil can be delivered on rolls or as • EMC test rooms room.
ready-made sheets. • Computer rooms
• Medical examination rooms MODIFIED RF SHIELDED DOOR
OVERLAP OPTIONS • MRI, EEG, EMG & EVP When a lower performance of e.g. 40-60 dB is acceptable,
For the joints you can use a 50mm overlap. For extra high • Rooms for physiotherapy we can retrofit your existing door. The door is then equipped
performance you can fully solder the joints or use a seaming • Radar protection/Airport with gaskets at the top and sides, and with a conductive
/copper tape with a conductive self-adhesive to apply over • TEMPEST Sites copper brush and doorstep at the bottom. Both swinging and
the joints. • Military EMC protection sliding doors are suitable for being shielded this way.
• Board room shielding
• Industrial espionage/ Secure room For heavy duty applications we can supply Faraday cage
50 mm overlap soldered seaming tape • Buildings for intelligence agencies doors that offer up to 140 dB reduction.
VENTILATION
For ventilation we have developed honeycomb ventilation
panels. Especially for the Mu-copper Faraday cages we
can deliver honeycomb vent panels with a Mu-copper
flap around the edges. It is easy to solder these into
the Mu-copper Faraday cage
*Notice
262 263
AMUCOR FARADAY CAGE Amucor foil can be used to create a Faraday
cage in an existing room or building
» AMUCOR FARADAY CAGE
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*

AMUCOR FARADAY CAGE (DB) BASIC MATERIAL (DB)
Field Frequency Amucor Amucor + seaming
tape
H 200 MHz 27 dB 27 dB
H 1 MHz 63 dB 63 dB
E 10 kHz 63 dB 80 dB
E 200 kHz 63 dB 80 dB
E 1 MHz 63 dB 80 dB
E 1 GHz 63 dB 80 dB
E 2.4 GHz 75 dB 82 dB
E 5 GHz 77 dB 90 dB
E 10 GHz 103 dB 93 dB
E 20 GHz 90 dB 97 dB
MODIFIED RF SHIELDED DOOR Shielding performance of Amucor foil 48 µm thick
When a lower performance of e.g. 40-60 dB is acceptable,

we can retrofit your existing door. The door is then equipped Measurements according to MIL STD 285/IEEE-299 and the
Amucor foil has high attenuation properties in the electri- VENTILATION with gaskets at the top and sides, and with a conductive following situation:
cal field (up to 110 dB) as well as in the magnetic field (see For ventilation we have developed honeycomb ventilation copper brush and doorstep at the bottom.
shielding performance table). panels. Especially for the Amucor Faraday cages we can deliver • Amucor foil 48 µm thick, fully soldered
optimized honeycomb vent panels for this type of cage. Both swinging and sliding doors are suitable for being shield- • Dimensions 10 x 6 x 4 m
It is easy to apply because the foil is provided with a very ed this way. • 1 Door 0.9 x 2.1 m
strong self-adhesive. For an extra good result, we rec- AMUCOR WITH A REINFORCEMENT NET 4706 • 1 Waveguide
ommend applying plasterboard before applying the film. Amucor foil can also be produced with a strengthening rein- For heavy duty applications we can supply Faraday cage • 1 Power filters
After the application of the foil Amucor the interior can be forcement net. Because the material with the reinforcement doors that offer up to 140 dB reduction.
finished with an extra finishing layer of plaster board, foam net is so strong, it can be produced in a very large width of You can create a Faraday cage with high shielding performance
tiles or plywood. 3100mm. This material is designed to cover walls and floor for For more information see our Faraday cage doors. yourself in an economic way, using local labour. This is possi-
protection against unwanted radio frequencies (RF). ble in existing buildings as well as in new ones, without loss
The 48 µm thick Amucor is used to transform a regular room COMPONENTS of space. Depending on the quality of the doors, vent panels,
into a shielded room; the product has excellent shielding We fabricate self-adhesive Amucor foil up to 1100mm width In addition to EM shielded doors and windows, filters and/or windows used, attenuation levels up to 80-100 dB
performance even at low frequencies. The system is easy to for quick covering complete rooms. We also have a 3100mm the screened rooms can be equipped with the foil. in the E-field can be realized.
mount on shielded doors with clamping devices. The stan- (10ft) width version is available.
dard width of Amucor is 1000mm; the foil can be delivered • Shielded doors ORDER EXAMPLE
on rolls or as ready-made sheets. APPLICATIONS • Shielded windows You can indicate below how many square meters Amucor foil
Amucor film is suitable for a large scale of applications where • Shielded ventilation panels you need for covering your room. Amucor foil comes with a
OVERLAP OPTIONS a medium performance reduction is required. Below we have • Power and signal filters self-adhesive so it's easy to apply.
For the joints you can use a 50mm overlap. For extra high made a small list of some commonly used applications.
performance you can apply a 50mm wide aluminium tape We also offer shielding solutions for water pipes, In order to make a more specific offer for a Amucor Faraday
over the seams. Data security for: medical gases, and ventilation when needed. cage please send your drawing to info@hollandshielding.com
• Computer rooms
• Industrial espionage/ Secure room amucor foil (m²)
• Intelligence agencies
50 mm overlap Seaming tape • Board room shielding Indicate how many
square meters Amu-
cor foil you need
ADVANTAGES RF Noiseless:
• Cost-effective / takes up little space • Data security for: server rooms
• Equipped with self-adhesive allowing applying the film • Computer rooms
very easy • Industrial espionage/ Secure room
• Light weight / high floor load • Intelligence agencies
• Can be constructed with by local contractor under • Board room shielding
supervision of Holland Shielding Systems • Free from Radar interference on Airports
• Standard interior finish possible like plasterboard • TEMPEST Sites
• Can be delivered with 10 year guarantee • Military EMC protection
• Maintenance free *Notice
• Delivery with turnkey measurement report Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
264 265
ANECHOIC CHAMBERS An anechoic chamber yields superb shielding performance FARADAY CAGE DOORS EMI/RFI/EMP-shielded doors for use in Faraday
cages and EMI/RFI shielded rooms
Our anechoic chambers are constructed as shielded EMISSION PERFORMANCE – 26MHZ-18GHZ Designing and manufacturing standard and custom EMI/ OPTIONS
rooms whose walls and ceiling are completely covered IMMUNITY 26 MHZ-18GHZ RFI-shielded doors for EMI/RFI-shielded rooms and Faraday • Fireproof
with absorbing materials and/or ferrite tiles. The an- Key features cages. High performance single and double knife finger- • Automatic closing
echoic chambers offer superb shielding performance and • Fully compliant design to meet UKAS and FCC requirements strip doors in sliding, swinging and even double swinging • Gas tight
are mainly applied in EM-emission testing according to • Any dimensions are possible implementations are some of the many possibilities. Our • (Automatic) locking system
commercial and military standards. • Emission performance of +/-4 dB or better in engineers will be happy to help you find the best solution • Soundproof
the 30 MHz - 40 GHz frequency range possible. • Clean room specifications
The anechoic chambers are used to perform compliant • Fully compliant for immunity in accordance with EN61000.4.3
radiated immunity tests in accordance to EMC standards • Ferrite and hybrid lining from 30 MHz - 40 GHz We also produce sets to shield doors with gaskets at the top TYPES
such as IEC / EN 61000-4-3. measurements and sides, while the bottom can be provided with a electri- • HDFD : Heavy duty fingerstrip door
• Very cost-effective solution cally conductive copper brush and doorstep. • FDWSF : Fingerstrip door with soldered fingers
They provide a full compliance immunity test site for the • Flexible modular design enables you to make • FDWCF : Fingerstrip door with clamped fingers
frequency range of 26Mhz to 18GHz and are also suit- easy site changes or upgrades Virtually every type of door can be provided in a swinging or • SPD : Standard performance door
able for the free-space emission test suggested in PREN sliding implementation. • SMD : Standard modified door
50147-3. TURNKEY SYSTEMS
A complete system approach is available to fully facilitate SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* WITH DIFFERENT
We can also construct open-area test sites. your laboratory and includes: SHIELDING DOORS
• Electrical distribution
If you wish to receive a quote for an anechoic chamber send • Turntables/dynamometers 140
a drawing of the room in question. Do you have any drawing • Masts
120
please contact us via email (info@hollandshielding.com) or • CCTV
our contact form on our website to pass on all the specifica- • Air conditioning 100
Reduction dB
tions of the room. • Fire detection and suppression 80
• Emission & immunity measurement systems
It is important to indicate the purpose of the room or possibly 60
the desired frequency range in which the room should work. 40
Also indicate the size of the door to the room and the amount
20
of power and ventilation needed in room.
0
9 Khz 10 Mhz 1 Ghz 6 Ghz 22 Ghz
Frequency
Quatro Fingerstrip, double knife door (up to 120 dB)
Double Fingerstrip (soldered), single knife door (up to 110 dB)
Double Fingerstrip (clamped), single knife door (up to 100 dB)
Standard performance door (up to 80 dB)
Standard wooden modified door (up to 60 dB)
*Notice
266 267
» FARADAY CAGE DOORS » FARADAY CAGE DOORS
Side view
Copper brush
Brass doorstep
Top view
Mu-copper Mu-copper
connection Ultra soft shield gasket connection
with faraday cage with faraday cage
Mu-ferro plate
Door hinge Wooden door
EMI/RFI-SHIELDED SLIDING DOORS SWINGING DOORS WOODEN MODIFIED DOORS FOR EMI/RFI-SHIELDED ROOMS AND CHAMBERS
The fully automatic EMI/EMP/RFI-shielded sliding doors The fingerstrip swinging doors are well known for their high For applications with a performance up to 40-60 dB we can upgrade a wooden door to a shielded door. The modified wooden
are designed for RF and EMP-tight enclosures. They can be shielding performance and are used in prefab cages as well door can be supplied in a sliding or a swinging implementation. The wooden modified door is used in hospitals, e.g. in EEG,
integrated in EMI/RFI-shielded rooms and are also suitable as in our Mu-Copper systems. We manufacture single finger- EMG, and measurement rooms.
for other types of shielding. strip doors for medium shielding performance and double
fingerstrip doors for high shielding performance (reductions STANDARD SIZES
There are two steps involved in opening the sliding door: up to 140 dB). Delivery from stock is possible in various Standard shielded leaf doors in steel/wooden or steel frames
dimensions. In EMC applications, ferrite tiles can be affixed Width: single 800 / 1200mm, double 1500 / 2000mm
• Unlatching of the contact-spring system and outward to the standard door leaf. Height: 2000 / 2100 / 2500mm.
movement;
• Sideways movement of the door leaf. OPTIONS
• Fireproof
The movements of the door and ramp are fully automat- • Automatic closing Standard wooden door
ed; they are operated electrically and pneumatically. Each • Gas tight Copper brush
opening and closing of the door has a self-cleaning effect • (Automatic) locking system Mu-copper connection
on the contact surfaces (fingerstrips and knife of the door). • Soundproof
Mu-ferro plate
Sizes range from 1 x 2.1 meters to a 'jumbo-sized' door of 8 • Clean rooms specifications
x 12 meters.
To achieve the various attenuation levels required, we have ORDER EXAMPLE
OPTIONS several types of swinging door in our assortment.
• Fireproof Door Width (mm) Height (mm) Implementation
• Automatic closing TYPES
• Gas-tight • Single fingerstrip door (fingerstrip door with soldered or HDFD : Heavy duty Width of the door in Height of the door in Swing : Swing door
• (Automatic) locking system clamped fingers) fingerstrip door mm (millimeters) mm (millimeters) Sliding : Sliding door
FDWSF : Fingerstrip
• Soundproof • Standard performance door for hospital use door with soldered
• Clean room specifications • Standard modified door (copper-plated wooden door, fingers
FDWCF : Fingerstrip
with copper brush and copper doorstep) door with clamped
TYPES fingers
SPD : Standard perfor-
• Single fingerstrip door (fingerstrip door with soldered or mance door
clamped fingers) SMD : Standard
modified door
• Double fingerstrip door (heavy-duty fingerstrip door)
• Standard modified door with gaskets (copper-plated
wooden door, with copper brush and copper doorstep) *Notice
268 269
MAGNETIC SHIELDING MATERIALS
MU-FERRO HD 6800 magnetic shielding for

sensors and electronic devices TRANSFORMER SHIELD 6800 New material for shielding/screening
low-frequency magnetic fields
Electromagnetic fields can affect electrical equipment, APPLICATIONS INDOOR TRANSFORMER ROOMS WHY USE MAGNETIC SHIELDING/SCREENING?
magnetic systems and also living organisms. • Aviation and aerospace industries The frequency of these magnetic fields is typically 50/60 Hz Magnetic fields pose a serious threat to human health and
For magnetic shielding of electronic devices and PCs • Sensitive sensors The Mu-Ferro material is suitable for magnetic shielding in wellbeing. For instance, research has shown that exposure
we have developed the Mu-ferro HD 6800 series. • Medical equipment frequency ranges from 10 Hz to 100 kHz. to magnetic fields of > 300 nT or 0.003 Gauss significantly
• Physics research increases a person’s chances of developing leukemia.
Mu-ferro HD can be used to prevent low frequency magnetic • Telecommunication CUSTOMER BENEFITS And there are numerous other physical symptoms associated
radiation (0Hz- 100 kHz) from leaving a device, or it can • Automotive • Cost-effective solution with exposure to magnetic fields, e.g. headaches, depression,
be applied around a sensitive device or sensor, to prevent • Military • Up to 95% field-strength reduction or more and insomnia. For this reason the Health and Safety Codes in
external electromagnetic interference from disrupting • Flexible design many countries recommend that for working spaces exposure
normal operations. SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS* • Measurement report should be < 0.5 μT=500 nT and for public spaces it should be
• 10-year guarantee < 0.1 μT=100nT.
120
Mu-ferro HD offers important magnetic-field shielding charac-
teristics, due to its high magnetic permeability and its ability 100 Mu-Ferro combines permeable and satiety characteristics Apart from their negative impact on health, strong magnetic
to absorb magnetic energy. This allows for the highest possible which makes it extremely suitable for screening low-fre- fields can cause interference or damage to electronics in
80
attenuation, making this shielding alloy the material of choice quency magnetic fields. the direct vicinity of where the field is generated. Magnetic
Shielding factor
for reducing low-frequency electromagnetic interference. 60 fields also interfere with sensitive measurements in hospitals
APPLICATIONS and laboratories.
For magnetic shielding of electronic devices our Mu-ferro 6800- 40
• Transformer rooms (indoors or outdoors)
HD is available in plate material that is 1, 0.8, or 0.5mm thick. In 20 • Power plants MEASUREMENT
addition we will be happy to produce custom shapes which will • Aluminium melting/production Before the screening/shielding is ordered and installed, we
deliver the best shielding effect possible in your situation. 0
0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 • High-voltage labs can conduct a site survey (magnetic field strength measurement)
Frequency (Hz)
• Anything that creates strong magnetic fields (high currents) for you. We not only measure the magnetic field strength but
Shielding factor (dB) Absorption (mu metal) R+B
Mu-ferro HD is also available as a foil or tape, delivered on rolls also locate its probable source. The measurement results are
(0.024mm thick) with or without regular or conductive self- PROPERTIES EXAMPLE OF A PROJECT then presented in a report.
adhesive for high-frequency shielding and easy mounting. Due to space restrictions, one of our clients was forced
Item Data
For more information, part number 3208. to turn a room which had formerly been used for storage We can implement magnetic shielding even after the
Carbon 0.02%
into an office space; this room was located on the floor transformer has been put into place. For screening entire
ORDER EXAMPLE Manganese 0.50% above power transformers. However, powerful magnetic buildings, or rooms, the shielding material is applied to
If you need a rectangular piece of Mu-ferro HD then you can Silicone 0.35% fields were noticed in that room which made the computer walls, ceilings and/or floors. This protects both people and
specify the part number as in the blocks below. When you Nickel 80.00% displays flicker, so we were asked to carry out a magnetic electronics.
need a cut to shape or form made piece of Mu-ferro metal Molybdenum 4.20% field measurement. It was found that the magnetic field
then send us a drawing of the relevant form. Iron Balance
strength was far above the standard referred to above -
it was 750 nTesla. This magnetic field was reduced by the *Notice
Series Width (mm) Length (mm) Density kg/m3 8747
installation of an umbrella construction of Mu-Ferro 6800.
Mu-ferro HD 6800 Thermal conductivity W/m K 34.6
Since completion of this project, the magnetic field has reliable. HSS has no control over the design of customer’s product which incorporates
Specify the width Specify the length Electrical conductivity micro-ohms 580 been reduced to only 80 nTesla. for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
in mm. in mm. determine suitability.
The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however
Length (mm) the products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either
0.5 : 0.5mm thick lack of fitness, patent infringement and the like are assumed by the user.
1.0 : 1.0mm thick
270 271
SHIELDED RACKS 19"
SHIELDED RACKS EMI shielding metal racks and enclosures

WALL MOUNT
OPTIONS
All our racks can be fully customized to your requirements.
Just note that every opening or cable is going to be a leakage
in the RF shielding of the rack. For this purpose we have
power and signal line filters.
Most integrated options are:

• Power-line filters
• Signal-line filters
• Ventilation honeycombs
• Waveguide
• I/O panel (BNC-,SMA-,N-Connector)
• 7894 UDP data-line filter
• 7896 USB 3.0 optical converter
• Fixed/sliding shelves
• Etc..
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Level 1 rack
600/800/1200mm width
METAL CABINETS, (19”) RACKS AND ATTENUATION LEVELS 400/500/600mm depth WALL MOUNT SHIELDED RACKS
SHIELDED ENCLOSURES We have 2 standard performance levels for our shielded 1200/1400/1600/1800/2000/2200mm height We deliver relatively simple shielded boxes for small studies
As the threat of IEMI or EMP attacks become more real and racks, so you can pick the type of rack that will suit your to large EMI and FCC heavy-duty Shielded enclosures.
the awareness of the risks rises, the necessity of shielded application. Level 2 rack
racks and/or datacenters increases. Holland Shielding offers 1090x1170x2315mm WxDxH Our EMI shielded racks are constructed of our patented
shielded racks which can fully customized to your require- Level 1: This type of rack is based on the well-known racks in any other size on request. Mu-ferro 6800 series plate material, which is galvanically
ments. the market and optimized for the shielding of your equip- perfectly compatible with our EMI shielding gasket materi-
ment with our in house produced shielding materials. This MORE INFORMATION als. This combination results in a very high shielding perfor-
APPLICATIONS rack will give you the basic protection and will reduce the Do you have questions or would you like to receive mance, also in the long term.
• IEMI (intentional Electromagnetic interference) incoming attack up to 10.000 times. more information about the shielded racks or our
• Tempest wall mounts? Our engineers can give you the right Our Shielded enclosures allow you to meet a wide variety of
• Eavesdropping Level 2: The ultimate shielding will come from our racks advise for your specific application or answers. requirements for EMI/RFI suppression including:
• Solarstorms which are a spin-off from our prefab Faraday cages. These Please send an email to info@hollandshielding.com.
• EMP attacks racks are exceeding the most shielding effectiveness stan- • Mil Spec 285
• MIL-STD-188-125 dards and offer a performance over 120dB. • TEMPEST
• Radiated attacks • FCC Part 15
• Lightning • European VDE
• NSA 94-106
Our EMI & FCC product lines come in both vertical racks and
For more information refer to our Data center security sloped front consoles (15 & 30 degree). It is designed with
double ledge, double plane corner construction which make
it the strongest cabinet in the industry, capable of carrying
up to 1400 kg of equipment.
ORDER EXAMPLE
Part number Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm) Performance level
SR : Shielded racks Specify the width Specify the depth Specify the height 1 : Level 1
WM: Wall mount of the shielded rack of the shielded rack of the shielded rack 2 : Level 2
in mm in mm in mm
*Notice
272 273
SHIELDED BOXES
LOW FREQUENCY MAGNETIC Shielded box made from our patented Mu-ferro HD mate-
rial specially developed for shielding low frequency fields SHIELDED AND SOUND The briefcase block wireless communication
& sound recordings
SHIELDED BOX PROOF BRIEFCASE
For shielding of low frequency magnetic fields, we produce SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* OF These briefcases block wireless communication such as a APPLICATIONS
shielded boxes made from our patented Mu-ferro HD mate- 2MM THICK MU-FERRO-HD BOX communication with a mobile phone in the case. It is also • Put all the equipment of staff in the briefcases at secret
rial. not possible to make sound recordings with the phone meetings / Important decisions that can not be brought out.
inside the case because the case does not pass any sounds • Put all your mobile equipment in the case when you do
Mu-ferro HD is a material that is often used to prevent low not want to be found/traced. To stay off the radar.
frequency magnetic radiation (0 Hz – 300 kHz) from leaving 80 These EMI shielded and sound blocking briefcase do block • Secret service, government, military applications.
a device, or it can be applied around a sensitive device or wireless communication such as a communication with a
sensor, to prevent external electromagnetic interference mobile phone. BENEFITS
from disrupting normal operations. 60 • No wireless communication with devices inside the case
Also, the briefcases are very good to prevent eavesdrop- • No visual communication with devices inside the case
Reduction (dB)
These boxes for shielding low frequency magnetic fields ping by, for example, telephones or audio recording devices • No sound transfer to devices in the case
can be made in any desired shape and according to your 40 because EMI shielded and sound blocking briefcases do not • A case that fully shields and protects against leakage
supplied CAD drawings. transmit sound from outside to the inside. of data
They can also be equipped with date-, signal- or power line 20

This means that it is also not possible to make sound recordings
filters to supply equipment within the box or to have data with any sound recording device inside the case.
communication with the device in the box.
STANDARD TYPES
ORDER EXAMPLE 0 These EMI shielded can be made in any custom size
When you want to order Low frequency shielded boxes however, we have two standard sizes in stock.
specify the part number as follow or send your
DC
0.01
0.1
10
50
100
drawing to info@hollandshielding.com. Part number Size

Frequency (HZ)
SSBC-400-150-500 Outside dimensions 500 x 400 x 150mm
SSBC-400-250-500 Outside dimensions 500 x 400 x 250mm
ORDER EXAMPLE
Series Width (mm) Height (mm) Depth (mm)
SSBC
SSBC stand for Shield- The outside width The outside height The outside depth
ed and sound proof of the shielded and of the shielded and of the shielded and
briefcase sound proof briefcase sound proof briefcase sound proof briefcase
in mm in mm in mm
*Notice
274 275
MEDIUM PERFORMANCE
SHIELDED SERIES
COMPACT SHIELDED Compact shielded box to block wireless communication
during testing and measurements MEDIUM SHIELDED Medium shielded box to block wireless communication
during testing and measurements
EXPERIMENT BOX working size 210(W)*354(D)*120(H) EXPERIMENT BOX working size 230(W)*320(D)*160(H)
Compact shielded test box (210 x 354 x 120mm) FEATURES Medium shielded test box FEATURES
By default, this box comes with 6 shielded SMA penetra- • Wireless communication test system (230 x 320 x 160mm) • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 70 dB
tions, 12Vdc, data line filter (RJ45), 2 times USB and a VGA • For 3G, wifi, Bluetooth wireless test • Audio frequency interface: N-SMA*6 • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters
penetration. Many other shielded conduits are available on • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 75dB • Box body material: Aluminum alloy with painted surface • Connection in the box while still blocking all wireless
request. They may optionally also be added later. • Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line • Application: for Bluetooth, WiFi, 3G, wireless test, RFID signals
• R&D, custom design • Frequency: 0~6000MHz. • Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters for power • Work size(mm): 224.6(W)*320(D)*162.3(H) • R&D, custom design
connection in the box while still blocking all wireless signals • Easy to transport
Data interface RJ45+USB*2+RS232 • Easy to transport TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Radio frequency interface SMA*6
DC power outlet DC*1
Working frequency (GHz) 0~6GHz
Work size(mm) 200(W)*334(D)*115(H)
244
230
≥70 dB @2.4GHz
210
Outer dimensions (mm) 210(W)*354(D)*120(H) Shielding effect
≥65 dB @5.8GHz
Box body material Alu-alloy
Interface type DC,RJ45,RJ23, SMA,USB optional
Weight (kg) 4 kg
Numbers of filters 2pcs
Working temperature(oC) 0-50 350 330
Working temperature (°C) (0-70) 405
Frequency(GHz) 0.8~6GHZ
Working dimensions (mm) 224.6(W)*320(D)*162.3(H)
Isolation ≥80 dB @2.4GHz)&(≥70 dB @5.8GHz)
Outer dimensions (mm) 240(W)*389.86(D)*217(H)
Appearance color Beige
Box body material Aluminium alloy, the surface paint
ATTENUATION Weight(kg) 8 kg
187.3
129.4
The RF shielded box is the most economical solution for

example, blocking GSM, WiFi, Bluetooth and other wireless
communication standards. The average attenuation over a
wide frequency range is 80 dB. 350 210 330 230
Frequency (Mhz) Attenuation (dB)

2400 Front 84, rear 79
M
5800 Front 83, rear 76 5
28
40.5
25
*Notice
53.3
111 products, therefore it is the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability 112
55 145 for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to 270 55 244
or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation or order
be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of lack of
276 277
COMPACT DESKTOP Compact size desktop type shielded box for testing
working size 350(W)*400(D)*300(H) MEDIUM DESKTOP Medium size desktop type shielded box for testing
measurement working size 450(W)*530(D)*435(H)
MEASUREMENT BOX MEASUREMENT BOX
Compact desktop measurement box FEATURES Medium desktop measurement box FEATURES
(350 x 400 x 300mm) • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 75 dB (450 x 530 x 435mm) • Wireless communication test system
• Makes an ideal solutions for Bluetooth, WiFi, 3G/4G • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters for power • For Bluetooth, WiFi, 3G, wireless test, RFID
phones test connection in the box while still blocking all wireless TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 65 dB
• High isolation signals. • Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line
• Easy & Flexible operation • Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line Data interface RJ45+USB*2+RS232 • R&D, custom design
• R&D, custom design Radio frequency interface SMA*4 • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters for power
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DC power outlet DC*1 connection in the box while still blocking all wireless
signals.
Working dimensions (mm) 400(W)*400(D)*400(H)
Shielding effect More than 70dB
Outer dimensions (mm) 450(W)*530(D)*435(H)
Interface type DB9*2, DB25*2, SMA*4
Box body material Mu-ferro
371
Weight (kg) 30 kg
Working temperature (°C) Operating at room temperature
415
408
351.5
437
450
Working temperature (oC) 0-50
Frequency (GHz) 0~6GHZ
Outer dimensions (mm) 430(W)*538(D)*366(H) 371
12
Isolation ≥70 dB @2.4GHz)&(≥65 dB @5.8GHz)
Weight (kg) 20 kg
Appearance of color Beige
Appearance color Beige 451
395 415
408
ATTENUATION 355
The RF shielded box is the most economical solution for
example, blocking GSM, WiFi, Bluetooth and other wireless
communication standards. The average attenuation over a
(59.9)
363
wide frequency range is 80 dB. See attenuation table below.
535.5
396
365
448
Frequency (Mhz) Attenuation (dB)
2400 95 4-M
35 6
450 395 5800 100
542
140
120 Door
Entry panel
*Notice 100
USB cable RS232+USB*2+RJ45+DC
Information supplied in these data sheets is based on independent and laboratory LAN cable
tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be 80
dB

60 SMA*4
18
40
The product described in this data sheet shall be of standard quality, however the 430 45 20
0
products are sold without warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, either expressed 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation or order
MHz
be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of lack of
278 279
AUTOMATIC TEST BOX Test box with automatic open & closure system
working size 433(W)*440(D)*313(H) BIG MOBILE Big size shielded box for laboratory purposes
working size 698(W)*686(D)*696(H)
MEASUREMENT BOX
Automatic test box (433 x 440 x 313mm) FEATURES Big mobile meaurement box FEATURES
• Make a ideal solutions for bluetooth, wifi, 3G, 4G testing • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 75 dB (698 x 686 x 696mm) • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 80 dB
• High isolation • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters for • Radio frequency interface: N-SMA*2 • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters
• Easy & Flexible operation power • Box body material: Aluminium alloy with painted surface • Connection in the box while still blocking all wireless
• Connection in the box while still blocking all wireless • Application: for Bluetooth, WiFi, 3G, wireless test, RFID signals
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS signals. • Frequency: 0~6000MHz • Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line
• Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line • Work size(mm): 698(W)*686(D)*696(H) • R&D, custom design
Frequency (GHz) 0.8~6GHZ • R&D, custom design
≥75 Db @2.4GHz TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Shielding effect 696 696
≥70 Db @5.8GHz
45º
Working frequency (GHz) 0~6GHZ
Radio frequency interface SMA*4
≥90 dB @4GHz
800
907
DC*1 USB*2RS-232*1 (could be Shielding effect
Data interface ≥80 dB @5.8GHz
customized) 688.5
380
688
AC power requirements AC 110V-220V/50-60HZ VGA, DB9, DB25, USB2.0, USB3.0, SMA,
Interface type
RJ45, BNC, RCA, DC, AC optional
266
Work size(mm) 433(W)*440(D)*313(H)

394.5

Outer dimensions (mm) 530(W)*562(D)*395(H)
Working temperature (°C) (0-50) 800
106.5
Box body material Coll plated, the surface paint

878.5
12

Weight (kg) 30kg 530
Outer dimensions (mm) 878.5(W)*838(D)*907(H)
Working temperature (°C) 0-50
Weight (kg) 90 kg
Appearance color Beige cylinder
553
348
505
control button
336
444
*Notice
280 281
INVESTIGATION BOX Investigation box with build in led light and shielded
gloves working size 500(W)*400(D)*406(H) FILTERS & FEED-THROUGH Shielded boxes can be extended with
different types of filters
(WITH GLOVES & WINDOW) FOR SHIELDED BOX
Investigation box (with gloves & window) FEATURES We produce filter units that are suitable for use directly in our medium performance shielded boxes. These filters can also be used
(500 x 400 x 406mm) • High levels of shielding attenuation, greater than 80 dB for other medium performance shielded enclosures such as Faraday tents. Please note: custom filters can be made on request.
Investigation shielding box is designed for medium shielding • Box can be equipped with shielded power filters
performance of around 80 dB and keeping contact with the • Connection in the box while still blocking all wireless STANDARD TYPES
device under investigation. signals
• Easy & Flexible operation in Lab and production line
The box is also equipped with shielded gloves so you can use • R&D, custom design
and operate the appliances inside the box, without having to
open the box and thus retains the shield. GAS SPRINGS
The shielded box is equipped with gas springs that makes
By using the built-in LED lighting, it is possible to have a good opening and closing the box easy.
view on the device and your hands inside the box. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
2 x RJ45 + 2 x USB + 2 x 12V 1 x RJ45 + 2 x USB + 1 x 12V + 1 x Serial USB 2.0 Hi-Speed 480 Mbps compati- 6 x SMA
ble 50 dB filter suppression or >50dB,
52º
2 – 6 GHz Panel mountable
Working frequency(GHz) 2.4GHz-5.8GHz

832
50
Shielding effect ≥65 Db Ø1
160
529.33
460
Interface type DC*1+USB*2+RJ45+RS232

438
350
Working temperature(°C) Normal work
Working Dimensions(mm) 500(W)*400(D)*406(H)
21.62
Outer Dimensions(mm) 547(W)*447(D)*438(H) 541.50 Type 5 Type 6 Type 7 Type 8

Power-line filters 2 x HDMI 2 x RJ45 + 2 x USB + VGA 2 x DC + 2 x RJ45 + 2x USB
Weight(kg) 36
36
Appearance of color Beige
250
439
447
400

85.75
150
120
500
539 636
100 547 Type 9 Type 10 Type 11 Type 12
79 + 2 x RJ45 + 4x USB 2.0 + USB 3.0 79 + DB25+ VGA 79 + 2x USB 2.0 + 4x RJ45 79 + 5x RJ45
80
*Notice
60 tests which Holland Shielding Systems BV, hereafter referred to as HSS believes to be
dB

40 for his particular application and we recommend that the user make his own test to
20
0 or implied, except to the extent expressly stated on HSS invoice, quotation or order
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Type 13 acknowledgment. HSS does not warrant that products described in this data sheet will
MHz
79 + 2x USB 3.0 + 3x RJ45 be free of conflict with existing or future patents of third parties. All risks of lack of
282 283
SERVICES
HIGH PERFORMANCE Shielded box for wireless testing and

MEASUREMENTS ON LOCATION Measurements can be carried out in the low-frequency
SHIELDED BOX forensics with very high performance spectrum (0 Hz DC - 30 MHz ) and in the high-frequency spec-
trum (9 kHz - 22 GHz) at any location specified by the client
This EMI/RFI-shielded box has up to 120dB reduction of RF APPLICATIONS EMF MEASUREMENTS/EM MEASUREMENTS/ELECTRO- ELECTRIC FIELD-STRENGTH EMF MEASUREMENTS
signals up to 5 GHz. This makes the shielded box ideal for • Digital forensics MAGNETIC RADIATION Measurements can also be performed in the high-frequency
testing cellular handsets, RFID, Bluetooth, Zigbee, WiMax, • Wireless testing Electromagnetic fields cause interference in electronic devices spectrum (9 kHz -22 GHz), to measure electric fields gener-
WLAN or similar wireless devices. The box can be construct- • R&D and may affect the health of people close to where the fields ated by transmission equipment or installations including
ed in any size required. • EMC Testing are generated. It is important to recognize this at an early C2000, GSM and UMTS towers, radar systems, wireless
stage in a construction process, for instance at a future devices, etc.
Thanks to its mobility, the box is well suited for forensics in OPTIONS (ON REQUEST) construction location or while construction is already
cases where the current state of an electronic device needs The box can be equipped with shielded power filters for a underway, so that budgets are not exceeded. Tests may be performed to meet ICNIRP standards, 2013/35/
to be frozen by blocking all wireless contact with the outside power connection to the box while all wireless signals re- EU guidelines or alternative health recommendations such as
world. main blocked. In addition the box can be equipped with any By means of field-strength measurements one can chart SBM-2008.
or all of the following options: the existing electromagnetic fields and radiation emitted
By default this box comes with 10 shielded SMA pene- by GSM, UMTS antennas and transformer spaces, to mention APPLICATIONS
trations. Many other shielded conduits are available on • Shielded ventilation panels for heat transfer a few examples. • Baseline
request, or they may optionally be added later to the filter • Shielded window to maintain visual contact with • Electromagnetic fields (V/m or W/m2)
plate at the rear of the box. the devices inside These measurements can help determine the best location • EMF measurement
• Coaxial feed-through / signal filters in the new building for rooms where sensitive measurements • ELF measurement of transformer room (nano Tesla)
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* (DB) • Ethernet connection are to take place, e.g. in hospitals or nano laboratories. And • Detection of sources of interference
120
HP shielded box
last but not least, field-strength measurements can detect • Established standards for health, environment, licenses,
DIMENSIONS sources of interference and can be part of a scheduled check OSH regulations
100 Inside: 280x390x200/160mm of existing screened spaces and Faraday cages. • Determining location for rooms to conduct sensitive
80
Other sizes on request measurements
MAGNETIC FIELD-STRENGTH ELF MEASUREMENTS • Checking shielded areas
60 Measurements can be carried out in the low-frequency • Counter-check (second opinion)
dB
Outside dimensions: 575 x 465 x 300mm

40 Inside dimensions: 390 x 280 x 200/160 spectrum (0 Hz DC - 30 MHz ) for magnetic fields around
installations through which high currents flow. ADVANTAGES
20 • Measurement on location
In most cases the frequency will be 50/60 Hz, for example • Cost-effective
0
in transformer rooms, overhead lines, busbar systems and • Clear reporting
379.6071
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

MHz switchboard cabinets, and in the vicinity of high-voltage • Expertise in all screening/
390.0
300.2 cables and railway lines, both above and below the ground. shielding disciplines
242.7
200.0 • Recommendations regarding reduction of the fields
160.0 connector mounting
plate
• Certification
575.0
*Notice
273.6071
284 285
» MEASUREMENTS ON LOCATION
WHY PERFORM MEASUREMENTS?

It is extremely complicated to assess electromagnetic
radiation from a theoretical point of view. It can even
be said to be impossible, due to the many variables in the
environment. That is why measuring at the location itself is
often indispensable to chart the prevailing electromagnetic
fields and to locate possible sources of interference.
Shielding gasket PCB cans & clips Foam & rubber sheets EMI measurements
PREVAILING FIELDS AND RECOMMENDED STANDARDS
There are recommended standards for both magnetic and
electric fields, set by the Health Council as limits in the Tele-
communications Act. Especially magnetic fields are consid-
ered a serious threat to health.
For instance, there is widespread concern regarding a causal

connection between exposure to magnetic fields and leu-
kemia in children. Besides that, there are numerous health
complaints suspected of being associated with (or linked to) Faraday cages Cable shielding & entries Absorbers & ferrites EMP - EMI racks
exposure to magnetic fields, for example headaches, depres-
sion and insomnia.
HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASUREMENTS

For the safety and health of your personnel it’s important
to know if there are no dangerous fields near their working
environments. Holland Shielding Systems can perform a
measurement on location to determine the current field
strengths.
Windows & transparent foil Tapes & textile EMI - EMP ventilation Painting & glue
These measurements are performed according to the
2013/35/EU guideline. A detailed report will give a detailed
overview of the field strengths and a recommendations on
how to shield you employers if too high fields strengths are
being measured.
DETERMINING THE POSITION OF SENSITIVE

MEASUREMENT ROOMS
When a map is made of the existing prevailing
INSPECTION MEASUREMENTS OF FARADAY CAGES electromagnetic fields either during construction, Personal protection EMP - EMI - IP enclosures Power & signal filter Magnetic shielding
Every Faraday cage needs regular maintenance check-ups. in an existing building, or during remodeling, recommenda-
This does not only apply to the workmanship of the door. tions can be made for the optimal position
Because there can be many invisible reasons why a cage for a sensitive measurement room.
can become ‘leaky’ so it no longer works according to For more information about our
the specifications. Therefore we carry out control measure- Request a EMI shielding
ments on location. After the measurement, a certificate is company or about our products
provided. Periodic measurements are important for product sample
hospitals and companies with ISO (9000) certification. visit www.hollandshielding.com
286 287
WE HELP THINK SOLVE INVEST LISTEN ADVISE
CREATE IMPROVE DEVELOP YOU SUCCEED
24-HOURS SAMPLE SERVICE 24-HOURS QUOTE SERVICE
We ship samples to customers around the world. Send us an email with part numbers or
There are samples available of almost all products. drawings of the desired product. Be sure
For a specific sample, we ask you to send a to mention the amount. You may also send
drawing to info@hollandshielding.com. part numbers of competitors.
ADDRESS Ph +31(0)78 - 204 90 00

Holland Shielding Systems BV Fax +31(0)78 - 204 90 08
Jacobus Lipsweg 124 info@hollandshielding.com
NL-3316 BP Dordrecht hollandshielding.com
The Netherlands

Holland Shielding Catalog-2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Holland Shielding Catalog-2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Holland Shielding Catalog-2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Innovative EMI

CEO Jan van Tienhoven

INVEST HSS SAMPLE & QUOTE SERVICE

ADVISE Happy to help!

GASKET SELECTION & STIFFNESS OF ENCLOSURE PCB shielding can

Power line filter

PRINCIPLE OF SHIELDING WAVES

109 1011 1012 1014 1015 1016 1019 1020 1027

10-8 10-5 10-3 10-2 1 10 100 105 106 109 1012

Figure 7 : Wavelength vs. Frequency

Figure 3 : Shielding works in both directions

40 dB 100 times reduction of the field strength

Figure 6 : The reduction depends on the frequency

Figure 10 : Wires penetrates a shield

• 125 kHz (Low Frequency)

HOW TO CREATE OPTIMAL EMI SHIELDING

Figure 15.2 : Shielding the entire PCB

35 Gasket sellection & galvanic corrosion

SEAMS Gasket material

26 Characteristics of an optimal seam Cadmium plating on steel -0.80

• It is flat and smooth Aluminium, wrought, cast A1 -0.75

Tin plating on steel -0.45

Chromium plating on nickel plated steel -0.45

Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, 12% Cr -0.45

Iron and steel: corrosion resisting, high Cr -0.35

Copper and its alloys, conductive fabric -0.25 *

Nickel-copper alloys, inc. Monel -0.25

Figure 35: Galvanic corrosion table

Metal wall of shielded room EMP Gasket

Shielded cable to prevent Input

CHOICE OF TRANSPARENT MATERIAL VENTILATION PANELS

9900 serie Transparent EMI / RFI shielding foil

Silicon dioxide (SiO2) layer

• Polycarbonate (Material code P)

Radiation source or Radiation source or

STANDARD SHIELDING CANS SQUARE PCB SHIELDING CANS (HEIGHT 1 TO 15MM)

10 10 1500-10-10-1 1500-10-10-2 1500-10-10-3 1500-10-10-5 1500-10-10-10 1500-10-10-15

15 15 1500-15-15-1 1500-15-15-2 1500-15-15-3 1500-15-15-5 1500-15-15-10 1500-15-15-15

20 20 1500-20-20-1 1500-20-20-2 1500-20-20-3 1500-20-20-5 1500-20-20-10 1500-20-20-15

25 25 1500-25-25-1 1500-25-25-2 1500-25-25-3 1500-25-25-5 1500-25-25-10 1500-25-25-15

30 30 1500-30-30-1 1500-30-30-2 1500-30-30-3 1500-30-30-5 1500-30-30-10 1500-30-30-15

35 35 1500-35-35-1 1500-35-35-2 1500-35-35-3 1500-30-30-5 1500-30-30-10 1500-30-30-15

40 40 1500-40-40-1 1500-40-40-2 1500-40-40-3 1500-40-40-5 1500-40-40-10 1500-40-40-15

STANDARD SHIELDING CANS RECTANGULAR PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 15MM HEIGHT)

10 15 1500-10-15-1 1500-10-15-2 1500-10-15-3 1500-10-15-5 1500-10-15-10 1500-10-15-15

10 20 1500-10-20-1 1500-10-20-2 1500-10-20-3 1500-10-20-5 1500-10-20-10 1500-10-20-15

10 25 1500-10-25-1 1500-10-25-2 1500-10-25-3 1500-10-25-5 1500-10-25-10 1500-10-25-15

10 30 1500-10-30-1 1500-10-30-2 1500-10-30-3 1500-10-30-5 1500-10-30-10 1500-10-30-15

15 30 1500-15-30-1 1500-15-30-2 1500-15-30-3 1500-15-30-5 1500-15-30-10 1500-15-30-15

RECTANGULAR FIXED PCB SHIELDING CANS (1 TO 10MM HEIGHT) A

10 15 1505-10-15-1 1505-10-15-2 1505-10-15-3 1505-10-15-5 1505-10-15-10

10 20 1505-10-20-1 1505-10-20-2 1505-10-20-3 1505-10-20-5 1505-10-20-10

10 25 1505-10-25-1 1505-10-25-2 1505-10-25-3 1505-10-25-5 1505-10-25-10

10 30 1505-10-30-1 1505-10-30-2 1505-10-30-3 1505-10-30-5 1505-10-30-10

10 35 1505-10-35-1 1505-10-35-2 1505-10-35-3 1505-10-35-5 1505-10-35-10

10 40 1505-10-40-1 1505-10-40-2 1505-10-40-3 1505-10-40-5 1505-10-40-10

10 45 1505-10-45-1 1505-10-45-2 1505-10-45-3 1505-10-45-5 1505-10-45-10

10 50 1505-10-50-1 1505-10-50-2 1505-10-50-3 1505-10-50-5 1505-10-50-10

15 20 1505-15-20-1 1505-15-20-2 1505-15-20-3 1505-15-20-5 1505-15-20-10